DEPAKTMENT OF THE INTEEIOE

BULLETIN

OP THE

UNITED STATES

GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

. iso

WASHINGTON

GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE

1896

UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

CHAKLES D. WALCOTT, DIliECTOR

BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX

NOETI AMEEICAN GEOLOGY, PALEONTOLOGY, 

PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY

FOR

1892 AND 1893

BT V

FEED BOUGHTON WEEKS

WASHINGTON

GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 

1896

CONTENTS.

Letter of transmittai..___._.___._-__.---._.._-'___.....__.___...____..__..__ 7

Introduction. --...-._...............--.....-.---.-..--..-..-.....-...--.... 9

List of publications examined._._-_.------_-----.--....................... 11

Classified key to the index..........--...-..--..-.---...-.-....-..-----... 15

Bibliography.-.....-.........---.-.--------.-----.----...--..-.--...--... 21

Index --.__..._..___.....:..__..---.-----.-----.----------------------.--- 155

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR, 

UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY,

DIVISION OF GEOLOGY, 

Washington, D. (7., April 30,1895.

SIR: I have the honor to transmit herewith the manuscript of a 

Bibliography and Index of Forth American Geology, Paleontology, 

Petrology, and Mineralogy for the years 1892 and 1893, by Mr. F. B. 

Weeks, with the recommendation that it be published by the Survey. 

I believe that the work has been well done, and that the publication 

will be a useful one.

Yery respectfully,

S. F. EMMONS,

Geologist.

Hon. CHARLES D. WALCOTT,

Director United States Geological Survey.

BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF NORTH AMERICAN 

GEOLOGY, PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY FOR 1892 AND 1893.

BY FRED BOUGHTON WEEKS.

INTRODUCTION.

This Bibliography and Index is a continuation of the Eecord of 

North American.Geology by N. H. Darton,1 though the scope of the 

work and its arrangement have been materially changed. The last 

Eecord, Bulletin No. 99, embraced publications on geology for 1891. 

The present work covers the years 1892 and 1893 and consists of a record of the papers on North American geology, paleontology, petrology, 

and mineralogy contained in the List of Publications following.

Bibliography. The Bibliography consists of full titles of separate 

papers, classified by authors, an abbreviated reference to the publication in which the paper is printed, and a brief summary of the contents, each paper being numbered for index reference. The extent 

of papers less than a single page in length is indicated, as £ p., 5 1. 

(lines).

Index. The subject headings, their subdivisions and arrangement, 

are shown in the Classified Key to the Index. They comprise geographic, geologic, mineralogic, paleontologic, and petrologic subdivisions. Under Economic Geology is given a list of useful minerals and 

ores described in publications examined; under Mineralogy, a list of 

minerals described in such publications; under Paleontology, a list of 

genera and species of fossils therein described; and under Petrology, a 

list of rocks described; reference*being made in each case, by author's 

name and number of article in the Bibliography, to the paper in which 

the fossil, mineral, or rock is described.

The author is under many obligations to different members of the 

Survey for suggestions as to the general character and arrangement of 

the material comprised in this volume.

1 Bibliography of North American Geology for 1886, by Nelson H. Darton; Bull. TJ. S. Geol. Survey 

No. 44, 35 pp., 8°, 1887. Kecord of North American Geology for 1887 to 1889, inclusive, by Nelson 

Horatio Darton; Bull. 17. S. Geol. Survey No. 75,173 pp., 8°, 1891. Eecord of North American Geology 

for 1890, by Nelson Horatio Darton; Bull. TJ. S. Geol. Survey No. 91,88 pp., 8°, 1891. Eecord of North. 

American Geology for 1891, by Nelson Horatio Darton ; Bull. CT. S. Geo). Survey No. 99,73 pp., 8°, 1892.

9

LIST OF PUBLICATIONS EXAMINED.

Academic Royale des Sciences, des Lettres et des Beaux-arts de Belgique: Bulletin, 3d ser., Vols. XXHI and XXIV, 1892; Vol. XXV, 1893. Memoirs, Vols. 

XLV and XLVI, 1892. Bruxelles.

Alabama, Geological Survey: Bulletin No. 2,1892, on the phosphates and marls; 

Bulletin No. 3,1892, a preliminary report on the lower gold belt; Bulletin 

No. 4,1892, report on the geology of northeastern Alabama and adjacent 

portions of Georgia and Tennessee; Report on the geological structure of 

Murphree's Valley, by A. M. Gibson, 1893; Report on the coal measures of 

Blount Mountain, by A. M. Gibson, 1893.

American Academy of Arts and Sciences: Proceedings, Vol. XXVI, 1891; XXVIIXXVIII, 1893. Boston.

American Association for the Advancement of Science: Proceedings, Vol. XL, 

1891; XLI, 1892. Salem, Mass.

American Geologist, Vols. IX-X, 1892; XI-XII, 1893. Minneapolis.

American Institute of Mining Engineers: Transactions, Vol. XX, 1892; XXI, 1893. 

New York.

American Journal of Science, 3d ser., Vols. XLIII-XLIV, 1892; XLV-XLVI, 1893. 

New Haven, Conn.

American Museum of Natural History: Bulletin, Vol. IV, 1892; V, 1893. Memoirs, 

Vol. I, Part 1,1893. New York.

American Naturalist, Vol. XXVI, 1892; XXVII, 1893. Philadelphia.

American Philosophical Society: Proceedings. Vol. XXIX, No. 136,1891; XXX, 

Nos. 137-139,1892; XXXI, Nos. 140-142, 1893. Philadelphia.

Annals and Magazine of Natural History, Vols. IX and X, 1892, and Vols. XI and 

XH, 1893. London.

Arkansas Geological Survey: Annual Report, 1890, Vol. Ill; 1891, Vol. I; 1892, 

Vol.1. Little Rock.

Appalachia, Vol. VI, No. 4, 1892; VII, Nos. 1-2, 1893. Boston.

Boston Society of Natural History: Proceedings, Vol. XXV, Parts 3-4, 1892. 

Occasional Papers, IV, Vol. 1,1893.

Botanical Gazette, Vol. XVII, 1892, and Vol. XVIII, 1893. Bloomington, Ind.

British Association for the Advancement of Science: Reports 1891 and 1892. 

London.

California Academy of Science: Proceedings, 2d ser., Vol. Ill, Part 1,1891; Part 

II, 1892. Occasional Papers, IV, 1893. San Francisco.

California State Mining Bureau: Eleventh Report, State Mineralogist, 1893. Sacramento.

Canada, Geological and Natural History Survey: Reports, New Series, Vol. V, 

Parts I-II, 1893. Contributions to Paleontology, Vol. I, Part IV, 1892. 

Ottawa.

Canada, Royal Society: Transactions, Vol. X, 1892; XI, 1893. Montreal.

Canadian Institute: Transactions, Vol. II, 1892; III, 1893. Toronto.

U
12 LIST. OF PUBLICATIONS EXAMINED. " [BOLL. 130.

Canadian Eecord of Science, Vol. V, Nos. 1-5,1892; Nos. 6-8,1893. Montreal. 

Cincinnati Society of Natural History: Journal, Vol. XIV, Nos. 3-4; XV, Nos.

1-2,1892; No. 3 and XVI, Nos. 1-3,1893.

Colorado Scientific Society: Proceedings, Vol. IV. Denver, Colo. 

Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences: Transactions, Vol. VIII, Part 2,1893..

New Haven, Conn.

Cornwall, Royal Institute: Journal, Vol. XI, Part I, 1892. 

Denver, Mining and Scientific Review, Vols. XXVIII-XXIX, 1892; XXX-XXXI,

1893. 

Dublin, Royal Society: Transactions, Series II, Vol. IV, Part 14, 1892; V, Parts

1-4,1893.

Edinburgh, Royal Society: Transactions, Vol. XXXVII, Parts I-II, 1893. Proceedings, Vol. XIX, 1893.

Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society: Journal, Parts I-II, 1892. Raleigh, N. C. . 

Engineering and Mining Journal, Vols. LIII-LIV, 1892; LV-LVI, 1893. New

York. 

Engineering Magazine, Vol. II, Nos. 4-6; III, IV, Nos. 1-3, 1892; IV, Nos. 4-6, V,

and VI, Nos. 1-3,1893. New York.

Essex Institute: Bulletin, Vol. XXIV, 1892; XXV, 1893. Salem, Mass. 

Georgia, Geological Survey: The Paleozoic Group; The geology of ten counties

of northeastern Q-eorgia and resources, by J. W. Spencer, 1892. Report of

State Geologist, 1893.

Glasgow, Geological Society: Transactions, Vol. IX, Part II, 1893. 

Geological Magazine, Decade III, Vol. IX, 1892; X, 1893.

Geological Society of America: Bulletin, Vol. Ill, 1892; IV, 1893. Rochester. 

Geological Society, Quarterly Journal, Vol. XLVIII, 1892; XLIX, 1893. London. 

Harvard College, Museum of Comparative Zoology: Bulletin, Vols. XXII-XXIII;

1892; XXIV, 1893; XVI, Nos. 11-13,. 1893. Memoirs, Vol. XVII, No. 2,1892. 

Indiana Academy of Science: Proceedings, 1891 and 1892. Brookville, Ind. 

Indiana, Department of Geology and Natural History: Sixteenth Report, 1889;

Seventeenth Report, 1892. Indianapolis. 

Iowa Academy of Sciences: Proceedings, Vol. I, Part II, 1892; Part III, 1893.

Des Moines.

Iowa, Geological Survey: First Annual Report for 1892, Vol. 1,1893. Des Moines. 

Iowa State University: Laboratories of Natural'History: Bulletin, Vol. II, Parts

2-4. 1893. Iowa City. 

Johns Hopkins University: Circulars, Vol. XI, Nos. 95-100, 1892; XII, Nos.

101-107, and XIII, No. 108, 1893. Baltimore. 

Journal of Geology, Vol. 1,1893. Chicago.

Journal of Morphology, Vols. VI and VII, 1892, and Vol. VIII, 1893. New York. 

Kansas Academy of Science: Transactions, Vol. XIII, 1892. Topeka. 

Kansas State Board of Agriculture: Eighth Biennial Report for 1891-92,1893.

Topeka.

Liverpool, Geological Association: Journal, Vol. XI-XII, 1892; XIII, 1893. 

Liverpool, Geological Society: Proceedings, Vol. VI, Parts 3Ht, 1892; VII, Part

1,1893. 

London, Geological Association: Proceedings, Vol. XII, Parts 6-10, 1892; XIII,

Parts 1-5, 1893. 

London, Royal Society: Proceedings, Vol. L, Nos. 305-307, LI, 1892 ; LII-LIII,

1893. Philosophical Transactions, Vol. CLXXXIII, A. B., 1892; CLXXXIV,

A. B., 1893. 

Manchester, Geological Society: Transactions, Vol.. XX, Parts 13-21, XXI, 1892;

XXII, 1893. 

Meriden Scientific Association: Transactions, Vol. V, 1893. Meriden, Conn.
WBEKS.] LIST OF PUBLICATIONS EXAMINED. 13-

Minnesota Academy of Natural Sciences: Bulletin, Vol. Ill, No. 2,1892. Minneapolis. 

Minnesota, Geological and Natural History Survey: Nineteenth Annual Report,

1892; Twentieth Annual Report, 1893. Bulletin No. 6,1892, the iron ores

of Minnesota; Bulletin No. 8, 1893: I, the anorthosytes of the Minnesota

coast of Lake Superior; II, the laccolitic sills of the northwest coast of

Lake Superior. 

Missouri, Geological Survey: Preliminary report on coal deposits, 1891; Vol. II,

1892,.report on the iron ores; Vol. Ill, 1892, report on mineral waters;

The Higginsville sheet in Lafayette County, 1892. 

National Academy of Sciences: Memoirs, Vol. VI, 1893. Washington. 

National Geographic Magazine, Vol. IV, 1892; V, 1893. Washington. 

Nebraska State Board of Agriculture: Annual Report for 1892,1893. 

Neues Jahrbuch fur Mineralogie, Geologie, und Palseontologie, 1892, Band I, and

II, Heft 1-3; 1893, Band I, and II, Heft 1-3. Stuttgart. 

New Brunswick Natural History Society: Bulletin No. X, 1892, and No. XI, 1893.

St. John. 

New York Academy of Sciences: Transactions, Vol. XI, Nos. 3-5,1892; XII, 1893.

Annals, Vol. VI, Nos. 1-6, 1892; VII, VIII, Nos. 1-3, 1893. 

New York State Museum: Forty-fifth Annual Report, 1892; Forty-sixth Annual

Report, 1893. 

New Jersey, Geological Survey: Annual Report for 1891-92; Annual Report for

1892-93. 

North Carolina, Geological Survey: Bulletin No. 1,1893, the iron ores of North

Carolina; a preliminary report. 

North of England Institute of Mining and Mechanical Engineers: Transactions,

Vol. XLI, Nos: 1-5,1892; XLII, XLIII, 1893.

Ohio, Geological Survey: First Annual Report for 1890 (third organization), 1892. 

Ottawa Naturalist, Vols. V-VI, 1892; VII, 1893. Ottawa, Canada. 

Paleontographica, Band XXXVIII, 1891-92, and Band XXXIX, 1893. Stuttgart. 

Pennsylvania, Geological Survey: Final Report, Vols. I-II, 1892. 

Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences: Proceedings, 1892, Parts 1-3; and

1893, Parts 1-3. Journal. 2d ser., Vol. IX, Part III. 

Popular Science Monthly, Vols. XL-XLI, 1892; XLII-XLIII, 1893 (excepting

abstracts). New York. 

Rochester Academy of Science: Proceedings, Vol. I,-Brochures 1-2; Vol.11,

Brochure 1, 1892 ; Vol. II, Brochure 2,1893.' 

Royal Irish Academy: Transactions, Vol. XXIX, Part 19; XXX, Parts 1-3,

1892 ; Parts 4-10,1893. Proceedings, Vol. II, Nos. 2-3.1892 ; Nos. 3-4 and

Vol. Ill, No. 1, 1893. Dublin. 

St. Louis Academy of Science: Transactions, Vol. V, Nos. 3-4,1892; VI, Nos.

1-11,1893.

San Francisco Mining and Scientific Press, Vol. LXV, 1893. 

Science, Vols. XIX-XX, 1892 ; XXI-XXII, 1893. New York. 

Scientific American, Vols. LXVT-LXVII, 1892 ; LXVIII-LXIX, 1893. New York. 

Scientific American Supplement, Vols. XXXIH-XXXIV, 1892; XXXV-XXXVI,

1893. New York. 

Smithsonian Institution: Annual Report for 1890,1892; Annual Report for 1891,

1893. Contributions to Knowledge, Vol. XXVIII, No. 840,1892. 

Soci6te geologique de France: Bulletin, 3d ser., Vol. XIX, No's. 1-13, XX, Nos.

1-3,1892; XX, Nos. 4-8, XXI, Nos. 1-4, 1893. Memoirs, Tome II, Fascicle

IV, Tome IH, Fascicle I-III, 1892, and Tome IH, Fascicle IV, 1893. 

SociStS geologique de Belgique: Annals, Vols. XVIII, XIX, 1891-92, and Vol.

XX, 1892-93. Liege.
14 LIST OP PUBLICATIONS EXAMINED. [BULL. 130.

Societa Geologica Italiana: Bulletins, Vol. XI, 1892, and Vol. XII, 1893. Rome.

Technology Quarterly, Vol. V, 1892, and Vol. VI, 1893. Boston.

Texas Academy of Science: Transactions, Vol. I, No. 1, 1892, and No. 2, 1893. 

Austin.

Texas Geological Survey: Second Report of Progress for 1891-92; Third Annual 

Report, 1892 ; Fourth Annual Report, 1893. Report on brown coal, 1892. 

Bulletin No. 3,1892, reconnaissance of the Guadalupe Mountains.

Torrey Botanical Club: Bulletin, Vol. XIX, 1892, and Vol. XX, 1893. New 

York.

The Wilder Quarter-Century Book, 1868-1893. Ithaca, N. Y.

United States Geological Survey: Eleventh Annual Report, 1891; Twelfth Annual Report, 1892 ; Thirteenth Annual Report, 1893. Monographs, Vols. 

XVII-XX, 1892; XXI, 1893. Bulletins, Nos. 83-86 and 90-96,1892, and Nos. 

97-114,1893. Mineral Resources, reports for 1892 and 1893. Geologic Atlas 

of the United States: Chattanooga, Hawley, Lassen Peak, Kingston, Ringgold, and Sacramento sheets, 1892 ; preliminary edition of 250 copies; to be 

republished in final form as folios of the Geologic Atlas.

United States National Museum : Proceedings, Vol. XIV, 1892; XV, 1893.

Washington Biological Society: Proceedings, Vols. VI and VII, 1892 ; VIII, 1893.

Washington Philosophical Society: Bulletin, Vol. XII, 1892.

Wisconsin Academy of Science, Arts, and Letters: Proceedings, Vol. VIII, 1892; 

Vol. IX, Parts I-II, 1893. Madison, Wis.

Zeitschrift der deutschen geologischen Gesellschaft, Band XLIV, Heft 1-4, 1892, 

and Band XLV, Heft 1-4,1893. Berlin.
CLASSIFIED KEY TO THE INDEX.

Page.

Alabama.................................................................... 155

Alaska...................................................................... 155

Archean and Algoukian..................................................... 155

Canada................................................................. 155

New England....... .......... .................... ...................... 155

Appalachian region ..................................................... 155

Great Lakes region ..................................................... 155

Rocky Mountain region.................................................. 155

British Columbia ........................................................ 156

Miscellaneous........................................................... 156

Arizona ................................................... ................ 156

Arkansas .................................................................... 156

California .......................................................... .'. ....... 156

Cambrian................................................................... 156

Canada................................................................. 156

New England........................................................... 157

Appalachian region ..................................................... 157

Mississippi Valley ...................................................... 157

Rocky Mountain region................................................. 157

Miscellaneous............................ i.............................. 157

Canada..................................................................... 157

General................................................................. 157

Alberta..................'............................................... 157

Athabasca.............................................................. 157

British Columbia ....................................................... 157

Manitoba................................................................ 157

New Brunswick......................................................... 158

Northwest Territory .................................................... 158

Nova Scotia ..................................;......................... 158

Ontario................................................................. 158

Prince Edward Island............... . ................................... 158

Quebec ................................................................. 158

Carboniferous (including Permian).......................................... 158

Canada................................................................. 158

New England.............................................^............. 158

Appalachian region ..................................................... 158

Mississippi Valley ...................................................... 158

Texas................................................................... 159

Rocky Mountain region ............................... 1................. 159

Great Basin region ..............................I....................... 159

Sierra Nevada and Pacific Coast region.................................. 159

Central America ........................ T. ................... .^.............. 159

Colorado ................................................................... 159

Connecticut ................................................................ 159

15
16 * CLASSIFIED KEY TO THE INDEX. [BULL. 130.

Pajre.

Cretaceous.................................................................. 159

Canada.................................................................. 159

Atlantic Coastal Plain................................................... 159

Gulf1 States ..................................... i ..... ........:......... 160

Mississippi Valley ........................................................ 160

Great Plains............................................................ 160

Rocky Mountain region................................................. 160

Great Basin region...................................................... 160

Sierra Nevada and Pacific Coast region.................................. 160

Devonian................................................................... 160

Canada .............................^................................... 160

New England ............................'............................... 160

Appalachian region ..................................................... 160

Mississippi Valley ...................................................... 160

Rocky Mountain region ................................................. 161

Miscellaneous ........................................................... 161

Dynamic geology ........................................................... 161

Economic geology............................................................ 162

Alabama................................................................ 162

Alaska.................................................................. 162

Arizona............................ .................................... 162

Arkansas ............................................................... 162

California .............................................................. 162

Canada ......................................... '........................ 162

Colorado.;...................'........................... ................ 162

Florida................................................................. 162

Georgia................................................................. 162

Illinois ................................................................. 163

Indiana................................................................ 163

Iowa ................................................................... 163

Kansas ................................................................. 163

Kentucky .............................................................. 163

Mexico ................................................................. 163

Michigan ............................................................... 163

Minnesota ............................................................... 163

Missouri................................................................ 163

Montana.....'........................................................... 163

Nevada.............:................................................... 163

New Jersey ............................................................. 163

New Mexico .... i....................................................... 163

New York. .........................^.................................... 163

Nicaragua .............................................................. 163

North Carolina ......................................................... 163

Ohio.................................................................... 163

Pennsylvania ............................................................ 163

South Carolina .......................................................... 163

South Dakota........................................................... 163

Tennessee .............................................................. 163

Texas ..........:....................................................... 164

Utah ................................................................... 164

Virginia................................................................. 164

West Virginia .......................................................... 164

Wisconsin ................................................................. 164

Miscellaneous discussions ......................................... -^---- 164

Products described.,,,,,................................................ 164.
WEEKS.] CLASSIFIED KEY TO THE INDEX. " 17

Florida..................................................................... 166

Georgia..................................................................... 166

Glacial geology.............................................................. 166

Alaska ................................................................. 166

Canada ........................\......-............._....._............. 166

Colorado ............................................................... 166

Idaho .................................................................. 166

Illinois .................................................................. 166

Indiana..............................;.................................. 166

Iowa ................................................................... 166

Kansas ................................................................. 166

Michigan ............................................................... 166

Minnesota .............................................................. 166

Montana................................"......'.......................... 166

Nebraska ............................................................... 167

New England........ ..........................?....:................... 167

 New Jersey............................................................. 167

New York .............................................................. 167

Ohio.................................................................... 167

Pennsylvania........................................................... 167

Khode Island ............................................................ 167

South Dakota....................................................'...,... 167

Washington .......................................................*..... 167

Wisconsin.............................................................. 167

General papers.......................................................... 167

Idaho ...................................................................... 168

Illinois ...................................................................... 168

Indiana .................................................................... 168

Indian Territory............................................................ 168

Iowa ....................................................................... 168

Jura-Trias................................................................... 168

Atlantic Coastal Plain .................................................. 168

Texas...........'...................-.........--................-........ 168

' Eocky Mountain region ................................................. 169

Sierra Nevada and Pacific Coast region.................................. 169

Miscellaneous .......................................................... 169

Kansas ..................................................................... 169

Kentucky....--....-...........-...----..........-...--.-...----............ 169

Maine ....................................................................... 169

Maryland...--...--.....--...----....--.--......--.........-................ 169

Massachusetts .............................................................. 169

Mexico ....................................... v .............................. 169

Michigan ................................................................... 169

Mineralogy (condensed titles of papers)...................................... 170

. Minerals described...................................................... 170

Minnesota .................................................................. 171

Mississippi ................................................................. 171

Missouri.................................................................... 171

Montana.................................................................... 172

Nebraska................................................................... 172

Nevada..................................................................... 172

New Hampshire-.............-...--.--.-.'-......................-...--..--.- 172

New Jersey...................................--........-.-..-.--..----...--- 172

Bull. 130 2
18 CLASSIFIED KEY TO THE INDEX. [BULL. 130.

Page.

New Mexico ................................................................ 172

New York ................................................................... 172

Nicaragua.................................................................. 173

North Carolina ............................................................. 173

Ohio.'.....................-................................................. 173

Oregon ...................................... I*.............................. 174

Paleontology ............................................................... 174

Cambrian............................................................... 174

Silurian ................................................................ 174

Devonian............................................................... 174

Carboniferous .......................................................... 174

Juratrias ............................................................... 175

Cretaceous.............................................................. 175

Tertiary, miscellaneous ................................................. 175

Tertiary,Eocene ........................................................ 175

Tertiary, Miocene ........................................................ 175

Tertiary, Plipcene....................................................... 176

Pleistocene ............................................................. 176

Miscellaneous........................................................... 176

Genera and species described............................................ 177

Pennsylvania................................................................ 203

Petrology................................................................... 204

Alaska ................................................................. 204

Arkansas ............................................................... 204

California .............................................................. 204

Canada................................................................. 204

Colorado ............................................................... 204

Connecticut ............................................................ 204

Kentucky .............................................................. 204

Maine .................................................................. 204

Maryland............. .................................................. 204

Massachusetts .......................................................... 204

Mexico ................................................................. 204

Michigan .............................. J"................................ 204

Minnesota.............................................................. 204

Montana................................................................ 204

Nevada................................................................. 204

New Hampshire ...........'............................................. 204

New Jersey............................................................. 204

New Mexico ............................................._....._.... .... 204

New York ............................................................... 204

Ohio.............. ...................................................... 205

Pennsylvania........................................................... 205

Rhode Island.................................................:......... 205

South Dakota ............................................................ 205

Texas ......................'............................................ 205

Vermont................................................................. 205

Wisconsin.............................................................. 205

Wyoming............................................................... 205

Miscellaneous discussions............................................... 205

Rocks described ........................................................ 205

Physiographic geology...................................................... 206

Pleistocene (not relating to glacial deposits) ................................ 206

Canada................................................................. 206

Atlantic Coastal Plain .................................................. 206
WEEKS.] CLASSIFIED KEY TO THE INDEX. 19

Page. 

Pleistocene (not relating to glacial deposits) Continued.

Mississippi Valley ...................................................... 206

Gulf States............................................................. 206

Sierra Nevada and Pacific Coast region.................................. 206

Alaska ................................................................. 206

Miscellaneous........................................................... 206

Khode Island............................................................... 206

'Silurian ..................................................................... 206

v Canada................................................................. 206

New England........................................................... 207

Appalachian region..................................................... 207

Mississippi Valley ...................................................... 207

Eocky Mountain region ... t ............................................. 207

Sierra Nevada and Pacific Coast region................................... 207

South Carolina.............................................................. 207

South Dakota............................................................... 207

Tennessee................................................................... 207

Tertiary.................................................................... 208

Atlantic Coastal Plain ....................................^.............. 208

Mississippi Valley region................................................. 208

Gulf States ............................................................. 208

Great Plains............................................................ 208

Eocky Mountain region................................................. 208

Great Basin region...................................................... 208

Sierra Nevada and Pacific Coast region .................................. 208

Miscellaneous........................................................... 208

Texas........................................................................ 208

Utah ........................................................................ 209

Vermont.................................................................... 209

Virginia.................................:.................................. 209

Washington ................................................................ 209

West Virginia .............................................................. 209

Wisconsin.................................................................. 209

Wyoming................................................................... 210

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

A.

1 Adams (Frank D.). Oil the typical Laurentian area of Canada.

Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 325-340.

Gives the results of a detailed study of the Laurentian rocks of the 

Grenville district in Quebec, including a description of the fundamental 

gneiss, the Grenville, Anorthosite, and Hasting series, and the orographic 

movements to which they have been subjected.

2 On a melilite-bearing rock (alnoite) from Ste. Anne de Bellevue, 

near Montreal, Canada-.

Aui. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 269-279.

Abstract: Am. Nat., vol. xxvi, p. 697.

Describes the formation occurring in the bed of the river and its miner, 

alogio constituents. Differs from original alnoite in containing more 

olivine. Probably connected with volcanic center of Mount Eoyal.

3 Ueber das Norian oder Ober-Laurentian von Canada.

Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, Geologie, uud Palaeontologie, 1892, 

pp. 419-498.

Abstracts: Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, p. 564; Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. 

xlvi., pp. 153-154 (ip.).

4 Notes to accompany a tabulation of the igneous rocks based on 

the system of Prof. H. Rosenbusch. 

Can. Eec. Sci., vol. iv, pp. 463-469. 

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 268-269. 

Noticed in record for 1891.

5 Agassiz (Alexander). Calamocrinus diomedae, a new stalked crinoid, with notes on the apical system and the hornologies of 

echinoderms.

Harv. Mus. Comp. Zool., Memoirs, vol. xvii, No. 2, pp; 5-95, pis. i-xxxii.

Gives an account of the confusion that has arisen in the nomenclature 

of the primary divisions of echinoderms. Describes the structure of the 

new crinoid.

6 Eeports on the dredging operations off the west coast of Central 

America to the Galapagos, to the west coast of Mexico, and in 

the Gulf of California, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, carried on by the TJ. S. Fish Commission steamer Albatross, Lieut. 

Commander Z. L. Tanner, U. S. N., commanding. 

Harv. Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. xxiii, No. 1, pp. 1-89, pis. i-xxii. 

Gives a brief account of the expedition, and a description of the character of the deep-sea deposits as shown by dredgiugs.

21
22 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BOLL. 130.

7 American Geologist. Pleistocene papers at the Rochester meetings.

Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 217-224.

.Abstracts of papers read before the Geological Society of America at 

its sessions in Rochester, N. Y., Aug. 15-22, 1892.

8 Pleistocene papers read at the Ottawa meeting of the Geological Society of America.

Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. .171-179 and pp. 241-245.

Gives abstracts of papers and discussions concerning glacial deposits 

and phenomena.

9 Pleistocene papers at the Madison meetings. 

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 165-181. 

Contains abstracts of papers and discussion on Pleistocene geology.

10 Reviews of the Ice age at the World's Congress on Geology.

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 223-231.

Gives abstracts "of papers on glacial succession.

10a American Journal of Science. [Papers read at the Madison 

meeting of the Geological Society of America.] 

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 302-306. 

Gives a list of papers read and brief abstracts of their contents.

11 American Journal of Science. Geological Congress at Chicago.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 306-307. 

Gives list of papers presented.

12 Ami (Henry M.). Notes and descriptions of some new or hitherto 

unrecognized species of fossils from the Cambro-Silurian 

(Ordovician) rocks of the Province of Quebec.

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. v, pp. 96-103.

Describes species of Bryozoa, including Solenopora compacta Billings, 

var. minuta, n. var., Dicranopora parva n. sp., Prasopora lycoperdon 

Vanuxem, var. selwyni, n. var., Diplotrypa quebecensis n. sp., and 

Monotrypa incerta n. sp., and two doubtful species.

13 Paleontological notes.

Can. Rec. Sci., vol.v, pp. 104-108.

Gives a list of fossils found in the three Ordovician terranes along 

L'Assumption River and a list of Ordovician species collected from the 

Manitou Islands, Lake Nipissing, Ontario. At several points the islands 

consist of sedimentary strata, while the lake shores are completely made 

up of Archean rocks.

14 The Ftica terrane in Canada.

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. v, pp. 166-183 and 234-246.

Describes the stratigraphic and lithologic characters of this formation, and gives lists of fossils, which number about sixty forms, mark a 

special horizon of the Ordovician, and show an affinity to the fauna of 

the overlying Hudson River and underlying Trenton.

15 Additional notes on the geology and paleontology of Ottawa 

and its environs.

Ottawa Nat., vol. vi, pp. 73-78,

Includes brief description of Silurian strata and some Pleistocene 

deposits in this vicinity and names of fossils found in them.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1802-93. 23

16 Ami (Henry M.). Notes ou the geology and paleontology of the 

Rockland quaries and vicinity in the county of Eussell, 

Ontario, Canada.

Ottawa Nat., vol. vii, pp. 138-147.

Describes the geologic features of the region, including a description 

of the Potsdam, Calciferous and Chazy, and Black River and Trenton 

series and an account of the megascopic and microscopic characters of 

the Rockland limestone and a list of fossils collected at the quarries.

17 On the sequence of strata forming the Quebec group of Logan 

and Billings, with remarks.

Abstract: Ottawa Nat., vol. vi, pp. 41-43.

Discusses the relations of the strata composing this group and givea 

a table showing the formations comprising the Ordovician system.

18 Extinct Canadian vertebrates from the Miocene rocks of the 

Northwest Territories tff Canada.

Abstract: Ottawa Nat., vol. v, pp. 74-76.

Describes Menodus angustigenis, Elotherium mortoni Leidy, and Leptomeryx mammifer Cope, and mentions other extinct forms.

19 Arey (Albert L.). Preliminary notice of the discovery of strata of 

the Guelph formation in Bochester, 1ST. T. 

Roch. Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. ii, pp. 104-107.

Describes the outcrop and gives a table comparing its fauna with those 

. of the Guelph formation of Canada, Wisconsin, and other localities.

19o. Argall (Philip). [Gold-bearing quartz.]

Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. iv, pp. 331-336.

In discussion of paper by T. A. Rickard on certain dissimilar occurrences of gold-bearing quartz.

196 [Origin of ore deposits.]

Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. iv, pp. 353-354.

In discussion of paper by P. H. Van Diest on the evidence bearing on 

the formation of ore deposits by lateral secretion.

19c Mckel. The occurrence, geological distribution and genesis 

of its ore deposits.

Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. iv, pp. 395-421.

Describes the chemical composition aud occurrence of nickel in meteorites. Gives the chemical composition of the nickel ores, aud discusses 

the occurrence of the arsenides, sulphides, and silicates of nickel, the 

genesis of the ore bodies and the distribution of the nickel ores.

20 Ayres (Edward F.). Plattnerite, and its occurrence near Mullan, 

Idaho; by Win. S. Teates. With crystallographic notes. 

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 407-412.

B.

21 Backstrom (Helge). Causes of magmatic differentiation. .

Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 773-779.

Reviews the literature of the subject and discusses the causes and conditions under which magmatic differentiation takes place.
24 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

22 Bailey (E. H. S.) and Case (E. C.). On the composition of some 

Kansas building stones.

Kans. Acad. Sci. ; Trans., vol. xiii, p. 78 (|p.). 

Brief note giving results of chemical analyses.

23 Bailey (L. W.) and Mclnnes (W.). Eeport on portions of the 

Province of Quebec and adjoining areas in New Brunswick 

and Maine.

Canada Geol. Surv. Reports, vol. v, new series, part i, 1890-91, Report 

M, 27 pp.

Discusses the relations of the Cambrian and overlying Silurian rocks 

in this region, and states that fossils found in the latter indicate a 

Lower Helderberg horizon. Describes and illustrates by a colored sketch 

map the supposed arrangement of the Cambrian strata between Temiscouata Lake and Riviere du Loup.

24 Bain (Harry Foster). Distribution and relations of the St. Louis 

. limestone in Mahaska County, Iowa.

Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. i, First Ann. Rept., 1892, pp. 173-179.

The Lower Coal Measures lie uuconformably on the St. Louis limestone, the Kaskaskia beds to the south having been deposited in the 

interval. The Coal Measures filled up the valleys and the present 

drainage systems are independent of the old land surface.

25 Bain (F.). The Permian in Prince Edward Island. 

Science, vol. xxi, pp. 132-133.

Describes the occurrence of Permian sandstones and shales and gives 

.an account of their fossil contents.

26 Baldwin (S. Prentiss). Eecent changes in the Muir glacier.

Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 366-375.

Discusses the method's of measuring the ice movement adopted by 

other observers and points out certain probable errors.

27 Muir glacier, Alaska.

Sci. Am., vol. Ixvi, pp. 227-228.

Contains a general description of the glacier and an account of explorations in this region.

28 Barbour (Irwin H.). Notice of new gigantic fossils. 

Science, vol. xix, pp. 99-100. 

Describes some new fossils from northwestern Nebraska.

29 On a new order of gigantic fossils.

University of Nebraska, University Studies, vol. i, No. 4, July, 1892, p. 

23, pi. 5.

Abstract: Jour, of Geol., vol. i, p. 421.

Describes a new order of Miocene fossils from Nebraska and proposes the following classification: 

Order. Family. Genus. Species.

circurnaxilis. 

bispiralis. 

anaxilis. 

robusta.

Daimonelicidse Diamonelix

carinata.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 25

30 Barlow (Alfred B.). On the nickel and copper deposits of Sudbury, Ontario.

Ottawa Nat., vol. v, pp. 51-71.

Abstract: Can. Rec. Sci., vol. v, pp. 68-69.

Gives an account of the mining operations of the district and a 

description of the geologic occurrence of the ore and of its mineralogic 

characters.

31 Relations of the Laurentian and Huronian rocks north of Lake 

Huron.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iv, pp. 313-332. 

. Abstract: Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, pp. 996-997.

Describes the general characteristics of Huronian and Laurentian 

rocks and their contact relations, and gives the results of the microscopic examination of the quartzites, gneisses, and schists. Summarizes the facts showing the eruptive nature of the Laurentian gneiss.

32 On the relations of the Laurentian and Huronian on the north 

side of Lake Huron. 

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, pp. 236-239. 

Discusses the relations of the two formations in this region.

33 Barrett (S. T.). Note on the paper in the November number of 

this journal on "A new Oriskany fauna in Columbia County,

E". Y.»

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, p. 72 (communicated).

Considers that this fauna extended to and reached a higher stage of 

development in Lower Devonian, strata.

34 Barton (George H.). Bowlders formed in situ.

Tech. Quart., vol. v, pp. 401-403.

Refers to some granite bowlders of Montana and of eastern Massachusetts.

35 Barus (Carl). High temperature work in igneous fusion and ebullition, chiefly in relation to pressure.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 103, pp. 11-57.

Describes the apparatus used and gives results of experiments showing the pressure variations of certain high temperature (metallic) boiling points, the contraction of molten igneous rocks on passing from 

liquid to solid and the thermal capacity of igneous rocks, considered 

in its bearing on melting point and pressure.

36 Criticism of Mr. Fisher's remarks on rock fusion. 

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 140-141.

Discusses statements concerning the fusion points of certain rocks, in 

paper by 0. Fisher, "Rigidity not to be relied upon in estimating the 

earth's age."

37 Bascom (Florence). The structure, origin, and nomenclature of the 

acid volcanic rocks of South Mountain.

Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 813-832.

Describes the different structures which these acid rocks assume. 

Considers that these acid lava flows are similar to recent lavas found 

in the Yellowstone National Park and that the process of devitrifaction in these rocks is similar to that of crystallization in a fluid magma, 

except for the great length of time required. Reviews the nomenclature used by various authors in describing similar acid rocks.
26 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 13d.

37a Baskerville (Chas.), Mitchell (E. H.) and. An example of river 

adjustment. 

See Mitchell (E. H.) and Baskerville (C.), 675.

38 Baur (G.). Notes on some little known American fossil tortoises. 

Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci., Proc., 1893, part iii, pp. 411-430. 

Reviews previous descriptions and classifications of some Cretaceous 

species of Wyoming and Colorado.

39 On the morphology of the skull in Mosasauridae.

Jour, of Morph., vol. vii, pp. 1-22, pis. i-ii.

Reviews the literature on the characters of the skull of the Mosasauridse, describes the skull of Platecarpus coryphaeus Cope, found in the 

Cretaceous of Kansas, and includes remarks on the relations of the 

Mosasauridse.

40 Bayley (William Shirley). Eleolite-syenite of Litchfield, Me., and 

Hawes's hornblende-syenite from Red Hill. N. H.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol iii, pp. 231-252.

Abstract: Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, pp. 500-501.

Describes the megascopic and microscopic characters of the specimens and gives several chemical analyses. Concludes that of the two 

the New Hampshire rock is more nearly a normal eleolite-syenite.

41 Notes on the petrography and geology of the Akeley Lake 

region in northeastern Minnesota.

Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv., 19th Ann. Rept., pp. 193-210.

States that the results of microscopic study of certain specimens mentioned in the 16th and 17th Minnesota Reports indicate that a different 

interpretation should be given them. Gives locality of specimens, with 

petrographic notes, a discussion of the character of specimens mentioned 

in each report, and a summary of results.

42 A fibrous intergrowth of augite and plagioclase, resembling a 

reaction rim, in a Minnesota gabbro. 

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 515-520.

Gives the petrographic results of a study of the Keweenawan gabbros 

in northeastern Minnesota.

43 The classification and naming of igneous rocks.

Science, vol. xxi, pp. 87-88.

Reviews papers on "The origin of igneous rocks" and "The eruptive 

rocks of Electric Peak and Sepulchre Mountain, Yellowstone National 

Park," by J. P. Iddings, and discusses the principles of the classification 

of igneous rocks.

44 A fulgurite from Waterville, Me.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 327-328.

45 Striated garnet from Buckfield, Me.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, pp. 79-80 (communicated).

46 The basic massive rocks of the Lake Superior region.

Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 433-456, 587-596, and 688-716.

Gives historical sketch of the gabbros and allied rocks, and discusses 

the question of the separation of the gabbros from the diabases. Reviews 

the literature concerning the basic massive rocks of the Lake Superior 

region and describes the position of the gabbros of northeastern Minnesota, with a petrographic description of the normal phase of gabbro.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 27

47 Bayley (William Shirley). The eruptive and sedimentary rocks 

of Pigeon Point, Minn., and their contact phenomena.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 109, pp. 11-121, pis. i-xvi, figs. 1-15.

Describes the general distribution and relations of these rocks, the 

petrographic characters of the olivine-gabbro, diabase, red rock, contact 

rocks of olivine-gabbro and red rock, fragmental rocks, and the contact 

belt between the sedimentary and other rocks. Discusses the origin of 

the red rock.

48 Actinolite magnetite schists from the Mesabi iron range, in 

northeastern Minnesota.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 176-180.

Describes the petrographic characteristics of the rocks and remarks 

on their similarity to certain schists of the Penokee series.

49 Beachler (Charles S.). Keokuk group of the Mississippi Valley.

Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 88-96.

Reviews the literature concerning this formation and gives a table of 

typical sections in Missouri, Indiana, Illinois, and Kentucky. Describes 

several exposures of the group.

50 Erosion of small basins in northwestern Indiana during the 

time preceding the Pleistocene period.

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 51-53.

Describes the general features of a deep basin in Montgomery County 

and the character of the glacial deposits that were laid down in it.

51 Beadle (H. M.). The persistence of ores in lodes in depth. The 

Empire lode.

Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. Iv, pp. 154-155.

Remarks on the evidences found in mines at Butte, Mont., concerning 

the formation of lodes in depth, with a description of the Empire lode.

52 Becker (George P.). Finite homogeneous strain, flow, and rupture 

of rocks.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iv, pp. 13-90.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xi, p. 411 (fp.).

Discusses the general conditions of displacements, simple and. com- 

. pound strains, tangential strain, relation of stress and strain, and the 

viscosity, flow, and rupture of matter. Describes their geologic applications and reviews the theories of slaty cleavage.

53 Fisher's new hypothesis.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 137-139.

Refers to paper by 0. Fisher "Rigidity not to be relied upon in estimating the earth's age," and discusses the bearing of oceanic tides on 

the theory of the viscosity or rigidity of the earth.

54 Quicksilver ore deposits.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Min. Res., 1892, pp. 139-168.

Describes the occurrence of mercurial deposits in the United States 

and foreign countries. Discusses the opinions of other writers concerning the origin of these deposits. Concludes that the usual association of 

minerals shows? precipitation from solution which took place in thermal 

springs of volcanic origin to be the ordinary genetic process. The 

deposits occur as fissure veins, impregnations, and in zones of broken 

country rock. Tables of production.
28 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

55 Beecher (Charles E.). Development of the Brachiopoda. Part II. 

Classification of the stages of growth and decline.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, pp. 133-155. 

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 253-255.

Reviews the literature of the subject and discusses the observed stages 

of the growth of brachiopods and their limitations.

56 Notice of a new Lower Oriskany fauna in Columbia County, New 

York, with an annotated list of fossils by J. M. Clarke.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, pp. 410-414.

Discusses the relations of the deposits of the region and concludes that 

the fauna are transitional.

57 Symmetrical cell development in the Favositidae.

Conn. Acad. Arts Sci., Trans., vol. viii, part 2, pp. 215-219.

Describes the process of cell development and a symmetrical system of 

intermural cell multiplication observed in a specimen of Michelinia couvexa D'Orbigny from the Corniferous limestone.

58 The development of a Paleozoic coral.

Conn. Acad. Arts Sci., Trans., vol. viii, part 2, pp. 207-214.

Describes the development of Pleurodictyum leuticulare. Concludes 

that i£s non-tabulate feature is without special consequence in considering the relations with other tabulate poriferous genera and that the 

development of mural pores is identical or homologous with the process 

of gemmation. .

59 Larval forms of trilobites from the Lower Helderberg group.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 142-147.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 334-335 ( £ p.).

Describes and figures some larval forms of the trilobites, Phtethonides 

and Acidaspis, found in the Helderberg Mountains of New York and 

gives a classification of the stages of development.

60 A larval form of Triarthrus.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 378-379.

Describes an earlier stage in the development than that described by 

C. D. Walcott in 1879.

61 On the thoracic legs of Triarthrus.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 467-470.

Describes and illustrates specimens showing the presence and structure of thoracic legs in Triarthrus becki Green.

62 Eevision of the families of Loup-bearing Brachiopoda: The 

development of Terebratalia obsoleta Ball.

Conn. Acad. Arts Sci., Trans., vol. ix,-pp. 376-399. 

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 188-190.

63 Ueber die Entwickeluug der Brachiopoden.

Neues Jahrb. f. Min., etc., Band I, Heft 1,1892, pp. 178-197. 

Describes the general structure of brachiopods and the characteristics 

of several orders and gives a list of genera of each order.

64 - and Schuchert (C.). Development of the brachial supports in 

Dielasma and Zygospira.

Wash. Biol. Soc., Proc., vol. viii, pp. 71-78, pi. x.

Describes the development of the loop in Dielasma turgida, as shown 

by a specimen from the Lower Carboniferous of Kentucky, the development of the brachial supports in Zygospira recurvirostra, and gives a 

statement of observations and correlations.
WEEKS..] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 29

64aBeecher (Charles E.), Dodge (W. W.) and. On the occurrence of 

Upper Silurian strata near Penobscot Bay, Maine.

See Dodge (W. W.) and Beecher (C. E.), 253.

65 Bell (Eobert). Eeport on the Sudbury mining district. With an 

appendix by Prof. George H. Williams.

Canada Geol. Surv. Reports, vol. v, new series, part i, 1890-91, Report 

F, 91 pp.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 269-270.

Describes the Laurentian and Huronian rocks of the region, the occurrence of nickel and copper and their mineral association in these rocks, 

and discusses the origin of the ore bodies.

66 [Post-Glacial outlet to the Great Lakes.]

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iv, pp. 425-427.

In discussion of paper by G. Frederick Wright "The supposed PostGlacial outlet of the Great Lakes through Lake Nipissiug and the Mattawa River."

67 Benedict (A. C.) Petroleum in Indiana.

Ind. Dept. Geol. and Nat. Hist., 17th Rept., 1891, pp. 306-325. 

Gives a historical sketch of petroleum and an account of the extent of 

the Indiana oil field and sections of oil wells in various parts of the

State.

67 a' Elrod (Moses W.) and. Geology of Wabash County [Indiana].

See Elrod (M. W.) and Benedict (A. C.), 291.

68 Bierbauer (Bruno). . A check-list of the Paleozoic fossils of Wisconsin, Minnesota, Iowa, Dakota, and Nebraska.

Minn. Acad. Nat. Sci., Bull., vol. iii, No. 2, pp. 206-247. 

Contains a table giving the names of the fossils and the state and formation in which they occur.

69 Bigney (A. J.). Preliminary notes on the geology of Dearborn 

County, Indiana.

Ind. Acad. Sci., Proc., 1891, pp. 66-67.

States that the principal formation is a blue limestone of Silurian 

age. Briefly describes the glacial drift exposures.

70 Birkinbine (John). [Occurrence of titaniferous iron ore.]

Am. Inst. Min. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxi, pp. 277-278. 

In discussion of paper by H. B. C. Nitze, "The magnetic iron ores of 

Ashe County, N. C."

71 Bishop (Irving P.). Eeport on the development of the salt industry 

of central New York for the year 1891.

N. Y. State Mus., 45th Ann. Rept., pp. 53-61.

Gives several sections as shown by well borings at different localities.

72 Blake (William P.). Association of apatite with beds of magnetite.

Am. Inst. Min. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxi, pp. 159-160. 

Mentions examples of such association in New York, Missouri, Utah, 

and New Jersey.

73 [Vein structure.]

Am. Inst. Min. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxi, p. 873.

In discussion of paper by Ernest Wiltsee, "Notes on the geology of the 

Half-Moon Mine, Pioche, Nev."
30 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, (ntJLL.130.

74 Blake (William P.). The mineral deposits of southwest Wisconsin.

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 237-248.

Describes the geology of the region, the forms of the ore bodies and the 

character and structure of the blende deposits, with remarks on smithsonite, blende, barite, and marcasite ores.

75 The persistence of ores in lodes in depth.

. Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. Iv, p. 3.

Abstract: North of England Inst. of Min. and Mech. Engrs., Trans., 

vol. xlii, part v, p. 404 (i p.).

Remarks on the independence of lode formation of any superficial phenomena and on the evidences of lateral secretion and vein filling in depth 

in the mines at Butte, Mont., and concludes that lode mineralization is 

deep seated and in a homogeneous rock formation may extend downward to and beyond the limit that mining operations can be conducted.

76 The progress of geological surveys in the State of Wisconsin. 

A review and bibliography.

Wis. Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, vol ix, part i, pp. 225-231. 

Reviews the literature of Wisconsin geology, particularly that relating 

to the lead and zinc deposits.

77 Age of the limestone strata of Deep Creek, Utahj and the 

occurrence of gold in the crystalline portions of the formation.

Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 47-48.

The limestone forms the ranges of hills and mountains and has been 

metamorphosed by the intrusion of granitic dikes. Its Carboniferous age 

is indicated by the contained fossils.

78 Relative abundance of gold in different geological formations. 

Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 166-168.

Discusses the question as to the age of the chief gold-bearing formations in the United States.

79 Blandy (John F.). The persistence of ores in lodes in depth.

Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. Iv, pp. 75-76.

Remarks on the evidences of lateral secretion and the comparatively 

limited depth to which mining has yet been carried.

80 Some notes on the geology of Arizona.

Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. Ivi, pp. 473-474.

Describes the geology of portions of Arizona, with particular reference 

to-the Triassic of the southern part of the Territory.

81 Boyd (Charles E.). The Indiana natural gas field.

Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. Iv, pp. 440-441.

Describes the geologic structure of the region, illustrated by two cross 

sections.

82 The Wythe lead and zinc mines, Virginia.

Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. Iv, pp. 561-562 and 586. 

Gives a historical sketch of mining operations in this vicinity and 

describes the character of the ore and its manner of treatment.

83 Boyle (Cornelius Breckinridge). A catalogue and bibliography of 

North American Mesozoic Invertebrata.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 102, pp. 7-315.

Part I comprises an author's list of all publications that contain a 

description of species referred to the Mesozoic. Part II embraces a list 

of all names applied to Mesozoic species from North American rocks.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 31

84 Branner (John C.). The mineral waters of Arkansas.

Ark. Geol. Surv., Rept. for 1891, vol. i, pp. 1-144.

Abstract: Am. Jour. Sci.,3d.ser., vol. xlv, p.73 (3 1.).

Describes the general characteristics and manner of occurrence of mineral waters in this'State and gives many chemical analyses. Discusses 

the origin of their therapeutic qualities and the cause of some of the mineral waters being hot.

85 Observations upon the erosion in the hydrographic basin, of 

the Arkansas Eiver above Little Bock.

The Wilder Quarter-century Book, 1868-1893, pp. 325-337, Ithaca, N. Y., 

1893.

Describes the methods of observation used in the study of the erosion 

of the Arkansas River basin in Arkansas, the physical and chemical 

character of .the sediment, and gives analyses of the filtered river water 

and tables showing the relations of suspended to dissolved matter and 

the amount of material carried by the Arkansas River past Little Rock 

during the year 1887-88.

86 The coal fields of Arkansas.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Min. Res., 1892, pp. 303-306.

The coal fields lie in the drainage area of the Arkansas River. The 

coal-bearing rocks belong to true Coal Measure series, but the upper 

beds are probably Permo-Carboniferous, equivalent to those of Kansas 

and Nebraska. The lignites cover an area of 720 square miles, and are 

confined to the Tertiary area.

87 The supposed glaciation of Brazil.

Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 753-772.

Reviews the theories on the glaciation of Brazil and the evidences on 

which they are based. Expresses the opinion that there are no phenomena of bowlders, gravels, clays, etc., that can be attributed to 

glacial agencies.

88 Brewer (William M.). The Warwhoop bauxite bank, Alabama.

Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. Iv, p. 461.

Describes the body of bauxite occurring at this locality.

89 The brown ore deposit of Baker Hill, Ala.

Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. Iv, pp. 77-78. 

Gives a brief description of this ore body.

90 Some Alabama gold-mining districts.

Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. Iv, p. 486. . Describes the occurrence of gold in parts of Cleburne and Randolph 

counties, Ala.

91 The Coosa coal field in Alabama.

Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. Ivi, pp. 7-8.

Describes briefly the geologic structure of the region, with remarks on 

the occurrence of the coal.

92 Broadhead (G-. C.). The Cambrian and Ozark series.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 57-60.

 Refers to different papers on the Ozark series. Gives the section of 

the St. Louis well to a depth of 3,843 feet, indicating the succession of 

the limestone and sandstone beds and the author's general section in 

Madison County, Mo., and concludes that the evidence does not at present 

warrant a new classification.
32 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BPLL. 130,

93 Broadhead (G. C.). The correct succession of the Ozark series.

Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 260-268.

Reviews statements of F. L. Nason in paper "Iron ores of Missouri." 

Gives the lithologic characters of the beds in the Ozark region and discusses the evidence indicating the succession of the sandstone and magnesian limestone series.

94 A critical notice of the stratigraphy of the Missouri Paleozoic.

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 74-89.

Describes the lithologic character of the strata resting on the Archean 

and the occurrence and geographic distribution of the magnesian limestones and the sandstones, and gives the vertical section of a well at St. 

Louis, to a depth of 3,843 feet, showing the presence of Quaternary, 

Carboniferous, Lower Silurian, and Upper Cambrian beds. Mentions the 

principal fossil forms found in the several subdivisions of the Paleozoic 

in Missouri.

96 Brown (S. B.). The Lower Coal Measures of Monongalia and 

^Preston counties, W. Va.

Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 224-228, 2 figs.

Describes the topographic features of the region, and gives vertical 

sections at various localities which show the position and thickness of 

the several coal seams.

97 Brumell (H. Peareth H.). Notes on manganese in Canada.

Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 80-88.

Describes the ore deposits at various localities and gives several 

chemical analyses of the ores. The crystalline ores are found in the 

Lower Carboniferous and the bog ore deposits in beds of recent 

formation.

98 Eeport 011 natural gas and petroleum in Ontario prior to 1891.

Canada Geol. Surv., Reports, vol. v, new series, part ii, 1890-91, Report 

Q, 94pp. -

Discusses the character of the hydrocarbons, with extracts from different publications bearing on the subject. Gives a record of various 

boring operations up to the close of 1890. Illustrated by four maps 

and sections. Appendix C is a bibliography of the subject.

99 r Notes on the occurrence of petroleum in Gasp6, Quebec.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iv, pp. 241-244. 

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 120-121 (| p.). 

The oil-bearing formation is found in sandstones of Lower Devonian 

or Upper Silurian age. Gives an account of recent work in this area.

100 On the geology of natural gas and petroleum in southwestern 

Ontario.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iv, pp. 225-240.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xii, p. 120 (£ p.).

Describes the character of the Devonian, Silurian, and CambroSilurian strata of this region from the sections shown by several 

wells. Describes the occurrence of oil in the Corniferous and Medina 

formations and the occurrence of gas in Clinton, Medina, Niagara, 

Ouondaga, and Trenton rocks.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETEOLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 33

101 Bryson (John). The glacial geology of Marthas Vineyard compared with that of Long Island.

Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp..210-212 (correspondence).

Discusses the evidences indicating the character of the glacial phenomena on Long Island, and compares them with those of Marthas 

Vineyard as described in the report on the geology of Marthas Vineyard, by N. S. Shaler.

102 The drift mounds of Olympia and Long Island.

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 127-129 (correspondence).

Describes the sand dunes of Long Island and compares them with the 

drift mounds of Olympia previously described by G. 0. Rogers in the 

June number, 1893, of the American Geologist.

103 Origin of Peconic Bay and Shinnecock Hills, Long Island.

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 402-403 (correspondence).

Considers their formation due, in part, at least, to subglacial streams.

104 Buell (Ira M.). Geology of the Waterloo quartzite area.

Wis. Acad. Sci. Arts and Letters, vol. ix, part ii, pp. 255-274. 

Describes the structural features and lithologic characters of some 

Precambrian strata in southeastern Wisconsin.

c.

105 Cadell (Henry M.). The Yellowstone region and its geysers.

Scottish Geog. Mag., vol. viii, pp. 233-248.

Describes the topographic and geologic features of the region and the 

thermal springs and their deposits. Illustrated by a colored geologic 

sketch map and reproductions of photographs of the Mammoth Hot 

Springs and of the Giant Geyser.

106 Call (E. Ells worth). Artesian wells in Iowa.

Science, vol. xix, pp. 310-311.

Abstract: Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. i, part ii, pp. 57-63.

Mentions the localities where artesian waters have been and may 

be found. Gives section of deep well at Cedar Rapids. Accompanied 

by sketch map.

107 - The Tertiary silicified woods of eastern Arkansas.

Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. i, part ii, pp. 37-43.

Gives a list of localities where specimens ar.e found and the vertical section of two most important localities. Discusses the evidence 

as to the cause of the silicification. Gives a description of the occur 

rence of silicified wood in Iowa.

107o. Keyes (0. R.), and. On a Quaternary section 8 miles south 

east of Des Moines, Iowa.

See Keyes (C.R.) and Call (R.E.),531. .

108 Calvin (Samuel). Notes on the difference between Acervularia 

 profunda Hall and Acervularia davidsoni Edwards and 

Haime.

Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 355-358. Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. i, part ii, 

pp. 30-32.

States the difference between the two species.

Bull. 130 3
34 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OP N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

109 Calvin (Samuel). The relation of the Cretaceous deposits of Iowa 

to the subdivisions of the Cretaceous proposed by Meek 

and Hayden.

Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 300-307. Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. i, part iii, 

pp. 7-12.

Describes the lithologic characters and gives a section of the Cretaceous deposits along the Big Sioux River. Refers to the descriptions 

of the Cretaceous of this region by Dr. C. A. White, and Meek and 

Hayden, and describes the processes of sedimentation and movements 

of elevation and subsidence during Cretaceous time.

110 On the structure and probable affinities of Cerionites dactylioides Owen.

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 53-57. Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. i, part iii, 

pp. 13-15.

Refers to previous descriptions of Cerionites. Describes its fossil 

form and its probable characteristics while living.

111 Notes on some of the fossil corals described by David Dale 

Owen in his report of work done in the autumn of 1859, with 

observations on the Devonian species, Phillisastrea gigas 

of later authors.

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 108-112.

Refers to species described by Owen and their identification and 

classification by later writers.

112 Notes on a collection of fossils from the Lower Magnesian 

limestone from northeastern Iowa.

Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 144-148. Lab. Nat. Hist., State Univ. of Iowa, 

Bull., vol. ii, No. 2, pp. 189-193.

Refers to previous publications on the fossils of the Lower Magnesian series and describes Straparollus claytonensis, n. sp.; Straparollus 

pristiniformis, n. sp.; Raphistomapepinense, Meek; Raphistoma multivolvatum, n. sp.; Raphistoma paucivolvatum, n. sp.; Murchisonia, sp.} 

Orthoceras primigenium Vanuxem; and Cyrtoceras-luthei, n. sp., which 

belong either to the Gasteropoda or Cephalopoda, found in the cherty 

layers of the series.

113 Cretaceous deposits of Woodbury and Plymouth counties, 

Iowa, with observations on their economic uses.

Iowa Geol. Surv.,.vol. i, 1st Ann. Rept., 1892, pp. 147-169.

Describes the character and extent of the Woodbury shales, Niobrara chalks and clays of this region, giving sections shown at various 

localities.

114 Eeport on some fossils collected in the Northwest Territory, 

Canada, by naturalists from the University of Iowa.

Lab. Nat. Hist., State Univ. of Iowa, Bull., vol. ii, No. 2, pp. 163-165. 

Describes Pentamerus decussatus Whiteaves, found in Upper Silurian 

strata near Lake Winnipeg. '

115 Two unique spirifers from the Devonian strata of Iowa.

Lab. Nat. Hist., State Univ. of Iowa, B.ull., vol. ii, No. 2, pp. 165-167. 

Describes and figures Spirifera urbana Calvin and Spirifera macbridei Calvin.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 35

116 Calvin (Samuel). A geological reconnoissance in Buehanan 

County, Iowa.

Lab. Nat. Hist., State Univ. of Iowa, Bull., vol. ii, No. 2, pp. 177-189.

Describes outcrops of Devonian strata in this region, mentions the 

fossils found in them, remarks on the irregularity in the line of outcrops and suggests it is due to an uplift at the close of the Niagara.

117 Campbell (John T.). Source of supply to lateral and.medial 

glacial moraines.

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., voL xl, pp. 255-256. 

Discusses the origin of the debris of glaciers where no mountains 

or hillsides are present.

118 Campbell (Marius R.). [Correlation of coal seams of Big Stone 

Gap coal field of Virginia and Kentucky.]

Am. Inst. Min. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxi, pp. 1004-1005. 

In discussion of paper by James M. Hodge, "The Big Stone Gap coal 

field."

119 Geology of the Big Stone Gap coal field of Yirginia and 

Kentucky.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. Ill, pp. 13-106, pis. i-vi, figs. 1-3.

Describes the topographic features and geologic structure of the 

region. Reviews the previous work and gives a description of the 

lithologic characters and distribution of the different formations and 

of the coal outcrops, and discusses their correlation with coal seams in 

other parts of the Appalachian belt.

119o. Cannon (George L., jr.). Notes on a discovery of radiolites, Austinensis roemer (?).

Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. iv, pp. 75-76.

Brief note on the occurrence of this fossil in the Niobrara Cretaceous.

119& Notes on the geology of Palmer Lake, Colo., and the Paleozoic exposures along the Front Range. 

Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. iv, pp. 224-234, with map. 

Describes the topography of the region, the granites, the occurrences 

of Paleozoic rocks, and the Jura-Trias, Cretaceous, Tertiary, and Quaternary beds which occur in this vicinity.

119c The geology of Denver and vicinity.

Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. iv, pp. 235-270.

Discusses the causes of the abscence of Paleozoic measures and 

describes the Triassic, Jurassic, Cretaceous, Tertiary, and Quaternary 

beds of the Denver Basin. Mentions some of the fossils found at different horizons.

119d Cardeza (J. T. M.), Rand (Theodore D.), Jefferis'(Wm. W.), and. 

Mineral localities of Philadelphia and vicinity. 

See Rand (T. D.), Jefferis (W. W.), and Cardeza (J. T. M), 769.

120 Carlyle (W. A.). Notes on a great silver camp. 

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. v, pp. 403-412.

Describes the geology of the mining districts of Leadville and Aspen, 

Colo., and the occurrence and character of the ore bodies.
36 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL.ISO.

121 Gary (Austin). A study in foot structure.

Jour, of Morph., vol. vii, pp. 305-315, pi. xviii.

The paper is based on a study of a Perissqdactyl from the Bridger 

Eocene Palseosyops and includes remarks on the theoretical applications.

122 Case (E. 0.), Bailey (E. H. S.) and. On the composition of some 

Kansas building stones.

See Bailey (E. H. S.) and Case (E. C.), 22.

123 Case (William H.). The Bertha zinc mines at Bertha, Ya.

Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. Ivi, pp. 292-294.

Describes briefly the geological structure of the region and the occurrence and character of the ore, illustrated by map and cross sections.

124 Chalmers (Robert). Height of the Bay of Fundy coast in the 

Glacial period relative to sea level, as evidenced by marine 

fossils in the bowlder clay at St. John, New Brunswick.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iv, pp. 361-370.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 176-177.

Describes the bowlder clay and the sections displayed at two localities and mentions the occurrence of certain fossil marine shells. Discusses the height of the land and the mode of deposition of the bowlder 

clay, the oscillations of the ice sheet, and the climatic conditions during the deposition of the Leda clay and Saxicava sands.

125 Chancy (L. W., jr.). Cryptozoon minnesotense in the Shakopie 

limestone at Northfield, Minn.

Minn. Acad. Nat. Sci., Bull., vol. iii, No. 2, pp. 280-284.

Describes the outcrops of this limestone in this locality and discusses the question of the organic origin of the Cryptozoon specimens 

found in them.

126 Chamberlin (T. 0.). The horizon of drumlin, psar, and kame 

formation.

Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 255-267.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 122-123.

Defines the term englacial and describes the movements of englacial 

material from the bottom of the ice sheet to limited heights and the 

agents of its transportation. Describes the drumlin area of Wisconsin 

and the bowlder trains and bowlder belts of Ohio, Indiana, and IllinoisConcludes that the osars and kames of the latter region are basal material.

127 The diversity of the Glacial period.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, pp. 171-200.

Reviews the different theories concerning the unity or diversity of 

the Glacial period, with special reference to and quotations from paper 

by G. F. Wright, "Unity of the Glacial period." Discusses the evidence as to the existence of the terminal moraine at certain points in 

New Jersey and the character of certain deposits in Delaware Valley 

and portions of Ohio. Refers to the gorge cutting of the Delaware and 

to concurrent erosion over the old drift surface, as proof of an interval 

between the earlier and later drift'formation.

128 The altitude of the eastern and central portions of the United 

States during the Glacial period. .

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xl, p. 250. 

Gives a general summary of the author's conclusions.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 37

129 Chamberlin (T. 0.). The nature of the englacial drift of the Mississippi basin.

Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 47-60.

Discusses the cause of the movement of basal material upward into 

the body of a glacier. Describes the course of several bowlder belts 

through Indiana, their relation to terminal moraines, and the characters 

that distinguish them from the average bowlders of the till, and concludes that they represent an example of englacial and superglacial 

transportation. '

130 Some additional evidences bearing on the interval between 

the glacial epochs.

Wis. Acad. Sci. Arts and Letters, vol. viii, pp. 82-86.

The evidences point to the conclusion that toward the close of the 

earlier glacial epoch the altitude of the continent was low, in the interval it became higher, and during the later epoch its valley deposits 

were carried down the trenches formed during the interval.

131 [Glacial succession in the United States.] 

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 227-228. 

Paper read before the World's Congress on Geology.

132 and Salisbury (B. D.). On the relationship of the Pleistocene to the Prepleistocene formations of the Mississippi 

basin south of the limit of glaciation.

Abstract: Am. Nat., vol. xxvi, pp.48-49. 

Paper described in Record for 1891.

133 Chapman (E. J.). Note on the Belmont gold veins of Peterboro 

County, Ontario.

Can. Roy. Soc., Trans., vol. xi, sect, iv, pp. 51-52. 

Describes the country rock of the region and the vein phenomena of 

the ore bodies.

134 On the corals and coralliform types of Paleozoic strata.

Can. Roy. Soc., Trans., vol. x, sect, iv, pp. 39-48.

In a tabular synopsis classifies the ccelenterates into five subdivisions.

135 Chapman (Henry C.). Note on the geology of Mount Desert 

Island.

Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci., Proc., 1892, part iii, p. 350. 

Brief description of the geology of the island.

135a. Charlton (Thomas). [Occurrence of nickel.]

Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. iv, pp. 420-421.

In discussion of paper by Philip Argall on "Nickel, the occurrence, 

geological distribution, and genesis of its ores,'' describes the occurrence 

of nickel in the Gem Mine, Fremont County, Colo.

136 Chatard (Thomas M.). Phosphate chemistry as it concerns the 

miner.

Am. Inst. Min. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxi, pp. 160-175.

Discusses some problems of phosphate analysis and describes the 

processes to be followed in making a chemical analysis of a natural 

phosphate.
38 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY [BULL. 130.

137 Church (John A.). The cause of faulting.

Am. Inst. Min. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxi, pp. 782-792.

Discusses the different explanations of the cause of faulting and their 

insufficiency to account for local faults of moderate extent. Considers 

that fissuring of rocks by compression may occur without dislocation 

and that, in the movement of rocks, both walls participate in the movement -and the fault becomes shortened.

138 Faulting in veins.

Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. liii, pp. 469-470, 613-614, and 637-638 (correspondence).

Reviews statement of Albert Williams, jr., concerning the occurrence 

of veins on the lines of fault fissures and describes the characteristics 

of vein formations.

138a [Yein structure.]

Am. Inst. Min. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxi, pp. 871-872. 

In discussion of paper by Ernest Wiltsee, "Notes on the geology of 

the Half-Moon Mine, Pioche, Nev."

139 Clark (William Bullock). The Mesozoic Echinodermata of the 

United States.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 97, pp. 13-101, pis. i-1.

Abstracts: Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, p. 1079 (f p.); Johns Hopkins Univ. 

CirCi, vol. xii, pp. 51-52.

Gives a bibliography of North American Echinodermata, a description of the determining characteristics of the different species, and 

tables showing their geologic range in North America and the specific 

names employed by writers on the Mesozoic Echinodermata.

140 A preliminary report on the Cretaceous and Tertiary formations of New Jersey.

N. J. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. 1892, pp. 169-239, pis. iv-vi.

Reviews the literature on the deposits of this region. Describes the 

topographic features and the lithologic and structural characters of 

the Cretaceous and Tertiary formations. Gives lists of fossils found in 

the several marl beds and discusses the origin, character, and manner of occurrence of glauconite.

141 The Eocene of the United States.

Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ., vol. xii, pp. 50-51.

Describes the characters of the Eocene deposits of the Atlantic Coast, 

Gulf Coast, Pacific Coast, and interior regions.

142 Correlation Papers. Eocene.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 83, p. 159, pis. i-ii.

Abstracts: Am. Geol., vol. xii, p. 379 (fp.); Am. Nat., vol. xxvi, pp. 

330-332.

Describes the stratigraphy of the Eocene beds of the Atlantic Coast, 

Gulf States, and the Pacific Coast region, and gives lists of their contained fossils and discusses their correlation. Includes a bibliography 

of the papers on the Eocene of each of these regions.

142o Williams (G. H.) and. Eeports on short excursions made 

by the geological department of the University during the 

autumn of 1891.

See Williams (G. H.) and Clark (W. B.), 1049.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 39 x

143 Clark (William Bullock), Williams (G. H.) and. [Geology of 

Maryland.]

Maryland, its Resources, Industries, and Institutions, pp. 55-88, Baltimore, 1893.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 396-398.

Includes a general description of the various geologic formations of 

Maryland.

144 Clarke (F. W.). Note on the constitution of ptilolite and rnordenite.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, pp. 101-102.

145 Clarke (John M.). Notes on the genus Acidaspis; note on Coronura aspectans Conrad (sp.), the Asaphas diurus Green; 

observations on the Terataspis grandis Hall, the largest 

known trilobite.

N. Y. State Geologist, Tenth Ann. Rept., 1891.

Abstracts: Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 158-159; Am. Geol., 

vol. ix, pp. 202-203.

146 On the structure of the carapace in the Devonian crustacean 

Khinocaris, arid the relation of the genus Mesothyra and 

the Phyllocarida.

Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, pp. 793-801.

Describes the structural characters of the typical species of Rhinocaris and compares them with those of Mesothyra and Phyllocarida.

147 The.protoconch of Orthoceras.

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 112-115.

Reviews the descriptions of the structure of the protoconch of the 

nautiloid Orthoceras, by Professor Hyatt and Dr. Branco, and describes 

remains from the.Genesee shales of New York.

148 The discovery of Clymenia in the fauna of the Intumescens 

zone (Naples beds) of western New York, and its geological 

significance.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 57-63.

Describes and gives drawings of newly discovered and very perfect 

specimens of Clymenia from the lower part of the Upper Devonian, 

. which has hitherto been considered an horizon marker for the uppermost Devonian only, especially in Europe. 

See Hall, 383 and 384.

149 On Cordania, a proposed new genus of Trilobites.

N. Y. State Mus., 45th Ann. Rept., pp. 440-443.

Discusses the classification of certain species from the Helderberg 

and Hamilton groups.

150 Claypole (B. W.). A new gigantic placoderm from Ohio.

Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 1-4.

Describes the lower jaw and teeth of this species found in the Cleveland shale near Berea, Ohio.

151 The head of Dinichthys.

Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 199-207.

Describes particularly the plates and illustrates the skull of Dinichthys in three figures.
40 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BOM,. 130.

152 Claypole (E. W.). The tin islands of the Northwest.

Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 228-236.

Describes the structural characteristics of the igneous and sedimentary rocks that form the Black Hills, and the movements of elevation 

and subsidence that have occurred in the region. The cassiterite is 

confined to the granite veins, and is very finely and irregularly disseminated.

153 A new Ooccostean-coccosteus Cuyahogse.

Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 167-171.

Refers to previous descriptions of species of Coccosteus, and describes a new species from the Cleveland shale of Ohio.

154 The cladodont sharks of the Cleveland shale.

Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 325-331.

Abstract: Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, p. 1083 (£ p.).

Refers to the description of Cladodont fishes by Dr. Newberry, with 

remarks on the classification. Describes: Cladodus kepleri, Cladodus 

clarki, Cladodus sinuatus, Cladodus rivi-petrosi, Moiiocladodus clarki, 

and Monocladodus pinnatus.

155 The three great fossil placoderms of Ohio. 

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 89-99.

Describes the general characteristics of the fossils found in the Cleveland and Huron shales, with special reference to placoderms.

156 On three new species of Dinichthys.

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 275-279.

Describes three new species, D. lincolni, D. clarki, and D. gracilis, 

from parts of the organs of the mouth, one from the Marcellus shale 

and the others from the Cleveland shale.

157 On a deep Preglacial river bed near Akron, Ohio.

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xl, p. 259.

The evidence of the existence of the deep river bed is afforded by 

data obtained in sinking a deep well in the center of a pre-Glacial 

valley.

158 On the structure of the American pteraspidian, Palaeaspis

(Claypole), with remarks on the family.

Geol. Soc. Quart. Jour., vol. xlviii, pp. 542-561.

Gives a statement concerning the discovery of pteraspidian fishes in 

the Upper Silurian of Pennsylvania. Reviews some of the previous 

descriptions and classifications of these fossils. In a figure gives an 

attempted restoration of P. Americana and also gives an amended 

definition of Palaeaspis.

159 A deep boring in the Pleistocene near Akron, Ohio. 

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 150-151.

Describes the surface geology of the region and the section exhibited, 

by the boring.

160 The Upper Devonian fishes of Ohio. 

Geol. Mag., dec. iii, vol. x, pp. 443-448.

Describes'a deposit of shale which represents a transition period 

between the Carboniferous and Devonian, with remarks on some of the 

fishes found in the shale.

161 An episode in the history of the Cuyahoga Eiver.

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xii, p. 176 (9 1.).
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 3892-93. 41

162 Cobb (Collier). A recapture from a river pirate. 

Science, vol. xxii, p. 195 (correspondence).

Describes phenomena caused by changes in the drainage of the Jackson River, Virginia.

163 Cole (A. H.). Palseaster eucharis Hall.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 512-514. 

"Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xi, p. 120 (51.).

Quotes the description of Dr. Hall of his type specimen, and states 

wherein the present specimen differs from it.

164 Coleman (A.P.). Some Laurentian rocks of the Thousand Islands.

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. v, pp. 127-131.

Describes the Laurentian granites, gneisses, and quartzites of which 

these islands are composed.

165 The rocks of Clear Lake, near Sudbury.

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. v, pp. 343-346.

Describes the petrographic characters of gabbro, micropegmatite, 

and other rocks from a portion of the Sudbury district not heretofore 

examined, and compares them with collections from other portions of 

this district.

166 Coman (C. W.). Geological work in southern New Jersey.

N. J. Geol. Surv., Rept. for 1891, pp. 111-256.

Gives a general description of the surface deposits of the region and 

its artesian wells, with numerous sections as shown by the borings.

167 Comstock (Theodore B.). A preliminary report on parts of counties Meuard, Concho, Tom Green, Sutton, Schleicher, Crockett, Valverde, Kiuney, Maverick, Uvalde, Edwards, Bandera, Kerr, and Gillespie, Tex.

Texas Geol. Surv., 2d Rept. of Prog., 1891, pp. 43-54. 

Describes the Lower Cretaceous and Jurassic strata of this region, 

its topographic features, artesian water, and mineral resources.

168 Valuable experiments in vein formation. 

Science, vol. xix, p. 214.

Refers to some experiments made by Prof, von Streeruwitz and the 

conclusions drawn therefrom.

169 Cooper (A. S.) The genesis of petroleum and asphalt in California.

Sci. Amer. Suppl., vol. xxxvi, pp. 14738-14740.

Gives a detailed description of some deposits near Santa Barbara, 

with topographic map of the region and cross section, and includes 

brief remarks concerning similar deposits in other portions of California.

170 Cope (E. D.). On the characteristics of some Paleozoic fishes.

U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. xiv, pp. 447-463, pis. xxviii-xxxiii. 

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 263-264.

Describes new species from the Permian of Nebraska and Texas and 

the characters of other fossils from the Paleozoic.

171 On the cranial characters of Equus excelsus.

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xl, p. 285. 

Distinguishes the general characters of the quagga from those of the 

horse.
42 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

172 Cope (E. D.).- On a new horizon of fossil fishes.

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proo., vol. xl, p. 285.

Mentions five species of fish from South Dakota, which differ in species, and some of them as to genus, from any hitherto known. They 

are Cenozoic in age, but it is not yet known to which division they 

belong.

173 The Cenozoic beds of the Staked Plains of Texas.

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xli, p. 177 (4 1).

174 On a new form-, of Marsupialia from the Lararnie formation. 

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xli, p. 177 (5 1).

175 A contribution to a knowledge of the fauna of the Blanco 

beds of Texas.

Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci., Proc., 1892, part ii, pp. 226-229.

Describes Testudo turgida Cope, Testudo pertenuis, sp. nov.; Mastodon successor, sp. nov.; Pliauchenia obtained from these beds, and concludes that the fauna of the Blanco beds are intermediate between the 

Loup .Fork and Equus beds. The fauna represent species of large size, 

including mastodons, camels, and horses.

176 A new extinct species of Cyprinidse.

Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci., Proc., 1893, part i, pp. 19-20. 

Describes a new species from Illinois which is probably not earlier 

than the Pliocene.

177 On Tiaporus, a new genus of Teiidse.

Am. Phil. Soc., Proc., vol. xxx, No. 137, pp. 132-133.

178 The osteology of the Lacertilia.

Am. Phil. Soc., Proc., vol. xxx, No. 138, pp. 185-221. 

Especial reference is made to the necessities of the paleontology of 

the order and to the Nearctic fauna.

179 On some new and little known Paleozoic vertebrates.

Am. Phil. Soc., Proc., vol. xxx, No. 138, pp. 221-229.

Describes Holonema horrida, sp. nov.; Holonema rugosa Clayp.; 

Bothriolepis minor Newb.; Ganorhynchus oblongus, sp. nov.; Coccosteus macromus, sp. nov.; Megalichthys macropomus, sp. nov.; (?) 

Holoptychius filosus, sp. nov. found in Chemung and Catskill beds of 

northern Pennsylvania.

180 On the skull of the dinosauriau Lselaps incrassatus Cope. 

Am. Phil. Soc., Proc., vol. xxx, No. 138, pp. 240-245. 

Describes two crania from the Laramie of Red Deer River, Canada.

181 On the genus Tomiopsis.

Am. Phil. Soc., Proc., vol. xxxi, No. 142, pp. 317-318. 

Describes the characteristics of a tooth of this genus found in a bed 

of Neocene age in western Texas.

182 - Report on paleontology of the vertebrata.

Texas Geol. Surv., 3d Ann. Rept., 1891, pp. 251-259; Am. Phil. Soc., 

Proc., vol. xxx, No. 137, pp. 123-131.

Refers to certain species found in the Fayette formation which indicate that it occupies the summit of the Tertiary. Describes Equus 

simplicidens, n. sp.; Creccoides osbornii Shufeldt, n. gen. et sp.; Testudo turgida, n. sp.; a Mesozoic Pycnodont, Microdus dumbelii, n. sp.; 

and Episcoposaurus haplocerus, n. sp., from the Triassic or Dockum 

beds.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 43

183 Cope (E. D.). A preliminary report on the vertebrate paleontology 

of the Llano Estacado.

Texas Gepl. Surv., 4th Ann. Kept., 1892, pp. 11-87, pis. i-xxiii.

Describes vertebrate remains found in the Dockum beds of the Trias, 

in the Loup Fork and Blanco beds of the Miocene, and in the Equus 

beds of the Pliocene.

184 Cox (Charles F.). On recently discovered deposits of diatomaceous earth in the Adirondacks.

N. Y. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. xii, pp. 219-220.

Describes the deposits found in Herkimer County and gives a brief 

statement concerning the fossils found in them.

185 Cragin (F. W.). Observations on llama remains from Colorado 

and Kansas.

Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 257-260.

Describes some remains from volcanic ash beds of Kansas and from 

the Denver loess.

186 A contribution to the invertebrate paleontology of the Texas 

Cretaceous.

Texas Geol. Surv., 4th Ann. Kept., 1892, pp. 141-246, pis. xxiv-xlvi.

Description of genera and species of Ccelenterata, Echinodermata, 

Molluscoida, Mollusca, Gasteropoda and Cephalopoda from the Cretaceous series of Texas.

187 Crane (Agnes). The generic evolution of the Paleozoic brachiopoda.

Science, vol. xxi, pp. 72-74.

Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 400-406.

Refers to the work of different authors on the Paleozoic brachiop- 

° oda, with special reference to the work of Prof. James Hall and his 

recent memoirs "An introduction to the study of the genera of Paleozoic brachiopoda."

188 Crawford (J.). The geology of Nicaragua.

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xl, pp. 261-270.

Describes the general geologic features. Concludes that there exists 

an Archean core upon which later rocks have been deposited unconformably, the latter being separated from each other by nonconformities. A glacial epoch existed synchronous with the same epoch in 

North America.

189 The peninsula and volcano of Cosigiiina.

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xl, pp. 270-274. 

Describes the topographic features and orographic movements that 

have taken place in the region.

190 Recent discoveries in northeastern Nicaragua: granite hills, 

moutonne"d ridges and gold-containing lodes or reefs, and 

leads or placer mines.

Science, vol. xxii, pp. 269-272.

Describes the geology of the region and its mineral deposits.

191 Notes on earthquakes in Nicaragua, February 6, 1892. 

Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 115-118. 

Describes the series of vibrations and oscillations which took place.
44 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

192 Crook (Alja Robinson). Ueber einige fossile Knochenfische aus 

der Mittleren Kreide von Kansas.

Palaeontographica, Band xxxix, 1892, pp. 107-124, pis. xv-xviii.

Describes some fossil fishes from the Cretaceous beds of Kansas, 

Protosphyrsenidse S. Woodward, Ichthyodectes anaides Cope, Ichthyodectes polymicrodus Cope, Portheus Cope.

193 Crosby (William O.). Geology of the Boston Basin.

Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Occasional Papers IV, vol. i, part i, Nantasket and Cohasset, pp. 1-177.

Describes the older or granitic rocks and includes a description of 

the newer eruptive rocks of the region and the diabase and porphyrite 

dikes, by G. P. Merrill. Gives an account of the surface geology and 

its glacial deposits and phenomena.

194 Geology of Hingharn, Mass.

Abstract: Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Proc., vol. xxv, pp. 499-512. 

Describes the geology of the region, gives a general vertical section 

of the strata and discusses the evidences of their geologic age.

195 The origin of parallel and intersecting joints. 

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 368-375. 

Abstract: Tech. Quart., vol. vi, pp. 230-236.

Reviews the torsion theory of joints and the character and results of 

DaubreVs experiments.

196 Cross (Whitman). Igneous rocks from the coal and iron regions 

of Coahuila and Nueva Leon, Mexico, collected by E. T. Hill.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, pp. 119-120.

Describes the microscopic characters of specimens of basalt, diorite, 

hornblende-porphyrite, and augite-diorite; the former are considered 

deep-seated eruptives and the latter equivalent to the diorite, but from 

smaller masses and probably consolidated nearer the surface.

197 Post-Laramie deposits of Colorado.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, .pp. 19-42. ;

Abstracts-: Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 256-257 (Vp.) j Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, P. 471 a p.).

Describes the deposits occurring in different parts of the State and 

concludes that, in Colorado, the deposition of the conformable series of 

the Cretaceous ended with the coal-bearing Laramie, as the result of a 

long-continued continental elevation in this region, and when it began 

again the deposits were laid down in lakes or-small seas. Discusses 

the fossil evidences bearing on the geologic age of the formation.

197a The Post-Laramie beds of Middle Park, Colorado.

Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. iv, pp. 192-213.

Gives historical sketch of the work done and reviews the literature 

on this region. Describes the character of the beds, called doleritic 

breccia by Marvine, and the constitution of the lignitic beds. Discusses the stratigraphic relations and reviews the evidence of the fossil 

flora as to the age of the Middle Park beds.

197& On a series of peculiar schists near Salida, Colo.

Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. iv, pp. 286-293.

Reviews the representation of the geology of the region on the 

Hayden Atlas, and indicates the general character of the necessary 

corrections. Describes the stratigraphy and general character of the 

schists, and discusses their origin and relationships.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 45

198 Cross (Whitman) and Eakins (L. G-.). A new occurrence of 

ptilolite.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, pp. 96-101. 

Abstract: Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, p. 43 (& p.).

' Describes the chemical and mineralogic characteristics of the rock in 

which ptilolite occurs.

199 Culver (G... E.). Notes on a little known region in northwestern 

Montana.

Wis. Acad. Sci. Arts and Letters, Proc., vol. viii, pp. 187-205.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 412-413 (£ p.)-

Describes the general geographic features of the region, the structure of the plains,and mountains and the strata exposed, with petrographic notes on the igneous rocks, chiefly diabase. Describes the 

character of the existing glaciers and the general features of former 

glaciers. Discusses the origin of the ice tongues of the eastern slope 

of the Kooky Mountains.

200 and Hobbs (Win. H.). On a new occurrence of olivine 

diabase in Minnehaha County, S. Dak.

Wis. Acad. Sci. Arts and Letters, Proc., vol. viii, pp. 206-210.

Describes the decomposition of the rock and states that considerable 

erosion has taken place. Gives petrographic notes on thin sections 

examined.

201 Cummins (A.). Geology of the natural gas fields about Pittsburg.

Eng. andMin. Jour., vol. liv, pp. 106-107.

Describes the structural features of the region and the character of 

the strata through which the borings pass. Gives information concerning the pressure of gas and its diminution in the wells.

202 Cummins (W. F.). Eeport for 1891.

Texas Geol. Surv., 2d Rept. of Prog., 1891, pp. 27-42. 

Describes the topographic and geologic features of the Staked Plains 

region, its artesian water supply and mineral resources.

203 Eeport on the geography, topography, and geology of the 

Llano Estacado or Staked Plains, with notes on the geology 

of the country west of the plains.

Texas Geol. Surv., 3d Ann. Rept., 1891, pp. 129-223.

Describes the topographic features of the region and the Quater- 

 nary, Tertiary, Cretaceous, and Triassic formations, and includes notes 

on the same formations and the Carboniferous occurring in the country west of the plains.

204 Notes on the geology of northwest Texas.

Texas Geol. Surv., 4th Ann. Rept., 1892* pp. 179-238.

Describes the general geology of the region and gives a table containing a list of Pleistocene and fresh-water shells of the region. 

Remarks on the removal of the entire Cretaceous, comprising 10,000 

feet of strata and the absence of the Tertiary below the Loup Fork 

beds over the entire area. Gives sections of the Tule, Blanco, and 

Loup Fork beds, and a description of the Permian of Texas and other 

parts of the United States and Europe, and of the occurrence of copper 

ore in these beds.
46 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

205 Cummins (W. F.). Tucumcari Mountain.

Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 375-283.

Reviews the previous publications concerning this region and refers 

to criticisms on the author's report in the Third Annual Report of the 

Texas Geological Survey, by Jules Marcou.

206 The Texas meteorites.

Texas Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. i; pp. 14-18. 

Gives a historical sketch of Texas meteorites.

207 T Geology of Tucumcari, New Mexico.

Science, vol. xxi, pp. 282-283.

Gives a list of fossils found at this locality and concludes that the 

strata are Triassic, Cretaceous, and Tertiary. Refers to certain statements concerning the geology of the region.

208 Dumble (E. T.) and. The Kent section and Gryphsea tucumcarii Marcou.

Am. Geol., vol. xii. pp.. 309-314.

Gives the section occurring at this locality in western Texas, with a 

list of fossils found, representing three divisions of the Cretaceous.

209 Gushing (H. P.). The movement of Muir glacier. 

Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 276-278 (correspondence). 

Refers to criticisms by G. F. Wright.

210 Notes on the geology of the vicinity of Muir glacier.

Nat. Geog. Mag., vol. iv, pp. 56-62.

Describes the strata, consisting of argillites and limestones, in this 

region. A few fossils found indicate their Paleozoic age. The older 

eruptive rocks are diorites, which, with the sedimentaries, are cut by 

small dikes of later date.

D.

211 Dale (T. Nelson). On the structure and age of the Stockbridge 

limestone in the Yermout valley.

Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 514-519.

The main feature of the region is a complex anticlinal of gneiss and 

Cambrian quartzite and schist, flanked by Cambrian limestone and 

Lower Silurian limestone. Owing to faults at some points the base of 

the Stockbridge limestone, with its Cambrian fauna, is exposed; in 

others, the top with Lower Silurian fauna. Accompanied by sketch 

map.

212 The Rensselaer grit plateau in New York.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 13th Ann. Rept., part ii, pp. 297-340, pis. xcvii-ci, 

figs. 18-41.

Describes the petrographic characters of the Cambrian and Silurian 

rocks in this region and mentions the fossils found in them. Discusses 

the geologic structure and relations of the formations and includes a 

table exhibiting the stratigraphic, petrographic, and paleontologic 

results obtained.

213 On plicated cleavage-foliation.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 317-319.

Describes an occurrence of this structure at West Rutland, Vt.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 47

214 Dall (William Healey). Grand Gulf formation.

Science, vol. xx, pp. 164-165 and 319-320.

Describes the conditions of sedimentation during the Grand Gulf 

period and gives the names of fossils found in some of the deposits.

215 Tertiary mollusks of Florida.

Wagner Free Inst. of ScL, Trans., vol. iii, parts i and ii, 1892, pp.

1-446, pis. 1-22.

Abstract: Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, p. 441 ($.p.)- 

Reviews the opinions of other writers on the Tertiary beds and their

fauna. Describes the processes of deposition in the Southeastern States

during Tertiary time and locates and describes many species found in

these beds.

216 and Harris (Gilbert Dennison). Correlation papers. Neocene.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 84, 349 pp., pis. i-iii, figs. 1-43.

Abstracts: Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, pp. 351-354; Am. Geol., 

vol. xii, pp. 399-402.

Gives a summary of the knowledge of the Neocene deposits of the 

Atlantic and Gulf coasts, of the Pacific Coast and Canada, and of the 

supposed Neocene of the interior of the United States, and includes a 

list of names applied to Cenozoic beds.

217 Dana (James D.). On subdivisions in Archean history. Part I.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 455-462.

Discusses the subdivisions of Archean time as based on 1, kinds of 

rocks; 2, stratification; and 3, physical and biological conditions.

218 Additional observations on the Jura-Trias trap of the New 

Haven region.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, pp. 165-169.

Describes the outcrop of a trap dike in this region and states that 

the outflow was laccolithic. Discusses two hypotheses concerning the 

origin of the trap belts.

219 New England and the Upper Mississippi basin in the Glacial 

period.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 327-330.

Abstract: Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 847-849.

Considers that the cause of divergence of opinion concerning the 

unity of the glacial period is due to the different conditions in the 

eastern and western portions of the glacial area consequent on meteorological differences in the two regions. Describes the general conditions existing during the glacial period.

220 Barton (Nelson Horatio). Fossils in the "Archean" rocks of central piedmont Virginia.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, pp. 50-52.

Brief description of the occurrence of roofing slates in the piedmont 

plain west of Richmond, in which fossils, determined by C. D. Walcott 

as of Lower Silurian age, have been found.
48 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL.ISO.

221 Barton (Nelson Horatio). The stratigraphic relations of the Oneonta 

and Chemung formations in eastern-central New York.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, pp. 203-209.

Abstract: Am.Nat., vol. xxvii, p. 558 (fp.).

Describes the geographic distribution of the two formations in this 

region and the relations of the beds, illustrated by cross section and 

columnar sections. Describes their lithologic characters and discusses 

the use of the term " Catskill."

222 The Magothy formation of northeastern Maryland.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, pp. 407-419.

Describes the general relations of the Costal Plain formations, including a geologic map of the Magothy and associated formations in northeastern Maryland and a discussion of the distribution and lithologic 

character of the Magothy strata in this region.

223 On fossils in the Lafayette formation in Virginia.

Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 181-183.

The fossils were found at the base of the formation and are so poorly 

preserved as to be difficult of identification, and, on account of their 

water-worn condition, it is possible they may have been derived from 

the underlying Chesapeake beds.

224 Eecord of North American geology for 1891.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 99, pp. 6-73.

Gives a list of papers on North American geology, with notes descriptive of contents and index references.

225 Notes on the stratigraphy of a portion of central Appalachian 

Virginia.

Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 10-18.

Eefers to the nomenclature of the formations in this region used by 

other writers. Describes the Silurian, Devonian and Carboniferous 

strata and compares them with strata of the same age in New York and 

Pennsylvania.

226 On two overthrusts in eastern New York.

' Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iv, pp. 436-439.

Describes two overthrusts of Silurian rocks in the Shawangunk 

Mountain, illustrated by three cross sections.

227 Davidson (Walter B. M.). Florida phosphates: Origin of the 

bowlder phosphates of the Withlacoochee Eiver district.

Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. liii, p. 42 (correspondence). 

Reviews the paper by N. A. Pratt on the same subject.

228 The present formation of phosphatic concretions in deep-sea 

deposits.

Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. Hii, pp. 499-500.

. Gives the results of the Challenger expedition in this connection and 

quotes from the published report. .

229 Notes on the geological occurrence of phosphate of lime in 

the United States and Canada.

Am. Inst. Min. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxi, pp. 139-157.

Describes the occurrence of apatite in gneiss in Ca'nada and the 

phosphate deposits of South Carolina and Florida, and discusses their 

geologic occurrence and origin.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 49

230 Davis (William Morris). The Catskill delta in the Post-Glacial 

Hudson estuary.

Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Proc., vol. xxv, pp. 318-335. 

Abstract: Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 97-98.

Gives a sketch of the history of the Hudson River valley and describes 

the glacial deposits of the region.

231 Supplementary note: On the drainage of the Pennsylvania 

Appalachians.

Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Proc., vol. xxv, pp. 418-420. 

Eefers to a previous postulate of the author employed in his discussion of the rivers and valleys of Pennsylvania.

232 The subglacial origin of certain eskers.

Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Proc., vol. xxv, pp. 477-499.

Abstract: Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 95-96.

Discusses the relation of climate to the results of erosion processes 

and the origin and deposition of certain eskers in Massachusetts. Concludes that they were formed during the closing stage of the last 

glacial epoch, and that their present form and structure indicate their 

sub-glacial origin.

233 The Loup rivers in Nebraska.

Science, vol. xix, pp. 107-108 and 220-221 (correspondence). 

Comments on an article on the same subject by L. E. Hicks.

234 The Osage Eiver and the Ozark uplift.

Science, vol. xxii, pp. 276-279 (correspondence). 

Reviews a previous article on the subject by Arthur Winslow and 

discusses the evidence bearing on the question.

235 The lost volcanoes of Connecticut.

Pop. Sci. Mo., vol. xl, pp. 221-235.

Describes the occurrence of lava ash beds in Connecticut, and discusses the evidences indicating the location of the volcano from which 

they were derived.

236 Dawson (George M.). Notes on the geology of Middleton Island, 

Alaska.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iv, pp. 427-431.

Describes some specimens of bowlder clay and other material collected on this island, including a few fossil shells, and concludes that 

the material is of Pleistocene age and referable to the Glacial period.

237 Note on the distribution of the upturned Cretaceous beds of 

British America.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 433-435 (correspondence).

Describes the divisions of the Cordilleran belt in British America, 

with a brief reference to the distribution and structure of the Cretaceous strata.

238 Dawson (J. William). On the correlation of early Cretaceous 

floras in Canada and the United S.tates, and on some newplants of this period.

Can. Roy. Soc., Trans., vol. x, sect, iv, pp. 79-93.

Abstract: Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, p. 439 ( £ p.).

Gives a summary of geologic knowledge concerning rocks of Cretaceous age. Describes some species of the Kootenai formation and 

states that they represent Lower Cretaceous facies, an indication that 

the Kootenai belongs to the lowest portion of the Cretaceous. 

Bull. 130 4
50 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

239 Dawson (J. William). On new species of Cretaceous plants from 

Vancouver Island.

Can. Eoy. Soc., Proc. and Trans., vol. xi, sect, iv, pp. 53-73, pis. v-xiv. 

Contains a statement concerning the locality where tb.3 collections 

were made and a description of the plant remains found.

240 Geological notes.

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. v, pp. 386-393.

Reviews the recent literature bearing on the classification of the 

oldest rocks and some recent papers on glacial phenomena. Mentions 

the discovery of fish remains in the Siluro-Cambrian of Colorado.

241 - Note on fossil sponges from the Quebec group (Lower CambroSilurian) at Little Metis, Canada. 

Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iv, pp. 409-410.

242 and Penhallow (D. P.). Parka decipiens. 

Can. Roy. Soc., Trans., vol. ix, sect, iv, pp. 3-16. 

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. ix, p. 341.

Gives a historical and geologic sketch of the fossil and the microscopical and botanical results of a study of the specimens.

243 Daubree (M.). Kecherches expe"rirneiitales sur le rdle possible des 

gaz a hautes temperatures, doue"s de tres fortes pressions et 

animus d'un mouvement fort rapide, dans divers phe'nomenes 

ge"ologiques.

Soc. G6ol. de France, Bull., 3d ser., vol. xix, pp. 313-354.

In referring to the relative altitude of volcanoes and their distribution, reference is made to those occurring in western North America.

243a Dean (George W.). Catalogue of the shell-bearing mollusca of 

Portage County, Ohio. 

Am. Nat., vol. xxvi, pp. 11-23.

244 Deby (J.). The fossil Aulisci of California. 

Torr. Bot. Club, Bull., vol. xx, pp, 118-119. 

Gives a list of 30 forms from California.

244« Derby (Orville A.). On the separation and study of the heavy 

accessories of rocks.

Roch. Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. i, pp. 198-206.

Abstract: Am. Nat., vol. xxvi, pp. 694-695.

Describes the apparatus used by the author to separate the mineral 

constituents of rocks, the method of operation and its application to the 

study of rock-forming minerals..

244& A study in consanguinity of eruptive rocks. 

Jour, of Geol.,.vol. i, pp. 597-605.

Describes the occurrence and character of some eruptive rocks of 

Brazil.

245 Dewar (E.). The occurrence of gold and silver in galena and iron 

pyrites.

Can. Inst., Trans., vol. ii, part i, pp. 121-127.

Contains notes on the association of these minerals and on the process 

of their deposition.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 51

245(1 Diest (P. H. van). On the artesian wells of Denver.

Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. iv, pp. 1-6.

Gives a brief summary of the history of the Denver artesian basin, and 

discusses the evidences which indicate the character and extent of the 

collecting area, the oscillations of the water level, and the average 

available supply of artesian water in this basin. Considers that at 

about 1,500 feet in depth a supply of water can be obtained from the 

basal sandstones of the Larainie.

245ft Evidence bearing on the formation of ore deposits by lateral 

secretion.

Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. iv, pp. 340-347.

Describes the geology and discusses the origin of the veins and ore 

deposits of the John Jay Mine, Boulder County, Colorado.

246 Diller (Joseph Silas)'. On a late volcanic eruption in northern 

California and its peculiar lava.

U.S.Geol.Surv.,Bull.No.79.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 265-266 (f p.).

Noticed in Record for 1891.

247 Mica-peridotite from Kentucky.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, pp. 286-289. 

Abstract: Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, p. 273 (£ p.).

Describes the dike in which the specimen occurs and the mineralogic 

characteristics of the rock.

248 The Tertiary revolution in the topography of the Pacific 

Coast.

Abstract: Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, p. 74 (£ p.). 

Paper read before the Geological Society of Washington.

249 Note upon some observations on the auriferous gravels of 

lacustral origin in the region of Taylorsville, Cal.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 398-399 (correspondence).

Describes the general distribution of the gravels of the region and 

refers to the existence of a fault, indicating the displacement of the 

auriferous gravel since its deposition.

250 Lassen Peak sheet.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. map of the U. S., preliminary edition, 1892.

Describes the topography of the area, the character of the metarphic rocks, the unaltered sedimentaries and igneous rocks. Gives

general sketch of the geologic history of the region and its economic 

resources. Accompanied by topographic, areal, and economic geologic maps and a sheet illustrating the Cinder Cone.

251 Geology of the Taylorsville region of California.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 369-394.

Abstracts: Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, p. 330 (-J- p.); Am. Geol., 

vol. x, p. 183 (ip.). '

Reviews the previous work in this region and gives a table summarizing the geologic systems represented and their thicknesses. Describes 

the^ eruptive action which continued at intervals from the Paleozoic 

to Pleistocene time, the anticlinal and synclinal structure developed, 

and the character and displacement of the Taylorsville fault
52 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

252 Diller (Joseph Silas). Cretaceous and early Tertiary of northern 

California and Oregon.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iv, pp. 205-224.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 119-120 (|p.).

Discusses the relation, distribution, and composition of the ShastaChico series and gives list of fossils.found in the different subdivisions 

of the series. Reviews the evidences of the pre-Cretaceous elevation 

of the Klamath Mountains and the Sierra Nevada, and the inter-Cretaceous-Tertiary upheaval of the former.

252a D'lnvilliers (E. V.), McCreath (A. S.) and. The Clinch Valley 

coal fields.

See McCreath (A. S.) and D'lnvilliers (E. V.), 611.

253 Dodge (William W.) and Beecher (Charles E.). On the occurrence 

of Upper Silurian strata near Penobscot Bay, Maine.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser.j vol. xliii, pp. 412-418, with map. 

Describes the formations in this region and gives a list of Clinton 

and. Niagara fossils, with their location.

254 Donald (J. F.). The occurrence of platinum in Canada.

Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. Iv, pp. 81-82.

Remarks on the occurrence of platinum in eastern Canada and in 

British Columbia.

255 Douglas (James). The copper resources of the United States. 

Sci. Amer. Suppl., vol. xxxv, pp. 14183-14186.

Describes the copper mines of the Lake Superior, Arizona, Montana, 

and other districts in the United States.

256 Drake (K. F.). Stratigraphy of the Triassic formation of northwest Texas.

 Texas Geol. Surv., 3d Ann. Rept., pp. 228-247.

Includes a description of the lithologic and stratigraphic relations 

of the beds comprising the formation in this region.

257 Eeport on the Colorado coal field of Texas.

Texas Geol. Surv., 4th Ann. Rept., pp. 357-446.

Describes the structural and lithologic characters of the subdivisions 

of the Cretaceous and Carboniferous formations of the district, the 

character and extent of the coal seams and the occurrence of iron ore, 

clay, and building stones. Illustrated by sections and two maps showing the areal geology and extent of the coal field.

258 Drummond (A. T.). The physical features of the environs of 

Kingston, Ontario, and their history.

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. v, pp. 108-117.

Describes the relations of the Laurentian and Cambrian rocks and 

the Quaternary beds of this locality.

259 Dryer (Charles E.) Eeport upon the geology of Dekalb County, 

Indiana.

Ind. Dept. Geol. and Nat. Hist., 16th Rept. 1888, pp. 98-104. 

Describes the topographic features and drift deposits of this county.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 53

260 Dryer (Charles E.). Eeport upon the geology of Alien County, 

Indiana.

Ind. Dept. Geol. and Nat. Hist., 16th Rept. ; 1888, pp. 105-130.

Divides the county into six districts and describes the glacial features 

of each. Gives a section exhibited by an artesian well boring, showing the presence of Silurian limestones and shales underneath the driftcovering.

261 Eeport upon the geology of Steuben County, Indiana.

Ind. Dept. Geol. and Nat. Hist., 17th Rept., 1891, pp. 114-134. 

Describes the glacial moraines and drainage system of the county.

262 Eeport upon the geology of Whitley County, Indiana.

Ind. Dept. Geol. and Nat. Hist., 17th Rept., 1891, pp. 160-170. 

Describes the glacial moraine covering this region and the drainage 

systems.

263 Bumble (EdwinT.). Note on the occurrence of grab amite in Texas.

Am. Inst. Min. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxi, pp. 601-605.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xi, p. 120 (8 1.).

Describes the geology of the region in which the specimens were 

found and gives the section of the two bluffs, made up of Tertiary 

strata, in which they occur and chemical analyses.

264 Sources of the Texas drift.

Texas Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. i, pp. 11-13.

Abstract: Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, pp. 269-270 (£ p.).

Describes the lithologic character of the drift of the Rio Grande and 

Colorado River basins and of eastern Texas, and gives the author's 

conclusions as to the source of the material.

265 Yolcanic dust in Texas.

Texas Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. i, pp. 33-34.

Describes briefly the geology of the region and the section in which 

the volcanic dust occurs. ,

266 Notes on the geology of the valley of the middle Eio Grande.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 219-230.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 65-66 (-J-p.).

Describes the general topographic and geologic features of the region. 

The formations represented comprise the Neocene, Eocene, and Cretaceous.

267 - Second report of progress.

Texas Geol. Surv., 2d Rept. of Prog., 1891, pp. 7-91.

Gives an account of the work done on the general and economic geology of the Carboniferous, Cretaceous, and Tertiary sections of the State 

and includes reports of the several assistant geologists.

268 [Eeport of State Geologist.]

Texas Geol. Surv., 3d Ann. Rept., 1891, pp. xvii-lxi. 

Gives a summary of the geologic work done during the year and the 

reports of the assistant geologists.

269 Progress of geological surveys in Texas.

Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. Iv, p. 55.

Remarks on the work and results obtained by the Geological Survey 

of Texas in 1892.
54 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

270 Bumble (Edwin T.). Beport of the State Geologist for 1892.

Texas Geol. Surv., 4th Ann. Rept., pp. xvii-xxxv.

Includes an account, of the work done in 1892, with remarks on the 

deposits of the Coastal slope and the Colorado coal field, and on the deposits of the precious inetals associated with copper and lead in the 

Trans-Pecos district.

271 Report on the brown coal and lignite of Texas.

Texas Geol. Surv., 1892, pp. 17-243.

Abstracts: Am. Geol., vol. xi, p. 209; Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, p. 379 (£p.).

Describes the origin, formation, and characters of brown coal, the 

geology of the Texas deposits, and the occurrence and composition of 

the Tertiary brown coals in the different States, and compares them 

with European and bituminous coals.

272 and Cummins (W. F.). The Double Mountain section;

Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 347-351.

Describes the general features of the region and the character of 

the Cretaceous, Triassic, and Permian beds which make up the mountain 

mass and mentions the fossils found in them.

273 The Kent section and Gryphsea tucumcarii Marcou. 

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 309-314.

Gives the section occurring at this locality in western. Texas and a 

list of fossils found, representing three divisions of the Cretaceous.

274 and Harris (G. D.). The Galveston deep well.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, pp. 38-42.

Gives the section shown by this well to a depth of 3,070 feet and a 

summary of conclusions drawn from a study of the fossils obtained 

from the well.

275 Dunn (E. L.). Siskiyou County [California].

Cal. State Min. Bur., llth Rept., pp. 420-449.

Describes the geologic structure of the Coast Range, with notes on 

some of the mines of the county.

276 Trinity County [California].

Cal. State Min. Bur., llth Rept., pp. 480-484. . 

Brief general description of the placer deposits.

277 Button (C. E.). On the greater problems of physical geography. 

Abstract: "Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, p. 258 (fp.).

277a Bwight (A. S.). Notes on Montana sapphires.

Colot Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. iv, pp. 174-175.

Describes the occurrence of sapphires in the bars of placer gravel 

and considers that they originally came from a dike.

278 Byche (D. T. D.). The crinoid Heterocrinus subcrassus.

Science, vol. xx, p. 66.

Describes its structural characteristics.

E.

279 Eakins (L. G.). A new meteorite from Hamblen County, Tenn. 

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 283-285.

Gives the chemical composition of the metallic and siliceous portions 

of the meteoric mass.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETEOLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 55

279a Eakins (L. G-.), Cross (W.) and. A new occurrence of ptilolite.

See Cross (W.) and Eakiiis (L. G.), 198.

280 Eakle (Arthur S.). On some dikes occurring near Lyon Mountain, Clinton County, N. Y.

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 31-36.

Describes the location of the dikes, shown on an accompanying 

map of the region, and the petrographic characters and chemical composition of the dike rocks.

281 Earle (Charles). Eevision of the species of Coryphodon.

Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. iv, pp. 149-166.

Abstract: Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, p. 160 (-J- p.).

Compares the Coryphodoii material recently procured from the 

Wasatch formation in Wyoming with that contained in other collections.

282 A memoir upon the genus Palseosyops Leidy and its allies.

Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci. Jour., 2d ser., vol. ix, pp. 267-388, pis. x-xvii. 

Describes the geologic succession, distribution, and characters of the 

different species.,

283 Wortman (J. L.) and. Ancestors of the tapir from the lower 

Miocene of Dakota.

Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. v, pp. 159-180.

Discusses the origin of the tapir in America, describes species from 

the Miocene of South Dakota, and reviews the evidences of relationship between American and European species of Protapirus.

284 Edwards (Arthur M.). Hudson Eiver « Fiord."

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 182-183.

Gives 3h list of fossils found in the soundings from the Hudson 

Eiver "Fiord," and concludes that, as the microscopic organisms are 

not those of Newark Bay, the "fiord" is not a continuation of that 

bay, but of the Hudson River.

285 On a Champlain (?) deposit of Diatomacese belonging to the 

littoral plain.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, pp. 385-388.

Gives a list of species collected in New Jersey and describes the 

glacial geology of the region.

286 The Diatomaceae of the Triassic (?) sandstone of New Jersey.

Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, pp. 817-818.

Remarks on finding Diatomacese in Tertiary clays of New Jersey.

287 Eldridge (George H.). The Florence oil field, Colorado.

Am. Inst. Min. Engrs., Trans., vol. xx, pp. 442-462.

Gives a history of the development of the petroleum industry in this 

region, and describes the topographic and geologic features and structure. Describes the oil-bearing horizon, its thickness and extent, and 

1 the source of the oil. Discusses the relation between wells, their yield, 

and describes the character and treatment of the products. Discussed 

by F. H. Newell, p. 462.

V
56 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

288 Eldridge (George H.). A preliminary sketch of the phosphates of 

Florida.

Ain. Inst., Min. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxi, pp. 196-231.

Describes the topographic and geologic features of the State, the 

character and occurrence of the four classes of Florida phosphates, and 

discusses their origin. Gives chemical analyses of a number of phosphate specimens. Presents a map showing the location and extent of 

the phosphate districts.

289 Ells (E. W.). The Laurentian of the Ottawa district.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iv, pp. 349-360.

Abstract: Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, p. 996 (| p.).

Reviews the literature on the geology of this region and the work 

of Sir W. Logan on the Laurentian. Gives data obtained in an examination of the Trembling Mountain section and the region between 

the anorthosite area and Gatineau River. Describes the Laurentian 

gneiss and limestone and associated intrusive rocks, and presents a 

re~sume" of the facts and the author's conclusions.

290 - The geology of the proposed tunnel under the Northumberland strait.

Can. Roy. Soc., Proc. and Trans., vol. xi, sect, iv, pp. 75-84, with map. 

Describes the geology of the region and gives the records of ten bore 

holes made along the line of the proposed tunnel.

291 Elrod (Moses 1ST.) and Benedict (A. C.). Geology of Wabash 

County.

Ind. Dept. Geol. and Nat. Hist., 17th Rept., 1891, pp. 192-272.

Describes the topographic features and gives a list of fossils found in 

this county. Gives the section shown at various localities and the 

lithologic character of the Niagara limestones, and discusses the probability of a tilting of these beds. Describes the Quaternary deposits 

and gives sections displayed by several gas wells.

292 Emerson (B. K.). Proofs that the Holyoke and Deerfield trap 

sheets are contemporaneous flows and not later intrusions.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 146-148.

Gives an abstract of the data showing that the main trap sheets of 

Massachusetts are contemporaneous and easily distinguished from 

smaller intrusive masses.

293 Notes upon two bowlders of a very basic eruptive rock from 

the west shore of Canandaigua Lake and their contact 

phenomena upon the Trenton limestone.

N. Y. State Mas., 46th Ann. Rept., pp. 251-255. 

Describes the petrographic characters of the specimens and the contact phenomena.

294 Hawley sheet.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. atlas of the U. S., preliminary edition, 1892.

Describes the topographic features of the region, the lithologic character, structure and relations of the Cambrian and Silurian formations. 

Illustrated by topographic, colored areal and economic geologic and 

structure section maps.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 57

295 Emerson (B. K.). Outlines of the geology of the Green Mountain region in Massachusetts.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. atlas of the U. S., Hawley sheet, preliminary 

edition, 1892.

Describes the topographic features of the region and the lithologic 

character, structure and relations of the Algonkian, Cambrian, Silurian, and Devonian formations.

296 Emmens (Stephen H.). The nickel deposits of North Carolina.

Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. liii, pp. 476-477.

Quotes from the previous descriptions of these deposits, compares 

them with the New Caledonia deposits, and describes the character 

and extent of the ore bodies.

297 Faulting in veins.

Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. liii, p. 492, and vol. liv, p. 27 (correspondence). 

Keviews statements of John A. Church on this subject.

298 Emmons (Samuel Franklin). Progress of the precious-metal 

industry in the United States since 1880.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Min. Res., 1892, pp. 46-94.

Gives a general review of the progress of the industry and a brief 

description of the principal ore deposits in the various States and Territories, tables of production, and a forecast of future production.

299 Fluorspar deposits of southern Illinios.

Am. Inst. Min. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxi, pp. 31-53.

Gives a historical sketch of mining operations in this region. Describes the lithologic character of the strata and discusses the evidences which indicate tfhe geologic subdivisions to which they should 

be assigned. Gives an account of the distribution of lead and associ- 

 ated minerals in limestones of the Mississippi Valley. Describes the 

mining developments of the district and discusses the manner of formation, of the deposits and the origin of the vein material.

300 Faulting in veins.

Eng. and Miu. Jour., vol. liii, pp. 548-549.

Refers to previous communications on this subject and discusses the 

occurrence and characters of fracture planes and the conditions of 

their development and the general features of fault phenomena,

301 Eyerman (John). Bibliography of North American vertebrate 

paleontology for the year 1891.

Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 249-256.

Presents a bibliography and a list of new forms described in the 

papers mentioned.

302 Bibliography of North American vertebrate paleontology for 

the year 1892.

Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 388-393.

Contains a list of papers bearing on North American vertebrate paleontology for the year 1892.

F,

302a Faber (Charles), Miller (S. A.) and. Description of some subCarboniferous and Carboniferous Cephalopoda.

See Miller (S. A.) and Faber (C.), 671.
58 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

303 Faber (Charles), Miller (S. A.) and. Some new species and new 

structural parts of fossils;

Citm. Soc. Nat. Hist. Jour., vol. xv, pp. 79-87.

304 Fairbanks (Harold W.). Geology and mineralogy of Shasta 

. County [California].

Gal. State Min. Bur., llth Kept., pp. 24-53.

Describes the lithologic character and distribution of the Cretaceous 

and metamorphic rocks in this county, with notes on the occurrence of 

coal seams and of the precious metals. Accompanied by colored geologic map.

305 Notes on the geology and mineralogy of portions of Tehama, 

Colusa, Lake, and Napa counties [California].

Gal. State Min. Bur., llth Kept., pp. 54-75.

Describes the Cretaceous and crystalline rocks of these counties, 

with notes on some of their mineral deposits.

306 Geology of San Diego County; also of portions of Orange 

and San Bemardino counties [California].

Gal. State Min. Bur., llth Kept., pp. 76-120.

Contains description of the crystalline, Cretaceous, Tertiary, and 

Quaternary rocks in these counties, with notes on some mineral deposits, and accompanied by a colored geologic map.

307 The relation between ore deposits and their inclosing walls.

Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. Iv, p. 200.

Describes the Mother Lode of California, and discusses the question 

whether certain wall rocks indicate rich mines and whether the metals 

are derived from such walls or from deep-seated regions. Concludes 

that mineral deposits usually occur in regions of great disturbance, 

producing chemical action and access upward of mineral bearing solutions through existing fissure systems.

308 The validity of the so-called Wallala beds as a division of the 

California Cretaceous.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, pp. 473-478.

Reviews the evidences upon which the Wallala beds are separated 

from the Chico and Shasta series. Gives the results of observations in 

Lower California, and in southern California and concludes that the 

evidence does not warrant the separation of the Shasta beds from the 

Chico.

309 The pre-Cretaceous age of the metamorphic rocks of the California Coast ranges.

Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 153-166.

Quotes the opinions of other writers on the age of these rocks. 

Describes the structural conditions and fossil contents of the strata in 

this region, and concludes that the Coast ranges and Sierras were 

upheaved and metamorphosed prior to the Cretaceous, and, therefore, 

the gold-bearing slates are pre-Cretaceous.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 59

310 Fairbanks (Harold W.). Notes on a further study of the preCretaceous rocks of the California Coast ranges.

Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 69-84, with map.

Describes the general character and structure of the formations 

represented in the Coast ranges from the author's recent observations. 

Refers to the finding of Inoceramus in the San Francisco sandstones 

and Aucella in the metamorphic rocks and its bearing on the Cretaceous age of the beds. Concludes that the axes of the Coast ranges 

and Sierras are structurally closely related and were first raised during 

the Post-Jurassic upheaval.

311 : Notes on the occurrence of rubellite and lepidolite in southern California.

Science, vol. xxi, pp. 35-36.

Abstract: Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, p. 1091, 5 1.

Gives a brief account of the geology of the locality in. which this 

mineral association occurs and a description of their mineralogic 

characters.

312 Fairchild (H. L.). A section of the strata at Rochester. K T., 

as shown by a deep boring. 

Roch. Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. i, pp. 182-186. 

Abstract: Am. Nat., vol. xxvi, pp. 695-696.

Gives'a table showing the correspondence of the exposed strata and 

the first part of the well record, followed by a condensed section of 

the well boring. Compares the published and measured records of 

rocks in this vicinity with those of the well record. 

«

313 Parish (John B.). The ore deposits of JSTewman Hill [Eico, Colo.].

Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. iv, pp. 151-164.

Min. and Sci. Review, vol. xxviii, No. 26, p. 4, vol. xxix, No. 1, pp. 

4-5 and No. 2, pp. 4-5."

Describes the geologic features of the locality and the structural 

and mineralogic characteristics of the ore bodies.

314 Farnsworth (P. J.). The Great Lake basins.

 Science, vol. xx, p. 74.

Discusses the evidences as to the origin of these lake basins.

315 Fe'chet (Eugene O.). The mines of Sierra Mojada, Mexico.

Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. Iv, pp. 151-152.

Describes the general topographic and geologic features of the region. 

The ore bodies occur in a Cretaceous limestone and their mineral contents are principally silver, lead, and copper.

316 Felix (J.) and Lenke (H.). Beitrage zur geologic und paleontologie der Republik Mexico.

Part i, Leipzig, 1890; part iii, Stuttgart, 1891. 

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 120-121.

317 Ueber die tektonischen Yerhiiltnisse der Republik Mexico.

Zeit. Deut. geol. Gesell., Band xliv, Heft 2,1892, pp. 303-323.

Describes the topographic and geologic structure of the mountain 

ranges and plateau of Mexico. Considers that the volcanoes owe their 

origin to and are arranged along certain definite fissure systems.
60 , BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL.ISO.

318 Fenner (Clarence). The Old Telegraph Mine, Bingham Canyon, 

Utah.

School of Min. Quart., vol. xiv, pp. 354-358.

Describes the character and structure of the ore bodies in this mine.

319 Ferrier (W. F.). Notes on the microscopical character of some of 

the rocks of the counties of Quebec and Montmorency.

; Can. Geol. Surv.. Reports, vol. .v, new ser., part i, 1890-91, Report L, 

appendix, pp. 73-82.

Quotes Dr. Adams's scheme for the classification of the rocks of the 

gabbro family and describes the megascopic and microscopic characters of hornblende-granite-gneiss, mica-diorite-gneiss, anorthosite, 

norite, gabbro-gneiss, and pyroxenite-granite-gneiss.

320 Fisher (Osmond). Rigidity not to be relied upon in estimating 

the earth's age.

' Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, pp. 464-468.

Reviews the paper by Clarence King, "The age of the earth," and 

quotes from other writers concerning the tidal rigidity of the earth. 

Concludes that rigidity can not be relied upon as furnishing data from 

which to estimate the earth's age.

321 Fletcher (Hugh). Eeport on the geological surveys and explorations in the counties of Pictou and Colchester, Nova Scotia.

Can. Geol. Surv., Reports, vol. v, new ser., part ii, 1890-91, Report P, 

p. 193.

The .formations of the region range from the post-Tertiary to the 

Cambro-Silurian and are cut by dikes and sheets of igneous rocks. 

Describes sections shown at various points, the deposits of coal and 

iron, and the traces of lead and copper that were found.

322 Foerste (Aug. F.). Studies on the Chipola Miocene of Bainbridge, Ga., and of Alum Bluff, Fla., with an attempt at 

correlation of certain Grand Gulf group beds with marine 

Miocene beds eastward.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 244-254.

Describes the general character and relations of the strata in this 

region, with special reference to exposures at Bainbridge and Alum 

Bluff. Presents a provisional list of Gasteropoda Gully species, showing their geologic and geographic distribution, with notes on the various species.

323 New fossil. localities in the early Paleozoics of Pennsylvania, New Jersey, and Vermont, with remarks on the close 

similarity of the lithologic features of these Paleozoics.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 435-444.

Describes the general relations and lithologic character of the Cambrian and Silurian strata in the portions of the States mentioned and 

their fauna, as shown by the observations of various investigators. 

Discusses the correlation of the beds in the several districts, and 

presents a geologic sketch map of the portions of New Jersey and 

Vermont.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 61

324 Foerste (Aug. F.). An examination of Glyptodendron Claypole, 

and of other so-called Silurian land plants from Ohio.

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 133-141.

Discusses the characteristics of the specimens found in rocks of Clinton age in Ohio, said to be land plants. Considers that at present 

there is no evidence of the existence of land plants in the region of 

the Cincinnati anticlinal during Clinton time.

325 Eemarks on specific characters in Orthoceras.

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 232-236.

Describes some of the special characteristics of Orthoceras.

326 The reproduction of arms in orinoids.

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 270-271, (ip.) (correspondence).

327 Fontaine (William M.). Description of some fossil plants from 

the Great Falls coal field of Montana.

U. S. Nat. HUB., Proc., vol. xv, pp. 487-495, pis. Ixxxii-lxxxiv.

Describes the general character of the flora represented and the characteristics of several new species.

328 Notes on some fossil plants from the Trinity division of the 

Comanche series of Texas.

U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. xvi, pp. 261-282, pis. xxxvi-xliii. 

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 327-328.

329 Foote (A. E.). A new locality for meteoric iron, with a preliminary notice of the discovery of diamonds in the iron.

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xl, pp. 279-283. 

Describes the locality in Arizona and the specimens obtained, and 

remarks on the occurrence of small black diamonds in them.

330 Preliminary notice of a meteoric stone seen to fall at Bath, 

South Dakota.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, p. 64.

Gives a brief description of the stone, illustrated by photograph, 

pi. iii.

331 Forrester (Robert). Coal fields of Utah.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Min. Res., 1892, pp, 511-520.

The Coal Measures of the Laramie group are best developed on the 

eastern slopes of the Wasatch and the beds attain a maximum thickness 

of 28 feet. Coal also occurs in the Montana and Colorado Cretaceous. 

Gives analyses of coal from different localities.

332 Forstall (A. E.). The origin of coal and petroleum. '

Sci. Amer. Suppl., vol. xxxiv, pp. 13796-13797.

Gives an account of the conditions existing during the formation of 

coal and petroleum and reviews the literature on the question of their 

origin.

333 Freeland (Francis T.). Fault rules.

Am. Inst. Min. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxi, pp. 491-502.

Discusses the general characteristics of fault phenomena and gives 

a number of rules to be followed in mining where faults occur and a 

bibliography of the subject.
62 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. iao.

334 Fuller (Homer T.). Effects of droughts and winds on alluvial 

deposits in New England.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii., pp. 148-149.

Describes terraces once covered with vegetation, but which are now 

almost entirely denuded, and states that the wind striking them at an 

angle carries the sand to the nearest lower spot to the leeward.

G.

335 Gannett (Henry). The mapping of the United States.

Scottish Mag., vol. viii, pp. 150-153.

Gives a history of the various surveying expeditions that have been 

made in the United States and a brief account of the character of the 

topographic maps now being executed by the U. S. Geological Survey.

336 Garside (G. W.). The mineral resources of southeast Alaska.

Min. and Sci. Keview, vol. xxx, No. 7, pp. 4-5, and No. 8, pp. 4-5; Am. 

Inst. Min. Engrs., Trails., vol. xxi, pp. 815-823.

Abstract: Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. Iv, pp. 175-176.

Describes the character and value of the precious metal ores found in 

the several districts of this region, accompanied by sketch map of a 

part of Alaska, showing mineral belt.

337 Gaudry (M. Albert). Excursion dans les Montagues rocheuses.

Soc. Ge"ol. de France, Bull., 3d ser., vol. xix, No. 12, pp. 936-942.

Gives a general geologic description of the route traversed by an 

excursion composed of members of the Fifth International Congress of 

Geologists, crossing many of the Eastern, Middle, and Western States 

of the United States, and includes a description of the mammalian and 

other fossil faunas found in some of the Western States.

338 Similitudes dans la marche de Involution sur 1'ancien et le 

nouveau continent.

Soc. G6ol de France, Bull., 3d ser., vol. xix, No. 12, pp. 1024-1035.

Compares the characteristics of certain American faunas with those 

of Europe, and discusses the changes that have taken place in each and 

their relation to the progress of evolution.

339 Geer (Gerard de). On Pleistocene changes of level in eastern 

North America.

Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 22-44; Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Proc., vol. xxv, 

pp. 454-477.

Gives a general statement of the methods and results of the author's 

investigations in Europe and North America. Considers that continental changes of level are closely connected with the local structure of 

the earth's crust and that no changes in the level of the sea can account 

for the phenomena.

340 Isobases of the post-Glacial elevation.

Am. Geoi., vol. ix, pp. 247-249.

Gives an account of the author's observations of the glacial deposits 

in various parts Of the United States and Canada.

341 Quaternary .changes of level in Scandinavia.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 65-68, with map. 

Describes the author's methods of determining the marine boundary 

and gives the results of his observations.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 63

342 Geikie (James). Glacial geology.

Smith. Inst., Ann. Rept., 1890, pp. 221-230.

Discusses the general conclusions of investigators of glacial phenomena and deposits in different portions of the Avorld.

343 Address as president of the Section of Geography.

Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Seport 1892, pp. 794-810; Scottish Geog. Mag., 

vol. viii, pp. 457-479.

Describes the geographic development of coast lines and the orographic movements that have influenced their location and direction 

in North America and other parts of the earth.

344 Genth (Frederick A.). Contributions to mineralogy.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 184-189.

Notes on hiibnerite, hessite, bismutite, and natrolite.

345 On penfieldite, a new species.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, pp. 260-261 (correspondence).

346 Contributions to mineralogy, No. 54, with crystallographic 

notes by S. L. Fennel d.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, pp. 381-389.

Notes on aguilarite, metacinnabarite, lollingite, rutile, quartz from 

the alteration of orthoclase, danalite, yttrium-calcium fluoride, cyrtolite, lepidolite, and fuchsite.

347 On the "anglesite" associated with bole"ite, No. 55. 

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, pp. 32-33. 

Abstract: Am.Nat., vol.xxvi, p. 1090.

Gives the crystallographic characters of "the crystals examined and 

two chemical analyses.

348 The minerals of North Carolina. 

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 74. 

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. ix, p. 342 (| p.).

349 Gibson (A. M.). Eeport on the Coal Measures of Blount Mountain, with map and sections.

Ala. Geol. Surv., 1893, pp. 7-80.

Describes the topography and geologic structure of the region and 

the stratigraphy of the lower and upper Coal Measures, with a detailed 

description of the coal seams. Discusses the correlation of the various 

seams and gives chemical analyses of some of the coals.

350 Gilbert (Grove Karl). Discussion of the papers " ^Relationship of 

the glacial lakes, Warren, Algonquin, Iroquois, and Hudson-Champlain," and the two papers by J. W. Spencer, 

"The Iroquois shore north of the Adirondacks " and " Channels over divides not evidence per se of glacial lakes."

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp, 492-494.

Reviews the descriptions given in the above-named papers and concludes that the Iroquois lake was bounded on the northeast by a wall 

of ice and that its surface level was determined by the altitude of a 

divide near Rome. Concerning the terraces mentioned in the last 

paper, considers there are certain features which indicate tlioy are not 

littoral.
64 BIBLIOGEAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

351 Gilbert (G-rove Karl). Continental problems.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iv, pp. 179-190.

Abstracts: Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 118-119; Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 

204-205.

Differentiates the continental from the oceanic plateaus. Discusses 

the question of rigidity versus isostasy, the origin of the continental 

plateaus, the cause of continental movements of elevation and subsidence, and the permanence and growth of continents.

352 Post-Glacial anticlinal ridges near Ripley, 1ST. T., and near 

Caledonia, N. Y.

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xl, pp. 249-250. 

An examination of these ridges confirms the opinion .previously 

expressed concerning certain other anticlinal ridges, that the phenom- 

 ena are superficial. They are due to the sinking of the overlying Corniferous limestone by the removal of salt and gypsum by underground 

water.

353 Goldsmith (E.). Notes on some minerals and rocks. 

. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci., Proc., 1893, part i, pp. 174-180.

Describes pimelite, asbeferrite, cacoxenite, amphibolite, phonolite, 

and granulite from various parts of Pennsylvania.

354 Gorby (S. S.). Limits of natural gas supply.

Eng. Mag., vol. v, pp. 419-426.

Discusses the evidences which indicate the organic origin of natural 

gas.

355 Geology of Miami County, Indiana.

Ind. Dept. Geol. and Nat. Hist., 16th Kept., 1888, pp. 165-188.

Describes the topographic features of the county, the character of 

the drift mantle and the Devonian and Silurian limestones, and gives 

sections displayed by various gas wells.

356 Natural gas and petroleum.

Ind. Dept. Geol. and Nat. Hist., 16th Rept., 1888, pp. 189-301.

In tabular form gives the thicknesses of the Paleozoic formations 

found in Indiana. Discusses the origin of natural gas, its permanency 

of supply, and the theories concerning the structural conditions necessary for its accumulation. Includes a description of the structural 

features of the State and numerous sections as shown by well borings.

357 Gordon (0. H.). Quaternary geology of Keokuk, Iowa, with notes 

on the underlying rock structure.

Am. Geol. vol. ix, pp. 183-190, three sections.

Gives a vertical section of the beds at this locality. Describes the 

glacial deposits and loess formation in this region.

358 Graham (James C.). Some experiments with an artificial geyser.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, pp. 54-60.

Describes the apparatus used and refers to McKenzie's theory of 

a geyser eruption. Gives tables showing the temperature of materials 

used, time of eruptions, etc., and discusses the results obtained as 

bearing on the phenomena of soaping geysers.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. .65

359 Grant (Ulysses Sherman). The stratigraphic position of the 

Ogishke conglomerate of northeastern Minnesota.

Am. Geol., vol. ix, .pp. 4-10.

Describes the composition of the conglomerate and quotes the views 

of other writers on its age. Describes the relations of the conglomerate 

to the Saganaga granite and to the Keewatin. Concludes that it is not 

a parallel of the Animike and that it is a part of but younger than 

most of the Keewatin.

360 Note on an augite soda-granite from Minnesota.

Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 383-388.

Describes the petrographic characters and gives the chemical cornposition of a type of granite from the Precambrian of northeastern 

Minnesota.

361 Note on quartz-bearing gabbro in Maryland.

Johns Hopkins Univ. Giro., vol. xii, pp. 47-49.

Abstracts: Am. Geol., vol. xi, p.209, (ip.); Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, p. 

383, a p.).

Describes the petrographic characters of certain quartz gabbros of 

Maryland.

362 Field observations on certain granitic areas in northeastern 

Minnesota.

Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv.; 20th Ann. Rept., pp. 35-110.

Gives field observations in different areas of the region, containing 

statements as to the general rock structures and a catalogue of specimens collected.

363 Gregory (J. W.). The relations of the American and European 

echmoid faunas.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 101-108.

Describes the characteristics of these faunas on the two continents, 

from the Carboniferous to and including Che Tertiary, and concludes 

that their succession presents a series of phenomena incompatible 

with the theory of the permanence of the great ocean basins.

364 Gresley (W. S.). A hitherto undescribed phenomenon in hematite.

Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 219-223, 

Discusses the origin of certain holes in a specimen of hematite.

365 Faulting in veins.

Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. liii, p. 517 and p. 660 (correspondence). 

Describes an occurrence of coal which shows from the vein material 

that there has been a movement of the walls inclosing it.

366 North American geological notes.

Manchester Geol. Soc., Trails., vol. xxi, partii, pp. 6.8-74.

Includes notes on some peculiar formations in the roof of a coal seam 

in Illinois, the occurrence of fossil trees in Pennsylvania anthracite 

beds and on some bowlders found in Coal Measures in the North American anthracite region.

367 Grimsley (GJ. Perry). Microscopical study of Ohio limestones. 

Gin. Soc. Nat. Hist. Jour., vol. xv, pp. 160-167.

Describes the limestone formations of the State, their microscopic 

structure and the characters of some of the contained fossils.

Bull. 130 5
66 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

368 Griswold (Leon S.). The structure of the Ouachita uplift of 

Arkansas.

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci. Proc. ; vol. xl, p. 261.

The uplift is formed of closely folded Silurian strata between two 

broad belts of Lower Carboniferous rocks, and appears to form a continuation of tbe Appalachian system.

369 A basic dike in the Connecticut Triassic.

Harv. Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. xvi, pp. 239-242.

Gives a brief description of the locality of the dike and the microscopic characters of the dike rock (fourchite ?), and discusses the question as to the class to which it belongs.

370 Whetstones and novaculites of Arkansas.

Ark. Geol.Surv., Ann. Kept., 1890, vol. iii, pp. 1-443, pis. i-ix.

Abstracts: Am. Jour. Sci. ; 3d ser., vol. xliv, p. 332 (ip.); Am. Nat., 

vol. xxvii, p. 42 ( $ p.).

Gives a general historical sketch of whetstones. Describes the 

megascopic and microscopic characters of Arkansas novaculites, their 

chemical composition and the topography and geology of the Arkansas, 

novaculite area. Discusses their origin.

370ft Guiterman (Franklin). [Origin of ore deposits.]

Col. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. iv, pp. 347-348.

In discussion of paper by P. H. van Diest on the "Evidence bearing 

OH the formation of ore deposits by lateral secretion."

371 Gulliver (F. P.). The Newtonville sand plain.

Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 803-812.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xii, p. 177 (J p.).

Describes the process of making the clay model of the map of the 

region, reproduced in fig. 1; and of another clay model of the supposed relations of the deposits, shown in fig. 2. Describes the origin 

and relations of the glacial beds.

372 Gurley (E. W.). The geologic age of the graptolite shales of 

Arkansas.

Ark. Geol. Surv., Ann. Kept., 1890, vol. iii, pp. 401-404.

Discusses the evidences presented by the fossils found in theoe shales 

in iheir bearing on the geologic age of the formation and their correlation with other beds of similar horizons, viz., the Trenton and Calciferous.

373 New species of graptolites.

Ark. Geol. Surv., Ann. Kept., 1890, vol. iii, pp. 416-418. 

Brief description of new species from Arkansas.

374 Gurley (Win. F. E.), Miller (S. A.) and. Description of some new 

genera and species of Echinodermata from the Coal Measures and sub-Carboniferous rocks of Indiana, Missouri, and 

Iowa.

Ind. Dept. Geol. and Nat. Hist., 16th Kept., 1888, pp. 327-373. 

Describes new species of Echinodermata from the Carboniferous.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 67

H.

375 Hague (Arnold). Geology of the Eureka district, Nevada.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Monograph XX, pis. i-viii, figs. 1-9.

Abstracts: Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 264-266; Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. 

xlv, pp. 161-163.

Describes the topographic and geologic features of the region and 

includes a discussion of the relations of land and water during Paleozoic time. Gives an account of volcanic action in this region and'a 

description of the ore bodies and their mode of formation. Appendix 

A gives a list of fossils found in each formation and Appendix B is a 

discussion of the microscopic characters of the crystalline rocks.

376 Hall (Charles B.). Geological notes on the manganese ore deposit 

of Crimora, Va.

Am. Inst. Min. Eugrs., Trans., vol. x*s, pp. 46-49.

The ore bodies lie in a basin at the base of the mountains formed of 

Potsdam sandstones, shales, and slates, in the former of which black 

oxide of manganese is disseminated and from which the ore appears to 

have been derived by seepage of surface waters.

377 The formation and deformation of Minnesota lakes. 

Sci. Amer. Suppl., vol. xxxvi, pp. 14625-14626.

Describes the process of formation and deformation of the glacial 

lakes in Minnesota.

378 A review of the theories of the origin of the granitic rocks 

and the crystalline schists.

Abstract: Minn. Acad. Nat. Sci., Bull., vol. in, p. 175. 

Brief re"surne~ of the theories of the origin of granite and allied rocks.

379 A vacation trip into the Black Hills of South Dakota.

Abstract: Mkm. Acad. Nat. Sci., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 185-186. 

Gives an account of the relations of the formations in this regiou.

380 The deep well at Minneota, Minu.

Minn. Acad. Nat. Sci., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 248-250. 

Brief description of the formations penetrated,, and gives the section 

as shown by the Avell record.

381 Notes on a geological excursion into central Wisconsin. 

Minu. Acad. Nat. Sci., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 251-268. 

Describes the microscopic and megascopic characters of the rock 

types in the region visited.

382 and Sardeson (F. W.). Paleozoic formations of southeastern Minnesota.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 331-368. 

Abstracts: Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, p. 144; Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 182- 183 a p.).

Describes the character of the Archean floor upon which the Upper 

Cambrian was deposited and the lithologic characters of the Magnesian 

series. The Lower Silurian is represented by the St. Peters sandstone, 

Trenton and Cincinnati limestones and shales, and the Devonian by 

siliceous limestones containing few fossils.
68 , BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

383 Hall (James). An introduction to the study of the genera of Paleozoic Brachiopoda, part i. Assisted by J. M. Olarke.

Nat. Hist, of N. Y. Paleontology, vol. viii, part i, pp. 1-367, pis. i-xx. 

Describes genera and also some of the species of Brachiopoda.

384 An introduction to the study of the genera of Paleozoic 

Brachiopoda. Assisted by J. M. Clarke.

Nat. Hist, of N, Y. Paleontology, vol. viii, part ii, fascicle i, pp. 1-176. 

Continues the review of the genera of Paleozoic Brachiopoda begun 

in part i.

385 An introduction to the study of Brachiopoda.

N. Y. State Mus., 45th Ann. Rept., pp. 455-616.

Abstracts: Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 251-253; Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., 

vol. xliv, pp. 330-332.

Describes the general characters of the class, their habits of life and 

powers of locomotion, and includes a description of some of the genera.

386 Report of the State Geologist for the year 1891.

N. Y. State Mus., 45th Ann. Kept., pp. 323-345.

Gives a list of Devonian fossils found in the Livonia salt shaft.

387 Hall (W. S.). The South Dakota artesian basin. 

Science, vol. xxii, pp. 29-30.

Discusses and illustrates by cross section the geology of South 

Dakota.

388 Hallock (William). Preliminary report of observations at the 

deep well at Wheeling, W. Va.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 234-236. 

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc.) vol. xl,pp. 257-259. 

Gives a list of temperatures at various depths clown to 4,500 feet, and 

a table of comparison with those of two other deep wells.

389 Halse (Edward). Notes on the occurrence of manganese ore near 

Muleg6, Baja California, Mexico.

North of Eng. Inst. of Min. and Mech. Engrs., Trans., vol. xli, pp. 

202-307.

Abstract: Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. Iv, pp. 223-225.

Describes veins of manganese ore in trachyte and gives chemical 

analyses of some specimens. The ore occurs as filling of superficial 

vein-like fissures and was probably derived from the trachyte by 

leaching.

390 Harker (Alfred). Thermometamorphism in igneous rocks.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 16-22.

Refers to the previous publication on this subject and describes the 

changes in the igneous rocks of the English lake district. Concludes 

that basic and intermediate lavas, when affected by weathering, are 

as easily changed by heat as argillaceous sediments; acid lavas and 

ashes may be very little modified by heat. Various feldspars, resulting 

from the rejuvenation of old feldspars or by recombinations of other 

minerals in the advanced stages of metamorphism, are abundant in 

the newly formed products.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 69

391 Harker (Alfred). On the migration of material during the metamorphism of rock masses.

Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 574-578.

Discusses the changes in rock masses which are due to thermal 

metamorphism. Considers that transference of material due to thermal causes is confined to narrow limits and this limit varies with the 

temperature.

392 Harris (Gilbert Dennison). The Tertiary geology of Galvert Cliffs, 

Maryland.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, pp. 21-31.

Gives the sections exposed by these cliffs at several localities, with a 

list of species found in each and map of the region.

393 Preliminary report on the organic remains obtained from a 

deep well at Galveston, together with conclusions respecting 

the age of the various formations penetrated. 

Texas Geol. Surv., 4th Ann. Rept., pp. 117-119. 

Gives in tabular form the bathyuietric distribution of the fossils 

obtained from the well, from which the conclusions are drawn as to 

the geologic horizons represented, which are said to range from Pleistocene to Upper Miocene.

394 Correlation of Tejon deposits with Eocene stages of the Gulf 

Slope.

Science, vol. xxii, p. 97 (correspondence).

Remarks on similarity of the fauna found in the Eocene of the Gulf 

States, Texas, and California.

395 Eepublication of Conrad's fossil shells of the Tertiary formations of North America.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 60-61.

395o. Dall (W. H.) and. Correlation Papers. Neocene.

See Dall (W. H.-) and Harris (G. D.), 216.

395& Dumble (E. T.) and. The Galveston deep well.

. See Dumble (E. T.) and Harris (G. D.), 274.

396 Harris (T. W.). Mount Bob, Mount Ida, or Snake Hill.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 236-238.

Describes the formations of this hill in eastern New York as remnants 

of the Lower Helderberg group.

396o. Harrison (J. B.), Jukes-Brown (A. J.) and. The geology of 

Barbados, part ii. The oceanic deposits.

See Jukes-Brown (A. J.) and Harrison (J. B.), 508.

397 Hartwell (E. Adams). The Pearl Hill pothole.

Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Proc., vol. xxv, pp. 421-425.

Describes the pothole as occurring in a bowlder of mica schist 

derived from a neighboring exposure of the same rock. Considers that 

it was formed by some glacial stream flowing down a crevasse.

398 Hatcher (J. B.). The Titanotherium beds.

Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, pp. 204-221.

Describes the geographic distribution of these beds, their lithologic 

composition and stratigraphic position, and discusses the character of 

the fauna by which they have been divided into lower, middle, and 

upper beds.
70 . BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

399 Hatcher (J. B.). The Ceratops beds of Converse County, Wyo.

Am, Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, pp. 135-144.

Describes tho geographic distribution of the Ceratops beds in this 

region, the lithologic character of the strata, and their stratigraphic 

position. Discusses the age of the Ceratops beds, as indicated by the 

fossils, and the probable conditions attending their deposition.

400 Haworth (Erasmus). The age and origin of the crystalline rocks 

of Missouri.

Mo. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 5.

Eeview: Am. Geol., vol. ix.,pp. 55-56 ($ p.).

This paper is principally devoted to giving the evidence of the eruptive origin of the crystalline rocks of Missouri, and adds confirmatory 

evidence of their assumed Archean or Prepaleozoic age.

401 Prismatic sandstone from Missouri.

Science, vol. xix, p. 58; Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. i, part ii, pp. 36-37. 

Describes an occurrence of sandstone of a prismatic form resembling 

basaltic columns. .

402 Notes on Missouri minerals.

Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., vol, i, part ii, pp. 33-35. 

Describes occurrences of melanite in a basic dike rock and of limonite 

pseudomorphs after calcite.

403 Hay (Eobert). Geology and mineral resources of Kansas.

Kans. State Board of Agric., 8th Biennial Rept., 1891-92, pp. 99-162.

Describes the topographic features and lithologic character and the 

relations of the Carboniferous, Cretaceous, Tertiary and Post-Tertiary 

formations in the State, including an account of the lead and zinc, 

coal, salt, and other mineral deposits.

404 Notes on some new species of fossil cephalopoda.

Kans. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. xiii, pp. 37-47.

Description of species occurring in the Carboniferous and Perrno-. 

Carboniferous of Kansas.

405 Some characteristics of the glaciated area of northeastern 

Kansas.

Kans. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. xiii, pp. 104-106.

Describes the glacial deposits and phenomena of tliis region.

406 Sandstone dikes in northwestern Nebraska;

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 50-55, figs. 1-5. 

Briefly describes the geologic formations of the region and states 

the width and direction of the two dikes.

407 A contribution to the geology of the Great Plains. 

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 519-521. 

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 56-57.

The surface of the plains area consists of calcareous and arenaceous 

clays of Tertiary age which may grade into Post-Pliocene to the east.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 71

408 Hayes (C. W.). An expedition through the Yukon district.

Nat. Geog. Mag., vol. iv, pp. 117-159.

Describes the character of the country traversed and its general orographic features. The sedimentaries are limestones, shales, sandstones, 

quartzites, and conglomerates. The igneous rocks are mainly basic, 

largely altered to serpentine, and granites. Placer gold is widely 

disseminated and copper occurs at several localities. Describes the 

recent volcanic phenomena and the general features of the glaciation 

of the region.

409 Notes on the geology of the Yukon basin.

Abstracts: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 495-496; Am. Geol., 

vol. xi, pp. 58-59 (£ p.).

410 Eeport on the geology of northeastern Alabama and adjacent 

portions of Georgia and Tennessee.

Ala. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 4, pp. 11-85, pi. i, map and structure sections, figs. 1-15.

Abstracts: Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 98-99; Am. Nat., vol xxvii, pp. 

34-35 (i p.); Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 322-323 (1 p.).

Describes the topographic features of the district, its drainage systems, the stratigraphy of the Cambrian, Silurian, Devonian, and Carboniferous strata and their structural relations.

411 Chattanooga sheet. (Tennessee.)

U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. map of the U. S., Preliminary edition, 1892.

Describes the topography of the area, the character and relations of 

the Cambrian, Silurian, Devonian, and Carboniferous formations, their 

structure, and the mineral resources. Accompanied by topographic, 

colored areal and economic and structure section maps and a sheet of 

columnar sections.

412 Kingston sheet. (Tennessee.)

U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. map of the U. S., Preliminary edition, 1892.

Describes the topography of the area, the character, structure, and 

relations of the Cambrian, Silurian, Devonian, and Carboniferous rocks, 

the mineral resources and soils. Accompanied by topographic, colored 

areal and economic geologic and structure section maps.

413 Einggold sheet. (Tennessee and Georgia.)

U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. map of the U. S., Preliminary edition, 1892.

Describes the topography of the region, the stratigraphy of the 

Cambrian, Silurian, Devonian, and Carboniferous rocks, their structure 

and mineral resources. Accompanied by topographic, colored areal 

and economic geologic and structure section maps.

414 Bauxite.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Min. Ees., 1893, pp. 159-167.

Describes the geologic structure of the Cambrian and Silurian formations in which the deposits are found in the Appalachian province 

and the forms of the ore bodies, and discusses their origin.

414a Willis (B.) and. Conditions of Appalachian faulting.

See Willis (B.) and Hayes (C. W.). entry 1060.

415 Headden (William P.). Kehoeite, a new phosphate from Galena, 

Lawrence County, South Dakota.

Am. Jour. ScL, 3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 22-25.

Describes the mineralogic characters and chemical composition of a 

new substance for which the name kehoeite is proposed. Includes a 

note on jarosite.
72 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

416 Headden (William P.). Starmite and some of its alteration products 

from the Black Hills, S. Dak.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv; pp. 105-110.

Describes the megascopic characters of a specimen found in a mine, 

containing mica. Gives a description of the alteration products and 

a chemical analysis of the mineral.-

417 Heilprin (Angelo). The geology and paleontology of the Cretaceous deposits of Mexico.

Review: Am. Geol., vol. x, p. 121 (ip.)- 

Noticed in Record for 1891.

418 Heinrich (Carl). Zinc-blende mines and mining near Webb City, 

Missouri.

Am. Inst. Min. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxi, pp. 3-25.

Abstract: Eng. and Min. Jonr., vol. liii, pp. 594-595.

The ore bodies occur in Subcarboniferous limestones, overlaid by 

bituminous clay, calcareous slates and shales, and are found at intervals over a considerable area. Describes the character and structure 

of the ore deposits.

419 Henderson (C. Hanford). Mica and mica mines.

Eng. and Mm. Jour., vol. Iv, p. 4.

Describes briefly the general characteristics and manner of occurrence of mica, with remarks on the mica veins of North Carolina.

420 Hershey (Oscar H.). The Utica shale in Stephenson County, 

Illinois.

Science, vol. xxii, p. 202.

Gives a generalized section of the Cincinnati group of this county, 

and describes its lithologic characteristics.

421 The Pleistocene rock gorges of northwestern Illinois.

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 314-323.

Describes the rock gorges of this region and discusses the cause of 

their formation. Includes an account of the gorge cutting during the 

glacial period.

422 Herzer (H.). A new fungus from the Coal Measures.

Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 365-366.

Describes the fungus found in Zoar limestone, Tuscarawas County, 

Ohio.

423 A new tree from the Carboniferous rocks of Monroe County, 

Ohio.

Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 285-286.

Describes a new genus and species of Endogen.

424 A new fungus from the Coal Measures.

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 289-290. 

Describes a new fungus from Ohio.

425 Hicks (Lewis Ezra). Some elements of land sculpture.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iv, pp. 133-146. . 

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xi, p. 412, 6 1. 

Discusses some principles of erosion processes.

426 The evolution of the Loup rivers in Nebraska.

Science, vol. xix, pp. 59 and 137.

Describes briefly the topographic features of the region.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 73

427 Hicks (Lewis Ezra). Readjustments of the Loup rivers; examples 

of abstraction due to unequal declivities.

Science, vol. xix, pp. 288-290. . Discusses the question of the efficiency of abstraction to account for 

the capture of one stream by another and the changes which have 

taken place in the courses of the Loup rivers.

428 The geological structure and surface features of the region 

drained by the Loup rivers.

Neb. State Board of Agric., Ann. Rept. for 1892, pp. 337-359. 

Describes the topographic features and the general character of the 

Tertiary beds of the Loup region.

429 Hidden (William Earl). On mackintoshite, a new thorium and 

uranium mineral; with analyses by W. F. Hillebrand.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 98-103.

Describes a new mineral from Texas and gives the chemical analyses 

of the material and a discussion of the composition.

430 Mineralogical notes.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 254-257.

Describes xenotime from North Carolina and jarosite from New 

Mexico.

431 and Hillebrand (W. F.). Description of rowlandite.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 208-212.

Describes the mineralogic characters of rowlandite from Llano 

County, Tex., including chemical analyses and a discussion of composition.

432 Hilgard (Eugene W.). The age and origin of the Lafayette formation.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 389-402.

Describes the beds as being predominately a ferruginous sand and the 

structure similar to that resulting from running and violently agitated 

waters. Extensive erosion preceded and followed its deposition. 

Discusses the evidence as to its geologic age and attributes the formation to a perion of high elevation, greater in northern latitudes.

433 The Oienegas of southern California.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 124-127.

Describes cieuegas found in this region and the formations of which 

they are composed. Discusses their economic importance as a source 

of water supply.

434 Die Bodenverhiiltnisse Californiens.

Zeit. Deut. geol. Gesell., Band xlv, Heft 1, 1893, pp. 15-22.

Describes the general topographic and geologic features of California and discusses the evidence bearing on the character and extent of 

the various orographic movements.

435 Hill (R. T.). Paleontology of the Cretaceous formation of Texas. 

The invertebrate paleontology of the Trinity division.

Wash. Biol. Soc., Proc., vol. viii, pp. 9-40, pis. i-viii.

Reviews the literature on the stratigraphic divisions and nomenclature of the Comanche series. Describes the position and characteristics 

of the Trinity division. Discusses the general characters of the Trinity fossils and the age and significance of the Trinity beds, gives a 

list of fossils found in them and describes some of the species.
74 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

436 Hill (R. T.). The paleontology of the Cretaceous formation of Texas. 

The invertebrate fossils of the Caprina limestone beds.

' Wash. Biol. Soc., Proc., vol. viii, pp. 97-108, pis. xii-xiii.

Describes the stratigraphic position of the Caprina limestone in the 

Comanche series, gives a list of characteristic fossils, discusses the 

age of the beds, and describes some of the species found in the Caprina 

limestone.

437 The occurrence of hematite and martite iron ores in Mexico.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, pp. 111-119.

Describes the geologic features of the Sierra de Mercado Mountain, 

in which the iron ore occurs, the occurrence of the ore bodies, and the 

chemical composition of the ore. Includes brief description of the iro,n 

ore bodies in other portions of Mexico occurring in rocks of Cretaceous 

and Tertiary age.

438 - The Cretaceous formations of Mexico and their relations to 

North American geographic development.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser. ; vol. xlv, pp. 307-324.

Abstract: Am. Nat., vol xxvii,.pp.. 657-658.

Classifies the formations into four groups and describes the lithologic 

character and structure of the Cretaceous. Discusses the age and 

hornotaxial relations of the Comaiiche series, the extent and history of 

its sedimentation, and includes a table showing the known positions 

of the Comauche series and related formations in Mexico.

439 The deep artesian boring at Galveston, Tex.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, pp. 406-409.

Gives the vertical section as shown by the boring, which shows, by 

the absence of consolidated material, that the beds are Post-Cretaceous. 

Sedimentation took place in shallow water, and it is considered that 

the total subsidence of the Eocene shore line has been.about 3,000 feet.

440 Notes on the Texas-New Mexican region.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 85-100.

Describes the remnant of Eocene occurring in this region and its 

relations' to the mountains and plains area. Includes description of 

the other geologic formations and the volcanic area of eastern New 

Mexico.

441 The geologic evolution of the non-mountainous topography 

of the Texas region. An introduction to the study of the 

Great Plains. 

Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 105-115.

Gives a general statement concerning the topographic features at the 

close of the Paleozoic. Describes the processes of elevation and subsidence during Mesozoic and Tertiary times and the formation of the 

drainage systems during and since the close of the Tertiary.

442 Mexico as an iron-producing country. 

Eug. Mag., vol. iv, pp. 744-753.

Describes the occurrence of the iron ores of Moncliva and those in 

the States of Jalisco and Guerero.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 75

443 Hill (E. T.). On the occurrence of artesian and other underground 

waters in Texas, eastern New Mexico, and Indian Territory 

west of the ninety-seventh meridian.

Final Report of the Artesian and Underflow Investigation, part iii, 

Govt. Print. Office, Washington, 1892.

Abstracts: Ain. Jour. Sci., 3d ser. ; vol. xliv, p. 333 (^ p.); Am. Nat., 

vol. xxvi, pp. 935-936.

Describes the general topographic and geologic features of the southwest portion of the United States, including a more detailed account of 

the Cretaceous beds.

444 Tucuincari.

Science, vol. xxii, pp. 23-25 (correspondence).

Refers to the Avriter's previously published opinions on the geology 

of Tucumcari and gives a vertical section of the mesa and a list of fossils which indicate the beds are of Cretaceous age.

445 Hillebrand (W. F.). Zinc-bearing spring waters from Missouri.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 418-422.

Describes the locality of the springs and gives chemical analyses of 

two samples.

445a Hidden (W. E.) and. Description of rowlaudite.

See Hidden (W. E.) and Hillebrand (W. F.), 430.

446 Hills (E. C.). Coal fields of Colorado.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Min. Res., 1892, pp. 319-365.

The Coal Measures are of Upper Cretaceous age. The character of 

the coal shows great variations dependent on certain structural conditions and on the intrusion of eruptive masses. Describes the geographic and stratigraphic features of the various coal fields and gives 

analyses of the coals.

44G& Hills (E. C.) Denver artesian basin.

Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. iv, p. 6 (| p.).

In discussion of paper by P. H. van Diest, "On the artesian wells 

of Denver."

446& Eemarks on the classification of the Huerfano Eocene.

Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. iv, pp. 7-9.

Refers to the author's former classification of these beds and discusses 

the evidences on which this classification is based.

44Gc Types of past eruptions in the Eocky Mountains.

Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. iv, pp. 14-32.

Includes brief remarks on the Pretertiary and Cenozoic eruptions in 

this region. Describes the structure of the Sangre de Christo, Henry, 

and La Plata mountains and the Spanish Peaks as being formed by 

intrusive bodies, and of the San Juan Mountains, the White River 

Plateau, Raton and Uinkaret mountains and Mount Taylor as being 

made up of extrusive bodies. Gives a table of the intrusive, extrusive, 

and tufaceous rocks, and describes briefly their distribution.

446<Z Twin crystals of selenite.

Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. iv, p. 32 (^.p.).

Brief note on the crystallographic character of selenite crystals said 

to have been found in a cave near Fort Stantou, N. Mex.
76 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

446e Hills (E. C.) [Post-Laramie beds of Middle Park, Colorado.] 

Colo, Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. iv, pp. 213-214. 

In discussion of paper by Whitman Cross on the same subject.

446/ [Origin of ore deposits.]

Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc.; vol. iv, pp. 351-353.

In discussion of paper by P. H. van Diest on the "Evidence bearing 

on the formation of ore deposits by lateral secretion."

447 Hitchcock (0. H.). Terminal moraines in New England.

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xli, pp.173-175. 

Locates the line of terminal moraines as determined by the author.

448 Studies of the Connecticut Valley glacier.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iv., pp. 3-4.

Describes certain glacial phenomena in this region.

449 The Green Mountains anticlinal.

Science, vol. xx, p. 328.

Reviews previous publications on the geology of the Green Mountains. Describes the rock structure and relations to the anticlinal 

structure,

450 Hobbs (William H.). Notes on some pseudornorpks from the 

Taconic region.

Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 44-48.

Describes briefly the microscopic character and chemical composition 

of the minerals and the rocks in which they were found in Connecticut.

451 New occurrence of parallel intergrowths of the minerals 

allanite and epidote.

Am. Geol., vol. xii., pp. 218-219.

Mentions several occurrences of this structure and refers specially 

to its occurrence in Maryland granites, described by C. R. Keyes.

452 Phases in the metamorphisin of the schists of southern Berkshire.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iv., pp. 167-178.

Abstracts: Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 273-274 (£ p.); Am. Nat. vol. xxvii, 

p. 1087.

Describes the beds represented in the area and the origin and structure of the porphyritic constituents of the schists, and concludes that 

they originally formed part of a clastic rock and that the present structure is due to its partial recrystallization.

453 Secondary banding in gneiss.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 460-464.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol, xi, pp. 59-60 (£ p.).

The secondary banding consists of straight banding parallel to the 

foliation and is due to an alternation of layers of different mineral 

composition, -which gives the rock the appearance of ordinary sedimentation.

454 On some metamorphosed eruptives in the crystalline rocks of 

Maryland.

Wis. Acad. Sci. Arts and Letters, Proc., vol. viii, pp. 156-160, pi. 1, 

figs. 1-3..

Gives an example of the metamorphisin of gabbro into hornblendegneiss and describes the general characteristics of the rock structures 

and their modifications in the vicinity of Baltimore.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY', PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 77

455 Hobbs (W. H.). Note on cerussite from Illinois and Wisconsin. 

Wis. Acad. Sci. Arts and Letters, Proc., vol. viii, pp. 399-400. 

Gives crystallograpkic measurements of certain specimens.

456 On the geological structure of the Mount Washington mass of 

the Taconic range.

Jonr. of Geol., vol. i, pp. 717-736.

Reviews the previous work within the area and describes the lithologic characters of the four subdivisions of the Silurian represented. 

Explains the areal geologic map and sections illustrating the structure 

of the mountain mass.

457 The geological structure of the Hoosatouic Valley lying east 

of Mount Washington.

Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 780-802.

Refers to the literature concerning the region. Describes the lithologic characters of the Silurian strata and the geologic structure of the 

area, illustrated by map and sections, with a description of the great 

Hoosatonic fault.

458. On intergrowth of hornblende with augite in crystalline rocks.

Science, vol. xx, p. 354,

Gives results of some recent observations.

4.53$ Culver (G, E.) and. On a new occurrence of olivine diabase 

in Minnehaha County, S. Dak. 

See Culver (C. E.) aud Hobbs (W. H.), 199.

459 Hobson (J. B.) and Wiltsee (E. A.). Nevada County.

Cal. State Min. Bur., llth Rept., pp. 263-318.

Describes briefly the geologic features of the Grass Valley district, 

with notes on some of its mines, and the Nevada City mining district, 

with notes on the quartz and drift gravel mines, and includes notes on 

mines in other mining districts in this county.

460 Hodson (W. G.). Shasta County.

Cal. State Min. Bur., llth Rept., pp. 395-399. 

Notes on some of the gold mines.

461 Hodge (James M.). The Big Stone Gap coal field.

Am. Inst. Min. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxi, pp. 922-938 aud 1005-1006.

Abstract: North of Eng. Inst. of Min. and Mech. Eugrs., Trans., 

vol. xliii, part vi, appendices, p. 39 (£ p.).

Describes the geology of the region, illustrated by sections of Little 

and Big Black Mountain and the geologic position of the different 

coal beds, with a statement as to the character of the coal found in 

each bed.

462 Hoffman (G. Christian). Chemical contributions to the geology 

of Canada from the laboratory of the Survey.

Can. Geol. Surv., Reports, vol. v, new series, Part II, 1890-91, Report 

R, p, 72.

Abstract: Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, pp. 75-76.

Gives the locality from which each specimen was obtained and the 

chemical analysis of each of the different minerals, natural waters and 

ores mentioned.
78 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

463 Hollick (A.). The paleontology of the Cretaceous formation on 

Staten Island.

N. Y. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. xi, pp. 96-102.

Abstract: Am. Joiir. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, p. 259 (i p.).

Gives a list of fossils found and describes the general character of 

the Cretaceous beds on this island.

464 Preliminary contribution to our knowledge of the Cretaceous 

formation on Long Island and eastward.

N. Y. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. xi, pp. 222-237.

Eeviews the literature on the Cretaceous of this region and describes 

plant remains found in Cretaceous clays.

465 Additions to the paleobotany of the Cretaceous formation on 

Staten Island.

N. Y. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. xii, pp. 28-39. 

Abstract: Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, p. 437 (| p.). 

Describes plant remains from the Cretaceous of Staten Island.

466 Plant distribution as a factor in the interpretation of geological phenomena, with special reference to Long Island -and 

vicinity.

N. Y. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. xii, pp. 189-202.

Describes the flora of New York, New Jersey, and New England and 

its relation to the geology of the region.

467 Paleobotauy of the Yellow gravel at Bridgeton, IsT. J. !

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xii, pp. 177-178; Torr. Bot. 

Club, Bull., vol. xix, pp. 330-333.

468 A new fossil palm from the Cretaceous formation of Glen Cove, 

Long Island.

Torr. Bot. Club, Bull., vol. xx, pp. 168-169, pi. cxlix. 

Describes Serenopsis kempii, n. gen.

468ci Hollick (Arthur), Kemp (J. F.) and. The granite at Mounts 

Adam and Eve, Warwick, Orange County, N. Y. 

See Kemp (J. F.) and Hollick (A.), 520.

469 Holmes (J. A.). Character and distribution of road materials.

Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc., Jour., part ii, 1892, pp. 66-87.

Gives a table showing the coefficients of Avear and crushing of different road materials. Describes those rocks which are suitable as 

road materials aud their distribution in the Coastal Plain, Piedmont 

and Mountain regions of some of the Eastern and Southeastern States.

470 Hopkins (T. C.). The Eureka shale of northern Arkansas.

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xl, pp. 256-257.

The shale occurs between the Silurian and Carboniferous and is 

widely but unequally distributed. The interval was marked by a 

depression of such depth that but little sediment was deposited during Upper Silurian and Devonian times.

471 Houser (Gilbert L.). Some lime-burning dolomites and dolomitic 

building stones from the Niagara of Iowa. 

Iowa Geol. Surv., 1st Ann. Kept., 1892, vol. i, pp. 199-207. 

Describes the character and chemical composition of the limestone 

and its exposures at different localities.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 79

472 Hubbard (George C.). The cystidians of Jefferson County, Indiana.

Ind.Acad. Sci., Proc., 1891, p. 67.

Brief reference to locality where these fossils are found.

473 Hudson Eiver fossils of Jefferson County, Indiana. 

Ind. Acad. Sci., Proc., 1891, p. 68. 

Includes list of species from this horizon.

474 - The upper limit of the Lower Silurian at Madison, Indiana.

Ind. Acad. Sci., Proc., 1891, pp. 68-70. '.

Statement concerning the fossil evidence which indicates the line 

between the Upper and Lower Silurian in this locality.

474& Hubbard (Lucius L.), Koenig (G-. A.) and. On powellite from 

a new locality. 

See Koenig (G. A.) and Hubbard (L. L.), 562.

475 Hulst (D.). The iron ore deposits of a portion of the Menofflinee 

range, Michigan.

Abstract: Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. Iv, p. 366.

476 Hunt (Alfred E.). Aluminum..

U. S. Geoi: Surv., Min. Res., 1892, pp. 227-254,

Describes the deposits from- which aluminum ores are obtained, the 

metallurgical processes involved in its reduction, and the properties of 

aluminum.

476ft Huntington (Oliver W.), Kunz (G-. F.) and. On.the diamond in 

the Canyon Diablo meteoric iron and on the hardness of 

carborundum.

See Kunz (F.) and Huntington (0. W.), 568.

477 Hyatt (Alpheus). Jura and Trias at Taylorsville, California.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 395-412.

Abstracts: Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, pp. 470-471; Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., 

vol. xliv, pi 330 (\ p.) j Am. Geol., vol. x, p. 183 (-J- p.).

Names.many of the species found in the Jurassic and Triassic formations and compares them with similar European species. From the 

facts cited it appears that the Jura occurs only in widely separated 

areas and that the deposits of Mount Jura furnish a larger number of 

' fragments of the Jurassic system than any other known locality in the 

United States.

478 Carboniferous cephalopods. Second paper.

Texas Geol. Surv., 4th Ann. Kept., pp. 379-474.

Describes the method used in determining generic characters and 

. explains the meaning of terms used and the plate of diagrams used to 

explain the terms more fully. Describes the genera and species of 

cephalopods from the Carboniferous of Texas.

479 The fauna of Tucumcari.

Am. Geol., vol. xi, p. 281 (£ p.) (correspondence). 

Refers to criticisms by Jules Marcou.

480 Eemarks on the Pinnidse.

Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Proc., vol. xxv, pp. 335-346. 

Gives a general description of the Pinnidte .
80 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

I.

481 Iddings (Joseph Paxson). A dissected volcano of Crandall basin, 

Wyoming.

Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 606-611.

Describes the general geologic structure of the region and the petrographic characters of the volcanic rocks, with remarks on the degrees 

of crystallization shown in rocks which occurred at approximately the 

same depth beneath the volcano, viz., 10,000 feet or more.

482 Genetic relationships among igneous rocks.

Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 833-844.

Describes the differences and gradations in chemical and mineralogic 

composition of different varieties of igneous rocks, the consanguinities 

of rocks of the same petrographic province, the peculiarities which 

may distinguish the rocks of one province from those of another, and 

the general principle of magmatic differentiation which govern the 

differences and consanguinities.

483 The origin of igneous rocks.

Washington Phil. Soc., Bull., vol. xii, pp. 89-214, pi. ii.

Abstracts: Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 124-125; Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., 

vol. xliv, pp. 257-258; Am.'Nat., vol. xxvii, pp. 40-42.

Gives a historical review of the literature of the subject. Discusses the evidence indicating the consanguinity of igneous rocks, the 

character, cause and results of the differentiation of molten magmas 

and the localization of volcanic phenomena. Concludes that the consanguinity of the various rocks of a natural group is shown by their 

mineralogic, chemical, and geologic relationships, and that the differentiation of a common magma is established by the geologic occurrence 

and order of eruption of the members of the group, and that this differentiation is of a chemico -physical nature. Eleven tables of rock

analyses.

a

484 The eruptive rocks of Electric Peak and Sepulchre Mountain, Yellowstone National Park.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 12th Ann. Kept., part i, pp. 577-664, pis. xlvi-liii.

Abstract: Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, p. 429 (1 p.).

Gives a geologic sketch of the region. Describes the diorite, porphyrite, and dike rocks of Electric Peak and the andesite, dacite, and 

tuff of Sepulchre Mountain, and discusses their correlation and classification as igneous rocks.

485 Microscopical petrography of the eruptive rocks of the Eureka 

district, Nevada.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Monograph XX, Appendix B, pp. 337-396. 

Gives a petrographic description of the eruptive rocks of the Eureka 

district, including granite, andesite, dacite, rhyolite, and basalt.

486 On a group of volcanic rocks from the Tewan Mountains, 

New Mexico, and on the occurrence of primary quartz in 

certain basalts.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 66.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 264-265 (i p.)-

486a Indiana, Dept. of Geol. and Nat. Resources, Seventeenth 

Eeport. 

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xi, p. 349 (£ p.).
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY. PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 81

487 Ingall (E. D.). On the cherts and domolites of the Animikie rocks 

of Thunder Bay, Lake Superior.

Caii. Rec. Sci., vol. v, pp. 29-38.

Describes the character of the cherts and dolomites and states that 

they apparently form iiiterchangeable members of the series. Describes 

microscopic characters of several specimens, which show the alteration 

to have been by chemical action, unaccompanied by theirnore powerful 

forces of metamOrphism.

488 Ingalls (W. E.). Aluminum in the United States.

' ' ' Abstract: North of Eng. Inst. of Min. and Mech'. Engrs., Trans., vol. 

xlii, p. 388.

488a Iowa Geological Survey, First Annual Keport, 1890.

Abstracts: Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, pp. 985-987; Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., 

vol. xlvi, pp. 397-398 ; Am. Geol., vol. xii, ppl 337-339 ; Jour, of Geol., 

vol. i, pp. 747-751.

489 Irving (Eoland Duer) and Van Hise (C. E.)- The iron-bearing 

series of Michigan and "Wisconsin.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Monograph XIX, pis. i-xxxvii, figs. 1-12.

Gives an account of previous geologic explorations in this region 

and their literature. Describes the relations of the formations, their 

character and extent, and the microscopic characters of the rocks 

examined in thin sections, including granites of the southern complex, 

cherty limestones, quartz and actinolitic slates and diabases. Discusses the origin of the rocks of the iron-bearing members and the 

position and concentration of the ore bodies.

490 The Penokee iron-bearing series of Michigan and Wisconsin.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 10th Ann. Rept., part i, pp. 341-507. 

Abstract : Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 207-208. 

Noticed in Record of 1891.

491 James (James F.). Manual of the Paleontology of the Cincinnati group.-

Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist., Jour., vol. xiv, pp. 45-72, and 149-163, and vol. 

xv, pp. 88-100 and 144-159.

Locates and describes species found in this group.

492 The preservation of plants as fossils.

Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist., Jour., vol. xv, pp. 75-78.

Describes briefly some of the modes of the preservation of plants as 

fossils.

493 Studies in problematic organisms, No. II. The Genus Fucoides.

Cin.Soc. Nat. Hist., Jour., vol. xvi. pp. 62-81.

Reviews the previous literature on the definition and classification 

of fucoids and gives a list of species now recognized.

494 Kemarks on the Genus Arthrophycus Hall.

Ciu. Soc. Nat. Hist., Jour., vol. xvi, pp. 82-8(X

Reviews the literature describing this fossil and the question as to 

its generic designation. ' "' ' "'"' 

Bull. 130 6
82 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

495 James (James F.). Fossil fungi.

Ciu. Soc. Nat. Hist., Jour., vol. xvi, pp..94-100.

Contains a translation of a portion of an article published in the 

Eevue Mycologique, April, 1893, from the French of M. Ferry, with 

remarks upon other papers concerning fungoid bodies.

496. Studies in problematic organisms. The Genus Scolithus.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 32-44.

Abstract: Am. Nat., vol. xxvi, pp. 240-242.

Refers to previous descriptions of Scolithus and gives a list of species 

of this genus described from North America, and considers that from 

this its geologic range appears to be from the Lower Cambrian to the 

Triassic.

497 The Cincinnati ice darn.

Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 199-202.

Describes certain glacial phenomena which indicate the existence of 

an ice dam at this locality during the Glacial period.

498 On the age of the Point Pleasant, Ohio, beds.

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xl, pp. 283-284.

Reviews the opinions of other writers on the age of these beds. 

Describes the section at this point and considers there is no evidence 

to justify classifying them with the Trenton.

499 On problematic organisms and the preservation of algae as 

fossils. 

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xl, p. 284.

Considers that algae are not included in the species referred to the 

class from lower rocks, and that the supposed tracks, trails, and burrows are more likely due to inorganic causes.

499a Jefferis (William W.), Rand (T. D.) and Cardeza (J. T. M.). 

Mineral localities of Philadelphia and vicinity. 

See Rand (T. D.), Jefferis (W. W.) and Cardeza (J. T. M.), 771.

500 Johnson (Guy B.), Methods of working and surveying the mines

of the Longdale Iron Company, Virginia.

Am. Inst. Miu. Engrs., Trans., vol. xx, pp. 96-107.

This ore body is occasionally overlain by Helderberg ]imestone, and 

the latter is overlain by Devonian shale. Describes the method of 

opening the ground and of surveying the mines.

501 Johnson (Lawrence C.). The Grand Gulf formation.

Science, vol. xx, pp. 151 and 247. , 

Describes the Pascagoula ernbayment, and states that it is a branch 

of the great Mississippi embayment.

502 The Miocene group of Alabama. 

Science, vol. xxi, pp. 90-91.

Describes the occurrence of Miocene strata at various localities in 

Alabama.

503 Notes on the geology of Florida; two of the lesser but typical 

phosphate fields.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, pp. 497-503.

Describes the general character of the strata of Eocene and Miocene 

age, and the plate rock deposits, including a discussion as to the 

origin of the latter deposits.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 83

504 The Chattahoochee einbayment.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 128-133.

This embayment is an extension of the bay of Apalachee, and the 

deposits are very impure limestones. They form the base upon which 

lie the phosphates of the region. Gives sections of the beds at several 

localities.

505 Jones (Arthur J.). St. Louis limestone in Poweshiek County, 

Iowa.

 Science, vol. xxii, p. 307 (correspondence).

Mentions the finding of exposures of St. Louis limestone in this 

county.

505ft Jones (J. T.), Winchell (H. Y.) and. The Biwabik mine.

See Winchell (H. V.) and Jones (J. T.), 1067.

506 Jones (T. Eupert). On some fossil Ostracoda from southwest 

Wyoming and from Utah, U. S. A. 

Geol. Mag. ? dec. iii, vol. x, pp. 385-391.

Describes some species from the Cretaceous of Wyoming and Utah.

507 Jordan (B. T. J.). The gas area.

Ind. Dept. Geol. and Nat. Hist., 17th Rept., 1891, pp. 328-364. 

Describes the general extent of the gas area in Indiana, the occurrence of gas, and the conditions which govern its production.

508 Jukes-Browne (A. J.) and Harrison (J. B.). The geology of 

Barbados. Part II. The oceanic deposits.

Geol. Soc. Quart. Jour., vol. xlviii, pp. 170-226.

Discusses the evidences of the submergence of the Caribbean region 

and Central America in Pliocene time and considers that there was 

free communication between the Atlantic and the Pacific during the 

late Tertiary.

K.

509 Keith (Arthur). The geologic structure of the Blue Eidge in 

Maryland and Virginia.

Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 362-368.

The sedimentary rocks consist of the valley limestone and the shales 

and sandstones of the mountain region, the sequence being in the 

order given from-the top downward. Describes the stratigraphic and 

structural relations of the igneous and sedimentary rocks.

510 Geology of Chilhowee Mountain in Tennessee.

Washington Phil. Soc., Bull., vol. xii, pp. 71-88, pi. i.

States that the structure is synclinal and the mountain is formed 

of the oldest sedimentary rocks. Discusses the lithologic evidences 

bearing on the age of the limestone series and the contact relations of 

the beds. Concludes that the Chilhowee-Knox interval indicates 

that the Appalachian folding and faulting began after the deposition 

of the first Paleozoic beds instead of the last.

511 Kellogg (D. S.). Glacial phenomena in northeastern New York.

Science, vol. xix, p. 341.

Describes some glacial deposits in this region.

512 Kemp (J. F.). The great shear-zone near Avalanche Lake, in the 

Adirondacks.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, pp. 109-114.

Describes the region iii which it occurs and the general mineralogic 

characteristics of the rock of the shear-zone and of the country rock.
86 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

534 Keyes (Charles Eollin). Geological formations of Iowa.

Iowa Geol. Surv., 1st Ann. Kept., 1892, vol. i, pp. 13-144.

Gives the general geologic section of Iowa. Describes the lithologic 

characters and relations of the Cambrian, Silurian, Devonian, and Carboniferous strata, with more detailed description of the Coal Measures, 

Cretaceous, and Quaternary formations. Accompanied by colored geologic map of the State and sections.

535 Annotated catalogue of minerals.

Iowa Geol. Surv., 1st Ann. Kept., vol. i, 1892, pp. 183-196. 

Contains a list of minerals found in Iowa, with brief notes on their 

occurrence and mineralogic characters.

536 Bibliography of Iowa geology.

Iowa Geol. Surv., 1st Ann. Eept., vol. i, 1892, pp. 211-464. 

Gives a list of papers treating of the geology of Iowa.

537 The Platyceras group of Paleozoic gasteropods.

Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 273-277.

Mentions the difficulties which attend an attempt at separation of 

certain members of this group, gives a list of American plafcycerata 

assigned to each of three easily recognized groups, and describes the 

growth of the gasteropod shell.

538 -^ The present basal line of delimitation of the Carboniferous 

in northeastern Missouri.

Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 380-384.

Discusses the fossil evidences found in the Kinderhook beds, which, 

though hitherto assigned to the Lower Carboniferous, yield fossils 

of Devonian facies. Considers that there is marked unconformity 

between the Carboniferous and Devonian instead of the regular 

sequence of strata heretofore assumed.

539 The unconformity of the Coal Measures and the St. Louis 

limestone in Iowa.

Am. Geol., vol.. xii, p. 99-102.

Describes briefly the lithologic character of the Carboniferous rocks 

and the movements of elevation and subsidence occurring during their 

deposition.

540 A new locality for millerite.

Am. Geol., vol. xi, p. 126.

Remarks on an occurrence of millerite in geodes in Keokuk limestone.

541 The principal Mississippi section.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 283-300.

. Abstracts: Am. Geol., vol. x, p. 125 (£p.); Am. Nat., vol. xxvi, p. 1027. 

Gives the section at several localities. Divides the rocks into the 

Kinderhook, Osage, St. Louis, and Kaskaskiagroups. Describes thelithologic character of the beds and their geologic structure.

542 Some Maryland granites and their origin.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iv, pp. 299-304.

Mentions localities where the granites occur, reviews the two theories of the origin of these granites, and discusses the evidence bearing 

on this question.

543 Epidote as a primary component of eruptive rocks.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iv, pp. 305-312.

Describes the occurrence and characteristics of epidofee-bearing rocks 

and its mineralogic associate, allanite, and the character and abundance of epidote in Maryland granites.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 87

544 Keyes (Charles Eollin). Sketch of the coal deposits of Iowa.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Min. Res., 1892, pp. 398-404.

Describes the strata in which the coal seams occur and states that 

they cover nearly one-third the surface of the State. The coal basins 

are thicker in the center and gradually become attenuated toward the 

margins.

545 An old volcanic eruption in Iowa. 

Science, vol. xxi, p. 132.

Describes the occurrence of a basic rock of eruptive origin and mentions an occurrence of quartz-porphyry in the same region.

546 "Nickel ore" from Iowa.

Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. liv, p. 634.

Refers to the report of finding nickel ore in Iowa and mentions an occurrence in the Keokuk limestone of calcite covered with needles of millerite.

547 A remarkable fauna at the base of the Burlington limestone 

in northeastern Missouri.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, pp. 447-452.

Gives a vertical section, with a statement as to the geologic age of 

the different beds and a list of the characteristic fossils. The fauna 

are predominantly molluscan, typical of the Kiuderhook beds, presenting a marked instance of a lower fauna suddenly appearing in the 

midst of a higher, with practically no change of lithologic characters.

548 and Call (E. E.). On a Quaternary section 8 miles southeast 

of Des Homes, Iowa.

Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. i, part ii, p. 30 ($ p.).

Brief description of the section and list of fossils found in the loess.

549 King (Clarence). The age of the earth.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, pp. 1-20.

Abstract: Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 202-203.

Gives results of a physical investigation, by Barns, of diabase as bear, 

ing upon the probable density and composition of the outer crust of 

the earth. In PI. I variations of earth pressures and temperatures for 

radius are given, showing that the latter cease to increase within onetenth radius from the surface. PI. II indicates the distribution of 

earth temperatures and melting points of diabase for the superficial 

0.08 of radius. Discusses Kelvin's and Croll's estimates of earth-time 

and earth-age as measured by sun-age, and concludes that the earth's 

age of about 24 million years accords with the estimate of that of .the 

sun of 15 to 20 million years.

550 Kirby (Edmund E.). The ore deposits of Creede and their possibilities.

Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. liii, pp. 325-326.

Describes the geologic formations of the region, and the veins or 

fissures in which the valuable minerals are found.

551 Kloos (J. H.). Geognostic and geographic observations in the 

State of Minnesota.

Minii. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv., 19th Ann. Kept., pp. 81-121.

General description of drift deposits in the State, the Lower Silurian 

and Archean of the Upper Mississippi, the Cretaceous and crystalline 

rocks of Sauk Valley, the Lower Silurian and Huronian melaphyre of the 

St. Croix Valley, the Upper Huroniau slates of St. Louis River and the 

Silurian melaphyre and gabbro of Lake Superior with a re'sume' of results.
88 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

552 Knowlton (F. H.). Notes on a few fossil plants from the Fort 

Union group of Montana, with a description of one new 

species.

U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. xvi, pp. 33-36, pis. i-ii. 

Describes and figures Populus meedsii n. sp. and PterosperniiteS 

cupauioides Newby.

553 Bread-fruit trees in North America.

Science, vol. xxi, pp. 24-25.

 . Describes tlie geographic distribution of certain species of breadfruit trees in western North America, existing in Miocene or Pliocene 

time.

554 Note on a supposed new endogenous tree from the Carboniferous.

Science, ,vol. .xxi, pp. 332-333. . . -, Reviews the description of Wincheilina fascina and considers that

it may belong to one of the recently differentiated genera of the genus

Psaronius.

555 Flora of the Dakota group, by Leo Lesquereux. Edited by 

F. H. Knowlton.

See Lesquereux (Leo), 582.

 -.'-.. .. < . . . ~ i i.

556 [Letter to I. C. Russell .on fossil wood from the Triassic of 

North Carolina and review of Triassic plants of Prince 

Edward Island.]

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 85, p. 29.

Refers to certain species from Prince Edward Island heretofore 

referred to the Trias which the writer considers are mostly Paleozoic.

557 Report on interglacial earth from Iowa.

U. S. Geol. Surv., llth Ann. Rept., part i, p. 493. 

Considers the material to be largely of vegetable origin and to belong 

either to the genus Juniperus or Thuya.

558 Description of a new fossil species of Chara.

Bot. Gazette, vol. xviii, pp. 141-142.

Describes Chara stantoni n. sp. from the Bear River Cretaceous formation of Wyoming.

559 Annotated list of fossil plants of the Bozemaii, Montana, coal 

field, with table of distribution and description of new 

species.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 105, pp. 43-63, pis. v-vi.

Abstracts: Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, p. 334 (£ p.); Wash. Biol. 

Soc., Proc., vol. vii, pp. 153-154.

Mentions the localities and the collectors of the material on which 

the paper is based, gives a list of species and description of new species, 

a table showing their geologic distribution, and discusses their value 

in confirming the results of stratigraphy.

560 Eeport on fossil plants from near Ellenburg, Washington.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 108, Appendix, pp. 103-104.

Gives a list of species and a brief description of them, with a statement as to their value in determining the age of the beds in which they 

were found.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 89 

561 Koenig (George A.). Paramelaconite and footeite.

Abstract: Am.-Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, p. 158 (| p.).

'562 and Hubbard (L. L.). Oa'pcweUite from a new locality.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 356-358.

; Describes the mineralogic character and chemical composition of 

material obtained from Houghton County, Mick.

503 Krassnof (A. N".). The "black earth" of the steppes of southern

rBussia.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 68-81.

Describes the influence of the climate and relative age of the ground 

and subsoil 911 the properties of." black earth" and discusses the question of its geologic age. Discussed by E. W. Hilgard and G. C. Broadhead.

564 Kummel (Henry B.). Some rivers of Connecticut. 

' Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 371-393.

Describes some of the topographic features of the State, the charac- 

,ter of the Cretaceous peneplain, and tke effects of the post-Cretaceous 

uplift; Discusses the changes that have taken place in certain rivers 

since Mesozoic time.

565 Kunz (George F.). Mineralbgical notes on brookite, octahedrite, 

quartz, and ruby.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 329-330.

566 - Mi-neralogical notes on brookite, octahedrite, and quartz.

Gal. State Min. Bur., llth Kept., 1893, pp. 207-209. 

Notes on minerals found in Eldorado County, Cal.

567 Precious stones.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Min. Res., 1893, pp. 680-702.

Describes sapphire deposits of Montana, the occurrence of rubies in 

North Carolina, of tourmaline in Maine and California, and of opal in 

Idaho.

568 and Huntington (Oliver W.) On the diamond in the Canyon 

Diablo meteoric iron and on the hardness of carborundum. 

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 470-473.

Gives the results of different experiments on the Canyon Diablo iron, 

one of them shoeing the material to be diamond or a similar substance. 

Experiments with carborundum show that it would not scratch or 

polish a diamond, and therefore is inferior to it in hardness.

L.

569 Ladshaw (George E.). Spartanburg, S. C., gold fields.

Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. liv, p. 52 (correspondence). 

. Describes the placer deposits occurring in this vicinity a.nd the character of the associated gravel and clay beds.

570 Lampard (Henry). A few notes on an extinct volcano at Montreal, Canada.

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv., Proc., vol. xl, p. 260 (41.). 

Descriptive geology and notes on minerals occurring in dikes.
90 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. ISO. 1

571 Langdon (Daniel W.). Leaf impressions in the Eocene Tertiary 

of Alabama.

Science, vol. xxi, pp. 94-95 .(correspondence).

Mentions localities in this State where there are occurrences of Tertiary fossil leaves.

572 Lap-worth (C.). [Address as president of the Section of Geology.] 

Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Kept. 1892, pp. 695-707; Am. Geol., vol. x, pp.

225-242. 

Discusses the phenomena of folds and faults and their influence on

the form aud structure of the earth's crust. Incidentally refers to the

structure of the mountain ranges of America.

573 Lawson (Andrew 0.). The Oordilleran Mesozoic revolution.

Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 579-586.

Reviews the previous work in this region. Considers that the preCretaceous Mesozoic revolution affected the entire extent of the 

Cordilleras, though it may not have been synchronous in all parts. 

Batholitic magmas.were developed, invading and replacing large 

portions of the crust, and cooled as acid plntonic rocks. They were 

followed by continental uplift; hence the conditions commonly 

accepted as Archean are not peculiar to rocks of that age.

574 The Norian rocks of Canada.

Science, vol. xxi, pp. 281-282.

Reviews the monograph on norian rocks by Frank D. Adams, gives 

localities where anorthosite rocks occur, and some of the results of 

their study.

575 The anorthosites of the Minnesota shore, of Lake Superior.

Miun. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv., Bull. No. 8, pp. 1-23.

Abstracts: Am. Geol., vol. xii, p. 59; Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, p. 898.

Refers to previous descriptions of the rocks. Describes the petrographic characters and gives chemical analyses and discusses the geologic relations of the anorthosites.

576 The laccolitic sills of the northwest coast of Lake Superior.

Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv., Bull. No. 8, pp. 24-48.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol.xii, pp. 59-60.

Reviews the literature on the rocks of this district and discusses the 

theories advanced as to the relations of the trap sheets. Describes 

the petrographic characters of diabase and quartz-porphyry and their 

contact relations and phenomena.

577 Sketch of the coastal topography of the north side of Lake 

Superior, with special reference to the abandoned strands of 

Lake Warren.

Minn: Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv., 20th Ann. Rept., pp. 181-289.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 356-357.

Gives a brief statement concerning the formation's bordering on Lake 

Superior aud the conditions peculiar to each. Discusses the relations 

of the topography to the rock structure and describes the coastal contours and profiles. Concludes that Lakes Superior, Michigan, and 

Huron are remnants of the greater Lake Warren and occupy its subordinate depressions.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 91

578 LeConte (Joseph). Theory of the origin of mountain ranges.

Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 542-573; Sci. Amer. Suppl., vol. xxxvi, pp. 

14768-14769 and 14776-14778.

Describes the structure of mountain ranges and the character of the 

materials of which they are composed. Theories are divided into two 

classes, the formal theory and the causal or physical theory. Gives the 

formal theory in detail and discusses the contractional and the alternative 

physical theories, and concludes that, in spite of many objections, the 

former still affords the best working hypothesis among causal theories.

579 Lenke (EL), Felix (J.) and. Beitrage zur Geologic und Paleoutologie der Republik Mexico.

See Felix (J.) and Lenke (H.), 316.

579a Ueber die tektouischen Verhaltuisse der Republik Mexico. 

See Felix (J.) and Lenke (H.), 317.

580 Lesley (J. P.). A summary description of the geology of Pennsylvania.

Pa. Geol. Surv., Final Report, vol. i, pp. 1-719.

Abstract: Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, p: 536 (-J- p.).

Contains a discussion of some primary geologic principles, classification, and nomenclature, and a description of the Laurentian, Huronian, Cambrian, and Lower Silurian formations of the State, which 

includes a description of the crystalline gneisses and schists and their 

typical exposures, the geology of South Mountain, the Primal slates 

and their iron mines, and the limestones of the Great Valley, its subdivisions and deposits of iron, lead, and zinc, and the fossils found in 

these limestones.

581 A summary description of the geology of Pennsylvania.

Pa. Geol. Surv., Final Report, vol. ii, pp. 721-1628.

Abstract: Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, p. 73 (61.).

Describes the Upper Silurian and Devonian formations, including a 

description of the Clinton sandstones, shales, and slates, and their fossil 

.. iron-ore bodies, and the Niagara limestone and Saliua shales and their 

fossils, as exposed in various portions of the State.

582 Lesquereux (Leo). The flora of the Dakota group. A posthumous 

work, edited by F. H. Knowlton.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Monograph XVII, 1892, pis. i-lxvi.

Abstracts: Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 300-302; Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 

328-329; Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, p. 1079 (f p.).

Includes description of the species found in the Dakota group and a 

table showing their distribution in other formations and countries.

583 The Genus Winchellia.

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 209-213.

Describes its characters and contains correspondence concerning the 

adoption of the name Wiuchellia.

584 Leverett (Frank). The glacial succession in Ohio.

Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 127-146.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 413-4.15.

Discusses the phenomena attending the different stages of the glacial 

epoch and the evidences which indicate the existence of an interval of 

deglaciation. Summarizes the present knowledge concerning the altitude in each stage. Accompanied by a map showing the area covered 

by the Mauinee-Miami glacier.
92 BIBLIOGEAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL.ISO.

585 Leverett (Frank). On the significance of the white clays of the 

Ohio region.

Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 18-24.

Abstract: Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, p. 148.

The distribution of the clays shows that their deposition was not connected with an ice dam at or below Cincinnati. Compares them with 

the Upper Mississippi Valley silts, and considers that the deposition of 

the clays took place under conditions similar to those of the latter.

586 The Cincinnati ice dam.

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xl, pp. 250-251.

Concludes that the theory of an ice dam at this point is questionable, 

since the silt deposits are too widespread and were deposited upon 

and are separated from the ice drift by a considerable time interval.

587 On the correlation of moraines with raised beaches of LakeErie.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 281-301; Wis. Acad. Sci. Arts 

and Letters, Proc., vol. viii, pp. 233-240.

Abstracts: Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 99-400; Am. Nat., vol. xxvi, pp. 

412-414.

Discusses the evidence of the existence of lakes in the drift-covered 

area of Ohio toward the close of the Glacial period. Considers that in 

its earlier stages Lake Erie occupied but a portion of its present area, 

the remainder being covered by the ice sheet. The extension of the 

lake area followed the retreat of the ice sheet, the beaches were 

replaced by lateral moraines, and it is probable that similar moraines 

will be found to connect with the beaches of Lake Ontario.

588 Notes bearing upon the changes in the pre-Glacial drainage of 

western Illinois and eastern Iowa.

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xli, p. 176 (ip.).

589 -^ Relation of the attenuated drift border to the outer moraine 

in Ohio.

Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 215-216 (correspondence).

590 Lewis (Julia F.). H. Carvill Lewis's work on the glacial phenomena. 

Science, vol. xix, pp. 305-306.

In a letter to Prof. G. F. Wright gives a summary of Professor Lewis's 

later views on glacial phenomena.

591 Lincoln (D. F.). Glaciation in the Finger Lake region of New York.

Am. Jour. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, pp. 290-301.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 177-178 (£ p.).

Gives a general sketch of the geology and topography of the country, 

illustrated by a map. Discusses the evidence concerning the pre-Gla- / 

cial topography and the amount of glacial corrasion.

592 Lindgren (Waldemar). The gold deposit at Pine Hill, California.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, pp. 92-96. '

Abstract: Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. liv, p. 610.

Brief description of the occurrence of gold deposits in California 

and of the locality in which this deposit occurs. The gold in many 

places is associated with barite in irregular veins or seams in a zone of 

decomposed or kaolmized diabase.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 93

593 Lindgren (Waldemar). Notes on the geology and petrography of 

"Baja California, [Mexico].

Cal. Acad. Sci., Proc., 2d ser., vol. iii, part i, pp. 25-33.

Gives the results of the study of rock specimens obtained in this 

region and a general statement of the orographic movements that have 

taken place.

594 The relation between ore deposits and .their inclo.sing walls.

Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. Iv, pp. 340-341.

Reviews a previous article on the same subject, with statements concerning the "lateral secretion" theory and the manner of occurrence 

of gold in California.

595 Sacramento sheet.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. atlas of the U. S., Preliminary edition, 1892. 

Gives a general outline of the geologic history of the Gold Belt region 

of California. Describes the topographic features, the character of. 

the auriferous slates, igneous rocks, and the Cretaceous, Miocene, and 

Pleistocene strata. Accompanied by topographic, colored areal and 

economic geologic, and structure-section maps.

596 The auriferous veins of Meado.w Lake, California.. 

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 201-206.

Describes the distribution and general character of the rocks of the 

district, illustrated by a sketch map, and the structure of the ore 

deposits and the character of the ore and gangue material.

597 Eruptive rocks fr.om.Montana.

Cal. Acad. Sci., Proc,, 2d ser., vol. iii, part, i, pp. 39-57.

Abstract: Am. Nat., vol. xxvi, p. 698 (81.).

These rocks do not occur as lava flows, but as dikes, sheets, or laccolites in sedimentaries. Describes the megascopic and microscopic 

characters of the rocks, which include dicites, hornblende-andesites, 

diorites, augite-syenites, trachytes, and basalts.

598 A sodalite-syenite and other rocks from. Montana, with 

analyses by W. H. Melville.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, pp. 286-297.

Abstracts: Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 634-638; Am. Nat., vol.xxvii,pp. 

563-564; Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, p. 76 (j- p.).

Describes the geologic occurrence of the rocks from which the specicimens were collected and their petrographic character, with tables 

showing their chemical composition.

599 Two Neocene rivers of California.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iv, pp. 257-298.

Abstracts: Am. Geol., vol. xii, p. 121 (f r>.); Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, 

p. 1084 (i p.). . "

Reviews the literature on the Sierra Nevada region and gives a summary of its geologic history, illustrated by cross sections. Describes 

the course of the Neocene rivers, Yuba and Americanj and their gravel 

deposits. Concludes that the Neocene Sierra Nevada formed a distinct 

mountain range similar to the modern one. Includes a map of the 

Recent and Neocene drainage systems and the grades of the Neocene 

rivers.
94 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

600, Low (A. P.). Report on the geology and economic minerals of 

the southern portion of Portneuf, Quebec, and Montmoreucy 

counties, Quebec.

Can. Geol. Surv., Reports, vol. v, new series, 1890-91, part i, Report 

L, 71 pp.

Describes the Archean rocks, the Trenton limestone, and Utica shale, 

and the distribution of the Trenton, and gives lists of fossils found in 

it. Describes the glacial phenomena and gives a list of post-Pliocene 

fossils found.

601 Notes on the glacial geology of western Labrador and northern Quebec.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iv, pp. 419-421.

Describes the glacial phenomena of the region and the extent of 

Pleistocene changes of level in Labrador.

602 Lucas (F. A.). On Oarcharodon mortoni G-ibbes.

Wash. Biol. Soc., Proc., vol. vii, pp. 151-152.

Considers that the characters of the teeth of C. mortoni Gibbes, 

described by Gibbes, are due to an accident while young and that it 

should stand as a synonym of C. megalodon Agassiz.

603 Ludeking (0.). Synthesis of the minerals crocoite and phaenicrocoite.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, pp. 57-58.

. 604 Lyman (Benjamin Smith). The great Mesozoic fault in New Jersey.

Am. Phil. Soc., Proc., vol. xxxi, No. 142, pp. 314-317. 

Describes the topographic and geologic features which indicate the 

existence of this fault.

605 An occurrence of coarse conglomerate above the mammoth 

anthracite bed.

Am. Inst. Min. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxi, pp. 713-719.

Presents a geologic and topographic map of a portion of Schuylkill 

County, Pa., where-the conglomerate occurs, and discusses the geologic 

Structure pf the region and the relation between the coal beds and 

conglomerate.

M.

606 McBride (T. H.). A new cycad. 

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 248-250.

Describes and figures specimens from South Dakota considered to 

be from Lower Cretaceous or Jura-Trias rocks.

607 McCalley (Henry). Alabama bauxite.

Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. liv, p. 584; Science, vol. xx, p. 303. 

Describes the geologic features of its occurrence and gives a chemical analysis.

608 McCallie (S. W.). Remains of the mastodon's recently found in 

Tennessee. 

Science, vol. xx, p. 333. 

Brief description of the portions discovered.

609 McCharles (A.). The Algoma nickel mines [Ontario].

Eng. and. Min. Jour., vol. liv, p. 147 (correspondence). 

Contains brief description of the geologic occurrence of the ore 

bodies in the Province of Ontario.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 95

610 McConnell (B. G-.). Report on a portion of the district of Athabasca, comprising the country between Peace fiiver and 

Athabasca Eiver north of Lesser Slave Lake.

Can. Geol. Surv., Reports, vol. v, new series, 1890-91, part i, Report 

D, 62 pp.

Describes the general physical features of the region. Gives several 

sections, with lists of fossils obtained, which consist of Devonian and 

Cretaceous types. The Cretaceous apparently overlies the Devonian 

conformably. The unequal distribution of glacial deposits produces a 

rolling type of country, and to it is due the large number of lakes and 

ponds which cover a considerable portion of its area. Gold was found 

in the ba.rs of the rivers, and deposits of bitumen and indications of 

gas and oil were found.

611 McCreath (A. S.) and D'lnvilliers (E. V.). The Clinch Valley 

coal fields. 

U. S. Geol. Surv., Min. Res., 1892, pp. 521-528.

The Coal Measures belong to the Middle Coal series of Virginia and 

West Virginia, identical with the Lower Productive Coal series of 

Pennsylvania, which, in this region, carry five well-marked coal beds.

612 McFarland (B. W.). The close of the Ice age in North America.

Science, vol.xxii, pp. 45-46.

Reviews some of the theories on this question.

613 McGee (W J). The Gulf of Mexico as a measure of isostasy.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, pp. 177-192.

Abstracts: Am. Geol., vol. xi, p. 58 (| p.); Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., 

vol. iii, pp. 501-503.

Discusses the evidences of the instability of the continents and of the 

encroachments of the sea in the region of the Gulf of Mexico. Concludes.that the modern movement is slight, while the old movements 

were cataclysmic] that the land and sea are here in a state of hydro- 

 static equilibrium, and that these observations are corroborated by data 

from other prominent deposition tracts of the globe.

614 The Pleistocene history of northeastern Iowa. -

U. S. Geol. Surv., llth Ann. Rept., part i, pp. 199-577, pis. i-lxi, figs. 

1-120.

Abstracts: Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 178-179; Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., 

vol. xlv, p. 71.

Contains a discussion of geologic principles, a description of the 

geologic formations of the region, their deformation, the topographic 

features and glacial phenomena.

615 The Lafayette formation.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 12th Ann. Rept., part i, pp. 353-521.

Abstract: Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, p. 163 (5 1.).

Describes the geologic formations of the Atlantic Coastal Plain and 

their economic resources and reviews the geologic history of the 

Lafayette formation.

616 Note on the "age of the earth." !

Science, vol. xxi, pp. 309-310.

Discusses the different estimates of the duration of the different 

geologic periods and presents a table showing the niean, minimum, and 

maximum estimates of the various geologic ages.
96 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

617 McGee (W J). The field of geology and its promise foi the 

future.

Minn. Acad. Nat. Sci., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 191-206. 

Discusses the general principles of geology and presents a classification of geologic processes.

618 The areal work of the United States Geological Survey. 

Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 377-379.

Gives a general description of its work since the organization of the 

present Survey. '

619 Eock gas and related bitumens. Introduction to "The natural gas field of Indiana," by A. J. Phinri'ey.

U. S. Geol. Surv., llth Ann. Kept., part i, pp. 589-616. 

Describes the constitution and geologic distribution of bitumens 

and discusses the origin of rock gas and other bitumens.

620 Neocene and Pleistocene continent movements.

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xl, pp. 253-254. 

 Gives a brief history of continental oscillations. Concludes that 

there were two periods of rapid oscillations; each submergence was 

comparatively short and immediately followed by a maximum high 

level, and that the two are separated by a great time interval.

621 [Glacial phenomena.]

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iv, pp. 5-6 and 6-7.

In discussion of paper by C. H. Hitchcock, " Studies of the Connecticut Valley glacier."

622 A fossil earthquake.

Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iv, pp. 411-414. 

Discusses the origin of certain dome structures of the Mississippi 

Valley.

622o, Mclnnes (W.), Bailey (L. W.) and. Eeport on portions of the 

Province of Quebec and adjoining areas in New Brunswick 

and Maine. .

See Bailey (L. W.) and Mclnnes (W.), 23.

623 MacMechen (Thomas E.). The ore deposits of Creede, Colo. 

Eng. and Min. .Jour., vol. liii, pp. 301-303.

Describes the geologic formations of the region and the nature and 

extent of the ore bodies.

624 Marpou (Jules). The Tucumcari fossils. 

Science, vol. xxi, pp. 358-360. 

Eeviews the determinations of certain fossils from this region.

625 On the classification of the Dyas, Trias, and Jura in northwest Texas.

Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 369-377.

Discusses the classification and nomenclature for the strata in northwest Texas used in the second and third annual reports of the Geological Survey of Texas.

626 Second supplement to "Mapoteca G;eologica Americana," 1752-1881. ' '' ' " '

Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 95-^99.

Gives titles of maps, date, and place of publication.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 97

627 Marcou (Jules). Eemarks on a part of the review of the Third 

Texas Eeport.

Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 212-214 (correspondence).

Reviews statements concerning the geology'of the Tucurncari region.

628 Cerro Tucumcari.

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 103-107.

Refers to statements in paper by W. F. Cummins, "Tucumcari Mountain," and. gives a brief historical sketch of the early expeditions in 

this region.

629 Margerie (M. Emm. de). Sur la de"coiiverte de phe"nomenes de 

recouvrement dans les Appalaches.

Soc'. Ge~ol. do France, Bull., 3d ser., vol. xix, No. 7, pp. 426-429. 

Describes the phenomena of overthrusting in the Appalachian province and compares them with similar phenomena in southern France.

630 [Letter to G. K. Gilbert concerning the Bibliography undertaken by the International Congress of Geologists.]

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 71-73; Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 64-67. 

Gives list of members of the committee and minutes of the first 

meeting.

631 Marsh (0. C.). The skull of Torosaurus.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, appendix, pp. 81-84, pis. 2.

632 Discoveryof Cretaceous Mammalia, Part III.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, appendix, pp. 249-262, pis. v-xi.

Describes briefly the characteristics of Cretaceous Mammalia and' 

their bearing upon the determination of the relationships of Cretaceous 

and Tertiary deposits, followed by description of several species.

633 - Notice of new reptiles from, the Laramie formation.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, appendix, pp. 449-453.

634 Notes on Triassic Diuosauria.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, appendix, pp. 543-546. 

Review: Am. Nat., vol. xxvi, pp. 410-412.

635 Notes on Mesozoic vertebrate fossils.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, appendix, pp. 171-176, pis. ii-v.

636 Eestoration of Claosaurus and Ceratosaurus.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, appendix, pp. 343-349.

637 Eestoration of Mastodon americanus Cuvier.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, appendix, p. 350.

638 A new Cretaceous bird allied to Hesperornis.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, appendix, pp. 81-82. 

Describes remains found in Montana.

639 The skull and brain of Claosaurus.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, appendix, pp. 83-86.

Describes the skull of Claosaurus found in Ceratops beds of Wyoming.

640 Eestoration of Anchisaurus.

Abstract: Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, appendix, pp. 169-170.

Describes some of the characters pf the species and discusses its 

possible relation to the "bird tracks" of the Connecticut River sanoU 

stone.

l, 130 7
98 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL.ISO.

641 Marsh (O. 0.). Bestoration of Coryphodou.

Am. Jour. Soi.; 3d ser.j vol. xlvi, appendix, pp. 321-326. 

Reviews the literature concerning the Coryphodoii and describes the 

restoration of one of its species.

642 Description of Miocene Mammalia.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, appendix, pp. 407-412, pis. vii-x. 

Describes specimens from New Jersey and the Rocky Mountain 

region, which indicate a common horizon in the two regions.

643 Eestoration of Mastodon americanus Cuvier.

Sci. Anier. Suppl., vol. xxxiv, p. 14085.

GiAr es a brief account of other restorations and of the characteristics 

of this species. Illustrated by sketch. ;

644 Marshall (D. T.). Pyrite incrustations of the Cretaceous formations of Middlesex County, N. J. 

Science, vol. xix, p. 151.

Describes some incrustations and replacement of trunks, twigs, and 

bark by iron pyrites. |

645 Marshall (William B.). Eeport on a deposit of marl and peat in 

the town of New Baltimore.

 N. Y. State Mus., 45th Ann. Rept., pp. 46-52.

The marl is composed of shells of fresh-water Mollusca and carbonate 

of lime. The peat and muck on its surface is an accumulation of 

mosses and other plants.

645a Marsters (Vernon Freeman), Kemp (J. F.) and. The trap dikes 

of the Lake Champlain region.

See Kernp (J. P.) and Marsters (V. P.), 521.

646 Matthew (G-. F.). List of the fossils found in the Cambrian rocks 

in and near St. John.

New Brunswick Nat. Hist. Soc., Bull. No. 10, pp. xi-xxiii.

Describes briefly the lithologic character of the Cambrian beds of 

St. John basin and gives their thickness as 3,550 feet. Gives a list of 

157 fossils found in these beds, which shows their stratigraphic position in the series.

647 Protolenus. A new genus of Cambrian trilobites. 

New Brunswick Nat. Hist. Soc., Bull. No. 10, pp. 34-37. 

Describes Protolenus n. gen., and Protolenus elegans n. sp. ; and Protolenus paradoxides from the St. John group of Canada.

648 The climate of Acadia in the earliest times.

New Brunswick Nat. Hist. Soc., Bull. No. 11, pp. 3-18. 

Describes the general climatic conditions of this region and the character of the fauna from Cambrian to Devonian time.

649 Notes on Cambrian faunas.

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. v,- pp."247-258.

Describes a hitherto unrecognized group of trilobites and correlates 

the faunas based on these four species.

650 Trematobolus. An articulate brachiopod of the inarticulate 

. order.

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. v, pp. 276-279. 

.Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xii, p. 396 (i'p.).

Describes a shell from the pre-Paradoxides beds of the St. John ' 

group and discusses its different affinities.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 99

651 Matthew (Or. P.). Is the fauna called "Primordial" the most 

ancient fauna?

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. v, pp. 347-350.

Describes the metamorphosis of the Cambrian trilobites and mentions the discovery of radiolarian remains in .Azoic rocks of Great 

Britain.

652 On the diffusion and sequence of the Cambrian faunas.

Can. Roy. Soc. ; Proc. and Trans., vol. x, sect, iv, pp. 3-16.

Describes the development of graptolites and other deep-water 

organisms. Reviews the opinions of other writers concerning the distribution of Cambrian faunas, and presents in tabular form the migration of their genera. ,

653 Illustrations of the fauna of the St. John group, 'No. VII. 

Can. Roy. Soc., Proc. and Trans., vol. x, sect, iv, pp. 85-109. 

Abstract: Am. Geol. ; vol. xii; pp. 192-193. 

Describes the fauna of the Arenighorizon in tlie Bretonian division;

also some graptolites and brachiopods of the same division.

654 Illustrations of the fauna of the St. John group, No. VIII.

Can. Roy. Soc., Proc. and Trans., vol. xi. sect, iv, pp. 85-129. 

Describes species chiefly from the St. John group and gives a list of 

Cambrian and Ordovician fossils found near St. John.

655 The St. John group.

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 340-341 (correspondence).

656 Matthew (W. D.). On phosphate nodules from the Cambrian of 

southern New Brunswick.

N. Y. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. xii, pp. 108-120.

Gives the subdivisions and litbologic characters of the St. John 

group and describes the megascopic and microscopic characters of the 

nodules. Compares them with other phosphate deposits and discusses 

the question of their origin.

657 On antennas and other appendages of Triarthrus beckii.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 121-125; N. Y. Acad. Sci., 

Trans., vol. xii, pp. 237-241.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 193-194 (£p.).

Refers to the study of the trilobites by C. D. Walcott, with special 

reference to the organs of the under side, and gives a summary of the 

structure thus determined. Describes trilobites found in the Hudson 

River shales in New York and the structure of the antennae preserved 

in the specimens.

658 Meeds (A. D.). The Stillwater deep well.

Minn. Acad. Nat. Sci., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 274-277.

Gives brief description of the rocks penetrated by the well, the section shown by the Avell record, and the microscopic characters of a diabase porphyrite occurring at a depth of 3,300 feet.

659 Memminger (C. G.). [Phosphate deposits of Tennessee.] 

U. S. Geol. Surv., Miu. Res., 1893, pp. 709-711.

Gives the section of the Tennessee phosphate beds and chemical 

aalyses of samples. Describes its physical characteristics.
100 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BOLL. 130.

660 Merrill (George Perkins). On some basic eruptive rocks, in the 

vicinity of Lewiston and Auburn, Androscoggiu County, Me.

Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 49-55.

Describes the rock formations-of the region and the basic dikes 

which cut them. Shows the location and direction of the dikes on a 

sketch map. Describes the microscopic characters of the dike rocks, 

diabase, and lamprophyrs, and gives several chemical analyses.

661 The wind as a factor in geology.

Eng. Mag., vol. ii, pp. 596-607.

Describes some results of the action of wind in cutting away and 

transporting the material of the earth's crust.

662 Notes on the petrography of the Paleozoic section in the vicinity 

of Three Porks, Montana. 

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 110, pp. 47-54.

Describes the petrographic characters of gneissic rocks of the region 

and certain fragmental rocks which appear to have been derived from 

 thenr; and the character of some intrusive rocks occurring in the lower 

part of the Flathead shales.

663 The newer eruptive rocks.

Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Occasional Papers IV, vol. i, part i, pp. 31-44.

Describes the eruptive rocks occurring in the form of lava flows and 

dikes. The lava flows include melaphyrs and porphyrites. The dikes 

consist chiefly of diabases.

664 and Packard (B. L.). On an azure-blue pyroxenic rock from 

the Middle Gila, New Mexico.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 279-280.

Gives a mineralogic and chemical description of the rock, occurring 

in serpentinous limestones, which has the formula of malacolite.

665 Meyer (Abraham). Notes on the occurrence of quartz and other 

minerals in the Chenmng measures near the hue of Lycoming 

and Tioga counties, Pennsylvania.

Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci., Proc., 1893, part i, pp. 194-196. 

. Describes some quartz crystals and gives the names of the associated 

minerals.

666 Pyrophyllite slates in northern Pennsylvania.

Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci., Proc., 1893, part i, pp. 197-200.

Describes some exposures of the Chemung beds of Pennsylvania.

667 Mickle (George). Notes on nickel.

Can. Inst., Trans., vol. ii, part i, pp. 77-92.

Contains notes on the occurrence of nickel, its mineral associates, 

and its metallurgy.

668 Miers (H. A). Quartz from the Emerald and Hiddenite mines.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 420-424.

Describes the crystallographic characters of quartz crystals from 

North Carolina.

669 Miller (S. A.). The structure, classification, and arrangement of 

American Paleozoic crinoids into families.

Ind. Dept. Geol. and Nat. Hist., 16th Kept., 1888, pp. 302-326. . Eeviews the opinions of several writers on the structure and classification of- crinoids and describes some of their important family characteristics.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. lOl

670 Miller (S. A.). Paleontology.

Ind. Dept. Geol. and Nat. Hist., 17th Rept., 1891, pp. 611-705, pis. i-xx. 

Describes species found in Silurian, Devonian, and Carboniferous 

series of Indiana and Missouri.

671 and Faber (0.). Description of some sub-Carboniferous and 

Carboniferous Cephalopoda.

Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist., Jour., vol. xiv, pp. 164-168. 

Describes species from Coal Measures in Kentucky and near Kansas 

City, Mo.

672 Some new species and new structural parts of fossils. 

Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist., Jour., vol. xv, pp. 79-87. 

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 316-317.

Describes specimens obtained from the Hudson River group from 

near Cincinnati.

673 Miller (S. A.) and Gurley (F. B.). Description of some new 

genera and species of Ecuinodermata from the Coal Measures and sub-Carboniferous rocks of Indiana, Missouri, and 

Iowa.

Ind. Dept. Geol. and Nat. Hist., 16th Rept., 1888, pp. 327-373.

Contains description of new genera and species of Echinodermata 

from the Carboniferous of the States mentioned.

674 Mills (James E.). Stratigraphy and succession of the rocks of 

the Sierra Nevada of California.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 413-444.

Abstracts: Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 318-319; Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, p.

147 (i p.).

Repeated uplifts along the same axes, followed by erosion, mark the 

orographic history of this range, and the present relief is due to Tertiary and Quaternary uplifting. Granites form the core-and the great 

mass of the range and constitute the principal part of the pre-Mesozoic rocks. The Mesozoic sediments are mainly slates and some limestones. The eruptives consist of medium basic lavas altered to diabases 

or greenstones, and very basic lavas altered to serpentines.

675 Mitchell (B. H.) and Baskerville (0.). An example of river 

adjustment.

Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc., Jour., part ii, 1892, pp. 64-66. 

Describes and illustrates the processes of adjustment that have 

occurred in certain tributaries of the James River in Virginia.

676 Moore (Joseph). The recently found Casteroides in Eaudolph 

County, Indiana.

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 67-74.

f Describes the locality where the remains were found, gives a list of 

parts found and those missing and broken, some measurements, and a 

list of fragments from the same and other localities.

677 An inquiry as to the cause of variety in rock deposits as seen 

in Hudson Biver beds at Bichmond, Indiana.

Ind.Acad. Sci., Proc., 1892, pp. 26-27.

Describes briefly some of the deposits in this vicinity.
102 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

678 Moore (Joseph). Glacial and pre-Glacial erosion in vicinity of 

Richmond. Indiana.

Ind. Acad. Sci., Proc., 1892, pp. 27-29.

Mentions a buried river channel and the discovery of potholes in this 

locality.

679 Moses (Alfred J.). One of the gypsum crystals from the cave at 

South Wash, Wayne County, Utah. 

Science, vol. xxi, pp. 230-231. 

Gives the crystallographic measurements of the crystal.

680 Mineralogical notes.

. Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, pp. 488-492.

Describes the mineralogic characteristics of pyrito crystals and 

ettriugite, including chemical analyses of the latter.

681 Moxham (Edgar C.). The "Great Gossan lead" of Virginia.

Am. Inst. Min. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxi, pp. 133-138.

Describes the extent and character of an ore body in southwest Virginia \vhich carries copper and iron, with special reference to the iron 

contents.

682 Mudge (E. H.). Observations along the valley of Grand Eiver, 

Michigan.

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 284-288.

Describes the glacial phenomena of this region.

N.

683 Nason (Frank L.) The Magnesian series of the Ozark uplift.

Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 91-94.

Refers to the previous classification of the Magnesian series and 

gives results of observations in the Ozark region. Concludes that there 

is but one continuous bed of sandstone in this area, and proposes for 

it the name of Roubidoux and for the underlying heavy-bedded limestone the name Gasconade.

684 Notes on" some of the iron-bearing rock of the Adirondack 

Mountains.

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 25-31.

Describes minerals associated with the magnetite ores of New York 

and New Jersey, .and gives a brief description of several ore bodies in 

this region.

685 "The correct succession of the Ozark series;" a review 

reviewed.

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 141-147.

Reviews statements in paper by G. C. Broadhead, "The correct succession of the Ozark series," with special reference to the separation 

and classification of the sandstone and magnesian limestone of the 

Ozark region.

686 A report on the iron ores of Missouri.

Mo. Geol. Surv., vol. ii, 1892, pp. 1-365, pis. i-viii, figs. 1-62.

Gives a general description of iron ores and their relative values. 

Describes the specular ores of the porphyry region and those of the 

Iron Mountain and Pilot Knob districts, the red hematites of the State, 

the geology of the Ozark uplift, the specular ore of the sandstone district and the limonite ores. Appendix A is a description of the iron 

deposits of northeastern Arkansas. Appendix B contains a historical 

and statistical sketch of the iron industry.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 103

687 Nelson (N. P.). The formation of a terrace.

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 125-126 (correspondence). 

Describes the topographic features of a beach ridge in Ottertail 

County, Minn.

688 Nitze (H. B. C.) Notes on some of the magnetites of southwestern 

Virginia and the contiguous territory of North Carolina.

Am. Inst. Min. Engrs., Trans., vol. xx, pp. 174-188.

Describes magnetite deposits of Franklin and Henry counties, Va., 

and of Stokes County, N. C. Includes a description of the ore bodies 

in the different sections and analyses of some of the ores. Discussed 

by Edmund Pechiu, pp. 185-188.

639 The magnetic iron ores of Ashe County, N. C.

Am. lust. Min. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxi, pp. 260-280. 

Describes various ore bodies of the region, with chemical analyses, 

their location being shown on an accompanying map.

690 Magnetic iron ore in Granville County, N. C.

Eng. aud Min. Jour., vol. liii, p. 447. t 

Describes the rocks with which the ore is associated and gives a 

chemical analysis of the ore.

691 Iron ores of North Carolina. A preliminary report.

N. C. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 1, pp. 21-239, pis. i-xx, figs. 1-58, and 

map of the State showing the distribution of the iron ore deposits.

Describes the different varieties of iron ores, the bog ores of the 

eastern counties, the magnetite, specular and brown hematite ores of 

the eastern, central, and western crystalline areas, the titaniferous 

magnetites, the iron ores of the Blue Ridge and its eastern foothills and 

the chromic iron ores of the chrysolite rocks. Gives chemical analyses 

of iron ores from rnauy counties of the State.

692 Orton (Edward). First Annual Eeport of the Geological Survey 

of Ohio, 1890, Third Organization, pp. 1-323.

Chapter 1 contains the geological scale of Ohio and a sketch of its 

geologic structure. Other chapters comprise a discussion of the origin 

and accumulation of petroleum and natural gas in the Trenton and 

Clinton limestones and other sources of. oil and gas.

693 Origin of the rock pressure of natural gas in the Trenton 

limestone of Ohio and Indiana.

Smithsonian Inst., Ann. Rept., 1891, pp. 155-162. 

Discusses the causes of rock pressure, the evidence supporting the 

hydrostatic theory, and the general laws of gas production.

694 On the occurrence of a quartz bowlder in the Sharon coal of 

northeastern Ohio.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, pp. 62-63.

Comparison of bowlders found with those found in England and 

description of the strata in which they occur in Ohio.

695 Eeport on the occurrence of petroleum, natural gas, and 

asphalt rock in western Kentucky.

Abstracts: Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 262-263 (i p.); Ani. Jour. Sci., 3d 

ser., vol. xliv, p. 78 (i p.).

Noticed in Record for 1891.
104 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BOLL. 130.

696 Osann (A.). Ueber em Mineral der Nosean-Hauyu-UrupDe im 

Elaolitk-syenit von Montreal.

Neues Jahrb. f. Min., etc., Band i, Heft 1, 1892, pp. 222-224 (correspondence).

Describes the geologic occurrence of the rock and its megascopic, 

microscopic, and chemical characters.

697 Melilite-nepheliue basalt and neplieline basanite from southern 

. Texas. 

Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 341-346.

Describes the petrographic characters of specimens from this region.

698 Eeport on the rocks of Trans-Pecos, Texas.

Texas Geol. Surv., 4th Ann. Kept., pp. 123-138.

Describes the petrographic characters of the igneous rocks of this 

region, which include granites from the Quitman Mountain, olivine 

diabase from .the Diablo Mountains, elaeolite and nepheline bearing 

rocks from the Davis Mountains, and a series of highly altered diabase 

rocks, showing ophitic structure, from the Carrizo Mountains.

699 Osborn (Henry Fairchild). Fossil mammals of the Upper Cretaceous beds.

Am.-Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. v, pp. 311-330.

Describes the characters of the teeth of certain Cretaceous mammals 

and discusses their relationship to the older Jurassic and more recent 

Eocene types. Concludes that the Laramie fauna is distinctly separated from the Jura and more nearly related to the basal Eocene forms 

and that the number of distinct types is limited.

700 - Aceratherium Tridactylum from the Lower Miocene of Dakota.

Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. v, pp. 85-86.

Describes the remains from the Miocene of South Dakota.

701 The rise of the Mammalia in North America.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 379-392 and 448-466.

Gives a general historical sketch of the previous study of Mammalia, 

discusses the general principles on which their classification is based, 

and exhibits in tabular form the succession of North American Mam- 

. malia and their geologic distribution.

702 The Ancylopodia, Chalicotherium, and Artionyx. 

Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, pp. 118-133.

Describes and compares some of their leading characters and discusses their relations and proper classification.

703 Recent researches upon the succession of the teeth in 

mammals.

Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, pp. 493-508.

Describes the researches bearing upon this question and gives a general summary of the work done and the conclusions that are to be 

drawn from it.

704 A reply to Professor Marsh's " Note on Mesozoic Mammalia."

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xl, p. 290 (£ p.). 

Discusses the structure of a number of Mesozoic mammals.

705 The ancestry of Chalicotherium. 

Science, vol. xix, p. 276.

Refers to some recent discoveries of this species and considers that 

they were derived from the Meniscotherudse.
PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 105

706 Osborn (Henry Fairchild). Sur la de"couverte du Palaeonictis en 

Ame"rique.

Soc. Geol. de France, Bull., 3d ser., vol. xx, No. 7, pp. 434-436. 

Describes tlie character of Palteouictis found in the Wasatch beds 

of the Rocky Mountains.

707 and Wortman (J. L.). Fossil mammals of the Wasatch-and 

Wind River beds.

Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. iv, pp. 81-147.

Abstract: Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, pp. 159-160.

Includes the following special articles: homologies and nomenclature of the mammalian molar cusps; the classification of the Perissodactyla; the ancestry of the Felidte; taxonomy and morphology of 

the primates, creodonts, and ungulates, 1 Wasatch, 2 Wind River; 

geological and geographical sketch of the Big Horn basin; and narrative of the expedition of 1891.

708 Characters of Protoceras (Marsh), the new Artiodactyl from

the Lower Miocene.

Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. iv, pp. 351-371.

Abstracts: Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, p. 160 (I p.); Am. Nat., 

vol. xxvii, pp. 147-148.

Description of species and discussion of characters of species recently 

found.

709 Artionyx, a new genus of Ancylopoda.

Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. v, pp. 1-18.

Describes remains found in the Miocene of South Dakota.

P.

710 Packard (E. L.). Genesis of nickel ores.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Min. Res., 1893, pp. 170-177.

Describes the occurrence of nickel in different deposits and reviews 

some of the theories as to their origin.

711 Natural sodium salts.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Min. Res., 1893, pp. 728-738.

Describes the lakes of Utah. Nevada, and California in which sodium 

salts have become concentrated and gives in tabular form the composition of the salts and discusses their origin.

Ilia Merrill (G. P.) and. On an azure-blue pyroxenic rock from 

the Middle Gila, New Mexico. 

See Merrill (G. P.) and Packard (R. L), 664.

712 Page (William H.). The Carboniferous age and the origin of coal.

Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. Ivi, pp. 347-349.

Reviews the generally accepted theory of the character of the Carboniferous period and the origin of its coal beds, and discusses evidences 

which conflict with this theory.

713 Panton (J. Hoyes). The mastodon and mammoth in Ontario, 

Canada.

Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Report 1891, pp. 654-655.

Gives measurements of certain portions of the remains discovered in 

this Province.
106 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

714 Parker (Richard A.). The iron ore region of Lake Superior. 

Eng. Mag., vol. ii, pp. 152-175 .and 285-303.

Describes the iron deposits of the Marquette, Menomiuee, Gogebic, 

Vermillion, and Mesabi ranges.

715 Pavlow (Alexis). On the marine beds closing the Jurassic and 

opening the Cretaceous, with the history of their fauna.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 61-64.

Describes the changes which took place in the development of belemnites and ammonites and the geologic epochs which they indicate.

716 Peale (Albert Charles). The Paleozoic section in the vicinity of 

Three Forks, Montana.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 110, pp. 9-45, pis. i-vi.

Describes the geologic structure of the region and the lithologic 

character and distribution of the Algonkian, Cambrian, Devonian, 

Carboniferous and eruptive rocks, illustrated by a colored geologic 

map of the.region and vertical sections showing the character and 

thickness of the different subdivisions of the formations.

716a vPearce (Richard). [Origin of ore deposits.]

Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. iv, pp. 348-350.

In discussion of paper by P. H. van Diest on the "Evidence bearing 

on the formation of ore deposits by lateral secretion."

716ft The eruptive dykes near Manchester, Mass. 

Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. iv, pp. 365-366.

Describes an extremely basic dike rock cutting the granite in this 

locality.

716c Pearce (Stanley H.), Penfield (S. L.) and. On polybasite and 

tennantite from the Mollie Gibson mine, in Aspen, Colo. 

See Penfield (S. L.) and Pearce (S. H.), 724.

717 Pechin (Edmund C.). Virginia Oriskany iron ores. 

Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. liv, p. 150. 

Includes description of the mining operations and the character and

extent of the ore bodies.

718 [Magnetite ore samples in Rocky Mount section, Virginia, and 

their chemical analyses.]

Am. Inst. Min. Engrs., Trans., vol. xx, pp. 185-188.

In discussion of paper by H. B. C. Nitze, "Notes on some of the 

magnetites, of southwestern Virginia and the contiguous territory of 

North Carolina."

719 Penfield (S. L.). Contributions to mineralogy by F. A. Genth. 

With crytallographic notes. 

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 184-189. 

Crystallographic notes on hubnerite, bismutite, and natrolite.

720 Contributions to mineralogy, No. 54, by F. A. Genth. With 

crystallographic notes. 

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, pp. 381-389.

Describes aguilarite, metacinnabarite lollingite, rutile, quartz, danalite, yttrium-calcium fluoride, lepidolite, and fuchite.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 107

721 Penfield (S. L.). On cookeite from Paris and Hebron, Me.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, pp. 393-396. 

Abstract: Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, pp. 901-902 (-J- p.). 

Describes the mineralogic characters and gives the chemical composition of specimens from these two localities.

722 Mineralogical notes.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, pp. 396-399.

Describes the mineralogic characters and chemical composition of 

zunyite and the mineralogic character of xenotime, from Colorado.

723 On pentlandite from Sudbury, Ontario, Canada, with remarks 

upon three supposed new species from the same region. 

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, pp. 493-497.

; Abstract: Am.Nat., vol. xxvii, p. 902 (|p.).

. Describes the mineralogic characters of pentlandite and of the 

supposed new sulphides of iron and nickel, folgerite, blueite, and 

whartonite, all from the Sudbury district.

724 and Fearce (S. H.). On polybasite and tennantite from the 

Mollie Gibson mine in Aspen, Colo.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, pp. 15-18. 

Abstract: Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, p. 43 (£ p.).

724tf Wells (H. L.) and. On herderite from Hebron, Me.

See Wells (H. L.) and Peufield (S. L.), 1018.

725 Penhallow (D. P.). A preliminary examination of so-called cannel coal from the Kootenai of British Columbia. 

Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 331-339.

1 The specimens were made up of rod-like bodies which, in their 

interior, show tubular and branching openings strongly suggestive of 

vegetable growth.

726 A new species of Larix from the interglacial of Manitoba. 

Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 368-371. 

Locates and describes two specimens of Larix.

726a Dawson (J. W.) and. Parka decipiens.

See Dawson (J. W.) and Penhallow (D. P.),242.

727 Fenrose (E. A. F., jr.). A Pleistocene manganese deposit near 

Golconda, Nevada.

Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 275-282.

Discusses the character of the ore and of the beds in which it 

occurs and the relations of the ore body to the country rock.. 

Considers that the manganese was locally precipitated from spring 

waters.

728 The chemical relation of iron and manganese in sedimentary 

rocks.

Jour, of Geol., vol. 1, pp. 356-370.

Describes the geologic occurrence of iron and manganese, the processes of their transportation and deposition, and the methods by which 

they are precipitated from surface waters, and discusses the causes of 

the association and separation of iron and manganese.
108 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

729 Fenrose (K. A. F., jr.). The Tertiary iron ores of Arkansas and 

Texas.

Geol. Soc. Ain., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 44-50.

The ores are limcmites or allied forms, occupy a belt 300 miles long 

and 1 to 50 wide, and are found in Eocene beds as nodular or laminated 

ores. The deposition was originally contemporaneous with that of the 

associated strata, and the ores have been subsequently segregated. 

Discusses the origin of the ores.

730 The iron deposits of Arkansas.

Ark. Geol. Snrv., Ann. Kept., 1892, vol. i, pp. 1-153.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 324-325.

Gives a historical sketch of iron mining and its geologic investigations in Arkansas. Describes the general distribution of the iron 

deposits of the State, their geologic relations and their character and 

commercial value. Describes the ore bodies in the different localities 

of the several counties and discusses their geologic relations and origin.

731 Manganese, its uses, ores, and deposits.

Ark. Geol. Surv., Rept. for 1890, vol. i, pp. 642. 

Abstracts: Can. Rec. Sci., vol. v, pp. 65-68; North of Eng. Inst. 

Min. and Mech. Engrs., Trans., vol. xlii, pp. 427-428 (|p.). 

Noticed in Record for 1891.

732 Perrine (Charles D.). Earthquakes in California in 1892.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 112, pp. 7-57, figs. 1-5.

Describes the instruments and methods employed in the work, gives 

a list of stations and a chronologic record of earthquakes occurring in 

California in 1892.

733 Earthquakes in California in 1893.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 114, pp. 9-23.

Includes a description of instruments and methods used, list of stations, and record of observations of earthquakes in California during 

1893.

734 Perry (Stuart fl.). A classification of topographic forms.

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 153-159.

Discusses the general features of constructive and destructive forces 

in their relation to topographic forms and gives in tabular form the 

classification proposed.

735 Fhelps (Frank B.). The copper region of Michigan.

Eug. Mag., vol. iv, pp. 47-63.

Abstract: North of Eng. Inst. Min. and Mech. Engrs., Trans., vol. 

xlii, p. 423 (i p.).

Gives a brief sketch of the geology of the region and an account of 

the mining operations.

736 Phillips (William B.). A preliminary report on a part of the lower 

gold belt of Alabama, in the counties of Chilton, Coosa, and 

Tallapoosa.

Ala. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 3, pp. 13-97.

Includes a general description of the Alabama gold fields, a history 

of some of the mining operations in the counties named, and an account 

of the character, value, and extent of the gold ores.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 109

737 Phillips (William B.). Murphree's Yalley and its minerals.

Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. Ivi, pp. 448-449.

Gives a brief description of the geology of the region and two crosssections. *

738 A list of minerals containing at least 1 per cent of phosphoric 

acid.

Am. Inst. Min. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxi, pp. 188-196.

Discusses the effect of phosphorus on. iron and steel and gives a list 

of minerals containing phosphoric Acid, showing their composition, 

the per cent of phosphoric acid, and the system under which the mineral crystallizes.

739 Phinney (Arthur John). The natural gas field of Indiana.

U. S. Geol. Surv., llth Ann. Kept., part i, pp. 589-742.

Describes the character and structure of the formations and the 

extent of the gas field and gives an account of the well borings in the 

various counties.

740 Pirsson (L. V.). Datolite from Loughboro, Ontario.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, pp. 100-102. 

Abstract: Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, pp. 1091-1092 (f p.). 

Describes the crystallographic characters of crystals from the Lacy 

mine in Ontario.

741 On the geology and petrography of Conahicut Island, Ehode 

Island.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 363-378.

Describes the Carboniferous conglomerates, sandstones, and shales, 

and the dikes which cut them. Describes the petrographic characters 

of the granite, minette, and phyllite, and the character of the contact 

metamorphic rocks.

742 Flummer (Fred G.). A diagonal moraine.

Am. Geol., vol. xiij pp. 231-232.

Describes a diagonal moraine occurring on Mount St. Helena, Washington.

743 Powell (J. W.). Report of the Director of the United States 

Geological Survey.

U. S. Geol. Surv., llth Ann. Rept., part ij pp. 1-30. 

Includes an account of the progress of geologic, paleontologic, and 

related work undertaken by the Survey daring the year 1889-99.

744 Eeportof the Director of the United States Geological Survey.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 12th Ann. Rept., part i, pp. 1-19.

Gives an account of the progress of Survey work during the year

1890-91.

745 - Eeport of the Director of the United States Geological Survey.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 13th Ann. Rept., pp. 3-240.

Contains a summary of the work of the Survey during the fiscal year

1891-92 and includes reports of the heads of different divisions.

746 Powell (S. L.). Notes on minerals recently obtained from the 

quarries of Jones Falls. [Maryland.]

Johns Hopkins Univ. Giro., vol. xii, No. 103, pp. 49-50.

Describes the mineralogic characters of calcite, beaumontite, and 

three varieties of feldspar occurring in a pegmatite vein in a quarry 

near Baltimore.
110 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL.ISO.

747 Pratt (N. A.). Florida phosphates: the origin of the bowlder 

phosphates of the Withlacoochee River district.

Eng. and Mm. Jour., vol. liii, p. 380.

* Describes the phosphate beds of this district and discusses the Question of their origin.

748 Preston (E. B.). Amador County [California].

Cal. State Min. Bur., llth Kept., pp. 139-146. : 

Includes notes on some of the mines of the county.

749 Butte County [California].

Cal. State Min. Bur!, llth Kept., pp. 150-165.

Contains notes on the mining operations and on the character of the 

ore in this county.

750 Calaveras County [California].

Cal. State Miu. Bur., llth Kept., pp. 167-178.

.Contains notes on the occurrence of copper in the metamorphic slates 

west of the Gold Belt and on the gold mines.

751 Eldorado County [California].

Cal. State Min. Bur., llth Kept., pp. 200-207. 

Notes on the mineral deposits of the county.

752 North Fork mining district of Fresno County [California]. 

Cal. State Min. Bur., llth Kept., pp. 218-223.

Describes the topography of the region, with notes on some of the 

mines.

753 Lassen County [California].

. Cal. State Min. Bur., llth Keport, pp. 241-242.

Notes on the Hayden Hill mining district, with sketch map of the 

district.

754 Monterey County [California].

Cal. State Min. Bur., llth Kept., pp. 259-262.

Notes on some gold mines. '* ""

755 Plumas County [California].

Cal. State Min. Bur., llth Kept., pp. 323-333. 

Notes on some of the gold mines.

756 San Benito County [California].

Cal. State Min. Bur., llth Kept., pp. 370-373.

Describes briefly the geology of a portion of the Gabilan and Mount 

Diablo ranges.

757 Salton Lake [California].

Cal. State Min. Bur., llth Kept., pp. 387-393.

Describes the depression occupied by the lake and gives a chemical 

analysis of the salt from the salt marsh.

758 Sierra County [California].

Cal. State Min. Bur., llth Kept., pp. 400-412.

Gives the altitude of some of the peaks in this county and notes on 

some of the gold mines.

759 Tuolumne County [California].

Cal. State Min. Bur., llth Kept., pp. 493-513.

Describes briefly the geology of the county, with remarks on the 

occurrence of copper on the west side of the Mother Lode and notes 

on the gold mines,
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. Ill 

759a Procter (John B.). Progress of the Kentucky Geological Survey.

Abstract: Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, p. 78 (J p.).

760 Prosser (Charles S.). The geological age of the rocks of the novaculite area [Arkansas].

Ark. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept., 1890, vol. in, pp. 418-423. 

Reviews the literature on the age of these rocks.

761 Notes on Lower Carboniferous plants from the Ouachita uplift.

Ark. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept., 1890, vol. iii, pp. 423-424. 

Brief description of localities and of the lithologic characters of the 

strata in which the plant remains were found.

762 The Devonian section of central New York along the Unadilla 

Kiver.

N. Y. State Mus., 46th Ann. Rept., pp. 256-288.

Describes the lithologic character of the section and gives a list of 

fossils collected from different localities in this region.

763 The thickness of the Devonian and Silurian rocks of western 

New York, approximately along the line of the Genesee 

Eiver.

Roch. Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. ii, pp. 49-104.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. x, p. 257 (£ p.).

Reviews previous publications regarding the geologic section in this 

part of the State. Gives sections displayed by different well borings, 

and concludes that 1,250 to 1,500 feet is a conservative estimate of the 

thickness at Rochester. Illustrated by map of the region showing 

location of wells.

764 The thickness of the Devonian and Silurian rocks of central 

New York.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iv, pp. 91-118. 

1 Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 411-412 (ip.).

Gives the section shown by several deep wells from which is deduced 

a general geologic section of central New York.

765 The Devonian system of eastern Pennsylvania.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, pp. 210-221.

Discusses the fossil evidence as to the age of certain deposits in this 

region and of their correlation with the Tally and Genesee formations 

in New York. Illustrated by cross-section.

766 The Upper Hamilton and Portage stages of central and eastern New York.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 212-230.

Gives a historical sketch of the use of the term "Oneonta group" 

and lisfc of fossils found at various localities and statements concerning their stratigraphic position, from which the author concludes that 

the Oneonta sandstone is not the top of the Hamilton series, but belongs 

to the Portage.

767 Pumpelly (Eaph ael). An apparent time-break between the Eocene 

and Chattahoochee Miocene in southwestern Georgia.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 445-447.

 Describes the topographic features of the region and gives a list of 

fossils found in the Eocene and Chipola Miocene. Explains briefly the 

evidence indicating the existence of the time-break,
112 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

768. Pumpelly (Eaphael) and Van Hise (0. E.). Observations upon 

the structural relations of the Upper Huronian, "Lower 

Huronian, and Basement Complex on the north shore of 

Lake Huron.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 224-232.

Discusses the relations of the formations at various points in the 

region and concludes thaib the pre-Keweenawan rocks on the north 

shore of Lake Huron are separable by unconformities into three series 

similar to those on the south shore of Lake Superior and Steep Eock 

Lake, and that the unconformities are alike in the three districts and 

the formations once extended over the entire area.

R

769 Rand (Theodore D.). Geology of the Isles of Shoals.

Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci., Proc., 1892, part iii, pp. 324-325. 

Describes the gneissoid rocks of which the islands are formed and 

the trap dikes which cut them.

770 The supposed South Chester Valley Hill fault.

Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci., Proc., 1892, part iii, pp. 445-447.

Quotes descriptions of the region from the Final Report of the 

Second Geological Survey of Pennsylvania and discusses some of 

the statements quoted.

771 Jefferis (W. W.), and Cardeza (J. T. M.). Mineral localitiesof Philadelphia and vicinity.

Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci., Proc., 1892, part ii, pp. 174-202. 

Describes many rock exposures in the region and mentions the minerals found in them.

772 Raymond (E. W.). [Occurrence of titaniferous iron ore.]

Am. Inst. Min. Eugrs., Traus., vol. xxi, pp. 274-277. 

In discussion of paper by H. B. C. Nitze, "The magnetic iron ores of 

Ashe County, N. C."

773 [Vein structure.]

Am. Inst. Min. Eugrs., Trans., vol. xxi, pp. 872-873. 

In discussion of paper by Ernest Wiltsee, "Notes on the geology of 

the Half-Moon Mine, Pioche, Nev."

774 Reade (T. Mallard). Physics of mountain building: some fundamental conceptions.

Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 238-243.

Discusses the effect of simple expansion by increase of temperature 

in the production of lateral pressure in the earth's crust.

775 Reese (Charles L.). On the influence of swamp waters in the 

formation of the phosphate nodules of South Carolina. 

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 402-406.

Brief description of the phosphate deposits and a statement of the 

results of certain chemical experiments.

776 Reid (Harry Fielding). Studies of Muir glacier, Alaska.

Nat. Geog. Mag., vol. iv, pp. 19-55, pis. i-xiv.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol.x, p. 326 (ip.).

Gives a general sketch of the geography of the country. Describes 

the main features of the glacier and its tributaries, and recites the 

evidences which indicate its former extension and recent diminution. 

Gives the results of measurements of the motion of the ice and the 

general features of its erosion.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 113

777 Reyer (B.). On the causes of the deformation of the earth's crust. 

Sci. Amer. Suppl., vol. xxxiv, pp. 13874-13875.

Discusses the effect of sedimentation and loading in producing deformation, illustrated by .sketches of certain experiments.

778 Rickard (T. A.). The persistence of ores in lodes in depth.

Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. Iv, pp. 51-52.

Remarks on the evidence of certain mines which indicate that the 

lodes becomes poorer, when a considerable depth has been attained.

778a Certain dissimilar occurrences of gold-bearing quartz. 

Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. iv, pp. 323-331 and 336-339. 

Describes gold-bearing quartz veins of Australia, New Zealand, and 

California.

7786 [Origin of ore deposits].

Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. iv, pp. 350-351.

In discussion of paper by P. H. van Diest on the "Evidence bearing 

on the formation of ore deposits by lateral secretion."

779 Ricketts (L. D.). Faulting in veins.

Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. liii, pp. 565-566.

Reviews the previous articles on this subject and discusses the characteristics of fault phenomena.

780 Ries (Heinrich). Notes on the clays of New York State and their 

economic value.

N. Y. Acad. Sci., Traus., vol. xii, pp. 40-47.

Describes the clays of Quaternary, Tertiary, and Cretaceous age 

occurring in various portions of the State.

781 List and bibliography of minerals occurring in Warwick 

Township, N. Y. 

N. Y. Acad. Sci., Annals, vol. vii, pp. 651-654.

782 Roberts on (James D.). Notes on the formation of the iron ores.

Science, vol. xxi, p. 131.

Describes an occurrence of specular hematite in Missouri and the 

evidences which indicate the replacement of limestone by iron from 

percolating waters.

783 Rogers (G-. O.). Drift mounds near Olympia, Washington.

Am. Gool., vol. xi, pp. 393-399.

Describes some peculiar mounds occurring in this vicinity, reviews 

Professor Le Conte's theory as to their origin, and suggests that they 

are due to certain glacial phenomena.

784 Rominger (0.). On the occurrence of typical Cluetetes in the 

Devonian strata at the falls of the Ohio and likewise in 

the analagous beds of the Eifel of Germany.

Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 56-63.

Defines the characters which distinguish ChiBtetes from certain other 

genera and describes some specimens from the two localities.

785 Ross (O. C. D.). The origin of petroleum.

Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Report 1891, pp. 639-641.

Refers to the occurrence of gypsum as being an indication of oilbearing strata and to the general condition of the petroleum industry 

in the United States. 

Bull. 130 8
114 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

786 Rothpletz (A.). On the formation of oolite.

Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 279-282.

Abstract: Am. Nat., vol.xxvii, p. 34 (f p.).

Describes Glaeocapsa aiid Glseothece colls found ou the shores of 

Great Salt Lake. Describes the calcareous oolites, and concludes that 

a majority of the marine Cretaceous oolites, with regular zonal and 

radial structure, are of plant origin. 

787 On the Permian, Triassic, and Jurassic formations in the East 

Indian Archipelago (Timor and Eotti).

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 14-15.

Paper read before the society and discussed by C. A. White and 

Lester F. Ward.

788 Rowley (E. E.). Eange of Ohoteau fossils.

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 49-50.

Exhibits in tabular form the range of the common species of Choteau fossils in the Carboniferous of Missouri.

789 The Hamilton beds of Callaway County, Mo. 

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 203-205 (correspondence). 

Gives list of fossils found in these beds.

790 Description of some new species of crinoids, blast3ids, and 

brachiopods from the Devonian and sub-Carboniferous rocks 

of Missouri.

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 303-309.

Describes new species from the Hamilton beds and Burlington, Choteau, and Louisiana limestones of Missouri.

791 Ruffner (W. H.). Some recent mineral discoveries in the State of 

Washington.

Science, vol. xix, p. 58.

Describes the ore deposits of different districts in the State.

792 Russell (F. W.). Notes upon Nebraska Tertiary.

Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 178-181.

Descri bes certain beds belonging to the Tertiary and discusses the evidences which indicate that some of them should be assigned to the 

Miocene and others to the Pliocene.

793 Russell (Israel 0.). M'alaspiua Glacier.

Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 219-245.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 121-122 (fp.).

Describes the geographic features of the Mount St. Eli as region, 

illustrated by map, and the glacial characters of the ice sheet. Mentions the occurrence of forests on the moraines and of marginal lakes. 

The drainage is englacial or subglacial, and subglacial deposition takes 

place which may be similar to the osars o f other glaciated regions.

794 Geological history of the Laurentian basin.

Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 394-408.

Describes the sub-morainal topography of the basin. Discusses the 

origin of the basin, the character of its sediments, the evidences of 

the existence of lake shores, the fossils found in the sedinientaries, and 

the effect of a retreat of the ice sheet.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 115

795 Russell (Israel C.). Correlation papers. The Newark system.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 85, 344 pp., pis. i-xiii, figs. 1-4.

Abstracts: Jour, of GeoJ., vol. i, pp. 740-744; Am. Geol., vol. xii, p. 

402 (£ p.); Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, pp. 987-988.

Includes an account of the geographic distribution of the Newark 

system and a description of its lithologic character and stratigraphy, 

of the life of the period, and of the dikes and sheets of igneous rocks 

which penetrate the Newark strata. Contains a description of the 

structure and origin of the Newark areas, a discussion of the principles 

of correlation, the relation of the Newark to other systems, and a bibliography and index.

796 Second expedition to Mount St. Blias in 1891.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 13th Ann. Rept., part ii, pp. 7-91, pis. iii-xxi, figs. 1-6. 

Describes the topographic features of the region and the character 

of the glacial phenomena and deposits.

797 A geological reconnoissance in central Washington.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 108, pp. 11-108, pis. i-xii, Jigs. 1-8. 

Describes the character of the crystalline rocks, the Kittitas system.

Columbia lavas, John Day system, and the glacial deposits. Discusses 

the geologic structure of the region 'and gives a description of the 

region traversed, including portions of Yakima, Kittitas, Okauogan, 

and Douglas counties.

798 Origin of the gravel deposits beneath Muir Glacier, Alaska.

Am. Geol., vol. ix; pp. 190-197.

Describes certain bowlder and gravel deposits on the west side of 

Yakutat Bay and assumes that similar deposits beneath Muir Glacier, 

described by H. P. Gushing, have a like origin.

799 Climatic changes indicated by the glaciers of North America.

Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 322-336.

Gives an account of the distribution of existing glaciers in North 

America and the evidences which indicate that they are.no w retreating. 

Concludes that the growth of glaciers and the initiation and decline 

of glacial epochs are the result of climatic changes so gradual as to 

require the lapse of centuries to become conspicuous.

800 Mount St. Elias and its glaciers.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 169-182.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol.ix, pp. 340-341.

Gives an account of two expeditions to the region and describes the 

character of the country traversed. The prevailing structure is nionocliual and similar to the Great Basin type. Describes the glacial 

phenomena and states that the present ice drainage is consequent on 

the orographic structure.

S.

801 Safford (James M.). Notes on the Middleton formation of Tennessee, Mississippi, and Alabama.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 511-512. 

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xi, p. 119 (6 1.).

Describes the characters of the formations in these States which, 

form the lowest Eocene.

o

802 The pelvis of a Megalonyx and other bones from Big Bone 

Cave, Tennessee.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. .121-123.

Describes the pelvis and other bones found in this cave and its location and history.
116 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BOLL.ISO:

803 Safford (James M.). Exhibition of certain bones of Megalonyx not 

before known.

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xl, p. 289 (£ p.)

804 The Tennessee Coal Measures.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Miu. Res., 1892, pp. 497-506..

Describes the strata iii which the Coal Measures occur and states 

that they form the uppermost beds of the Cumberland Plateau, covering an area of about 5,000 square miles.

805 Sahlin (Axel). The talc industry of the G-ouverneur district, St. 

Lawrence County, N. Y.

Am. Inst. Miu. Engrs.,Trans., vol. xxi, pp. 583-588.

Briefly describes the occurrence of veins of talc in this district.

806 Salisbury (Eolliu D.). On the probable existence of a second 

driftless area in the basin of the Mississippi.

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xl, pp. 251-253.

: The area lies principally in Illinois, between the Mississippi and 

Illinois rivers. As the region is approached the topography loses the 

characteristics of glacial erosion and develops those of subaerial 

erosion.

 807 A preliminary paper on drift or Pleistocene formations of

New Jersey. 

j N. J. Geol. Surv., Report for 1891, pp. 35-108.

Gives a general description of the drift formations of the State and 

\ of the phenomena connected with their deposition. Describes the 

| development and movements of the ice sheet in North America and the 

modifications produced on the pre-Glacial surface. Describes the deposits of till, the terminal moraines, and the extra-morainic glacial drift of 

New Jersey.

808 Certain extra-morainic drift phenomena of New Jersey.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 173-182.

Describes the deposits found in different localities which indicate 

that glaciation had extended beyond the limit heretofore assigned to 

it. It is suggested that the ice period may have been divided into 

three epochs, since the first advance has no frontal moraine, the second 

is limited by morainal ridges, and the third by terminal moraines of

more pronounced character.

809 On the northward and eastward extension of the pre-Pleistocene gravels of the Mississippi basin. 

Abstracts: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 183-186. 

Refers to previous publications by the author on the relationships of 

the Mississippi Valley gravels to the glacial drift and gives the results 

of recent observations. It is thought that the gravels are pre-Pleistocene and the gravels of the driftless area in Wisconsin and southeastern 

Minnesota are to be correlated with those of the Ohio and Mississippi 

basins.

810 Surface geology, Report of Progress, 1892 [New Jersey].

N. J. Geol. Surv., Report for 1892, pp. 37-166. 

 Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 336-337.

Gives a general description of glacial deposits. Describes the till,

extra-morainic till deposits, the terminal moraine, eskers, osars, kames,

^overwash plains and valley trains, Trenton gravels outside of Delaware

Valley, glacial phenomena of glacial lake Passaic, wind drift and

\ residuary products,, and the yellow gravel in New Jersey.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY. PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 117'

811 Salisbury (Bollin D.). Distinct glacial epochs and the criteria iortheir recognition.

Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 61-84. 

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 171-172.

Defines the term "glacial epoch" and describes the phenomena which 

would indicate the existence of distinct glacial epochs.

812 The drift of the north German lowland. j

Am. Geol.,vol. ix, pp. 294-319.

Describes the differences of glacial phenomena of Germany and 

America and reviews the paper by Dr. F. Wahnschaffe on "The causes 

of the surface form of the north German lowland."

812a The Older drift in the Delaware valley.

Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 360-362 (correspondence). 

Eefers to article by A. A. Wright, on the same subject.

812& Chamberlin (T. C.) and. On the relationship of the Pleistocene to the pre-Pleistocene formations of the Mississippi

basin south of the limit of glaciation. 

See Chamberlin (T. C.) and Salisbury (E. D.), 132.

813 Sapper (Carl). TJeberdieriiumlicheAuordnungdermexikanischen 

Vulkane.

Zeit. Dent. Geol. Gesell., Band xlv, Heft 4,1893, pp. 574-577.

Describes the general arrangement and the structure and character 

of the materials of the volcanoes of Mexico.

814 Beinerknngen nber die riiumliche Yertheilnng und morphologischen Eigenthiinlichkeiten der Yulcane G-uatemalas. i. 

Zeit. Deut. Geol. Gesell., Band xlv, Heft 1,1893, pp. 54-62. 

Describes the general character of volcanic activity in Guatemala-, 

and the arrangement and geographic distribution of the volcanoes. 

Considers they were formed by volcanic material coming up throughi 

fissures, the volcanoes varying in size according to the size of the fissure, and that their present form is due to the action of winds and 

hurricanes in carrying away the loose materials.

814& Sardeson (F. W.), Hall (C. W.) and. Paleozoic formations of 

southeastern Minnesota.

See Hall (C. W.) and Sardeson (F. W.), 377.

815 Schuchert (Charles). On the development of the skull of Zygospira recurvirostra. , Wash. Biol. Soc., Proc., vol. viii, pp. 79-82, pi. xi. ^ 

Describes specimens obtained from Minnesota from a horizon equivalent to the Trenton of New York and gives a statement of observai 

tions and correlations. .

.816 A classification of the Brachiopoda.

Am. Geol., vol. xi; pp. 141-167.

Keviews the classifications of Brachiopoda adopted by previous 

writers. Gives the author's classification and a table showing the 

geologic distribution of Brachiopoda.

816ft Beecher (C. E.) and. Development of the brachial supports in Dielasina and Zygospira. , See Beecher (C. E.) and Schuchert (C.), 64. ~\
118 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULt.isO:

S16Z; Schuchert (Charles), Winchell (N. H.) and. Preliminary d& 

scription of new Brachiopoda from the Trenton and Hudson Kiver groups of Minnesota. 

See Winchell (N. H.) and Schuchert (C.), 1081.

S16c Schwarz (T. E.) [Independence mine, Cripple Creek, Colorado.]

Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. iv. p. 422.

Brief note on tlie occurrence of gold ores in this mine.

817 Schweitzer (Paul). A report on the mineral waters of Missouri.

Mo. Geol. Surv., vol. iii, 1892, pp. 1-256, pis. i-xxxiii, figs. 1-11.

Abstract: Ani. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 205-207.

Discusses tlie origin of mineral waters and their analysis, composition and therapeutics. Describes the occurrences of mineral waters 

or brines, and the alkaline, sulphatic, chalybeate, and sulphur waters. 

Compares European and Missouri waters.- AppendixB contains analyses of waters from most of the counties. Appendix C comprises a bibliography of mineral waters.

818 Scott (W. B.). On the osteology of Mesohippus and Leptomeryxy 

with observations on the modes and factors of evolution in 

the Mammalia.

Abstracts: Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 402-404; Am. Jour. Sci., 3d sor.-y 

vol. xliv, p. 428.

819 A revision of the North American Creodonta, with notes on. 

some genera which have been referred to that group.

Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci., Proc., 1892, part ii, pp. 291-320, and part iii, 

pp. 321-323.

Reviews the classifications that have been previously proposed and 

describes several species.

820 The mammals of the Deep Eiver beds. 

Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, pp. 659-662.

Gives list of fossils found in Deep River Valley, Montana, with brief 

description of some new species.

821 Scudder (Samuel Hubbard). Index to the known fossil insects of 

the world, including myriapocls and arachnids.

Abstract: Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 244-245 (8 1.).

822 The Tertiary Khynchophora of North America.

Boston Acad. Nat. Hist., Proc., vol. xxv, pp. 370-386.

Abstract: Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, pp'. 146-147.

Gives a general account of the Tertiary insects and in tabular form.1, 

compares the recent and fossils Rhynchophora, the relative importanceof the families, and the relative abundance of insects in western/ 

deposits. Describes some of the different families.

823 - Tertiary Ehynchophorous Coleoptera of the United States.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Monograph XXI, pp. 1-175, pis. i-xii.

Discusses the general results of the author's study of fossil Rhynchophora. Describes the characters of different species and gives a table 

showing their abundance and geographic distribution.

824 Some insects of special interest from Florissant, Colo., and 

other points in the Tertiaries of Colorado and Utah.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 93, 25 pp., pis. i-iii. 

Abstract: Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, pp. 558-559 ($ p.). 

Includes description of insects of different orders.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 119

825 Scudder (Samuel Hubbard). The American Tertiary Aphidae.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 13th Ann. Kept., part ii, pp. 347-356, pis. cii-cvi.

Describes the general characters of American fossil plant lice and 

gives a list of them and a brief description of various species and the 

locality Avhere found.

826 Insect fauna of the Ehode Island coal field.

U. S. Geol. Snrv., Bull. No. 101, pp. 9-21, pis. i-ii. '

Describes specimens from the Carboniferous of Rhode Island.

827 Sears (John H.). Geological and mineralogical notes, No. 5.

Essex lust., Bull., vol. xxv, pp. 8-13.

Abstract: Am. Nat., vol. xxvi, p. 156 (£ p.).

Describes some of the granitic, crystalline, and older sedimentary 

rocks of Essex County, Mass., and the microscopic structure of certain 

specimens.

828 On the occurrence of augite and nepheline syenites in Essex 

County, Mass.

Essex lust., Bull., vol. xxv, pp. 111-125.

Describes the rock outcrops and the megascopic and microscopic 

characters of the syenites of the region.

829 Selwyn (Alfred E. C.). Summary report on the operations of the 

Geological Survey for the year 1890.

Can. Geol. Surv., Reports, vol. v, new series, 1890-91, part i, Report 

A, pp. 86.

Gives an account of observations on the gold-bearing rocks of Nova 

Scotia and of the Illecillewfct and Kootenai mining districts, and 

includes extracts from the reports of the assistant geologists.

830 Summary report on the operations of the Geological Survey 

for the year 1891.

Can. Geol. Surv., Reports, vol. v, new series, 1890-91, part ii, Report 

A, pp. 92.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. x, p. 182 (ip.). ;

Includes an account of observations in Manitoba and Alberta and 

extracts from the reports of the.geologic assistants.

831 Geological age of the Saganaga syenite.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 319-322.

Refers to the paper by H. V. Winchell on the same subject. Discusses the use of the terms Huronian, Coutchiching, and Keewatin.

832 Shaler (Nathaniel Southgate). The origin and nature of soils.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 12th Ann. Rept., part i, pp. 219-345. - 

Abstract: Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, pp. 163-164 (f p.). 

Discusses the nature and origin of soil and describes the processes 

of soil formation and certain peculiar soil conditions.

833 General account of the fresh-water morasses of the United 

States, with a description of the Dismal Swamp district of 

Virginia and North Carolina.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 10th Ann. Rept., pp. 255-339.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 206-207.

Noticed in Record for 1891.
120 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

834 Shaler (Nathaniel Soutligate). The geological history of harbors.

U. S» Geol. Surv., 13th Ann. Kept., part ii, pp. 99-209, pis. xxii-xlv, 

figs. 7-15.

Describes the general nature and origin of harbors, the effects of 

the forces at work upon them, and includes a description of the harbors on the Atlantic and Pacific coasts and on the Great Lakes of the 

United States.

#35 =^^. The conditions of erosion beneath deep glaciers, based upon 

a study of the bowlder train from Iron Hill, Cumberland, R. I.

 Harv. Mus. Coinp. ZOol., Bull,, Vol. xvi, No. 11, pp. 185-225, pis. i-iv, 

and map.

Abstracts: Am. Geoh, vol. xii, pp, 191-192* Am. Nat., Vol. xxvil, p. 

662 (£ p.).

Describes the source of the bowlder train, its character and tbe rate 

Of glacial erosion at this locality. Discusses the general characterise 

tics Of Continental glaciation.

836 Sherfcer (Will H.) A revision and monograph of the genus Cho* 

nophyllum.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 253-282.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. x, p. 66 (£ p.).

Describes the generic characters and gives a list of species of Chonophyllum. Its range is through Upper Silurian and the two lower 

divisions of the Devonian and reaching-its maximum development in 

the Upper Helderberg.

837 Shufeldt (E. W.). A study of the fossil avifauna of the Silver 

Lake region, Oregon.

Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci., Jour., 2d ser., vol ix, pp. 389-425. 

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xl, p. 286 (12 1.). 

Describes some new forms of fossil gulls found in this region.

837a Singley (J. A.). Report for 1891.

Texas Geol. Surv., 2d Kept, of Progress, 1891, pp. 78-82. 

Gives the section as shown by a deep well at Galveston.

838 Preliminary report on the artesian wells of the Gulf coastal 

slope.

Texas Geol. Surv., 4th Ann. Kept., pp. 87-113.

Gives the section displayed by the Galveston deep well to a depth of

3,070 feet and the names of the fossils found in tbe various fossiliferous

beds. Includes a description of the artesian wells of the coastal

prairie region and Tertiary belt, with chemical analyses of some of the

. waters and sections of many of the wells.

839 Small (H. B.). The phosphate mines of Canada.

Am. Inst. Min. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxi, pp. 774-782 and 1003. 

Abstract: Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. Iv, pp. 173-174. 

Describes the apatite district in the Province of Quebec and the lithologic character of the rocks with which the apatite is associated.

840 Smith (Eugene A.). Underthrust folds and faults. 

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, pp. 305-306.

Describes the typical Appalachian fold and the structure of the 

underthrust fold or fault.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 121

841 Smith (Eugene A.). Phosphates and marls of Alabama.

Ala. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 2, pp. 9-82. 

r Abstract: Am. Nat., vol. xxvi, pp, 1026-1027.

Describes the characteristics of the subdivisions of the Cretaceous 

and Tertiary formations of the State and their contained phosphate 

deposits and calcareous marls. Gives a statement of the quality of the 

Alabama materials and compares them with the New Jersey phosphatic 

marls.

842 -= . Sketch of the geology of Alabama^ I

Roberts & Son, Birmingham, Ala.) pp. 1-36.

Describes the characteristics of each of the geologic formations 

occurring in the State, which includes representatives of all formations 

from Archean to Recent, except the Permian, Triassic, and Jurassic. 

Gives an account of their geographic distribution and a description of 

their economic mineral constituents.

843 The Coal Measures of Alabama,

U. S. Geol. Surv., Min. Kes., 1892, pp. 293-300.

Divides the coal fields into three districts. States that they were 

probably originally continuous, but have been disconnected by dynamic 

forces.

844 Smith (Hamilton L.). List of species and some notes upon them.

Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv., 20th Ann. Kept., pp. 293-306.

Contains notice of the discovery of a peat deposit of Minnesota 

carrying fresh-water forms, which occurs between layers of bowlder 

clay, and contain a marine fauna. Gives a list of diatoms found in the 

peat, with notes on the species.

845 Smith (W. Hampton). Ancient glacial moraine and drift at the 

mouth of the Columbia Eiver.

Sci. Amer. Suppl., vol. xxxvi, p. 14658.

Describes and illustrates by cross-sections the structure and character of a mass of glacial debris occurring beneath a series of sandstones 

and shales 800 to 900 feet in thickness.

846 Smith (W. H. 0.). .Report on the geology of Hunters Island and 

adjacent country.

Can. Geol. Surv., Reports, vol. v, new series, 1890-91, part i, Report 

G, 76 pp.

Reviews the work of previous years and gives a bibliography of the 

geologic literature pertaining to this field. Describes its physical and 

geologic features. The rocks are schists, quart-porphyries, and conglomerates, associated with altered volcanics and rocks of granitic 

and syenitic types, the latter exhibiting evidences of eruptive origin.

847 The Archean rocks west of Lake Superior.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iv., pp. 333-348.

Describes the character and relations of the Laureutian rocks and 

discusses the relation of the Coutchiching and Keewatin series to the 

Laurentian granites. Describes the character and extent of the Coutchichiug, Keewatin, and Steep Rock series, with a brief description of 

the gold deposits and iron ores.

848 Smock (John 0.). Annual report of State Geologist, 1892.

N. J. Geol. Surv., Report for 1892, pp. 3-30.

Gives an account of the work accomplished in ascertaining the character and extent of Pleistocene, Tertiary, and Cretaceous formations 

of New Jersey.
122 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULK 130.

849 Smyth (C. EL, jr.). Lake filling in the Adirondack region. 

Am. Geol. ; vol. xi, pp. 85-90.

Describes the filling of several small lakes which were formed 

originally by the damming up of old drainage lines by glacial d6bris. 

Concludes that the obliteration of the lakes is due to sedimentation, 

. and not to the cutting down of their outlets.

850 - A geological reconnoissance in the vicinity of Gouverneur, N.Y.

N. Y. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. xii, pp. 97-108.

Describes the topography and geologic features of the legion. Discusses the relation of the limestone to gneiss and the effects of metamorphisrn.

851 Petrography of the-gneisses of the town of Gouvernenr, N. Y.

N. Y. Acad. Sci., Traus., vol. xii, pp. 203-217.

Describes the petrographic characters of the gneiss, granite, crystalline limestone, quartzite, pyroxene rocks and scapolite rocks of this 

region, mentioned in a previous article on "A geological reconnoissauce in the vicinity of Gouverneur, N. Y."

852 A third occurrence of peridotite in central New York.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser.. vol. xliii, pp. 322-327.

Description of the strata in which the peridotite occurs and of its 

miueralogic, chemical, and microscopic characteristics.

853 On the Clinton iron ore.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 487-496.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 122-124.

Describes the iron ore deposits occurring at Clinton, N. Y., and concludes that these deposits are not of secondary origin, but were deposited as hydrated peroxides of iron in partially inclosed basins of the 

Silurian sea.

854 : Alnoite containing an uncommon variety of melilite. 

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 104-107.

Describes some thin sections of a dike rock from New York containing this mineral.

855 Smyth (Henry Lloyd). A contact between the Lower Huronian 

and the underlying granite in the Republic troughj near 

Eepublic, Midi.

Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 268-274.

Describes the general relations and characteristics of the formations 

in this locality and the contact phenomena at the point where exposed.

856 Snow (Charles H.). Copper crystallizations at the Copper Glance 

and Potosi mines, Grant County, New Mexico.

Am. Inst. Min. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxi, pp. 308-313.

Gives a sketch of the geologic structure of the Copper Glance and 

Potosi ore bodies, with a description of the occurrence of some copper 

crystalline forms. Illustrated by sketch of the specimens.

857 Spencer (J. W.). The Paleozoic group. The geology of ten counties of northwestern Georgia.

Ga. Geol. Surv., 1893, pp. 1-406.

Abstracts: Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 267-268; Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, p. 

1078 (!p.).

Describes the general characteristics of the Cambrian, Silurian, 

Devonian, and Carboniferous formations and the physical features of 

- this region. Gives an account of the local geology of each of the ten 

counties and a description of the ore deposits of iron, manganese, aluminum, coal, and building stones.
IWEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 123

l

858 Spencer (J. W.). The Iroquois shore north of the Adirondacks. '.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 488-491.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xi, p. 58 (Jp.). : Describes in detail the shore-line. Considers that the accumulations

at the mouths of all old valleys are identical with the Iroquois beach.

859 Channels over divides not evidence per se of glacial lakes.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 491-492.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xi, p. 58 (J p.).

Describes the valley of Black River, New York, and the character of 

the terraces, and considers that those on the south indicate the insufficiency of ice dams to account for such high level terraces. Discussed 

by G. K. Gilbert, I. C. Russell, and tho author.

859a Springer (Frank), Wachsmuth (0.) and. Description of two 

new genera and eight species of camerate criuoids from the 

Niagara group. 

See Wachsmuth (C.) and Springer (F.),974.

860 Stanley-Brown (Joseph). Geology of the Pribilof Islands.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull. vol. iii, pp. 496-500.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xi, p. 57 (| p.).

The islands were formed by recent volcanic action, marked by three 

distinct stages, whose contacts catfbe distinctly recognized. Describes 

the general character of and changes caused by igneoiis action.

861 Stanton (Timothy W.). The Colorado formation and its invertebrate fauna.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 106, pp. 13-189, pis. i-xlv. 

Describes the geographic distribution of the formation, its lithologic 

characters, and thickness at different localities, with lists of fossils col- 

. lected. Compares its fauna with other Cretaceous faunas of North 

/ America and Europe, and describes the characters of different species, 

: stating the locality where found and their geologic position.

862 The stratigraphic position of the Bear Eiver formation

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 98-115.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 266-267.

Gives detailed description of the geologic sections at Bear River City 

and vicinity, in western Wyoming, and shows that this formation, formerly considered to be of Laramie or later age, is intermediate between 

the Jurassic and Colorado Cretaceous a.nd probably above the Dakota. 

Of its thirty species of molluscan remains none have been found in the 

true Laramie. Accompanied by map and four sections.

863 The faunas of the Shasta and Chico formations.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iv, pp. 245-256.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xii, p. 120 (i p.).

Reviews the literature on the relations of these formations, gives a 

list of both faunas from northern California, and reviews the evidences 

correlating these beds with the Queen. Charlotte series of British 

Columbia. Concludes that there is no faunal break in the Shasta-Chico 

series.

Stefanescu (Gre"goire). On the existence of the Dinotherium in 

Eouraania.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 81-83.

Mentions the occurrence of remains of large Mammalia in the Tertiary and Quaternary of this country. Describes and illustrates the 

beds in which fragments of Dinotherium were found and gives measurements of some of its parts.
124 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.-

865 Steinmann (Gustav). A geological map of South America.

Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 13-14.

The paper was discussed by E. D. Cope, R. T. Hill, and C. A. White.

866 Stevenson (John J.). The Chemung and Catskill (Upper Devonian) on the eastern side of the Appalachian basin.

Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xl, pp. 219-247; Am. Geol., vol. ix, 

pp. 6-33.

Abstract: Am. Nat., vol. xxvi, p. 157 (J- p.).

Reviews the opinions of other writers concerning the geologic position of these beds and describes their structural characteristics. Concludes that the series from the Portage to the end of the Catskill forms 

one period, the Chemung, and should be considered as belonging to 

the Devonian.

867 On the use of the name « Catskill."

. Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 330-337.

Discusses the applicability of the term "Catskill " to designate an 

important formation and describes the general relations and character 

of the strata to which it is applied.

868 - Prof. I. C. White's "Stratigraphy of the bituminous coal 

fields of Pennsylvania, Ohio, and West Virginia." 

Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 352-355. 

Gives a general review of the paper by Professor White.

869 On the origin of the Pennsylvania anthracites.

Abstract: Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 677-687.

Discusses the different theories .advanced to account for the occurrence of anthracite and gives a brief statement concerning the author's 

hypothesis.

870 Stevenson (Robert). The persistence of ores in lodes in depth.

Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. Iv, p. 148.

Remarks on some evidences of barrenness and pinching out of ore 

bodies in mines of California at depths of 30 to 60 feet and widening 

out again within 25 feet of the bottom of the shaft.

871 Stoek (H. H.). Notes on the iron ores of Danville, Pa., with a 

description of the long-wall method of mining used in 

working them.

Am. Inst. Miu. Engrs., Trans., vol. xx, pp. 369-385.

Gives a brief geologic description of the region and reproduces a 

section made by H. D. Rogers. The ore is of two varieties, one occurring in limestones, the other in sandstones. Includes analyses of the 

ores and a history of the development of the mines and the mining 

methods employed.

872 Stone (George H.). The osar gravels of the coast of Maine.

Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 246-254.

Abstracts: Am. Geol., vol. xii, p. 122 (ip.); Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp200-203 (correspondence).

Describes the osnrs of the region and remarks on the decrease in size 

of the gravel masses toward the coast and the presence of subglacial 

streams as shown by the occurrence of glacial potholes, and discusses 

the origin of the subglacial tunnels.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 125

873 Stone (George H.). An extinct glacier of the Salmon Eiver Kauge. 

Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 406-409.

Describes an extinct glacier occurring in the Salmon Eiver Mountains of Idaho.

874 The Turkey Creek mining district, El Paso County, Colo. 

Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. Ivi, p. 262.

Describes the occurrence of sandstone in granite, with brief statement concerning the other rocks of the district.

875 The Las Animas glacier.

Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 471-475.

Describes the deposits of this extinct glacier and its tributaries in 

the smaller valleys.

876 Storms (W. H.). Los Angeles County [California].

Cal. State Min. Bur., llth Rept., pp. 243-248.

Notes on the character and manner of occurrence of the gold and 

silver ores in certain mines.

877 San Bernardino County [California].

Cal. State Min. Bur., llth Rept., pp. 337-369.

Describes the geologic features and the structure and character of 

the ore deposits of the Calico mining district and other mining districts 

of the county.

878 San Diego County [California].

Cal. State Miu. Bur., llth Rept., pp. 376-387. 

Notes on some of the gold mines.

879 Streeruwitz (W. H. von). Eeport for 1891.

Texas Geol. Surv., 2d Rept. of Progress, 1891, pp. 20-26. 

Gives an account of the general and economic geology of the Carrizo 

and Sierra Diablo mountains.

880 Trans-Pecos Texas.

Texas Geol. Surv., 3d Ann. Rept., 1891, pp. 383-389.

Contains brief description of the Carboniferous and Cretaceous beds 

in this region and the indications of ore bodies in the Carrizo and 

Sierra Diablo mountains.

881 Trans-Pecos Texas.

Texas Geol. Surv., 4th Ann. Rept., pp. 141-175.

Describes the processes of subaerial erosion in this region and contains observations on the occurrence of silver and gold and on outcrops 

showing lead or copper. Describes the Cretaceous and Carboniferous 

strata and gives a measured section in the Sierra Diablo and Carrizo 

mountains and a list of fossils obtained.

882 On the precious and other valuable rnetals of Texas. 

Texas Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. i, pp. 19-24.

Gives a brief description of the occurrence of gold, silver, and platinum and their distribution and that of iron in the several districts of 

Texas.

883 The non-metallic mineral resources of the State of Texas.

Texas Acad. Sci., Traus., vol. i, pp. 97-102.

Discusses the character of the brown and stone coals, fire clays^ 

kaolin, salt deposits, and building stones, of Texas.
126 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX 'OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL.ISO.

884 Stretch (E. H.). The Monte Christo mining district, Washington.,"

Eng. and Min. Jonr., vol. Iv, p. 343. v 

Describes the topographic and geologic features of the region.

885 Swezey (G-. D.). Evidence of two pre-moraiuic glacial movements.

Science, vol. xxi, p. 216.

Describes some glacial phenomena of Nebraska.

T. 

886. Taff (J. A.). Eeport for 1891.

Texas Geol. Surv., 2d Kept, of Progress, 1891, pp. 70-77. 

Describes the artesian water supply and mineral resources of central 

and southwest Texas.

887 Report on the Cretaceous area north of the Colorado Eiver.

Texas Geol. Surv., 3d Ann. Kept., pp. 269-379.

Describes the geologic and petrographic features of the Cretaceous 

series and mentions some of the fossils found in them. Divides the 

report into two sections the Bosque, which is the lowest of the Cre- 

.taceous in Texas, and the Lampasas-Williaruson section, the latter 

comprising the whole Cretaceous in central Texas.

888 Eeport on the Cretaceous area north of the Colorado Eiver.

Texas Geol. Surv., 4th-Ann. Kept. pp. 241-354.

Continues the description of Cretaceous deposits contained in 

Third Annual Report for 1891. Discusses the artesian water problems 

and describes the soils and topographic features of the region. Accompanied by two maps showing the areal extent of the Cretaceous and 

the artesian water conditions.

.889 [Eeply to criticisms on Third Annual Eeport of the Geological 

Survey of Texas.] 

Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 128-130 (correspondence).

890 Talmage (J. E.). A remarkable occurrence of selenite.

Science, vol. xxi, pp. 85-86. 

Abstract: Am.Nat., vol. xxvii, p. 1091 (£ p.). 

Describes au occurrence of gypsum in a cave in southern Utah. 

Contains illustrations of the crystals as they occur in place.

891 Tarr (Ealph S.). The Permian of Texas.

Am. Jour. Sci. ; 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 9-12.

Considers, from the lithologic character and fauna, that the Permian 

of western Texas was deposited in a shallow inclosed sea and separated from the Carboniferous, if at all, by a very slight time-break.

892 The central Massachusetts moraine.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 141-145.

Describes the moraine as extending from Cape Ann nearly to the Connecticut River. The halt in the retreat of the ice was only of sufficient length to form a well-defined morainal baud.

893 A hint with respect to the origin of terraces in glaciated 

regions.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, pp. 59-61.

Describes the valley of the Colorado River in central Texas and 

states that the conditions here prevailing are practically similar to 

those at the time of the formation of the terraces of the Glacial epoch. 

Compares the Colorado River terraces with those of the Connecticut 

Kiver.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 127

894 Tarr (Ealpli S.). The Glacial period.

. Sci. Am., vol. Ixviii, pp. 86 and 103.

Describes the glacial phenomena in North America and other countries and discusses the evidences indicating the length of time since 

the close of the Glacial period.

895 Extinct volcanoes in the United States.

Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. xxxvi, pp. 14657-14658.

Describes some extinct volcanoes found in the Sierra Nevada, Coast 

Ranges, and Appalachians.

896 The new physical geography.

Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. xxxvi, pp. 14975-14976.

Remarks on the interdependence of geography and geology and 

describes some processes of stream erosion.

897 The Cretaceous covering of the Texas Paleozoic.

Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 169-178.

Gives a general sketch of the geologic history of Texas from the 

Carboniferous to and including Cretaceous time, indicating that it was

uninterruptedly a laud area and toward the close of the period had 

become a base-leveled peneplain, over which the Cretaceous sea rapidly encroached. .

898 The relation of secular decay of rocks to the formation of sediments.

Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 25-44.

Describes the processes of secular disintegration of rocks, the formation and distribution of residual soils, and the forces which transport 

the products of rock decay and assist in rock formation.

899 Glacial erosion.

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 147-152.

Describes the general characteristics of glacial erosion and discusses 

the possibility of estimating the rate of glacial erosion from a study of 

these features.

900 Notes on the physical geography of Texas.

Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci., Proc., 1893, part ii, pp. 313-347.

Describes the present topographic features and also those of the different geologic periods in various portions of the State, with a discussion of the base-leveling and changes in the drainage systems that 

have taken place.

901 Eeconnoissance of the Guadalupe Mountains.

Texas Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 3, pp. 9-42.

Describes the Cretaceous, Permian and Carboniferous areas of central Texas, the topographic features of the Guadalupe Mountains, their 

stratigraphy and economic resources.

902 Wolff (J. E.) and. Acmite-trachyte from the Crazy Mountains, Montana.

See Wolff (J. E.) and Tarr (R. S.), 1093.

903 Taylor (F. B.). The highest old shore-line on Mackinac Island.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 210-218.

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xl, pp. 260-261.

Discusses the evidences as to the altitude of the highest shore-line 

on this island and at other points in the region and suggests a provisional classification of the deserted beaches of the Great Lakes into 

two subdivisions, differing genetically and chronologically from each 

other.
128 BIBLIOGEAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130. 

903a Texas Geological Survey. Annual Keport for 1891.

Abstracts: Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, p. 427 (i p.); Am. Geol., 

vol. x, pp. 311-316.

9036 Texas Geological Survey. Annual Keport for 1892.

Abstract: Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 307-308.

904 Thomas (Benj. W.). Diatomaceee of Minnesota interglacial peat.

Mirm. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv., 20th Ann. Rept., pp. 290-293. 

Contains a description of Diatomacete and their geologic and geographic distribution. ,

905 Thompson (Maurice). Drift beds of Indiana.

Ind. Dept. Geol. and Nat. Hist., 16th Kept., 1888, pp. 20-40. 

 Describes the modification of the drift since its deposition and discusses the theory of a "second glacial-epoch." Describes the depth 

and structure of the drift deposits and their contained fossils and 

minerals.

90G The Wabash arch [Indiana].

Ind. Dept. Gool. and Nat. Hist., 16th Rept., 1888, pp. 41-53.

Gives an account of observations bearing on the formation and 

structure of the arch and considers that it was connected with a continental disturbance occurring about the close of the Niagara epoch.

907 Gold, silver, and precious stones [Indiana].

Ind. Dept. Geol. and Nat. Hist., 16th Rept., 1888, pp. 87-92. 

Describes the characteristics and manner of occurrence of these 

metals and states that none of them are to be found in Indiana.

908 The formation of soils and other superficial deposits [Indiana]. 

Ind. Dept. Geol. and Nat. Hist., 16th Rept., 1888, pp. 93-97. 

Describes - the composition and mode of formation of the black 

prairie and some of the clay soils of the State.

909 Indiana building stones.

Ind. Dept. Geol. and Nat. Hist., 17th Rept., 1891, pp. 19-113.

Describes the sandstones and limestones of Silurian, Devonian, and 

Carboniferous ages in the State, with an account of the quarrying 

industry and a list of the quarries.

910 Geological and natural history report of Carroll County [Indiana].

Ind. Dept. Geol. and Nat. Hist., 17th Rept., 1891, pp. 171-191. 

Describes the topographic features and soil characteristics and discusses the disturbance of the Niagara limestone in this county.

911 Thompson (K. A.). Eeport on the soils, water supply, and irrigation of the Colorado coal field [Texas].

Texas Geol. Surv., 4th Ann. Rept., pp. 449-481.

Describes the characters of the various soils, giving chemical analyses, water supply, and irrigation possibilities of the region.

912 .Thompson (W. H.). Fossils and their value.

Ind. Dept. Geol. and Nat. Hist., 16th Rept., 1888, pp. 54-76.

Describes the nature and distribution of fossils, bow to collect them, 

and the fossil beds of Indiana, and gives a list of fossils found at 

Crawfordsville, Ind., by Charles Beechler.

913 Outline sketch of the most valuable minerals of Indiana.

Ind. Dept. Geol. and Nat. Hist., 16th Rept., 1888, pp. 77-86. 

Describes the deposits of kaolin, the building stones, coals, iron ores,, 

and beds of lime and chalk.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 129

914 Thompson (W. H.). Partial report of survey of the western division, including sketches of Pulaski and White counties, 

Indiana.

Ind. Dept. Geol. and Nat. Hist., 16th Kept., 1888, pp. 131-154.

Includes description of the structural features of the Silurian ando 

Devonian formations and the planing accomplished by the ice sheet in. 

this region.

915 Tiffany (A. S.). Ancient waterways.

Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iv, pp. 10-11.

916 Tilton (J. L.). Strata between Ford and Winterset [Iowa]. 

Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. i, part iii, pp. 26-27. 

Notes on the Coal Measures of this region in Iowa.

917 Todd (J. E.). Striation of rocks by river ice.

Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 396-400.

Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. i, part ii, pp. 19-20.

Describes occurrences of striation by river ice below the glaciated 

area and considers that planation and striation are sometimes the work 

of river ice armed with erratics.

918 Volcanic dust from Omaha, Nebr.

Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 295-296. 

Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. i, part ii, p. 16.

Describes the deposit and gives a vertical section of the bluff in 

which it outcrops.

919 The shore-lines of ancient glacial lakes.

Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 298-302.

Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. i, part ii, pp. 17-19.

Discusses the causes of the obscurity of shore-lines of glacial lakes 

and gives the results of recent observations in the region of the Moreau 

and Big Cheyenne rivers.

920 Strise and slickensides at Alton, 111.

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xl, pp. 254-255.

Describes the locality and states that the stride seem to pass into 

slickensides and may be due to a force acting in a horizontal direction.

921 Further note on the Loup and Platte rivers.

Science, vol. xix, pp. 148-149. ' 

Additional notes concerning the topography and drainage of these 

rivers.

922 The Quaternary geology.

Mo. Geol. Surv., Higginsville sheet, pp. 10-11.

Describes the deposits of the drift, loess, or upland loam, and the 

terraces and bottoms in the area of the Higginsville sheet.

923 Notes on the geology of northwestern Iowa.

Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. i, part ii, pp. 13-16. 

Gives data bearing on the geology of the region obtained from well 

records.

924 Topley (W.). The geology of petroleum and natural gas.

Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Eeport for 1891, pp. 637-639. 

Refers to the oil and gas fields of the United States and describes 

the formations in which they ocgur..

Bull. 130 9. "
130 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL.ISO.

925 Turner (H. W.). Glacial potholes in California.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, pp. 453-454.

Describes the potholes, and states that they were probably formed 

by the action of water in some way connected with the glacier that 

formerly filled the canyon.

926 The lavas of Mount Ingalls, California.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, pp. 455-459.

Describes the occurrence and characteristics of the four varieties of 

eruptive rocks found in this locality and gives two analyses of the 

basalt.

927 The coal deposits of California.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Min. Res., 1892, pp. 308-310.

The coal measures that have produced the largest quantity of coal 

belong to the Eocene formation. Coal also occurs along the foothills 

of the Sierra Nevada, in the lone formation, which is considered to be 

of Miocene age.

928 Some recent contributions to the geology of California.

Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 307-324.

Reviews several papers which treat of the geology of portions of 

California.

929 Tyrrell (J. B.). Eeport on northwestern Manitoba, with portions 

of the adjacent districts of-Assiniboia and Saskatchewan.

Can. Geol. Surv., Reports, vol. v, new series, 1890-91, part i, Report E, 

pp. 231.

Describes the physical features of the region, with statistics of temperature and precipitation. The formations represented comprise the 

Silurian, Devonian, Cretaceous, post-Tertiary, and Recent. Several sections are given and lists of fossils from many localities. Salt obtained 

from brine springs forms the chief economic product of geologic interest.

930 Deep well at Deloraine, Manitoba.

Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp, 332-342.

Gives the section displayed by the well to a depth of 1,943 feet and 

describes the lithologic character of the deposits penetrated and mentions the fossils found.

u.

931 Udden (J. A.). On a natural formation of pellets.

Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 268-271.

Describes the formation of round white pellets in a deposit of volcanic dust occurring in McPherson County, Kans.

932 Uhler (P. R.). Gay Head.

Science, vol. xx, pp. 176-177.

General description of the geology of this locality.

933 Observations on the Cretaceous at Gay Head. 

Science, vol. xx, pp. 373-374. 

Gives the results of observations in this locality.

934 Ulke (Titus). A new tin mineral in the Black Hills.

Am. Inst. Min. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxi, pp. 240-241. 

Describes the character of a new mineral which the author names 

cuprocassiterite.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 131

935 Ulke (Titus). A contribution to the geology of the Dakota tin 

mines.

Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. liii, p. 547.

Includes brief description of the Archean rocks in which tin occurs, 

'the mineral species found, and a discussion as to the origin of the tinbearing granites.

936 The occurrence of tin ore at Kings Mountain, N. 0., and near 

Vesuvius, Va.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Min. Res., 1893, pp. 178-182.

Describes the character of the country rock of the two localities and 

the manner of occurrence of the tin ore.

937 Ulrich (E. O.). New Lamellibranchiata. 

Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 96-104.

Describes one new genus and eight new species found in shaly strata 

equivalent to the Black River limestone, in Minnesota.

938 New Lower Silurian Ostracoda, No. 1.

Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 263-270.

Describes some minute Paleozoic fossils which represent recognizable 

stages in the development of Leperditiidae.

939 Two new Lower Silurian species of Lichas (subgenus Hoplolichas).

Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 271-272. 

Describes two new species from Minnesota.

940 New Lower Silurian Lamellibranchiata, chiefly from Minnesota 

rocks.

Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv., 19th Ann. Rept., pp. 211-248.

Abstract: Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, p. 79 (| p.).

Names many forms of Lamellibranchiata found in the different horizons of the Lower Silurian, discusses their classification, and describes 

some of the forms.

940o; United States Geological Survey. Tenth Annual Report.

Abstracts: Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 155-156; Am. Geol., 

vol. ix, pp. 337-340.

940& Eleventh Annual Eeport.

Abstract: Am.'Geol., vol. xii, pp. 259-260.

941 Upham (Warren). [Pleistocene climatic changes.]

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 228-229. 

. Paper read before the "World's Congress of Geology.

942 Altitude as the cause of the Glacial period. 

Science, vol. xxii, pp. 75-76.

Reviews some of the theories as to the cause of the Ice age and the 

evidences which indicate a high altitude as the cause of the climatic 

changes.

943 Estimates of geologic time.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, pp. 209-220; Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 

xxxv, pp. 14403-14405.

Abstracts: Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 203-204; Am. Geol., vol. xi, 

p. 413 dp.).

Reviews the estimates of earth age and the time ratios adopted by 

different writers and the evidences on which they are based.
132 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OP N. A. GEOLOGY,

944 Upham (Warren). Epeirogenic movements associated with glaciation.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 114-121.

Discusses the evidence of deep submarine valleys eroded in late Tertiary and Quaternary time and its bearing on the theory,of epeirogenic 

movements as the cause of the Glacial epoch.

9.45 Conditions of accumulation of drumlins.

Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 339-362.

Abstract: Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, pp. 70-71.

Defines and describes the varieties of drumlins. Outlines their geographic distribution, and states that they are probably the accumulation 

from englacial drift. Discusses the question of the unity of the Glacial 

epoch.

946 Englacial drift.

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 36-48.

Discusses the use and application of the term "englacial drift/' the 

distinction between subglacial till and the ice-inclosed drift, and the 

evidence showing that the drift is carried only into the lower part of 

the ice sheet. Considers that englacial drift becomes superglacial 

by the superficial melting of the ice and not by the gradual movement 

of the ice currents from the bottom to the ice surface.

947 Eskers near Rochester, K. Y. A discussion of the structure 

and origin of the Pinnacle Hills.

Roch. Acad. Sci., Proc.,vol. ii, pp. 181-200.

Describes the structure of the Pinnacle Hills and eskers in Pittsford 

and discusses their relationship to glacial movements and their probable origin.

948 Processes of mountain building and their relationship to the 

earth's contraction.

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xl, pp. 274-279.

Classifies mountain building forces into: first, that of folding; second, that form of energy acting in a vertical direction which has produced the arched, domed, tilted, and erupted forms. Both appear to

be due to the earth's contracting in cooling, and the latter is dependent

on the former in the occasional relief of stress by folding along mountain ranges.

949 A classification of mountain ranges according to their structure, origin, and age.

Appalachia, vol. vi, pp. 191-207.

Abstracts: Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 74-75 (ip.); Am. 

Geol., vol. ix, pp. 205-206. 

Noticed in Record for 1891.

950 Submarine valleys on continental slopes.

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xli, pp. 171-173. 

Describes submarine valleys in different parts of the world and compares their depths with that of the adjoining ocean level.

951 Inequality of distribution of englacial drift.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 134-148.

Describes the deposition of englacial drift and the region in which 

abundant and scanty deposition occurred. Discusses the relationship 

of the englacial drift to the terminal moraines and the forms in which 

the former were laid down.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 133

952 Upham (Warren). Relationship of the glacial lakes Warren, 

Algonquin, Iroquois, and Hudson-Champlain.

Abstracts: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 484-487; Am. Geol., vol. 

xi, p. 59 (f p.).

Describes the character and extent of the lake basins mentioned and 

in a general way defines their shore-lines.

953 The Champlain submergence.

Abstracts: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp.508-511; Am. Geol., vol. 

xi, p. 119 (f p.).

Discusses the evidences of a submergence in Champlaiu time in 

eastern North America.

954 [Connecticut Valley glacier.]

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iv, p. 6.

In discussion of paper by C. H. Hitchcock, "Studies of the Connecticut Valley glacier."

955 Comparison of Pleistocene and present ice sheets. 

Geol. Soc, Am., Bull., vol. iv, pp. 191-204.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xii, p. 119 (£ p.).

Describes the existing ice sheets and glaciers and discusses the character and extent of the Pleistocene ice sheets from a comparison with 

present ice sheets, the continuity of the Ice age and the probable 

synchronism of glaciation in North America and Europe.

956 [The occurrence of Yoldia arctica in Ibowider-clay.] 

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iv, p. 370.

In discussion of paper by R. Chalmers, "Height of Bay of Fundy 

coast in the Glacial period relative to sea-level as evidenced by marine 

fossils in the bowlder-clay at St. John, New Brunswick."

957 Drumlins near Boston.

Appalachia, vol. vii, pp. 39-48.

Eefers to the earlier descriptions of drumlins in this vicinity, gives 

a list of papers treating on the drumlins near Boston, and discusses 

the theories as to their origin.

958 A recent visit to Lake Itasca.

Minn. Acad. Nat. Sci., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 284-292.

Gives an account of some glacial phenomena in this region.

959 Eecent fossils near Boston.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 201-209.

960 Eecent fossils of the harbor and back bay, Boston.

Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Proc., vol. xxv, pp. 305-316.

Gives a table of 25 species of recent fossils found near Boston, 14 of 

which are distinctly southern and indicate that the sea here during a 

recent period has been warmer than at present. Since the post-Glacial 

oscillations are found to extend over all the North Atlantic region, the 

climatic changes are probably due to conditions determined by geographic movements of elevation and subsidence, with their effect on 

oceanic circulation.

V.

961 Van Hise (Charles Eichard). The iron ores of the Lake Superior 

region.

Wis. Acad. Sci. Arts and Letters, vol. viii, pp. 219-227.

Abstract: Am. Nat., vol. xxvi, pp. 938-939.

Describes the geologic relations of the two formations with which 

the ore deposits are associated and discusses the question of the genesis 

of the ores.
134 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL.ISO

962 Van Hise (Charles Bichard). Correlation papers, Archean and 

Algonkian.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 86, pp. 549, pis. i-xii.

Review: Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 525-531.

Gives a description of the Archean and Algonkian sections in the 

United States and Canada, and reviews the literature concerning their 

classification and correlation. Includes a discussion on the succession 

of these formations, the principles of-correlation, and references to 

the literature.

963 The relations of the Archean and the Algonkian in the Northwest.

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xl, p. 260.

Reviews some opinions concerning the relations of the Archean and 

Algonkian. States that the upper series of the Huronian rests unconformably on the Archean and in the Marquette and Menominee districts 

the Lower Huronian rests unconformably on the Basement Complex.

964 The iron ores of the Marquette district of Michigan.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp'. 116-132.

Abstract: Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. liv, p. 29.

Describes the manner of occurrence of the iron ores of this district, 

with incidental mention of those of the Menominee and Vermillion 

Lake districts. Concludes that the local concentration into workable 

bodies began in Upper Huronian time or later, and may be still going 

on; that the genesis of Upper and Lower Huronian ores is alike, and 

the principle of secondary concentration by downward percolating 

waters is generally applicable to Lake Superior deposits.

965 An historical sketch of the Lake Superior region to Cambrian time.

Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 113-128,

Describes the lithologic characters of the Basement Complex, the 

Huronian, the Keweenawan and Lake Superior sandstone in this region, 

and the movements of elevation and subsidence that characterized

each epoch. Accompanied by colored geologic map.

966 Summary of current pre-Cambrian North American literature. 

Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 304-314 and 532-541. 

Reviews the current literature on the North American pre-Cambrian.

967 Some dynamic phenomena shown by the Baraboo quartzite 

ranges of central Wisconsin.

Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 347-355.

Describes the dynamic phenomena and the changes which the quartzite has undergone in passing from a massive quartzite, showing little 

evidence of movement, to rocks that have been fractured and cleaved, 

and finally to a rock that is apparently a crystalline schist.

968 The Huronian volcanics south of Lake Superior. 

Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iv, pp.435-436.

969 Irving (B. D.) and. Penokee iron-bearing series.

' U. S. Geol. Surv., 10th Ann. Rept., pp. 341-507. 

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 207-208. 

Noticed in Record for 1891.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 135

969a Van Hise (0. H.), Irving (E. D.) and. The iron-bearing series 

of Michigan and Wisconsin.

See Irving (R. D.) and Van Hise (C. R.), 489.

969& Fumpelly (E.) and. Observations upon the structural relations of the Upper Huronian, Lower Huronian, and Basement Complex on the north shore of Lake Huron. 

See Pumpelly (R.) and Van Hise (C. R.), 768.

970 Vogdes (Anthony W.). On the North American species of the 

genus Agnostus.

Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 377-396.

Reviews the literature of the subject and describes many different 

species.

971 On the genus Amphyx, with descriptions of American species. 

Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 99-109.

Gives a historical sketch of this genus, with plates and descriptions 

of American species.

972 On some new Sedalia trilobites.

St. Louis Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. v, pp. 615-618.

Describes a new species from the Sedalia limestone and discusses the 

classification of Sedalia Crustacea and the age of the limestone.

$73 A classed and annotated bibliography of the Paleozoic Crustacea, 1698-1892.

Cal. Acad. Sci., Occasional Papers iv, pp. 1-412.

Contains a bibliography of Paleozoic Crustacea and a catalogue of 

North American species.

W.

974 Wachsmuth (Charles) and Springer (F.) Description of two new 

genera and eight species of camerate crinoids from the Niagara group.

Am. Geol., vol., x, pp. 135-144.

Describes the different species and gives their horizon and locality.

975 Wadsworth (M. E.). Subdivisions of the Azoic Archean in northern Michigan.

Science, vol. xx, p. 355; Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, pp. 72-73 

(IP-) (correspondence). 

Gives the subdivisions in tabular form.

976 Wahnschaffe (Felix). Mittheilungen iiber das GHacialgebiet 

Nordamerikas. I. Die Bndmoranen von Wisconsin und 

Pennsylvania.

Zeit. Deut. Geol. Gesell., Band xliv, Heft 1, pp. 107-122. 

Describes the drift and terminal moraines in Wisconsin and Pennsylvania. Considers the terminal moraine does not mark the southern 

limit of glaciation. Compares the terminal moraines of Europe and 

North America.

977 Walcott (Charles Doolittle). Note on Lower Cambrian fossils from 

Cohasset, Mass.

Wash. Biol. Soc., Proc., vol. vii, p. 155.

Mentions two Cambrian fossils found at Cohasset which are identical with species found in Newfoundland.
136 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

978 Walcott (Charles Dbolittle). Notes on the Cambrian rocks of 

Virginia and the southern Appalachians.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, pp. 52-57.

Describes localities in the southern Appalachian region in which 

Cambrian fossils have been found and compares the strata with those 

at different points in the northern United States and in Canada.

979 Notes on the Cambrian rocks of Pennsylvania and Maryland, 

from the Susquehanna to the Potomac.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, pp. 469-482.

Describes the formations of the region and gives two vertical sections, with list of fossils found in each bed. Reviews the opinions of 

other writers on the structure of the Blue Ridge. Considers the Balcony Falls section the key to the succession of sedimentary strata of 

Maryland and Pennsylvania, and that the "great thicknesses" which 

are said to occur in South Mountain are the result of foldings and overthrust faultings of the Cambrian and pre-Cambrian strata.

980 Preliminary notes on the discovery of a vertebrate fauna in 

Silurian (Ordovician) strata.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 153-167, 3 pis.; discussion, pp. 

168-171.

Abstract: Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, pp. 268-269 (£ p.).

Describes the locality, near Canyon City, Colo., in which the fossils 

were found, gives the vertical section, and names the fossils found in 

the different beds. The vertical range of the fossils is 75 or 80 feet 

of the Harding quarry section, which extends horizontally 8 miles. 

The evidence of the existence of vertebrates is confined to plates and 

scales of ganoid fishes and a chordal sheath of a fish allied to Chimaera.

981 Systematic list of fossils found at Eureka, Nev.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Monograph XX, Appendix A, pp. 319-333. 

Includes a list of fossils of each geologic horizon represented in this 

district.

982 The North American continent during Cambrian time.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 12th Ann. Rept., part i, pp. 529-568, pis. xlii-xlv.

Abstracts: Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, pp. 734-735; Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., 

vol. xlv, p. 163 (6 1.).

Describes the character and extent of Cambrian sediments. Gives a 

description of the geographic distribution of pre:Cambrian land, and 

discusses the continental features and the relations of land and sea 

during middle- and post-Cambrian times.

983 - Correlation Papers. Cambrian.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 81.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 203-205; Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. 

xliii,p.244(Jp.). 

Noticed in Record for 189J..

984 The Natural Bridge of Virginia.

Nat. Geog. Mag., vol. v, pp. 59-62.

Gives a diagrammatic section of the rocks cut by the canyon and 

describes the geologic formation and structure at this locality.

985 The geologist at Blue Mountain, Maryland.

Nat. Geog. Mag., vol. v, pp. 84-88; Sci. Amer. Suppl., vol. xxxvi, 

pp. 14753-14754.

Describes the geologic formations and their structure in this region. 

Gives a general sketch .of the geologic history of the Blue Ridge.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 137

986 Walcott (Charles Doolittle). Geologic time as indicated by the 

sedimentary rocks of North America;

Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 639-676; Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 343-368.

Gives the estimates of different authors of the duration of geologic 

time. Describes the continental growth during the various geologic 

ages, the geographic conditions limiting the extent of Paleozoic sediments in the Cordilleras, the source and character of the material, and 

the conditions under which they were accumulated, with a discussion of 

the various processes of deposition and an estimate of the length of 

Paleozoic time in this region. Gives the ratios of the geologic periods 

adopted by other writers and presents the author's summary of the 

duration of each geologic period.

987 Walther (Johannes). The North American deserts.

Nat. Geog. Mag., vol. iv, pp. 163-176.

Describes the "Bad Lands" of Dakota, the region about Great Salt 

Lake and that of the Mohave Desert, and compares them with the 

deserts of northern Africa. Discusses the causes of erosion in the 

canyon of the Colorado.

988 A comparison of the deserts of North America with those of 

North Africa and northern India.

Science, vol. xix, p. 158.

Gives an abstract of paper read before the Geographical Society of 

Berlin.

989 Wanner (A.). Fossil tracks in the Trias of York County, Pa.

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xl, p. 286 (5 1.).

990 Ward (Lester F.). Principles and methods of geologic correlation 

by means of fossil plants.

Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 34-47.

Abstracts: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xl, pp. 288-289; Am. 

Nat., vol. xxvi, p. 243 (^ p.).

Discusses the theory of homotaxis and gives the principles and 

methods which should govern the stndy of paleobotany as an aid to 

geologic correlation.

991 The plant-bearing deposits of the American Trias.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 23-31.

Abstracts: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xl, pp. 286-288; Am. . 

Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, p. 157 (| p.).

Discusses the relations of the Trias beds with those which preceded 

and followed them. Divides the plant-bearing Trias into five geographic areas and in tabular form shows the number of species conSmon 

to each area.

992 Ward (E. DeC.). Another river pirate.

Science, vol. xix, pp. 7-9.

Describes the process of uplift and erosion by which one stream has 

captured another in northeastern Pennsylvania.

993 Ward (Thomas). The salt deposits of the United States of 

America and Canada.

Manchester Geol. Soc., Trans., vol. xx, pp. 471-495. 

Describes the salt beds in the States of New York, Michigan, and 

Kansas, and those of Canada.
138 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

994 Warman (Philip Oreveling). Bibliography and index of the publications of the United States Gelogical Survey, with laws 

governing their printing and distribution.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 100, pp. 9-494.

Gives the title and table of contents of each publication of the Survey, the laws governing their printing and distribution, and an index.

995 Watts (W. L.). Alameda County [California]. 

Cal. State Min. Bur., llth Kept., pp. 121-138.

Contains notes on an occurrence of manganese, quicksilver, building 

stones, and artesian wells.

996 Coal and clays in Amador County [California].

Cal. State Min. Bur., llth Kept., pp. 146-149.

Notes on the occurrence of coal and clays in this county.

997 Colusa County [California].

Cal. State Min. Bur., llth Kept., pp. 179-188.

Notes on the water supply, salt springs, quicksilver, gold, sulphur, 

and coal mines of the county.

998 Contra Costa County [California].

Cal. State Min. Bur., llth Eept., pp. 189-194. 

Notes on coal mines of Mount Diablo.

999 Del Norte County [California].

Cal. State Min. Bur., llth Kept., pp. 195-199.

Includes brief notes on the placer, copper, and coal mines and 

building stones.

1000 Fresno County [California],

Cal. State Min. Bur., llth Kept., pp. 210-218.

Describes the superficial formations of a portion of the,county, with 

remarks on some coal mines.

1001 Humboldt County [California].

Cal. State Min. Bur., llth Kept., pp. 227-232. 

Gives notes on some of the coal seams and gold-bearing sands of 

the coast.

1002 Kern County [California].

Cal. State Min. Bur., llth Kept., pp. 233-238.

Notes on the occurrence of sulphur and gypsum and artesian wells.

1003 Lake County [California].

Cal. State Min. Bur., llth Eept., pp. 239-240. 

Notes on some quicksilver mines.

1004 Marin County [California].

Cal. State Min. Bur., llth Eept., pp. 249-254. 

Brief notes on the occurrence of coal, silver, gold, copper, iron, 

and manganese.

j.005 Sacramento County [California].

Cal. State Min. Bur., llth Eept., pp. 334-336. 

Notes on the occurrence of coal.

1006 Santa Clara County [California].

Cal. State Min. Bur., llth Eept., pp. 374-375.

Brief notes on the occurrence of quicksilver, manganese, and maguesite.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 139

1007 Watts (W. L.). Sonoma County [California]. 

Cal. State Min. Bur., lltlrRept., pp. 453-463. 

Notes on some coal and quicksilver mines.

1008 Stanislaus County [California].

Cal. State Min. Bur., llth Kept., pp. 464-468. 

Notes on the Summit quicksiver mine.

1009 Weed (Walter Harvey). Two Montana coal fields.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 301-330.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 181-182.

Describes the extent, structure, lithologic character, and the fauna 

of the Great Falls coal field. The coal occurs in the Kootenai formation. Describes the extent and location of the Rocky Fork coal field. 

The coal seams occur interbedded with coarse sandstones and thin 

clayey shales, which are considered to represent Fort Union beds.

1010 The coal fields of Montana.

Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. liii, pp. 520-522 and 542-543, and vol. Iv, p. 

197.

Describes the geologic occurrence of the coal beds and the character and extent of the coal seams in the Rocky Fork, Bozeman, 

Cinnabar, Gallatin, Judith, Great Falls, Sweet Grass Hills, and the 

Flathead Valley coal fields of Montana.

1011 The fossil forests of the Yellowstone.

School of Min. Quart., vol. xiii, pp. 230-236.

Describes the geologic structure of the region and states that the 

fossil trees are found in a series of breccias and tuffs and have been 

exposed by weathering of the rocks. These forests grew upon the 

flanks of a volcano and were covered and preserved by the debris 

of its eruptions.

1012 Geysers.

Smith. Inst., Ann. Rept., 1891, pp. 163-178.

Describes the occurrence of geysers in different parts of the world, 

discusses the theories of geyser action, and gives a summary of conclusions.

1013 The glaciation of the Yellowstone Valley north of the park.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 104, pp. 11-41, pis. i-iv.

Describes the character of certain peculiar marginal valleys in this 

region, illustrated by colored geologic map showing the distribution 

of the glacial deposits.

1014 The Lararnie and the overlying Livingston formation in Montana.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 105, pp. 10-63, pis. i-vi.

Describes the Laramie strata and applies the name Livingston to 

beds of post-Laramie age largely composed of volcanic material. 

Defines the Fort Union formation and discusses the evidences of 

unconformity between the Laramie and Livingston formations and 

the age of the Livingston series.

1015 Weeks (Joseph D.). Manganese.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Min. Res., 1892, pp. 169-226.

Discusses the origin and occurrence of manganese ores. Describes 

the deposits of Georgia, Arkansas, and Crimora, Va., the latter illustrated by two figures. Discusses the character of these ores and 

gives many analyses and tables of production.
140 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

1016 Wells (David A.). Eemarkable bowlders.

Pop. Sci. Monthly, vol. xl, pp. 340-346.

Gives size and weight of some bowlders found in Connecticut and 

Massachusetts.

1017 Wells (H. G.). The making of mountain chains.

Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. xxxvi, pp. 14974-14975.

Reviews the theories concerning the formation of mountain ranges.

1018 Wells (H.L.) and Penfield(S.L.). OnherderitefroinHebron,Me.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 114-116. 

Abstract: Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, p. 276 (i p.).

1019 Westgate (Lewis G.). The geographic development of the eastern 

part of the Mississippi drainage system.

Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 245-260.

Abstract: Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 420-421.

Describes the post-Carboniferous drainage and its adjustment in 

different regions, the geographic and geologic features of the Cretaceous base-level and its elevation at the commencement of the Tertiary, 

and the character and extent of the Tertiary erosion.

1020 White (0. A.). On the Bear Eiver formation, a series of strata 

hitherto known as the Bear Eiver Laramie [Wyoming].

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 91-97.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 266-267.

Reviews the publications of other writers regarding the age of the 

Bear River formation. His examinations, made in company with 

Mr. T. W. Stanton, whose article on the stratigraphic position of this 

formation immediately follows, led them to believe that the formation 

hitherto known as the Bear River Laramie is much older than it had 

hitherto been considered and that it underlies the equivalent of the 

Fort Benton Cretaceous.

1021 Correlation papers. Cretaceous. 

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 82. 

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 398-399. 

Noticed in Record for 1891.

1022 White (David). Flora of the outlying Carboniferous basins of 

southwestern Missouri.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 98, pp. 11-121, pis. i-v.

Gives the localities where specimens were found and a description 

of their manner of occurrence. Describes their general characteristics, habitat, and relations.

1023 A new tseniopteroid fern and its allies.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iv, pp. 119-132.

Abstracts: Jour, of Geol., vol. i, p. 419 (i p.); Am. Geol., vol. xi, 

p. 412 (7 1.); Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, pp. 439-440 (| p.).

Describes fossil plants from the Lower Coal Measures of the Carboniferous of Henry County, Mo.

1024 The Cretaceous at Gay Head, Marthas Vineyard.

Science, vol. xx, pp. $32-333.

Discusses the evidences of the age of certain beds in this vicinity.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 141

1025 White (I. 0.). The Mannington oil field and the history of its 

development. Appendix: The anticlinal theory of natural 

gas.

Geol Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp, 187-216.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. x, p. 65 (| p.).

The oil is found in the Pocono sandstone, the lowest member of the 

Carboniferous, and it is known that this horizon contains hydrocarbons over a wide area. Three vertical sections are given and a his- 

-torical sketch of the Mannington field and of the application of the 

"anticlinal theory." It is believed that the petroleum has been 

formed from the organic matter within the rock itself and that by 

the tilting of the beds the water, gas, and oil have been rearranged 

according to their respective gravities under the existing artesian, 

pressure.

1026 Fossil plants from the Wichita or Permian beds of Texas. 

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 217-218. 

Gives a list of the fossil plants as determined by Prof. Wm. M.

Fontaine. From a comparison of these plants with those found in 

the beds above the Waynesburg coal horizon of West Virginia, and 

the general stratigraphic relations, it follows that the beds known as 

the Dunkard Creek series are of Permian age.

1027 Stratigraphy of the bituminous coal field of Pennsylvania, 

Ohio, and West Virginia. 

U. S. Geol, Surv., Bull. No. 65.'

Abstracts: Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, p. 156 (ip.); Am. Geol., 

vol. ix, p.264 (| p.). 

Noticed in Record for 1891.

1028 Whiteaves (J. F.). Description of a new genus and species of 

Phyllocarid Crustacea from the Middle Cambrian of Mount 

Stephens, British Columbia.

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. v, pp. 207-208.

Describes Anomalocaris (n. gen.), the locality where found, and the 

associated fauna.

1029 Notes on the Gasteropoda of the Trenton limestone of Manitoba, with a description of one new species.

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. v, pp. 317-328.

Describes the lithologic character of the Trenton limestone of 

Manitoba, with notes on the fossils found in it.

1030 Descriptions of two new species of Ammonites from the Cretaceous rocks of the Queen Charlotte Islands.

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. v, pp. 441-446.

Describes and figures Olcostephanus (Astieria) deansii (n. sp.) and 

Hoplites haidaquensis (n. sp.).

1031 The Orthoceratidas of the Trenton limestone of the Winnipeg basin.

Can. Roy. Soc., Proc. and Trans., vol. ix, sect, iv, pp. 77-90. 

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. x, p. 124.
142 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL.IBO.

1032 Whiteaves (J. F.). Notes on the Ammonites of the Cretaceous 

rocks of the district of Athabasca, with description of four 

new species.

Can. Roy. Soc., Proc. and Trans., vol. x, sect, iv, pp. 111-121, pis. 

viii-xi.

Gives a section of the rocks in the region of the Athabasca and 

Lesser Slave rivers and describes some fossils found in these localities.

1033 The Cretaceous system of Canada.

Can. Roy. Soc., Proc. and Trans., vol. xi, sect, iv, pp. 3-19.

Gives an account of the species found in the Cretaceous of British 

America, and reviews the literature treating of the Cretaceous system of North America.

1034 Note on the recent discovery of large Unio-like shells in the 

Coal Measures at the South Joggins, Nova Scotia.

Can. Roy. Soc., Proc. and Trans., vol. xi, sect, iv, pp. 21-24. 

Gives the views of the latest authorities on the occurrence of the 

genus Unio and describes and figures Asthenodonta westoni (n. sp.).

1035 The fossils of the Devonian rocks of the islands, shores, or 

immediate vicinity of Lakes Manitoba and Winnipegosis.

Can. Geol. Surv., Cont. to Paleontology, vol. i, part iv, pp. 255-359, 

pis. xxxiii-xlvii.

Abstracts: Am.Nat., vol.xxvii, pp.469-470 ( $ p.); Am. Jour. Sci., 

3d ser., vol. xliv, p. 429 (£ p.).

Refers to the previous work done in this region and describes the 

characters of the fossils collected.

1036 Whitfield (Eobert P.). Gasteropoda and Cephalopoda of the 

Earitan clays and green sand marls of New Jersey.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Monograph XVIII, pp. 402, pis. i-1, figs. 1-2.

Abstracts: Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 329-330; Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, 

pp. 728-729.

Contains tables showing the genera and species and their distribution in the several beds of New Jersey; also in other States, and 

description of species.

1037 Eepubiication of descriptions of Lower Carboniferous Grinoidea from the Hall collection now in the American 

Museum of Natural History, with illustrations of the 

original type specimens not heretofore figured.

Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Mem., vol. i, part i, pp. 1-37, pis. i-iii.

Quotes the descriptions of each species by Prof. James Hall, with 

comments.

1038 Discovery of a second example of the Macrouran decapod 

crustacean, Palaeopalseomon newberryi.

Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 227-238.

Describes the specimen which is said to have been found in the 

Kinderhook group near Burlington, Iowa.

1039 Whittle (Charles Livy). An ottrelite-bearing phase of ametamorphic conglomerate in the Green Mountains.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, pp. 270-277. 

Abstract: Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, p. 382 ( £ p.).

Describes the occurrence and physical and microscopic characters 

of the ottrelite schist.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 143

1040 Whittle (Charles Livy). Some dynamic and metasomatic phe1 nomena in a metamorphic conglomerate in the Green 

Mountains.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iv, pp. 147-166.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xi, p. 412 (£ p.).

Describes the character and extent of the ottrelite schist in the 

conglomerate and its alteration products and the petrographic characters of the rock. Describes the occurrence of clastic material in 

the conglomerate, the secondary enlargement of clastic tourmalines, 

the alteration'of the feldspars, and the occurrence of albites.

1041 Williams (Albert, Jr.). Why dip is more likely to be regular 

than strike with fissure veins.

Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. liii, p. 398.

The fact that veins 'are usually on the lines of fault fissures is considered the principal reason why dip is more regular than strike.

1042 Williams (Edward H., Jr.). Glaciation in Pennsylvania. 

Science, vol. xxi, p. 343.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xii, p. 166 (i p.).

Gives some of the results of a study of the glacial phenomena in 

the vicinity of South Bethlehem.

1043 'Williams (George Huntington). The volcanic rocks of South 

Mountain, in Pennsylvania and Maryland.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, pp. 482-496; Sci. Amer. Suppl., 

vol. xxxv, pp. 14208-14209.

Abstracts: Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 55-56; Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ., 

vol. xii, pp. 45-47.

Quotes the opinions of other writers assigning a sedimentary origin 

to the rocks of South Mountain. States that these rocks have preserved all the essential characteristics of recent rhyolites and basalts. 

Describes their petrographic characters and gives analyses of several 

varieties. .

1044 Piedinontite and scheelite from the ancient rhyolite of South 

Mountain, Pennsylvania.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 50-57.

Describes the microscopic characteristics of these minerals and the 

occurrence of piedmontite as a microscopic constituent of rhyolite. 

Gives two chemical analyses and a list of the recorded occurrences of 

piedmontite as a rock constituent.

1045 On the use of the terms poikilitic and micro-poikilitic in 

petrography.

Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 176-179.

Describes various occurrences of this structure and suggests the 

use of the terms in petrographic descriptions.

1046 - Notes on the microscopical character of rocks from the Sudbury mining district, Canada.

Can. Geol. Surv., Reports, vol. v, new series, 1890-91, part i, Report 

F, appendix 1, pp. 55-82.

The suite of rocks upon which this examination was based consists 

mainly of clastic rocks derived from granitic or gneissic de"bris and 

eruptives contemporaneous or subsequent in origin to the former. 

Both have been subjected to metamorphism and recrystallizatiun. 

Describes the microscopic characters of' greywacke, granite, gabbro, 

diorite, felsite, biotite-epidote gneiss, horneblende-biotite gneiss, 

sericitic-chlorite schist, vitrophyre tuff, and other rock varieties.
144 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

1047 Williams (George Huntington). Notes on some eruptive rocks 

from Alaska.

Nat. Geog. Mag., vol. iv, pp. 63-74.

Describes the petrographic characters of diorite, gabbro, micropegmatite, quartz-porphyry, hornblende-porphyrite, augite-porphyrite, 

and diabase, and states that these rocks bear a strong resemblance 

to the rocks which have come from portions of the Cordilleras and 

Great Basin farther southward.

1048 [Geology of Maryland.]

Maryland: Its Resources, Industries, and Institutions, Baltimore, 

1893, pp. 55-58.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 396-398.

Includes a general description of the various geologic formations 

of Maryland.

1049 and Clark (W. B.). Eeports on short excursions made by 

the geological department of the university during the 

autumn of 1891.

Johns Hopkins Univ. Giro., vol. xi, pp. 37-39.

Describes the characters of the Coastal Plain deposits, their line 

of contact with the crystalline rocks and the rocks of the Piedmont 

plateau as seen in the sections examined.

1050 Williams (Henry Slater). The making of the geological time* 

scale.

Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 180-197.

Reviews the classification of the geologic epochs adopted by different authors.

1051 The elements of the geological time-scale.

Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 283-295.

Describes the geologic events which marked the periods that are 

represented in geologic classification and reviews the different estimates of the duration of geologic time.

1052 On the ventral plates of the carapace of the genus Holonema

of Newberry.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 285-288.

Refers to previous descriptions of these plates and describes and 

figures their restoration from a specimen found in the Oneonta sandstone of New York.

1053 The scope of paleontology and its value to geologists.

Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 148-169;. Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xli, 

pp. 149-170.

Reviews the history of the development of paleontology and the 

application of its principles by various writers in correlating the 

strata of different regions. The morphological characters exhibited 

by fossils indicate their ancestry and the conditions of their environment, and thus they become of paramount importance in investigations which pertain to the order of sequence of strata or to timeintervals.

1054 Willimott (0. W.). Canadian gems and precious stones. 

Ottawa Nat., vol. v, pp. 117-142.

Gives a description of precious stones and the locality of their 

occurrence in Canada.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 145

1055 Willis (Bailey). Studies in structural geology: The mechanics 

of Appalachian structure.

Am. lust. Min. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxi, pp. 551-566.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 13th Ann. Rept., part ii, pp. 217-281, pis. xlvixcvi, figs. 16-17.

Abstracts: Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 96-97; Eng. and Min. Jour., 

vol. liv, pp. 390-391.

Describes the structural features of the Appalachian region from 

Cambrian to Silurian time and discusses the conditions of folding and 

faulting. Gives an account of some experiments made to reproduce 

the forms of folding, illustrated by sketches. Gives the author's 

conclusions drawn from the experiments and discusses the different 

theories which have been advanced to explain the cause of Appalachian compression.

1056 Outlines of Appalachian history.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of the United States, Kingston, 

Chattanooga, and Ringgold sheets, Preliminary edition, 1892.

Describes the processes of sedimentary formation in the Appalachian province. Gives a general sketch of the Cambrian, Silurian, 

Devonian, Carboniferous, and post-Carboniferous epochs and a brief 

description of the mineral resources.

1057 Conditions of sedimentary deposition.

Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 476-520.

Classifies the processes of erosion, discusses the sequence of sediments, and classifies and describes the processes of sedimentation and 

organic deposition.

1058 and Hayes (0. W.). Conditions of Appalachian faulting.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 257-268.

Abstract: Jour, of Geol., vol i, p. 861.

Describes the conditions of sedimentation prior to the development 

of Appalachian structure and the conditions under which step-folds 

and thrust faults and repeated parallel folds or faults were developed. 

Compares the theoretical conclusions with the observed Appalachian 

structure and discusses the evidence indicating the direction from 

which the compressive force acted.

1059 Williston (S. W.). The Niobrara Cretaceous of western Kansas.

Kans. ATcad. Sci., Trans., vol. xiii, pp. 107-111, 2 pis.

Gives a history of the early explorations in this region. Describes 

many exposures assigned to the Cretaceous and discusses the evidences which indicate their geologic age.

1060 Wills (J. Lainson). On natural phosphates.

Ottawa Nat., vol. vi, pp. 7-22.

Gives in tabular form the approximate geologic age of the different 

phosphate deposits, the chemical analyses of some phosphatic materials and a classification of natural phosphates, and describes deposits 

occurring in different countries.

1061 [The phosphate mines of Canada.]

Am. Inst. Min. Engrs., Trans., vol.xxi, pp. 1000-1002. 

In discussion of paper by H. B. Small.

' 1062 Wilson (E. B.). [Faulting in veins.]

Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. liii, p. 638 (correspondence). c 

Describes occurrence of " slickensides " in certain mines.

Bull. 130 10
146 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL.JSQ.

1063 Wiltsee (B. A.). Some additional Sierra County mines [California].

Cal. State Min. Bur., llth Eept., pp. 413-419. 

Notes on some gold mines.

1063a Hobson (J. B.) and. Nevada County [California].

See Hobson (J. B.) and Wiltsee (E. A.), 460.

1064 "Wiltsee (Ernest). Notes on the geology of the Half-Moon Mine, 

Pioche, Nev.

Am. Inst. Min. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxi, pp. 867-873. 

Abstract: Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. Iv, p. 175. 

Describes the geologic occurrence of the ore and the vein structure 

in this mine.

1065 Winchell (Horace V.). The Mesabi iron range.

Am. Inst. Min. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxi, pp. 644-686; Minn. Geol. and 

Nat. Hist. Surv., 20th Ann. Kept., pp. 111-180.

Abstracts: Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 355-356; Eng. and Min. Jour., 

vol. Iv., pp. 177-178.

Describes the geology of the Mesabi Eange, the stratigraphic relations of the Taconic and Archean rocks and the occurrence and 

quality of the ore and its varieties, and discusses the question of its 

origin.

1066 Note on Cretaceous in northern Minnesota.

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 220-223.

Gives a list of fossils, determined by Dr. C. A. White to be of Cretaceous age, found in northern Minnesota. Describes other localities 

in which Cretaceous strata occur.

1067 and Jones (J. T.). The Biwabik mine.

Am. Inst. Min. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxi, pp. 951-961. 

Describes the character of the ore and the extent of developments 

in this mine, located in the Mesabi Eange, Minnesota/

1067<x Winchell (N. H.) and. The iron ores of Minnesota. 

See Winchell (N. H.) and Winchell (H. V.), 1080.

1068 Winchell (N. H.). The crystalline rocks.

Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv., 20th Ann. Eept., pp. 1-28.

Gives a list of the principal rock formations of the Minnesota Lake 

Superior region and discusses the general principles of original and 

acquired rock structure, the character of the greenstones and schists, 

and the origin of crystalline rocks.

1069 Field notes of N. H. Winchell in 1890.

Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist., 20th Ann. Eept., pp. 29-34.

Gives notes on some rock exposures in northeastern Minnesota.

1070 Oxide of manganese.

Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv., 20th Ann. Eept., pp. 321-322. 

Contains brief note, with chemical analysis, of an occurrence of 

manganese found in Wright County, Minn.

1071 q The iron-bearing formations of northeastern Minnesota.

Abstract: Minn. Acad. Nat. Sci., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 168-169. 

Brief description of the geologic formations of the region.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 147

1072 Winchell (N. H.). The so-called Huronian rocks in the vicinity 

of Sudbury, Ontario.

Abstract: Minn. Acad. Nat. Sci.; Bull., vol. iii, pp. 183-185. 

Gives a summary of observations in this region and concludes that 

the Huronian, as denned by Canadian geologists, embraces two or 

three formations the true Huronian, the Keewatin, and Vermillion 

series.

1073 The iron-bearing rocks of Minnesota.

Abstract: Miun. Acad. Nat. Sci., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 277-280. 

Gives a brief description of the formations in which iron ore occurs 

and of the manner of its deposition.

1074 Fron descent hematite.

Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 20-21.

Refers to description of similar phenomena by W. S. Gresley in 

Am. Geol., April, 1892, and discusses the cause of certain channels 

which, maintain their form and direction through the mass of the 

material.

1075 The Norian of the Northwest.

Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv., Bull. No. 8, pp. iii-xxxiv.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol sii, p. 60.

Gives an account of the investigation of the gabbros of the northern coast of Lake Superior, reviews the literature on the geology of 

this region, and describes the character and extent of gabbro rocks.

1076 The Kawishrwin agglomerate of Ely, Minn.

Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 359-368.

This agglomerate is the northern representative of the Lake Superior greenstones and is assigned to the Keewatin division of the 

Archean. Describes its peculiar characteristics at Ely and considers 

it originated from the joint action of oceanic water and igneous 

action.

1077 An approximate interglacial chronometer.

Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 69-80.

Explains the evidences which indicate that the ancient Mississippi 

River once occupied a wider and deeper valley in Minnesota, and 

that it was choked up and expelled from its course by the movement of 

ice from the northeast on the initiation of the Glacial period. That 

during the interglacial period the river cut out a gorge, from which 

the author estimates the time-interval between the recession of the 

ice and its second invasion.

1078 Some problems of the Mesabi iron ore.

Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 169-179.

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xli, p. 176 (7 ].).

Describes briefly the different hypotheses concerning the origin of 

iron ores, the character of the Mesabi iron ores and the stratigraphic 

relations of the inclosing rocks, and concludes that oceanic sedimentation is the only agent sufficient to explain the geographic and stratigraphic distribution of these deposits.

1079 Classification of the theories of the origin of iron ores.

Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 277-278.

Gives in tabular form the theories advanced concerning the origin 

of iron ores.
148 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BOLL-IM.

1080 Winchell (8. H.) and Winchell (H. V.). The iron ores of Minnesota.

Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv., Bull. No. 6, pp. 1-429, geologic 

map, 26 figures and 44 plates.

Includes a review of earlier Minnesota reports and describes the 

megascopic and microscopic characters of the Vermillion schists and 

the qualities and origin of their contained magnetites, those of the 

Keewatin schists and their hematites, and the character of the 

inclosing rocks of the Taconic (Animikie) ores and their origin, and 

includes a brief description of the Cretaceous limonites and of the 

various mines and explorations in each of these formations. Classifies and discusses the diiferent theories on the origin of iron ores, 

with a bibliography of the subject and concluding observations. 

Appendix A is a discussion of a possible chemical origin of the Kee- 

.watin ores. Appendix B compares the Taconic ores of Minnesota 

and western New England. Appendix C discusses the eastern equivalents of the iron ores of Minnesota.

1081 andSchuchert(0.). Preliminary descriptions of new Brachiopoda from the Trenton and Hudson Eiver groups of Minnesota.

Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 284-294. 

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xii, p. 332 (| p.).

Describes different species and mentions the formation and locality 

where found.

1082 Winslow (Arthur). An illustration of the flexibility of limestone.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 133-134.

Describes and illustrates by sketch the flexibility of a slab of limestone.

1083 : Notes on the Cambrian in Missouri and the classification of 

the Ozark series.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, pp. 221-226.

Describes the earlier work in this region and the classification then 

adopted. Gives a re'sume' of the results attained by the present State 

Geological Survey of Missouri, accompanied by two cross-sections 

and a statement of what is considered to be the geologic succession.

1084 The Osage. River and its meanders.

Science, vol. xxii, pp. 31-32.

Discusses the hypothesis of a former base-leveled condition to 

explain the sunken curved course of this river and suggests a diiferent 

hypothesis.

1035 The mapping of Missouri.

St. Louis Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. vi, No. 3, pp. 57-99.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. x, p. 323 (fp.).

Gives an account of the early explorations in the State and the 

maps published from the results of these explorations. Describes 

the work of mapping undertaken by the various State geological surveys of Missouri and the United States Geological Survey.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 149

1086 Winslow (Arthur). The Missouri Coal Measures and the conditions of their deposition.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 109-121. Sketch map and seven 

sections.

Discusses the evidences which indicate the relations of the Lower 

Silurian and Carboniferous formations. The present marginal limits 

of the Coal Measures are near the original ones, since the marginal 

^ beds are distinctly, marginal deposits' and no Coal Measure strata 

occur far away from the general margin of the formation. Describes 

the rocks of the Coal Measure series and the conditions of their 

deposition.

1087 A preliminary report on the coal deposits of Missouri.

Mo. Geol. Surv., 1891, pp. 19-226, with 131 illustrations.

Abstracts: Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 271-273; Am. Jo.ur. Sci., 3d ser., 

vol. xliii, p. 435 (J p.).

Describes the topographic and geologic features of the Coal Measure formation, the process of its deposition, the distribution and 

character of the contained coal beds and the conditions of the coal 

industry. Gives a description of the coal seams now worked in each 

,county.

1088 The Higginsville sheet in Lafayette County [Missouri].

Mo. Geol. Surv., 1892, pp. 1-17.

Eeview: Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 317-318.

Describes the topographic and hydrographic features of the area 

and the stratigraphy and structure of the formations represented, 

iucluding sections showing the thicknesses and succession of coal 

seams and associated strata and a description of other mineral 

resources. Accompanied by a geologic and topographic map and a 

sheet of geologic sections.

1089 The Coal Measures of Missouri.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Min. Kes., 1892, pp. 429-436.

The coal area forms a plateau of moderate elevation but slightly 

affected by erosion, and composed of horizontal strata of Carboniferous age. The measures are thickest near the margins, where they 

occur near the surface. The coals are all bituminous, except cannel 

coal, which is found in local and small deposits.

1090 Notes on the lead and zinc deposits of the Mississippi Yalley 

and the origin of the ores.

Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 612-619.

Gives a brief history of mining operations in this region. Reviews 

the literature and the theories advanced concerning the origin of 

these deposits.

1091 Witter (F. M.). Gas wells near Letts, Iowa.

Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 319-321.

Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. i, part ii, pp. 68-70.

States that gas was struck at a depth of 100 feet and that it probably comes from an accumulation of vegetable matter buried in the 

heavy drift deposit.
150 BIHLIOGKAPHY AND INDEX OF N A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

1092 Wolff (J. E.). The geology of the Crazy Mountains, Montana.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 445-452.

Abstracts: Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 319-321; Am. Nat., vol. xxvi,pp. 

1027-1028 (| p.).

Describes the topographic features of the region. The range is 

made up of nearly horizontal Cretaceous rocks, consisting of sandstones'and conglomerates, interstratified with shales and calcareous 

beds. Many laccolites occur which form the caps of monoclinalbuttes 

developed on either side of the range. The eruptives occur in dikes, 

sheets, and laccolites, hut no surface flows were observed.

1093 and Tarr (R. S.). Acmite-trachyte from the Crazy Mountains, Montana.

Harv. Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. xvi, pp: 227-233.

Abstract: Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 637-638.

Describes the field occurrence and petrographic characters of some 

trachytic rocks from the Crazy Mountains.

1094 Wood (Herbert). Flathead coal basin, Montana.

Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. liv, p. 57.

Describes the topographic and geologic features of the region and 

the structural features of the coal seams.

1095 Mineral zones in Montana.

Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. liv, p. 292.

Describes some mineral zones of Montana and discusses their relation to the question as to the usual occurrence of certain mineral 

zones in certain geologic formations.

1096 Gold in placers.

Am. Geol., vol.ix, pp. 371-377.

States the general features of placer deposits and the manner of 

occurrence of gold in them. Gives a description of several Montana 

placers.

1097 A note on the Cretaceous of northwestern Montana. 

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, pp. 401-406.

Describes the geologic formations of the region. The Cretaceous 

beds rest against the upturned edges of the Cambrian, consisting of 

about 7,500 feet of clays, shales, and sandstones. The coal of this 

district is lignitic.

1098 Grlaciation in western Montana. 

Science, vol. xx, p. 162.

Describes the general features of the country and the principal 

effects of its former glaciation.

1099 The Cabinet anticlinal.

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. v, pp. 261-266.

Describes the structure of a range of mountains on the borders of 

Idaho and Montana.

1100 Woodward (Arthur Smith). On the Lower Devonian fish fauna 

of Campbellton, New Brunswick.

Geol. Mag., dec. iii, vol. ix, pp. 1-6.

Abstract.: Am. Geol., vol. ix, p. 263 (ip.).

Describes some specimens recently collected in this locality.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 151

1101 Woodward (Arthur Smith). Further contributions to knowledge 

of the Devonian fish fauna of Qanada.

Geol. Mag., dec. iii, vol. ix, pp. 481-485.

Abstract: Am. Jour. Sci.; 3d ser., vol. xlv, p. 73.

Describes some fish remains from the Upper Devonian of Quebec.

1102 Wood-worth (J. B.). Note on the occurrence of erratic Cambrian 

fossils in the Neocene gravels of the island of Marthas 

Yineyard.

Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 243-247.

Describes the conglomerate bed in which the fossils were found and 

states that the pebbles were derived from a calcareous zone of the 

Olenellus Cambrian. Considers that there is an extensive Cambrian 

section in this region which is now concealed or has been removed 

by erosion.

1103 An. attempt to estimate the thickness of the ice blocks which 

gave rise to lakelets and kettle-holes.

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 279-284.

Refers to the occurrence of certain lakelets and ponds in Massachusetts and discusses the possibility of estimating the thickness of 

the ice that once filled them.

1104 Woolman (Lewis). Cretaceous ammonites and other fossils near 

Moorestown, N. J. Their stratigraphic position shown by 

an artesian-well section at Maple Shade, N. J. Incidental 

reference to water horizons.

Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci., Proc., 1893, part ii, pp. 219-224.

Describes the occurrence of some Cretaceous fossils from New 

Jersey.

1105 Artesian wells in southern New Jersey.

N. J. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. 1892, pp. 275-311. 

Gives the sections displayed by numerous wells in this region, showing the thickness and character of the strata.

1106 Wortman (J. L.). On the divisions of the White Eiver or Lower 

Miocene of Dakota.

Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. v, pp. 95-105.

Describes the lithologic character of the Lower Miocene beds and 

their fauna, with a discussion of the distribution of the fauna and 

succession of types.

1107 and Earle (C.). Ancestors of the tapir from the Lower 

Miocene of Dakota.

Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. v, pp. 159-180.

Discusses the origin of the tapir in America, describes species 

obtained from the Miocene of South Dakota, and reviews the evidence of the relationships between American and European species 

of Protapirus.

1108 Osborn (H. F.) and. Characters of Protoceras (Marsh), the 

new Artiodactyl from the Lower Miocene.

Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. iv, pp. 351-371.

Abstracts: Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, p. 160 ( £ p.); Am. Nat., 

vol. xxvii, pp. 147-148.

Description of species and discussion of characters of species 

recently found.
152 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY,

1109 Wortman (J. L.)., Osborn (H. L.) and. Artionyx, a new genus 

of Ancyclopoda.

Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. v, pp. 1-18.

Describes remains found in the Miocene of South Dakota.

1109a Fossil mammals of the Wasatch and Wind Eiver beds. 

See Osborn (H. L.) and Wortman (J. L.), 707.

1110 Wright (A. A.). Extra-morainic drift in New Jersey. 

Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 207-216.

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xli, p. 175 (£ p.).

: Classifies the glacial deposits at various localities where extramorainic materials occur. Accompanied by geologic sketch map.

1111 Older drift in the Delaware Valley.

Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 184-186.

Gives summary statements concerning the examination of Delaware 

Valley deposits which indicate the presence of older drift.

1112 Wright (G. Frederick). Supposed interglacial shell beds in 

Shropshire, England.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 505-508.

Describes the location and character of the shell beds. Considers 

they are not evidence of an interglacial subsidence, but that they 

were pushed along with other transported material by the glacier.

1113 The supposed post-Glacial outlet of the Great Lakes through 

Lake Mpissing and the Mattawa Eiver.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iv, pp. 423-425.

Describes certain glacial phenomena indicating the temporary 

existence of another outlet to the Great Lakes in post-Glacial time.

1114 Additional evidence bearing upon the glacial history of the 

Upper Ohio Valley.

Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 195-199.

Discusses the evidences which indicate the pre-Glacial age of the 

Upper Ohio gorge, rather than interglacial.

1115 Theory of an interglacial submergence of England.

Am. Jour. Sci,, 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 1-8.

Discusses the evidence in favor of an interglacial submergence of 

England afforded by marine shells on elevated positions. Favors the 

view that they have been raised by an advancing ice sheet from the 

sea-level to their present position. Instances phenomena of the Muir 

glacier in Alaska and the terminal moraines of Pennsylvania.

1116 Unity of the Glacial epoch.

Am. Sour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, pp. 351-373.

Reviews the opinions of other writers on the Glacial period. Gives 

the results of recent studies in New Jersey and Pennsylvania, accompanied by map of the region. Discusses the relations of the terraces 

of the Ohio Eiver and its tributaries.

1117 Extra-morainic drift in the Susquehanna, Lehigh, and Delaware valleys.

Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci., Proc., 1892, part iii, pp. 469-484.

Quotes the opinions of various writers on glacial phenomena and 

gives the results of the author's recent observations in this region 

and the conclusions drawn therefrom.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 153

1118 Wright (G-. Frederick). Eecent discoveries concerning the relation of the Glacial period in North America to the antiquity of man.

Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Rept. 1891, pp. 647-649.

Incidentally refers to the tracing of the southern boundary of the 

glaciated region on the western continent and to the question of a 

succession of glacial epochs.

1119 Wyatt (Francis). The phosphates of Florida. *

Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. liii, pp. 202-204.

Describes the topographic and geologic features of the State and 

the characteristics of the phosphate deposits. Discusses the question 

of their origin. This article taken from " Phosphates of America."

1120 [On the analysis of mineral phosphates]. 

Am. Inst. Min. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxi, pp. 172-174. 

In discussion of paper by T. M. Chatard "Phosphate chemistry as 

it concerns the miner."

Y.

1121 Yeates (William S.). Plattnerite and its occurrence near Mullan, 

Idaho.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 407-412.

Reviews previous descriptions of this mineral. Describes its mineral associates and gives a chemical analysis.

INDEX.

[The numbers refer to the entries in the Bibliography.]

Alabama.

Bauxite, Hayes, 414.

Bauxite, McCalley, 607.

Bauxite bank, the Warwhoop, Brewer, 88.

Brown ore deposit of Baker Hill, Brewer, 89.

Coal field, Coosa, Brewer. 91. v

Coal Measures of Alabama, Smith, E. A., 843.

Coal Measures of Blount Mountain, Gibson, 

349.

Geology of Alabama, Hayes, 410.

Geology of Alabama, Smith, E. A., 842.

Gold Belt of Alabama, Phillips, 736.

Gold mining districts, Alabama, Brewer, 90.

Leaf impressions in the Eocene, Langdon, 571.

Middleton formation, Safford, 801.

Miocene group of Alabama, Johnson, 502.

Murphrees Valley, Phillips, 737.

Phosphates and marls, Smith, E. A., 841. 

Alaska.

Eruptive rocks, notes on some, "Williams, 

G. H., 1047.

Malaspinaglacier, Russell,!. C., 793.

Middleton Island, Dawson, G. M., 236.

Mineral resources, Garside, 336.

Mount St. Elias and its glaciers, Russell, I. 

C., 800.

Mount St. Eliaa, second expedition to, Russell, I. C., 796.

Muir glacier, Baldwin, 27.

Muir glacier, geology of the vicinity of, Gushing, 210.

Muir glacier, movement of, Gushing, 209.

Muir glacier, origin of gravel deposits, Russell, I. C., 798.

Muir glacier, recent changes in, Baldwin, 26.

Muir glacier, studies of, Reid, 776.

Pribilof Islands, Stanley-Brown, 860.

Yukon basin, geology of, Hayes, 409.

Yukon district, expedition through, Hayes,

408.

Archean and Algonkian. 

Canada.

Archean rocks west of Lake Superior, Smith, 

W.H. C.,847.

Cherts and dolomites of Animikie rocks, 

Ingall, 487.

Huronian rocks, so called, Winchell, N. H., 

1072.

Kingston, physical features of, Drummond, 

258.

Archean and Algonkian Continued. 

Canada Continued.

Laurentian area of Canada, Adams, 1.

Laurentian and Huronian rocks, Barlow, 32.

Laurentian basin, geologic history of, Russell, I. C., 794.

Laurentian of Ottawa district, Ells, 289.

Laurentian rocks, Coleman, 164.

Phosphate mines of Canada, Small, 839.

Quebec, geology and minerals of, Low, 600.

Saganaga syenite, Selwyn, 831.

Structural relations of Upper Huronian, 

Lower Huronian, and Basement Complex, 

Pumpelly and Van Hise, 767.

Sudbury mining district, Bell, 65. 

New England.

Boston basin, geology of, Crosby, 193. 

Appalachian region.

Alabama, geology of, Smith, E. A., 842.

Pennsylvania, geolgy of, Lesley, 580,581. 

Great Lakes region.

Animikio rocks, cherts, and dolomites of, 

Ingall, 487.

Archean and Algonkian in the Northwest, 

Van Hise, 963.

Archean rocks, Smith, W. H. C., 847.

Crystalline rocks, the, Winchell, N. H., 1068.

Geognostic and geographic observations, 

Kloos, 551.

Granitic areas, observations on, Grant, 362.

Huronian and Basement Complex, relations 

of, Pumpelly and Van Hise, 768.

Huronian and Laurentian, relations of, Barlow, 32.

Iron-bearing series, Irving and Van Hise, 489.

Iron-bearing formations, Winchell, N. H., 1071.

Iron ores of Lake Superior region, Van Hise, 

961.

Kawishiwin agglomerate of Ely, Winchell, 

N. H., 1076.

Lake Superior region, sketch of, Van Hise, 

965.

Meaabi iron range, Winchell, H. V., 1065.

Ogishke conglomerate, Grant, 359.

Waterloo quartzite, Buell, 104. 

Rocky Mountain region.

Geology of Dakota tin mines, TJlke, 935.

Geology of Palmer Lake, Cannon, 1196.

Paleozoic section of Three Forks, Peale, 716.

Series of peculiar schists, Cross, 1976. 

155
156 BIBLlOG&APHY AND INDEX Of N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

Archean and Algonkian Continued. 

British Columbia. 

Hunters Island, geology of, Smith, W. H.

C.,846.

Miscellaneous.

Arcliean history, subdivisions of, Dana, 217. 

Correlation papers, Van Hise, 962. 

Subdivisions of Azoic Archean, Wads worth,

975. 

Summary of current pre-Cambrinn literature,

Van Hise, 966. 

Arizona.

Arizona, geology of, Blandy, 80. 

Copper resources of TT. S., Douglass, 255. 

Diamond in Canyon Diablo meteorite, Kunz

and Huntington, 568. 

Meteoric iron, Foote, 329. - 

Past eruptions in the Eocky Mountains, Hills,

446c. 

Arkansas.

Coal fields of Arkansas, Branner, 86. 

Erosion in the basin of the Arkansas River

Branner, 85.

Eureka shale, Hopkins, 470. 

G-raptolites, new species of, Gurley, 373. 

Graptolite shales, geologic age of, Gurley,

372.

Iron deposits of Arkansas, Penrose, 730. 

Iron ores, Tertiary, Penrose, 729. 

Manganese, Weeks, 1015. 

Mineral waters, Branner, 84. 

Novaculite area, geologic age of, Prosser,i760. 

Ouachita uplift, Lower Carboniferous plants

from, Prosser, 761.

Ouachita uplift, structure of, Griswold, 368. 

Tertiary silicifled woods, Call, 107. 

Texas clays, Kennedy, 526. 

Whetstones and novaculites, Griswold, 370. 

California.

Alameda County, Watts, 995.

Amador County, Preston, 748.

Asphalt, genesis of, Cooper, 169.

Aulisci, the fossil, Deby, 244.

Auriferous gravels of lacustral origin, Diller,

249. 

Auriferous veins of Meadow Lake, Lindgren,

596. 

Brookite, octahedrite, and quartz, Kunz, 565,

566.

Butte County, Preston, 749. 

Calaveras County, Preston, 750. 

Cienegas, the, Hilgard, 433. 

Coal and clays in Amador County,Watts, 996. 

Coal deposits of California, Turner, 927. 

Colusa County, Watts, 997. 

Contra Costa County, Watts, 998. 

Cordilleran Mesozoic revolution, Lawson, 573. 

Cretaceous and early Tertiary, Diller, 252. 

Cretaceous, Wallala beds as a division of the,

Fairbanks, 308. 

Del Norte County, Watts, 999. 

Die Bodenverhaltnisse Californiens, Hilgard,

434.

Earthquakes in 1892, Perrine, 732. 

Earthquakes in 1893, Perrine, 733. 

Eldorado County, Preston, 751.

California- Continued.

Fresno County, Watts, 1000.

Fresno County, North Fork mining district,

Preston, 752. 

Geology of California, recent contributions to,

Turner, 928.

Glacial potholes in California, Turner, 925. 

Gold deposit at Pine Hill, Lindgren, 592. 

Humboldt County, Watts, 1001. 

Kern County, Watts, 1002. 

Lake County, Watts, 1003. 

Lassen County, Preston, 753. 

Lassen Peak sheet, Diller, 250. 

Los Angeles County, Storms, 876. 

Marin County, Watts, 1004. 

Monterey County, Preston, 754. 

Mount Ingalls, lavas of, Turner, 926. 

Natural sodium salts, Packard, 711. 

Neocene rivers, two, Lindgren, 599. 

Nevada County, Hobson and Wiltsee, 459. 

North American deserts, Walther, 987, 988. 

Occurrence of gold-bearing quartz, Eickard,

778a. 

Ore deposits and inclosing walls, relation

between, Fairbanks, 307. 

' Ore deposits and inclosing walls, relation

between, Lindgren, 594. 

Ores in lodes, persistence of, Stevenson, E.,

870.

Petroleum, genesis of, Cooper, 169. 

Plumas County, Preston, 755. 

Precious stones, Kunz, 567. 

Pre-Cretaceous age of metamorphic rocks,

Fairbanks, 309, 310.

Eubellite and lepidolite, Fairbanks, 311. 

Sacramento County, Watts, 1005. 

Sacramento sheet, Lindgren, 595. 

Salton Lake, Preston, 757. 

San Benito County, Preston, 756. 

San Bernardino County, Storms, 877. 

San Diego County, Storms, 878. 

San Diego, geology of, Fairbanks, 306. 

Santa Clara County, Watts, 1006.

Shasta and Chico formations, faunas of, Stanton, 863.

Shasta County, Fairbanks, 304. 

Shasta County, Hobson and Wiltsee, 460. 

Sierra County, Preston, 758. 

Sierra County mines, Wiltsee, 1063. 

Sierra Nevada, rocks of, Mills, 674. 

Siskiyou County, Dunn, 275. 

Sonoma County, Watts, 1007. 

Stanislaus County, Watts, 1008. 

Taylorsville, geology of, Diller, 251. 

Taylorsville, Jura and Trias at, Hyatt, 477. 

Tehama', Colusa, Lake, and Napa counties,

Fairbanks, 305.

Tejon deposits, correlation of, Harris, 394. 

Tertiary revolution, Diller, 248. 

Trinity County, Dunn, 276. 

Tuolumne County, Preston, 759. 

Volcanic eruption, Diller, 246. 

Cambrian. 

Canada. 

Acadia, climate of, in earliest times, Matthew,

G-.F..648.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETEOLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 157

Cambrian Continued. 

Canada Continued.

Cambrian faunas, diffusion and sequence of, 

Matthew, G. F., 652.

Cambrian fossils in and near St. John, 

Matthew, G. F., 646.

Geologic notes, Dawson, J. "W., 240.

Kingston, physical features of, Drummond, 

258.

Melilite-bearing rock, Adams, 2.

Phosphate nodules from the Cambrian, 

Matthew, W. D., 656.

Quebec and adjoining areas in New Brunswick and Maine, Bailey and Mclnnes, 23.

Rockland quarries, Ami, 16. 

New England.

Cambrian fossils, erratic, Woodworth, 1102.

Green Mountain region, Emerson, 295.

Hawley sheet, Emerson, 294.

Hinghatn, geology of, Crosby, 194.

Eensselaer grit, Dale, 212.

Stockbridge limestone, Dale, 211. 

Appalachian region.

Alabama, geology of, Hayes, 410.

Appalachian history, "VVillis, 1056.

Bauxite, Hayes, 414.

Blue Mountain, the geologist at, Walcott, 985.

Blue Ridge, geologic structure of, Keith, 509.

Chattanooga sheet, Hayes, 411.

Chilhowee Mountain, geology of, Keith, 510.

Crimora, manganese ore deposit of, Hall, C. E., 

376.

Kingston sheet, Hayes, 412.

Natural Bridge of Virginia, "Walcott, 984.

New fossil localities, Foerste, 323.

Paleozoic group, Spencer, 857.

Pennsylvania and Maryland, Cambrian rocks 

of, "Walcott, 979.

Pennsylvania, geology of, Lesley, 580,581.

Ringgold sheet, Hayes, 413.

Virginia and southern Appalachians, Cambrian rocks of, Walcott, 978. 

Mississippi Valley.

Cambrian and Ozark series, Broadhead, 92.

Cambrian in Missouri, Win slow, 1083.

Geological formations, Keyes, 534.

Iron ores of Missouri, Nason, 686.

Magnesian series of Ozark uplift, Nason, 683.

Missouri Paleozoic, stratigraphy of, Broadhead, 94.

Ozark series, correct succession of, BroadLead, 93.

Ozark series, correct succession of, Nason, 685.

Paleozoic formations, Hall and Sardeson, 382.

Shakopie limestone, Chaney, 125. 

Rocky Mountain region.

Paleozoic section of Three Forks, Peale, 716. 

Miscellaneous.

North American Continent during Cambrian

time, Walcott, 982. 

Canada. 

General.

Cambrian faunas, notes on, Matthew, 649.

Chemical contributions to geology, Hoifman, 

462.

Cretaceous beds of British America, Dawson, 

G. M., 237.

Canada Continued. 

General Continued.

Cretaceous floras, Dawson, J. W., 238.

Cretaceous system of Canada, Whiteaves, 1033.

Gems and precious stones, Willimott, 1054.

Geological notes, Dawson, J. W., 240.

Guelp formation, Arey, 19.

Iroquois shore north of Adirondacks, Spencer, 858.

Laurentian area of Canada, Adams, 1.

Laurentian basin, geologic history of, Russell, I. C., 794.

Laurentian of Ottawa district, Ells, 289.

Laurentian rocks, Coleman, 164.

Manganese, notes on, Bruin ell, 97.

Nickel ores, genesis of, Packard, 710.

Norian rocks of Canada, Lawson, 574.

Orthoceratidse of the Trenton limestone, 

Whiteaves, 1031.

Paleontological notes, Ami, 13.

Parka decipiens, Dawson, J. W., and Penhallow, 242.

Phosphate mines of Canada, Small, 839.

Phosphate mines of Canada, Wills, 1061.

Phosphate of lime, occurrence of, Davidson, 

229.

Platinum, occurrence of, Donald, 254.

Quebec group, sequence of strataof, Ami, 17.

Saganaga syenite, Selwyn, 831.

St. John group, fauna of, Matthew, G. F., 653, 

654.

Salt deposits, Ward, 993.

Sudbury mining district, Bell, 65.

Summary report, 1890, Selwyn, 829.

Summary report, 1891, Selwyn, 830.

TJeber das Norian Oder Ober-Laurentian, 

Adams, 3.

Utica terrane in Canada, Ami, 14. 

Alberta.

Summary report, 1891, Selwyn, 830. 

Athabasca.

Ammonites of Cretaceous rocks, Whiteaves, 

1030.

Athabasca, report on, McConnell, 610. 

British Columbia.

Ammonites of Cretaceous rocks, Whiteaves, 

1030.

Coal, examination of so-called cannel, Penhallow, 725.

Cordilleran Mesozoic revolution, Lawson, 573.

Cretaceous floras, correlation of, Dawson,

J.W., 238. 

% Cretaceous plants, Dawson, J. W., 239.

Hunters Island, geology of, Smith, W. H. C., 

846.

Phyllocarid Crustacea, Whiteaves, 1028.

Platinum, occurrence of, Donald, 254.

Summary report, 1890, Selwyn, 829.

Summary report, 1891, Selwyn, 830. 

Manitoba.

Archean rocks, Smith, W. H. C., 847.

Deloraine, deep well at, Tyrrell, 930.

Drift, inequality of distribution of englacial, 

TJpham, 951.

Fossils from Devonian rocks, Whiteaves, 1035.

Gasteropoda of Trenton limestone, Whiteaves, 

1029.
158 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

Canada Continued. 

Manitoba Continued. 

Larix, new species of, Penhallow, 726. 

Manitoba and adjacent districts of Assiniboia

and Saskatchewan, Tyrrell, 929. 

Summary report, 1891, Selwyn, 830. 

New Brunswick. 

Bay of Fundy, Chalmers, 124. 

Cambrian fossil in and near St. John,

Matthew, G. F., 646. 

Devonian fish fauna, Woodward, 1100. 

Fauna of the St: John group, No. VII,

Matthew, G. F., 653. 

Fauna of the St. John group, No. VIII,

Matthew, G. F., 654. 

Phosphate nodules from Cambrian, Matthew,

W. D., 656.

Protolenus, Matthew, G. F.,647. 

Quebec and adjoining areas in New Brunswick and Maine, Bailey and Mclnnes, 23. 

Northwest Territory. 

Fossils from Northwest Territory, report on,

Calvin, 114.

Vertebrates from the Miocene, Ami, 18. 

Nova Scotia. 

Acadia, climate of, in earliest times, Matthew,

G.F.,648. 

Coal Measures, unio-like shells in, Whiteaves,

1034. 

Northumberland Strait, geology under, Ells,

290. 

Pictou and Colchester counties, report on,

Fletcher, 321.

Summary report, 1890, Selwyn, 829. 

Ontario.

Algoma nickel mines, McCharles, 609. 

Animikie rocks, cherts, and dolomites of,

Ingall, 487. 

Archean rocks west of Lake Superior, Smith,

W. H. C., 847.

Clear Lake, rocks of, Coleman, 165. 

Datolite, Pirsson, 740. 

Gold veins of Peterboro County, Chapman,

133. 

Huronian and Basement Complex, Pumpelly

and Van Hise, 767.

Huronian and Laurentian, relations of, Barlow, 31, 32. 

Huronian rocks of Sudbury, "Winchell, N. H.,

1072. 

Kingston, physical features of, Drummond,

258. 

Laurentian rocks of the Thousand Islands,

Coleman, 164.

Mastodon and mammoth, Panton, 713. 

Natural gas and petroleum, geology of, Brumell, 100.

Natural gas in Ontario, Brumell, 98. 

Nickel and copper deposits, Barlow, 30. 

Ottawa, geology of, Ami, 15. 

Paleontological notes, Ami, 13. 

Pentlandite, Penfield, 723. 

Rockland quarries, Ami, 16. 

Sadbury, microscopical character of rocks

from, Williams, G. H., 1046. 

Sudbury mining district. Bell, 65.

Canada Continued. 

Prince Edward Island.

Fossil plants from Prince Edward Island, 

Knowlton, 556.

Permian in Prince Edward Island, Bain, F., 25. 

Quebec.

Cambro-Silurian, new fossils from, Ami, 12.

Devonian fish fauna, Woodward, A. S., 1101.

Elaolith-syenit voii Montreal, Osann, 696.

Extinct volcano at Montreal, Lampard, 570.

Geology and minerals of Quebec, Low, 600.

Glacial geology, Low, 601.

Laurentian area, Ells, 289.

Laurentian area, typical, Adams, 1.

Melilite-bearing rock, Adams, 2.

Paleontological notes, Ami, 13.

Petroleum in Gasp6, Brumell, 99.

Phosphate mines of Canada, Small, 839.

Portneuf, Quebec, and Montmorency counties, 

geology of, Low, 600.

Quebec and adjoining areas in New Brunswick and Maine, Bailey and Mclnnes, 23.

Quebec and Montmorency counties, microscopical character of rocks of, Ferrier, 319.

St. John Group, VIII, fauna of, Matthew, G. 

F., 654.

Sponges from Quebec group, Dawson, J. W.,

241.

Carboniferous (including Permian). 

Canada.

Manganese, notes on, Brumell, 97.

Northumberland Strait, geology under, Ells, 

290.

Prince Edward Island, Permian in, Bain F., 25. 

New England.

Ebode Island, geology of Conanicut Island,

Pirsson, 741. 

Appalachian region.

Alabama, geology of, Hayes, 410.

Alabama, geology of, Smith, E. A., 842. 

. Appalachian history, Willis, 1056.

Bauxite, Hayes, 414.

Chattanooga sheet, Hayes, 411.

Coal field, Big Stone Gap, Campbell, 119.

Coal field, Big Stone Gap, Hodge, 461.

Coal field, Clinch Valley, McCreath and D'lnvilliers, 611.

Coal Measures of Blount Mountain, Gibson, 

349.

Coal Measures of Clearfield County, Kemp, 

517.

Coal Measures of Tennessee, Safford, 804.

Coal Measures of West Virginia, Lower, 

Brown, 96.

Conglomerate above mammoth anthracite 

bed, Lynian, 605.

Kingston sheet, Hayes, 412.

Manuington oil fields, White, I. C,, 1025.

Paleozoic group, Spencer, 857.

Quartz bowlder in Sharon coal, Orton, 694.

Kinggold sheet, Hayes, 413.

Stratigraphy of central Appalachian Virginia, Darton, 225. 

Mississippi Valley.

Arkansas, Eureka shale of, Hopkins, 470.

Carboniferous, basal line of, Keyes, 538.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 159

Carboniferous Continued. 

Mississippi Valley Continued.

Coal deposits of Iowa, Keyes, 544.

Coal deposits of Missouri, Winslow, 1087.

Coal fields of Arkansas, Branner, 86.

Coal Measures and St. Louis limestone, unconformity of, Keyes, 539.

Coal Measures of Missouri, Winslow, 1086, 

1089.

Fauna at base of Burlington limestone, Keyes, 

547.

Fishes, Upper Devonian, Claypole, 160.

Fluorspar deposits, Emmons, 299.

Geological formations, Keyes, 534.

Higginsville sheet, Winslow, 1088.

Indiana building stones, Thompson, M., 909.

Iron ores of Missouri, Nason, 686.

Kansas, geology of, Hay, 403.

Keokuk group of Mississippi Valley, Beachler, 50.

Millerite, new locality for, Keyes, 540.

Mississippi drainage system, "Westgate, 1019.

Mississippi section, principal, Keyes, 541.

Missouri Paleozoic, stratigraphy of, Broadhead, 94.

Ouachita uplift, Griswold, 368.

Bedrock sandstone, Keyes, 529.

St. Louis limestone, Jones, 505.

St. Louis limestone in Iowa, Bain, 24.

Sandstone near Iowa City, Keyes, 528.

Zinc-blende mines, Heinrich, 418. 

Texas.

Colorado coal field, Drake, 257.

Double Mountain section, Durable and Cummins, 272.

Guadalupe Mountains, Tarr, 901.

Permian, fossil plants of/White, I. C., 1026.

Permian of Texas, Tarr, 89.1.

Physical geography of Texas, Tarr, 902.

Second report of progress, Dumble, 267.

Trans-Pecos Texas, Streeruwitz, 880,881. 

Rocky Mountain region.

Geology of Palmer Lake, Cannon, 1196.

Paleozoic section of Three Forks, Peale,

716. 

Great Basin region.

Age of limestone strata and occurrence of

gold, Blake, 77. 

Sierra Nevada and Pacific Coast region.

Geology of Taylorsville, Diller, 251. 

Central America.

Dredging operations, Agassiz, 6.

Earthquakes in Nicaragua, Crawford, 191.

Nicaragua, geology of, Crawford, 188.

Vulkaue Guatemalas, Sapper, 814. 

Colorado.

American fossil tortoises, Baur, 38. -

Artesian wells of Denver, Van Diest, 245a.

Austinensis roemer, Cannon, 119a.

Classification of the Huerfano Eocene, Hills, 

4466.

Coal fields of Colorado, Hills, R. C., 446.

Creede, ore deposits of, Kirby, 550.

Creede, ore deposits of, MacMechen, 623.

[Denver artesian basin], Hills, 446a.

Florence oil field, Eldridge, 287.

Colorado Continued.

Formation of ore deposits by lateral secretion,

Van Diest, 2456.

Geology of Denver, Cannon, 119c. 

Geology of Palmer Lake, Cannon, 1196. 

[Independence Mine, Cripple Creek], Schwarz,

816a.

Insects from Florissant, Sciidcler, 824. 

Las Animas glacier, Stone, 875. 

Llama remains, observations on, Cragin, 185. 

Mineralogical notes/Penfield, 722. 

Newman Hill, ore deposits of, Farish, 313. 

Nickel, occurrence, distribution, and genesis

of, Argall, 19c.

Notes on a great silver camp, Carlyle, 120. 

[Occurrence of nickel], Charleton, 135a. 

Past eruptions in the Rocky Mountains, Hills,

446c. 

Post-Laramie beds of Middle Park, Cross,

197a. 

[Post-Laramie beds of Middle Park], Hills,

446e. 

Post-Laramie deposits of Colorado, Cross,

197. 

Polybasite and tennantite, Penfield and

Pierce, 724. 

Ptilolite, new occurrence of, Cross and

Eakins, 198.

Series of peculiar schists, Cross, 1976. 

Turkey Creek mining district, Stone, 874. 

Vertebrate fauna in Silurian strata, Walcott,

980. 

Connecticut.

Bowlders, Wells, D. A., 1016.

Hoosatonic Valley, geologic structure of,

Hobbs, 457.

Jura-Trias trap, observations on,. Dana, 218. 

Mount Washington, geologic structure of,

Hobbs, 456.

Pseudomorphs from the Taconic, Hobbs, 450. 

Rivers of Connecticut, some, Kumniel, 564. 

Triassic, basic dike in, Griswold, 369. 

Volcanoes of Connecticut, the lost, Davis,

235.

Cretaceous. 

Canada.

Ammonites of Cretaceous rocks, Whiteaves, 

. 1030.

Athabasca, report on, McConnell, 610. 

Cretaceous beds of British America, Dawson, 

. G. M., 237.

Cretaceous floras, Dawson, J. W., 238. 

Manitoba and adjacent districts of Assiniboia

and Saskatchewan, Tyrrell, 929. 

Atlantic Coastal Plain. 

Alabama, geology of, Smith, E. A., 842. 

Connecticut, some rivers of, Kummel, 564. 

Gay Head, Cretaceous at, TJhler, 933. 

Gay Head, Cretaceous at, White, D., 1024. - 

Long Island, Cretaceous on, Hollick, 464. 

New Jersey, Cretaceous and Tertiary of,

Clark, W. B., 140. 

New Jersey, Report of State Geologist, 1892,

Smock, 848.

Pyrite incrustations, Marshall, 644. 

Staten Island, Cretaceous of, Hollick, 463.
160 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

Cretaceous Continued. 

Gulf States. 

Artesian and other underground -water, Hill,

443.

Coal field, Colorado (Texas), Drake, 257. 

Counties, geology of Menard, etc., Comstock,

167. 

Cretaceous area north of Colorado River, Taff,

887,888.

Double Mountain section, Durable and Cummins, 272.

Grahamite, occurrence of, Durable, 263. 

Guadalupe Mountains, Tarr, 901. 

Kent section, Dumble and Cummins, 273. 

Llano Estacado, report on the, Cummins, 203. 

Middle Rio Grande, geology of, Dumble, 266. 

Northwest Texas, geology of, Cummins, 204. 

Paleontology of Cretaceous of Texas, Hill,

435,436.

Eeport for 1891, Kennedy, 522. 

Second report of progress, Dumble, 267. 

Section from Terrell to Sabine Pass, Kennedy,

524.

Tejon deposits, correlation of, Harris, 394. 

Texas Paleozoic, Cretacious covering of, Tarr,

897.

Texas, physical geography of, Tarr, 900. 

Trans-Pecos Texas, Streeruwitz, 880, 881. 

Mississippi Valley. 

Cretaceous deposits, Calvin, 113. 

Cretaceous, extension of, in Iowa, Keyes, 527. 

Cretaceous in northern Minnesota, "Winchell,

H.V.,1066.

Cretaceous, relation of, Calvin, 109. 

Geognostic and geographic observations in

Minnesota, Kloos, 551. 

Geological formations, Keyes, 534. 

Mississippi drainage system, Westgate, 1019. 

Great Plains. 

Cretaceous of Kansas, Niobrara, Williston,

1059.

Kansas, geology of, Hay, 403. 

Sandstone dikes, Hay, 406. 

Rocky Mountain region. 

Artesian wells of Denver, Van Diest, 245c. 

Bear Eiver formation, Stanton, 862. 

Bear Eiver formation, "White, C. A., 1020. 

Ceratops beds, Hatcher, 399. 

Coal fields of Colorado, Hills, 446. 

Coal fields, two Montana, "Weed, 1009. 

Colorado formation, Stanton, 861. 

Crazy Mountains, geology of, Wolff, 1092. 

Cretaceous floras, correlation of, Dawson, J.

W.,238.

[Denver artesian basin], Hills, 446a. 

Florence oil field, Eldridge, 287. 

Geology of Denver, Cannon, 119c. 

Geology of Palmer Lake, Cannon,1196. 

Hesperornis, bird allied to, Marsh, 638. 

Laramie and oveilying Livingston formation.

"Weed, 1014.

Mexico, Cretaceous of, Hill, 438. 

Montana, Cretaceous of, "Wood, 1097. 

Post-Larainie beds of Middle Park, Cross,

197a. 

[Post-Laramio beds of Middle Park], Hills,

446c.

Cretaceous Continued. 

Rocky Mountain region Continued.

Post-Laramie deposits of Colorado, Cross, 197.

Sierra Mojada, mines of, Fechet, 315,

Texas-New Mexico region, Hill, 440.

Tucumcari, Hill, 444.

Tucumcari fossils, Marcou, 624.

Tucumcari, geology of, Cummins, 207. 

Great Basin.

Coalfields of Utah, Forrester, 331. 

Sierra Nevada and Pacific Coast region.

Cretaceous and early Tertiary, Diller, 252.

Cretaceous, Wallala beds of the, Fairbanks, 

308.

Sacramento sheet, Lindgren, 595.

San Diego County, geology of, Fairbanks, 306.

Shastaand Chico formations, faunas of, Stanton, 863.

Shasta County, Fairbanks, 304.

Tehama, Colusa, Lake, and Napa counties, 

Fairbanks, 305.

Tejon deposits, correlation of, Harris, 394. 

Devonian. 

Canada.

Athabasca, report on, McConnell, 610.

Manitoba and adjacent districts of Assiniboia and Saskatchewan, Tyrrell, 929. 

New England.

Green Mountain region, Emerson, 295. 

Appalachian region.

Alabama, geology of, Hayes, 410.

Alabama, geology of, Smith, E. A., 842.

Appalachian history, "Willis, 1056

Bauxite, Hayes, 414.

"Catskill," on the use of the name, Stevenson, 867.

Chattanooga sheet, Hayes, 411.

Chemung and Catskill of Appalachian basin, 

Stevenson, 866.

Devonian and Silurian, thickness of, Prosser, 

' 763, 764.

Devonian of eastern Pennsylvania, Prosser, 

765.

Hamilton and Portage stages, Prosser, .766.

Kingston sheet, Hayes, 412.

New York, Devonian section of central, Prosser, 762.

Ohio limestones, Grim&ley, 367.

Oneonta and Chemung formations, Darton, 

221.

Oriskany fauna, new lower, Beecher, 56.

Paleozoic group, Spencer, 857.

Pennsylvania, geology of, Lesley, 580, 581.

Phosphate deposits of Tennessee, Memminger,' 659.

Report of State Geologist, Hall, J., 386.

Ringgold sheet, Hayes, 413.

Virginia, stratigraphy of central Appalachian,

Darton, 225. 

Mississippi Valley.

Fishes, Upper Devonian, Claypole, 160.

Geological formations, Keyes, 534.

Geological reconnoissance, Calvin, 116.

Indiana building stones, Thompson, M., 909.

Indiana, geology of Miami County, Gorby, 355.

Indiana, geology of western division, Thompson, W. H., 914.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 161

Devonian Continued. 

Mississippi Valley Continued.

Miami County, Gorby, 355.

Paleozoic formations, Hall and Sardesou, 382. 

Eocky Mountain region.

Paleozoic section of Three Forks, Pealo, 716. 

Miscellaneous.

Pyrophyllite slates, Moyer, 666.

Quartz and other minerals, Moyer, 665. 

Dynamic geology.

Address as president, Lapworth, 572.

Address to Geographical section, Geikie, J., 

343.

Artificial geyser, Graham, 358.

Baja California, geology of, Lindgren, 593.

Baraboo quartzite ranges, Van Hise, 967.

Barbados, geology of, Jukes-Brown and 

/ Harrison, 508.

Blue Mountain, geologist at, Walcott, 985.

Cambrian time, North American continent 

> during, Walcott, 982.

Chilhoweo Mountain, geology of, Keith, 510.

Conditions of sedimentary deposition, Willis, 

1057.

Connecticut, some rivers of, Kummel, 564.

Continental movements, Neocene and Pleistocene, McGee, 620.

Continental problems, Gilbert, 351.

Cordilleran Mesozoic revolution, Lawson, 573.

Cosigiiina, volcano, Crawford, 189.

Cretaceous, relation of, Calvin, 109.

Die Bodenverhiiltnisse Californiens, Hilgard, 

434.

Dip is more regular than strike, why, Williams, A., 1041.

Droughts and winds, effects of, Fuller, 334.

Dynamic and motasomatic phenomena, Whittle, 1040.

Earth, age of the, King, 549.

Earth, age of the, McGee,. 616.

Earthquake, a fossil, McGee, 622.

Earthquakes in California, Porrine, 732, 733.

Earthquakes in Nicaragua, Crawford, 191.

Earth's crust, deformation of the, Epyer, 777.

Elements of land sculptiire, Hicks, 425.

Erosion in the basin of the Arkansas Eiver, 

Brauner, 85.

Faulting, Appalachian, Willis and Haye*, 

1058.

Faulting, cause of, Church, 137.

Faulting in veins, Church, 138.

Faulting in veins, Emmons, 297.

Faulting in veins, Eramons, 300.

Faulting in veins, Gresley, 365.

Faulting in veins, Eicketts, 779.

Faulting in veins, Wilson, 1062.

Fault rules, Freeland, 333.

Fisher's new hypothesis, Becker, 53.

Folds and faults, underthrust, Smith, E. A., 

840.

Geysers, Weed, 1012.

Granites, surface disintegration of, Keycs, 

532.

Green Mountains anticlinal, Hitchcock, 449.

Gulf of Mexico as a measure of isostasy, 

McGeo,613.

Bull 130 11

Dynamic geology Continued.

Harbors, geologic history of, Shalor, 834. 

High temperature work in igneous fusion,

Barus, 35. 

Hqosatonic Valley, geologic structure of,

Hobbs, 457. 

Huronian and underlying granite, contact of

Lower, Smyth, H. L., 855. 

Joints, origin of, Crosby, 195. 

Lake Superior region, sketch of, Van Hise,

965.

Lassen Peak sheet, Diller, 250. 

Laurentian area, typical, Adams, 1.- 

Mesozoic fault, great, Lyman, 004. 

Metamorphic rocks, pre-Cretaceous age of,

Fairbanks, 309, 310. 

Metamorphism, migration of material during,

Harker, 391.

Mountain building, physics of, Eeade, 774. 

Mountain building, processes of, TJpham, 948. 

Mountain chains, themakingof, Wells, H. G.,

1017,

Mountain ranges, origin of, Lo Conte, 578. 

Movements, epoirogenic, Upham, 944. 

Osago Eiver and its meanders, Winslow, 1084. 

Osage Eiver and Ozark uplift, Davis,. 234. 

Ouachita uplift, structure of, Griswold, 368. 

Overthrusts, two, Barton,. 226. 

Past eruptions in .the Eocky Mountains, Hills,

446c.

Quaternary changes of level, De Geer, 341. 

Eecherches expdriinentales, Daubr6o, 243. 

Eecouyremeht dans los Appalaches, do Margerie, 629.

Eolation of secular decay of rocks to formation of sediments, Tarr, 898. 

Kigidity not to be relied upon in estimating

the earth's age, Fisher, 320. 

Eiv.er adjustment, example of, Mitchell and

Baskorv'ille, 675. 

Eock fusion, criticism of remarks on, Barns,

36. 

Bock pressure, origin of, in natural gas,

Or ton, 693.

Soils, origin of, Shaler, 832. 

Strain, flow and rupture of rocks, Becker, 52. 

Stratigraphy and succession of the rocks of

the Sierra Nevada, Mills, 674. 

Structure, the mechanics of Appalachian,

Willis, 1055.

Taylorsville region of California, Diller, 251. 

Tertiary revolution of Pacific Coast, Diller, 248. 

 Thorinometaraorphism in igneous, rocks, Harker, 390.

Tin islands of the Northwest, Claypole, 152.- 

Topography, geologic evolution of nonmountainous, Hill, 441. 

Trap sheets, Holyokeand Docrfield, Emerson,

292.

Veinformation, experiments in, Comstock, 168. 

Vein structure, Blake, 73. 

Vein structure, Church, 139. 

Verhaltnisse Jer Mexico,, Felix and Lenke, 317. 

Volcanic eruption, in California, Dillef, 240. 

Volcanoes, extinct, Tarr, 895. 

Vulkane Guatomalas, Sapper, 814.
162 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL.ISO.

Dynamic geology Continued.

Vulkane Mexikanischen, Sapper, 813.

Wind as a factor in geology, Merrill, 661. 

Economic geology (condensed titles of papers 

describing economic products from the following geographic subdivisions). 

Alabama.

Bauxite, Hayes, 414.

Bauxite, Alabama, McCalley, 607.

Bauxite, Warwhoop, Brewer, 88.

Brown ore deposit of Baker Hill, Brewer, 89.

Coal field, Coosa, Brewer, 91.

Coal Measures of Blount Mountain, Gibson, 

349.

Gold belt of Alabama, Phillips, 736

Gold mining districts, Alabama, Brewer, 90.

Miirphrees Valley, Phillips, 737.

Paleozoic group, Spencer, 857.

Phosphates and marls, Smith, E, A., 84]. 

Alaska.

i Alaska, mineral resources of, Garside, 336. 

I Precious-metal industry, Emmons, 298. 

Arizona.

Copper resources of United States, Douglas, 

255.

Precious-metal industry, Emmons, 298. 

Arkansas.

Coal fields of Arkansas, Branner, 86.

Iron deposits of Arkansas, Penroso, 730.

Manganese, "Weeks, 1015.

Mineral waters of Arkansas, Brannor, 84.

Tertiary iron ores, Penrose, 729.

"Whetstones and novaculites, Griswold, 370. 

California.

Alameda County, "Watts, 995.

Amaclor County, Preston, 748.

Calaveras County, Preston, 750.

Coal and clays in Amador County, Watts, 996.

Coal deposits of California, Tumor, 927.

Colusa County, Watts, 997.

Contra Costa County, Watts, 998.

Del Norte County, Watts, 999.

Eldorado County, Preston, 751.

Fresno County, Watts, 1000.

(Gold) Auriferous gravels, Diller. 249.

(Gold) Auriferous veins of Meadow Lake, 

Lindren, 596.

Gold deposits at Pine Hill, Lindgron, 592.

Humboldt County, Watts, 1001.

Kern County, Watts, 1002.

Lake County, Watts, 1003.

Lassen Peak sheet, Diller, 250.

Los Angeles County, Storms, 876. 

' Mavin County, Watts, 1004.

Metamorphic rocks, pre-Cretaceous ago of, 

Fairbanks, 309,310.

Natural sodium salts, Packard, 711.

Nevada County, Hobson and Wiltsee, 459.

Occurrence of gold-bearing quartz, llickard, 

778a.

Ore deposits and their inclosing walls, Fairbanks, 307.

Ores in lodes, persistence of, Stevenson, K., 

870.

Petroleum, genesis of, Cooper, 169.

Precious-metal industry, Emmons, 298.

Economic geology Continued. 

California Continued.

Sacramento County, Watts, 1005.

San Bernardino County, Storms, 877.

San Diego County, Storms, 878.

Santa Clara County, Watts, 1006.

Shasta County, Fairbanks, 304.

Shasta County, Hobson and Wiltsee, 460.

Sierra County, Preston, 758.

Sierra County mines, Wiltsoo, 1063.

Siskiyou County, Dunn, 275.

Sonoma County, Watts, 1007.

Tohatna, Colusa, Lake, and Napa counties, 

Fairbanks, 305.

Trinity County, Dunn, 276.

Tuolumne County, Preston, 759. 

Canada.

Coal, examination of so-called cannel, Penhallow, 725.

Gold veins of Poterboro County, Ontario, 

Chapman, 133.

Manganese, notes on, Brumell, 97.

Natural gas and petroleum, geology of, Bruinell, 100.

Natural gas in Ontario, Brumell, 98.

Nickel and copper deposits, Barlow, 30.

Nickel mines, Algoma, McCharles, 609.

Petroleum in Gasp6, Brumell, 99.

Phosphate mines in Canada, Small, 839.

Phosphate nodules from the Cambrian. Matthew, W. D., 656.

Phosphate of lime, occurrence of, Davidson, 

229.

Pictou and Colchester counties, Fletcher, 

321.

Platinum, Donald, 254.

Salt deposits, Ward, 993.

Siidbury mining district, Bell, 65. 

Colorado.

Artesian wells of Denver, Van Diest, 245a.

[Denver artesian basin], Hills, 446a.

Formation of ore deposits by lateral secretion, Tan Diest, 245&.

[Independence Mine,. Cripple Creek], 

Scliwarz, 816a.

Nickel, occurrence, distribution, and genesis 

of, Argall, 19c.

[Occurrence of Nickel], Charleton, 135a.

Oil field, Florence, Eldridge, 287.

Ore deposits of Creede, Kirby, 550.

Ore deposits of Creede, MacMechcn, 623.

Ore deposits of Newman Hill, Farisli, 313.

Precious-metal industry, Emmons, 298.

Silver camp, notes on a great, Carlyle, 120. 

Florida.

Geology of Florida, Johnson, L. C., 503.

Phosphates, Florida, Davidson, 227.

Phosphates, Florida, Pratt, 747.

Phosphates of Florida, Eldridge, 288.

Phosphates of Florida, Wyatt, 1119.

Phosphate of lime, occurrence of, Davidson,

229. 

Georgia.

Bauxite, Hayes, 414.

Manganese, AVeeks, 1015.

Kinggold sheet, Hayes, 413.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 163

Economic geology Continued. 

Illinois.

Fluorspar deposits, Emm on s, 299. 

Indiana.

Indiana, valuable minerals of, Thompson, 

W. H.,913.

Natural gas and petroleum, Gorby, 356.

(Natural) Gas area, Jordan, 507.

Natural gas field, Indiana, Boyd, 81.

Natural gas field of Indiana, Phinney, 739.

Natural gas supply, limits of, Gorby, 354.

Petroleum in Indiana, Benedict, 67. 

Iowa.

Coal deposits of Iowa, Keyes, 544.

Natural gas .and oil, Keyes, 530.

(Natural) Gas wells near Letts, Witter, 1091. 

Kansas.

Salt deposits, "Ward, 993. 

Kentucky.

Coal field, Big Stone Gap, Campbell, 119.

Coal field, Big Stono Gap, Hodge, 461.

Petroleum, natural gas, and asphalt, Orton,

695. 

Mexico.

Iron ores, hematite and martite, Hill, 437.

Iron-producing country, Mexico as an, Hill, 

442.

Manganese, occurrence of, Halso, 389.

Sierra Mnjada, mines of, Fechot, 315. 

Michigan.

Copper region, Phelps, 735.

Iron-bearing series, Irving and Van Hiso,489.

Iron-ore region, Parker, 714.

Iron ores of Lake Superior region, Van Hise, 

961.

Iron ores of Marquette district, Van Hise, 964.

Iron ores of Menomineo range, Hulst, 475.

Salt deposits, "Ward, 993. 

Minnesota.

Biwabik Mine, Winchell (H. V.) and Jones, 

1067.

Iron-bearingfofmations,"Winchell, N. H., 1071.

Iron-bearing rocks, "Winchell, N. H., 1073.

Iron ore, problems of Mesabi,"Winchell, N. H., 

1079.

Iron-ore region, Parker, 714.

Iron ores of Minnesota, Winchell, N. H. and 

H. V., 1080.

Manganese, oxide of, "Winchell, N. H., 1070.

Mesabi iron range, Winchell, H. V., 1065.

Minneotadeop well, Hall, C. W., 380. 

Missouri.

Apatite and magnetite, association of, Blako, 

. 72.

Coal deposits of Missouri, Winslow, 1087.

Coal Measures of Missouri, Winslow, 1086, 

1089.

Higginsville sheet, Winslow, 1088.

Iron ores of Missouri, Nason, 686.

Iron ores, on the formation of, Kobertson, 782.

Lead and zinc deposits, Winslow, 1090.

Zinc-blende mines, Heinrich, 418. 

Montana.

Coal basin, Flathead, Wood, 1094.

Coal fields of Montana, Weed, 1010.

Coal fields, two. Montana, Weed, 1009.

Economic geology Continued. 

Montana Continued. 

Copper resources of United States, Douglas,

255:

Gold in placers, Wood, 1096. 

Ores in lodes, persistence of, Boadle, 51. 

Precious-metal industry, JJmmons, 298. 

Nevada.

Eureka district, geology of, Hague, 375. 

Half-Moon mine, geology of, Wiltseo, 1064. 

Manganese deposit, Pleistocene, Penroso, 727. 

Natural sodium salts, Packard, 711. 

Precious-metal industry, Einrnons. 293. 

New Jersey. 

Apatite and magnetite, association of, Blako,

72. 

Iron-bearing rocks of the Adirondacks, Nason,

684. 

New Mexico.

Copper Glance and Potosi mine, Snow, 836. 

New York. 

Apatite and magnetite, association of, Blake,

72.

Clays, notes on, Eies, 780. 

Iron-bearing rocks of the Adirondacks, Nason,

084.

Iron ores, on the Clinton, Smyth, C. H., 853. 

Salt deposits, Ward, 993. 

Salt industry of New York, Bishop, 71. 

Talc industry of New York, Salilin, 805. 

Nicaragua. 

Nicaragua, recent discoveries in, Crawford,

190.

North Carolina.

Iron ores, magnetic, Asho County, Nitsse, 689. 

Iron ores, magnetic, Granville County, Nitze,

690. '

Iron ores of North Carolina, Nitze, 691. 

Magnetites of Virginia and North Carolina,

Nitze, 688.

Mica and mica mines, Henderson, 419. 

Nickel deposits, Ercmens, 296. 

Tin ore, occurrence of, Ulke, 930. 

Ohio. 

First Ann. Kept, (natural gas and petroleum),

Orton, C92. 

Pennsylvania. 

Anthracite, Stevenson, 869. 

Coal Measures of Clearfield County, Komp,

517.

Iron ores of Danville, Stock, 871. 

Natural gas fields, geology of, Cummins, 201. 

South Carolina.

Gold fields, Spartanburg, Ladshaw, 569. 

Phosphate of lime, occurrence of, Davidson,

229.

South Dakota.

Tin islands of the Northwest, Claypole, 152. 

Tin mines, geology of Dakota, Ulke, 935. 

Tennessee.

Chattanooga sheet, Hayes, 411. 

Coal Measures Tennessee, Safford, 804. 

Kingston sheet, Hayes, 412. 

Phosphate deposits of Tennessee, Memminger,

659. 

Ringgold sheet, Hayes,'413.
164 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

Economic geology Continued. 

Texas.

Clays, Texas, Kennedy, 526,

Coal and lignite, brown, DnnVble, 271.

Coal field, Colorado, Drake, 257.

Grimes, Brazos, and Robortson counties, Kennedy, 525.

Guadalupe Mountains, Tarr, 901.

Houston County, Kennedy, 523.

Non-metallic minerals, Streeruwitz, 883.

Precious and other valuable.metals, Streeruwitz, 882.

Preliminary report, Comstock, 1C7.

Report for 1891, Cummins, 202.

Report for 1891, Kennedy, 522.

Eeport for 1891, Strceruwitz, 879.

Eeport for 1891, Taff, 886.

State Geologist, report of, Dumble, 268.

Tertiary iron ores, Penrose, 729.

Trans-Pecos Texas, Streeruwitz, 880,881. 

Utah.

Apatite and. magnetite, association of, Blake,

72.

Coal fields of IT tab, Forrester, 331. 

Gold, age of limestone strata and occurrence

of, Blake, 77. 

Natural sodium salts, Packard, 711. 

Old Telegraph mine, Tenner, 318. 

Precious-metal industry, Emmons, 298. 

Virginia.

Coal field, Big Stone Gap, Campbell, 119. 

Coal field, Big Stone Gap, Hodge, 461. 

Coalfields, Clinch Valley, Mc.Creath and D'lnvilliers, 611,

"Great Gossan lead," Moxham, 681. 

Iron ores, Virginia Oriskany, Pechin, 717; 

Lead and zinc mines, Wythe, Boyd, 72: 

Manganese, "Weeks, 1015. 

Manganese ore deposit of Crimora, Hall, C. E.,

376. 

Mines of Longdale Iron Company, Johnson,

G. R., 500.

Tin ore, occurrence of, Ulke, 936. 

Zinc mines, Bertha, Case, W. H., 123. 

West Virginia. 

Coal Measures of "West Virginia, Lower,

Brown, 96.

Oil field, Mannington, "White, I. C., 1025. 

Wisconsin.

Iron-bearing series, Irving and Van Hise, 489, 

Iron ores of Lake Superior region, Van Hise,

961.

Lead and zinc deposits, "Winslow, 1090. 

"Wisconsin, mineral deposits of, Blake, 74. 

Miscellaneous discussions. 

Aluminum, Hunt, 476. 

Coal and petroleum, origin of, Forstall, 332. 

Copper resources of the United States, Douglas, 255.

Gold and silver, Dewar, 245. 

[Gold-bearing quartz], Argall, 19a-. 

Gold in different formations, abundance of,

Blake, 78. 

Iron and manganese, chemical relations of,

Penrose, .728. 

Iron ores, classification of theories of, Winchell, N. H., 1079.

Economic geology Continued. 

Miscellaneous discussions Continued.

Iron ores, formation of, Robertson, 782.

Manganese, Peurose, 731.

Natural gas, Gorby, 856.

(Natural) Rock gas and related bitumens, 

McGee, 619.

Nickel, notes on, Mickle, 667.

Nickel ores, genesis of, Packard, 710.

Ore deposits and inclosing walls, relation 

between, Fairbanks, 307.

Ore deposits and inclosing walls, relation 

between, Lindgren, 594.

Ore deposits, classification of, Kemp, 514.

Ores in lodes, persistence of, Blake, 75.

Ores in lodes, persistence of, Blandy, 79. 

' Ores in lodes, persistence of, Rickard, 778.

[Origin of ore deposits], Argall, 196.

[Origin of ore deposits], Guiterman, 370a.

[Origin of ore deposits], Hills, 446/.

[Origin of ore deposits], Pearco, 716a.

[Origin of ore deposits], Rickard, 778i.

Petroleum, geology of, Topley, 924.

Petroleum, origin of, Boss, 785.

Phosphate chemistry, Chatard, 136.

Phosphates, natural, Wills, 1055.

Phosphoric acid, minerals containing 1 per 

cent of, Phillips, 738.

Precious-metal industry, Emmons, 298.

Quicksilver ore deposits, Becker, 54. 

Products described.

Aluminum, Hunt, 476.

Aluminum, Spencer, 857.

Artesian wells, Call, 10.6.

Artesian wells, Cummins, 202.

Artesian wells, Diest, Van, 245a.

Artesian wells, Dryer, 2GO.

Artesian wells, Dumble and Harris, 274.

Artesian wells, Hall, C. W., 380.

Artesian wells, Hallock, 388.

Artesian wells, Hill, 439,443.

Artesian wells, Hills, 446a..

Artesian wells, Meeds, C58.

Artesian wells, Singloy 83.7a, 838.

Artesian wells, Tyrrell, 930.

Artesian wells, Watts, 995,1002..

Artesian wells, Woolman, 1105.

Asphalt, Cooper, 169.

Asphalt, Orton, 695.

Bauxite, Brewer, 88.

Bauxite, Hayes, 414.

Bauxite, McCalley, 607.

Bitumen, Mc.Gee, 619.

Clay, Kennedy, 522,523.

Clay, Ries, 780.

Clay, Watts, 996.

Coal, Branuer, 86.

Coal, Brewer, 91.

Coal, Brown, 96.

Coal, Campbell, 118, 119.

Coal, Drake,.257.

Coal, Dumble, 271.

Coal, Fairbanks, 304.

Coal, Fletcher, 321.

Coal, Forrester, 331.

Coal, Forstall, 332.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 165

Economic geology Continued. 

Products described Continued. 

Coal, Gibson, 349. 

Coal, Hay, 403. 

Coal, -Hills, 446. 

Coal, Hodge, 461. 

Coal, Kemp, 516. 

Coal, Kennedy, 525. 

Coal, Keyes, 544.

Coal, McCreath and D'lnvilliers, 611. 

Coal, Page, 712. 

Coal, Penhallow, 725. 

Coal, Safford, 804. 

Coal, Smith, 843. 

Coal, Spencer, 857. 

Coal, Stevenson, 869. 

Coal, Streeruwitz, 883. 

Coal, Thompson, 913. 

Coal, Turner, 927. 

Coal, Watts, 996, 997, 998, 1000,'1001, 1004,1005,

1007.

Coal, Weed, 1009, 1010. 

Coal, White, I. C-, 1027. 

Coal, Winslow, 1086, 1087, 1089. 

Coal, Wood, 1094. 

Copper, Barlow, 30. 

Copper, Bell, 65. 

Copper, Douglas, 255. 

Copper, Fechet, 315. 

Copper, Moxham, 681. 

' Copper, Phelps, 735. 

Copper,'Preston, 750, 759. 

Copper, Snow, 856. 

Copper, Watts, 999. 

Fluorspar, Emmons, 298. 

Gold, Blake, 77, 78. 

Gold, Brewer, 90. 

Gold, Chapman, 123. 

Gold, Crawford, 190. 

Gold, Dewar, 245. 

Gold, Diller, 249. 

Gold, Emmons, 298. 

Gold, Garside, 336. 

Gold, Laclshaw, 569. 

Gold, Lindgren, 592, 596. 

Gold, Phillips, 736. 

Gold, Preston, 749. 

Gold, Selwyn, 829. 

Gold, Storms, 876. 

Gold, Streernwitz, 882. 

Gold, Watts, 1004. 

Gold, Wiltseo, 1063. 

Gypsum, Keyes, 530. 

Gypsum, Watts, 1002. 

Iron, Brewer, 89. 

Iron, Dewar, 245. 

Iron, Hotelier, 821. 

Iron, Hill, 437,442. 

Iron, Hulst, 475. 

Iron, Irving and Van Hise, 489. 

Iron, Johnson, 500. 

Iron, Kennedy, 522,523. 

Iron, Lesley, 580,581. 

Iron, Moxham, 681. 

Iron, Nason, 684,686. 

Iron, Nitzo, 691.

Economic geology Continued. 

Products described Continued. 

Iron, Parker, 714. 

Iron, Pechin, 717. 

Iron, Penrose, 728,729,730. 

Iron, Eaymond, 772. 

Iron, Eohertson, 782. 

Iron, Smyth, C. H., 853. 

Iron, Spencer, 887. 

Iron, Stock, 871. 

Iron, Streeruwitz, 882. 

Iron, Thompson, 913. 

Iron, Van Hise, 961,964. 

Iron, Watts, 1004. 

Iron, Winchell,H. V., 1065,1067. 

Iron, Winchell, N. H.,'1071, 1073, 1078, 1079,

1080.

Iron, titaniforous, Birkinbine, 70. 

Lead, Blake, 74. 

Lead, Boyd, 82. 

Lead, Dewar, 245. 

Lead, Fechet, 315.

Lead, Hay, 403. 

Lead, Lesley, 580. 

Lead, Winslow, 1090. 

Lignite, Kennedy, 522, 523. 

Magnetite, Nitze, 688,689,690. 

Magnetite, Pechin, 718. 

Manganese, Brumell, 97. 

. Manganese, Hall, 376. 

Manganese, Halse/389. 

Manganese, Ponrose, 727,728,731. 

Manganese, Spencer, 857. 

Manganese, Watts, 995, 1004. 

Manganese, Weeks, 1015. . Manganese, Winchell, N. H., 1070 

Mica, Henderson, 419. 

Natural gas, Boyd, 81. 

Natural gas, Brumell, 98, 100. 

Natural gas, Cummins, 201. 

Natural gas, Gorby, 354, 356. 

Natural gas, Jordan, 507, 

Natural gas, Keycs, 530. 

Natural gas, McGee, 619. 

Natural gas, Orton, 695. 

Natural gas, Phinnoy, 739. 

Natural gas, Topley, 924. 

Natural gas, Witter, 1091. 

Nickel, A rgall, 19c. 

Nickel, Barlow, 30. 

Nickel, Bell, 65. 

Nickel,Charlton, 135<i. 

Nickel, Emmens, 296. 

Nickel, McCharles, 009. 

Nickel, Mickle, 667. 

Nickel, Packard,.710. 

Petroleun., Benedict, 67. 

Petroleum, Brnmell, 98, 99, 100. 

Petroleum, Cooper, 169. 

Petroleum, Eldridge, 287. 

Petroleum, Eorstall, 332. 

Petroleum^ Gorby, 356. 

Petroleum, Keyos, 530. 

Petroleum, Orton, 695. 

Petroleum, Boss, 785. 

Petroleum, Topley, 924.
166 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

Economic geology Continued. 

Products described Continued.

Petroleum, White, I. C., 1025.

Phosphate, Davidson, 227.

Phosphate, Eldridge, 288.

Phosphate, Johnson, 503.

Phosphate, Memminger, 659.

Phosphate, Pratt, 747.

Phosphate, Recso, 775.

Phosphate, Small, 839.

Phosphate, Smith, E. A., 841.

Phosphate, Wills, 1060.

Phosphate, Wyatt, 1119.

Platinum, Donald, 254.

Platinum, Strecrnwitz, 882.

Quicksilver, Beck or, 54.

Quicksilver, Watts, 995, 997,1003,1006, 1008.

Salt, Bishop, 71.

Salt, Hay, 403.

Salt, Kennedy, 522.

Salt, Preston, 757.

Salt, Ward, 993.

Silver, Carlyle, 120.

Silver, Dewar, 245.

Silver, Emmons, 298.

Silver, Farish, 313.

Silver, Fechet, 315.

Silver, Fenncr, 318.

Silver, Kirby, 550.

Silver, MacMcohon, 623.

Silver, Storms, 870, 877.

Silver, Streeruwitz, 882.

Silver, Wiltseo, 1064.

Sodium, Packard, 711.

Sulphur, Watts, 1002.

Talc, Sahlen, 805.

Tin, Claypole, 152.

Tin, Ulke, 935,936.

Zinc, Boyd, 82.

Zinc, Case, 123.

Zinc, Hay, 403.

Zinc, Heiurich, 418.

Zi'nc, Lesley, 580.

Zinc, Winslow, 1090. 

Florida.

Chattahoochec embayment, the, Johnson, 504.

Chipola Miocene, Foerste, 322.

Geology of Florida, Johnson, 503.

Phosphates, Florida, Davidson, 227.

Phosphates, Florida, Pratt, 747.

Phosphates of Florida, Eldridge, 288.

Phosphates of Florida, Wyatt, 1119.

Phosphatoof lime, occurrenceof,Davidson,229.

Tertiary mollusks of Florida, Dall, 215. 

Georgia.

Alabama, geology of, Hayes, 410.

Bauxite, Hayos, 414.

Chipola Miocene, Foorsto, 322.

Eocene and Miocene, time-break between, 

Pumpelly, 767.

Manganese, Weeks, 1015.

Paleozoic group, Spencer, 857.

Ringgold sheet, Hayes, 413. 

Glacial geology. 

Alaska.

Malaspina glacier, Russell, I. C., 793.

Middleton Island, Dawson, G. M., 236.

Glacial geology Continued. 

Alaska Continued.

Mount St. Eliaa and its glaciers, Russell, I. C., 

800.

Mount St. Elias, second expedition to, Russell, I. C., 796.

Muir glacier, Baldwin, 27.

Muir glacier, geology of vicinity of, Gushing, 

209.

Muir glacier, movement of, Cushing, 209.

Muir glacier, origin of gravel deposits of, 

Russell, I. C., 798. 

Muir glacier, recent changes in, Baldwin, 20.

Muir glacier, studies of, Reid, 776. 

Canada.

Athabasca, report on, McConuell, 610.

Bay of Fundy, Chalniers, 124.

Glacial geology, Low, 601.

Larix, new species of, Penhallow, 726.

Laurentian basin, geologic history of, Russell, I. C., 793.

Post-Glacial outlet of Great Lakes, Wright,

G. F., 1113. 

Colorado.

Las Animas glacier, Stone, 875. 

Idaho.

Extinct glacier, Stone, 873. 

Illinois.

Driftless area of the Mississippi, second, Salisbury, 806.

Drumlin, osar, and kamo, Chamberlin, 126.

Striatioii of rocks by river ice, Todd, 917. 

Indiana.

Alien County, geology of, Dryer, 260.

Dearborn County, Bigney, 69.

Dokalb County, geology of, Dryer, 259.

Drift beds of Indiana, Thompson, M., 905.

Drift of Mississippi basin, euglacial, Chamberlin, 129.

Drumlin, osar, and kame, Chamberlin, 126.

Erosion of small basins, Beachler, 49.

Glacial and pro-Glacial erosion, Moore, 678.

Miami County, geology of, Gorby,355.

Steuben County, Dryer, 261.

Western division, geology of, Thompson, W. 

H.,9H.

Wliitloy County, Dryer, 262. 

Iowa.

Pleistocene history of Iowa, McGee, 014.

Quaternary geology, Gordon, 357. 

Kansas.

Kansas, glaciated area of, Hay, 405. 

Michigan.

Grand River, observations on, Mudge, 682.

Mackinac Island, shore-lino of, Taylor, 903. 

Minnesota.

Interglacial chronometer, approximate, Winchell,N.H., 1077.

Lake Itasca, Upham, 958.

Minnesota lakes, Hall, C. W., 377.

Pro-Pleistoceno gravels of Mississippi basin,

Salisbury, 809. 

Montana.

Montana, glaciation in, Wood, 1098.

Yellowstone Valley, glaciation of, Weed, 

1013.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 167

Glacial geology Continued. 

Nebraska.

Morainic glacial movements, Swezey, 885. 

New England.

Boston basin, geology of, Crosby, 193.

Bowlders, remarkable, Wells, 1016.

Connecticut Valley glacier, Hitchcock, 448.

Drumlins near Boston, Upham, 957.

Eskers, subglacial origin of, Davis, 232.

Ico blocks, thickness of, "Woodworth, 1103.

Marthas Vineyard, geology of, Bryson, 101.

Moraine, central Massachusetts, Tarr, 892.

Moraines in New England, terminal, Hitchcock, 447.

Newtouville sand plain, Gulliver, 371.

Osar gravels of Maine, Stone, 872.

Pearl Hill pothole, Hartwoll, 397. 

New Jersey.

Drift, extra-morainic, "Wright, A. A., 1110.

Drift in Delaware Valley, older,"Wright, A. A., 

1111.

Drift phenomena, extra-morainic, Salisbury, 

808. . .

Glacial period, diversity of, Chamberlin, 127.

Pleistocene formations, Salisbury, 807.

Surface geology, Salisbury, 810. 

New York.

Anticlinal ridges, post-Glacial, Gilbert, 352.

Catskill delta, Davis, 230.

Drift mounds, Bryson, 102.

Eskers near .Rochester, Upham, 947.

Finger Lake region, glaciation of, Lincoln, 591.

Glacial lakes, channels over divides not evidence of, Spencer, 859.

Glacial phenomena in Now York, Kellogg, 511.

Iroquois shore north of Adiroudacks, Spencer, 

858.

Long Island, glacial geology of, Bryson, 101.

Moraines with raised beaches, correlation of, 

Leverett, 587.

Pcconic bay, Bryaon, 103. 

Ohio.

Cincinnati ice dam, James, 497.

Cincinnati ice dam, the, Leverett, 586.

Clays, significance of white, Lovorett, 585.

Drumlin, osar, and karne, Chamborlin, 126.

Glacial period, diversity of, Chamberlin, 127.

Glacial succession in Ohio, Leverett, 584.

Moraines with raised beaches, correlation of, 

Leverett, 587.

Pre-Glacial river bed near Akron, Claypole, 

157.

Eolation of attenuated drift border to the

outer moraine, Leverett, 589. 

Pennsylvania.

Drift, extra-morainic, "Wright, G. F., 1117.

Glacialgebiet Nordamerikas, Wahuschaffe, 

976.

Glacial history of Upper Ohio Valley, Wright, 

G. F., 1114.

Pennsylvania, glaciation in, "Williams, E. H.,

1042. 

Rhode Island.

Erosion beneath deep glaciers, Shaler, 835. 

South Dakota.

Striation of rocks by river ice, Todd, 917.

Glacial geology Coutinued. 

Washington.

Drift mounds, Rogers, 783.

Moraine, ancient glacial, Smith, "W. H.,845.

Moraine, diagonal, Plummer, 742. 

Wisconsin.

Drumlin, osar, and kame, Chamberlin, 126.

Glacialgebiet Nordamerikas, "Wahnschaffo, 

976.

Pre-Pleistoceue gravels of Mississippi basin,

Salisbury, 809. 

General papers.

Brazil, glaciation of, Branner, 87.

Champlain submergence, TJpham, 953.

Discussion of papers, Gilbert, 350.

Drift, englacial, Upham, 946.

Drift, inequality of distribution of englacial, 

Upham, 951.

Drift of North German lowland, Salisbury, 

812.

Drumlins, accumulations of, Upham, 945.

Epeirogenic movements associated with glaciation, Upham, 944.

Geological notes, Dawson, J. W., 240.

Glacial epochs and the criteria for their recognition, Salisbury, 811.

Glacial epochs, evidence on the interval between, Chamberlin, 130.

Glacial epoch, unity of, Wright, G. F., 1116.

Glacial erosion, Tarr, 899.

Glacial geology, Geikio, 342.

Glacial lakes, relationship of, Upham, 952.

Glacial lakes, shore lines of ancient, Todd, 

919.

Glacial period, altitude as the cause of, Uppham, 942. 

Glacial period, altitude of United States during the, Chamberlin, 128.

Glacial period to the antiquity of man, relation of, Wright, G. F., 1118.

Glacial period, the, Tarr, 894.

Glacial succession in United States, Chamberlin, 131.

Glaciers, climatic changes indicated by, Enssell, I. C., 799.

Great Lakes, post-Glacial outlet of, Bell, 6G.

Great Lakes, post-Glacial outlet of, Wriglit, 

G. F., 1113.

Ico age, on close of, McFurland, 612.

Ico age, reviews of, Am. COJl-, 10.

Interglacial shell beds, Wright, G. F., 1112.

InterglacialsubmergenceofEngland, Wright, 

G.F.,1115.

Isobases of post-Glacial elevation, Geor, 340.

Lewis's work, H. Carvill, Lewis, J. F:, 590.

Moraines, source of supply of glacial, Campbell, J. T., 117.

New England and Upper Mississippi basin, 

Dana, 219.

Ohio Valley, glacial history of, Wright, G. F., 

1114.

Pleistocene and present ice sheets, Upham, 

955.

Pleistocene changes of level, Geer, 339.

Pleistocene papers at Madison meeting, Am. 

Gool., 9
168 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BOLL. 130.

Glacial geology Continued. 

General papers Continued. 

Pleistocene papers at Ottawa meeting, Am.

Geol., 8. 

Pleistocene papers at Rochester meeting, Am.

Geol., 7. 

Terraces in glaciated regions, origin 'of, Tarr,

893. 

Idaho.

Cabinet anticlinal, "Wood, 1099. 

Extinct glacier, Stone, 873. 

Plattnorite, Yeates, 1121. 

Precious stones, Kunz, 567. 

Illinois.

Cerussite, note on, Hobbs, 455. 

Cyprinidfo, extinct species of, Cope, 170. 

Driftless area of the Mississippi, second,

Salisbury, 806.

Drnmliu, osar, and kame, Chamberlin, 126. 

Fluorspar deposits, Emmons, 299. 

Keokuk group of Mississippi Valley, Beach -

ler, 50.

North American geological notes, Gresley, 366. 

Pleistocene rock gorges, Hershey, 421. 

Pre-Glacial drainage of Illinois and Iowa,

Loverett, 588.

Strise and slickehsides, Todd, 920. 

Utica shale, Hershey, 420. 

Indiana.

Alien County, geology of, Dryer, 260. 

Building stones, Thompson, M., 909. 

Camerate crinoids from Niagara, "Wachsmuth

and Springer, 974. 

Carroll County, Thompson, M., 910. 

Castoroides, recently found, Moore, 676. 

Cystidians of Jefferson County, Hubbard, 472. 

Dearborn County, geology of, Bigney, 69. 

Dekalb County, geology of, Dryer, 259. 

Drift beds of Indiana, Thompson, M., 905. 

Drift of Mississippi basin, onglacial, Chamberlin, 129.

Drumlin, osar, and kame, Chamberlin, 126. 

Echinodermata, now species of, Miller and

Gurley, 673.

Erosion of small basins, Beachler, 49. 

Fossils and their value, Thompson, W. H., 912. 

" Glacial and pre-Glacial erosion, Moore, 678. 

Hudson River fossils of Jefferson County,

Hubbard, 473.

Keokuk group of Mississippi Valley, Beachler, 50.

Miami County, geology of, Gorby, 355. 

Minerals of Indiana, valuable, Thompson, W.

H., 913.

Natural gas and petroleum, Gorby, 356. 

(Natural) Gas area, Jordan, 507. 

Natural gas field, Indiana, Boyd, 81. 

Natural gas field of Indiana, Phinney, 739. 

Natural gas supply, limits of, Gorby, 354. 

.Origin of rock pressure in natural gas, Orton,

693.

Paleontology, Miller, 670. 

Petroleum, Benedict, 07. 

Silurian, upper limit of Lower, Hubbard, 474. 

Soils, formation of, Thompson, M., 908. 

Steubon County, Dryer, 261.

Indiana Continued.

Variety in rock deposits, cause of, Moore, 

677.

Wabash arch, the, Thoinpsou, M., 906.

Wabash County,'Elrod and Benedict, 291.

Western division, survey of, Thompson, "W". 

H., 914.

Whitley County, Dryer, 262. 

Indian Territory.

Artesian and other underground water, Hill,

443. 

Iowa.

Artesian wells in Iowa, Call, 106.

Bibliography of Iowa geology, Keyes, 530.

Catalogue of minerals, Keyes, 535.

Coal deposits of Iowa, Keyes, 544.

Coal Measures and St. Louis limestone, unconformity of, Keyes, 539.

Cretaceous deposits, Calvin, 113.

Cretaceous in Iowa, Keyes, 527.

Cretaceous, relation of, Calvin, 109.

Dolomites from the Niagara, Houser, 471.

Echinodermata, new species of, Miller and 

Gurley, 673.

Fossils from Lower Magnesian, Calvin, 112.

Gas well near Letts, Witter, 1091.

Geological formations, Keyes, 534.

Geological reconnoissance, Calvin, 116.

Interglacial earth, Knowlton, 557.

Iowa City, sandstone near, Keyes, 528.

Millerite, 3£eyes, 540.

Miucralogical notes, Koyes, 531.

Natural gas and oil, Keyes, 530.

"Nickel ore" from Iowa, Keyes, 540.

Northwestern Iowa, geology of, Todd, 923.

Paheopalajomon newberryi, Whitfield, 1038.

Paleozoic fossils, chock list of, Bierbauer, 68.

Pleistocene history of Iowa, McGee, 614.

Pre-Glacial drainage of Illinois and Iowa, 

Leverett, 538.

Quaternary geology, Gordon, 357.

Quaternary section near Des Moines, Koyes 

and Call, 548.

Bedrock sandstone, Keyos, 529.

St. Louis limestone, Jones, 505.

St. Louis limestone in Iowa, Bain, 24.

Spirifers from the Devonian, Calvin, 115.

Strata between Ford and Winterset, Tilton, 

916.

Volcanic eruption in Iowa, old, Keyes, 545. 

Juratrias. 

Atlantic Coastal Plain.

Basic dike in Connecticut Triassic, Griswold, 

369.

Great Mcsozoic fault, Lyman, 604.

Jura-Trias trap, observations on, Dana, 218. 

Texas.

Double Mountain section, Dumble and Cummins, 272.

Dyas, Trias, and Jura, classification of, Marcou, 625.

Geology of Menard, etc., counties, Comstock, 

107.

Llano Estacado, report on the. Cummins, 203.

Triassic formation of Texas, Drake, 250.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 169

Juratrias Continued. 

Rocky Mountain region.

Geology of Denver, Cannon, 119c.

Geology of Palmer Lake, Cannon, 1196.

Tucumcari, geology of, Cummins, 207. 

Sierra Nevada and Pacific Coast region.

Arizona, geology of, Blandy, 80.

Cordilleran Mesozoic revolution, Lawson, 573.

Taylorsville, geology of, Diller, 251.

Taylorsville, Jura and Trias at, Hyatt, 477. 

Miscellaneous.

Correlation papers, Newark system, Russell,

I. C., 795. 

Kansas.

Building stones, composition of Kansas, Bailey and Case, 22.

Cephalopods, new species of, Hay, 404.

Cretaceous of Kansas, Niobrara, "Williston, 

1059.

Geology of Kansas, Hay, 403.

Glaciated area of Kansas, Hay, 405.

Knochenflscbe aus der Kreide, Crook, 192.

Llama remains, observations on, Cragin, 185.

Mosasauridse, on the skull of, Baur, 39.

Pellets, natural formation of, Udden, 931.

Salt deposits, "Ward, 993. 

Kentucky.

Cephalopoda, Carboniferous, Miller and Faber, 

671.

Clays, Texas, Kennedy, 526.

Coal field, Big Stone Gap, Campbell, 119.

Coal field, Big Stone Gap, Hodge, 461.

Development of brachial supports, Beecher 

and Schuchert, 64.

Fluorspar deposits, Emmons, 299.

Keokuk group, Beachler, 50.

Mica-peridotite from Kentucky, Diller, 247. 

Maine.

Basic eruptive rocks, Merrill, 660.

Cookeite, Penfield, 721.

Elaeolite-syenite and hornblende syenite, Bayley, 40.

Fulgurite, Bayley, 44.

Garnet, striated, Bayley, 45.

Mount Desert Island, Chapman, H, C., 135.

Osar gravels of Maine, Stone, 872. 

. Precious stones, Kunz, 567.

Quebec and adjoining areas in New Brunswick 

and Maine, Bailey and Mclnnes, 23.

Silurian strata of Maine, Upper, Dodge and

Beecber, 253. 

Maryland.

Allanite and epidote, parallel intergrowth of, 

Hobbs, 451.

Blue Mountain, geologist at, "Walcott, 985.

Blue Eidge, geologic structure of, Keith, 509.

Calvert Cliffs, geology of, Harris, 392.

Cambrian rocks of Pennsylvania and Maryland, Walcott, 979.

Epidote as a primary constituent of eruptive 

rocks, Keyes, 543.

Eruptives, metamorphosed, Hobbs, 454.

Gabbro in Maryland, quartz-bearing, Grant, 

361.

[Geology of Maryland], Clark, W. B., 143.

[Geology of Maryland], "Williams, G. H., 1048.

Maryland Continued.

Granites, Maryland, Keyes, 542.

Magothy formation, Darton, 222.

Minerals from Jones Falls, Powell, S. L., 746.

Short excursions, reports on, "Williams, G. H.,

aiid Clark, "W. B., 1049. 

Volcanic rocks of South Mountain, Williams,

G.H.,1043. 

Massachusetts.

Augite-syenite and nepheline syenite, Sears,

828.

Boston basin, geology of, Crosby, 193. 

Bowlders, Barton, 34. 

Bowlders, Wells, D. A., 1.016. 

Cambrian fossils from Cohasset, Walcott, 977. 

Cambrian fossils' in Neocene gravels, Woodworth, 1102.

Cretaceous at Gay Head, TJhler, 933. 

Cretaceous at Gay Head, White, D., 1024. 

Drift, inequality of distribution of euglacial,

Upham, 951.

Drumlins near Boston, Upham, 957. 

Eruptive dike near Manchester, Pearce, 7166. 

Eskers, subglacial origin of, Davis, 232. 

Fossils near Boston, recent, TJpham, 959,960. 

Geological and mineralogical notes, Soars, 827. 

Glacial geology of Marthas Vineyard, Bryson, 101.

Green Mountain region, Emerson, 295. 

Hawley sheet, Emerson, 294. 

Hingham, geology of, Crosby, 94. 

Hoosatonic Valley, geologic structure of,

Hobbs, 457.

Ice blocks, thickness of, Woodworth, 1103. 

Methamorphism of schists, Hobbs, 452. 

Moraine, central Massachusetts, Tarr, 892. 

Mount Washington, geologic structure of,

Hobbs, 456.

Newer eruptive rocks, Merrill, 663. 

Newtonville sand plain, Gulliver, 371. 

Pearl Hill pothole, Hartwell, 397. 

Trap sheets, Holyoke andDeerfield, Emerson,

292. 

Mexico.

Baja California, geology and petrography of,

Lindgren, 593.

Cretaceous of Mexico, Hill, 438. 

Geologic und paleontologie der Mexico, Felix

and Lenke, 316o.

Hematite and martite iron ores, Hill, 437. 

Igneous rocks from Coahiiila and Nueva Leon,

Cross, 196. 

Iron-producing country, Mexico as an, Hill,

442.

1 Manganese, occurrence of, Halse, 389. 

Sierra Mojada, mines of, Fcchet, 315. 

Verhaltnisse der Mexico, Felix and Lenko, 317. 

Vulkane, mexikanischen, Sapper, 813. 

Michigan.

Archean and Algonkian in the Northwest.

Van Hise, 963.

Basic massive rocks, Bayley, 46. 

Copper region, Phelps, 735. 

Copper resources of United States, Douglas,

255. 

Grand River, observations on, Mudgo, 682.
170 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

Michigan Continued.

Huronian and underlying granite, contact of

Lower, Smyth, H. L., 855. 

Iron-tearing series, Irving and Van Hise, 489. 

Iron ore region, Parker, 714. 

Iron ores of Lake Superior region, Van Hiso,

961.

Iron ores of Marquette district, Van Hise, 964. 

Iron ores of Menomince Eange, Hulst, 475. 

Powollite, on, Koenig and Hubbard, 562. 

Salt deposits, Ward, 993. 

Shoreline, highest old, Taylor, 903. 

Mineralogy (condensed titles of papers). 

Accessories of roclcs, heavy, Derby, 244a. 

Allanite and epidote, Hobbs, 451. 

"Anglesite" associated with bol6ito, Genth,

347.

Brookite, octahedrite and quartz, Kunz, 505. 

Brookite, octahedrite, quartz, andruby, Kunz, 

. 566.

Cerussite, note on, Hobbs, 455. 

Cookeite, Penfleld, 721. 

Copper crystallizations, Snow, 856. 

Crocoite and phienicochroite, Ludeking, 603. 

"Datolito, Pirsson, 740. 

Diamonds in Canyon Diablo iron, Kunz and

Huntington, 568. 

Garnet, striated, Bayley, 45. 

Gypsum crystal from Utah, Moses, 679. 

Herderite from Maine, Wells and Ponfield,

1018.

Kehoeite, Headdon, 415. 

Mackintoshite, Hidden, 429. 

Mineralogical notes, Hidden, 430. 

Mineralogical notes, Keyes, 531. 

Mineralogical notes, Moses, 680. 

Mineralogical notes, Penfleld, 722. 

Mineralogy, contributions to, No. 54, Gcnth,

346.

Minerals and rocks, Goldsmith, 353. 

Minerals, catalogue of, Keyes, 535. 

Minerals from Jones Falls, Powell, S. L., 746. 

Minerals of North Carolina, Gouth, 348.

Missouri minerals, Haworth, 402.

 

Montana sapphires, Dwight, 277a.

Paramelaconite and footeito, Koenig, 561. 

Penfleldite, a new species, Gonth, 345. 

Pentlanditc, Penfleld, 723. 

Phosphoric acid, minerals containing 1 per

cent of, Phillips, 738. ° 

Piedmontite and scheelite, Williams, G. H.,

1044.

Plattnerite, Yeates, 1121. 

Polybasito and tennantito, Penfield and

Pearce, 724.

. Powellite, Koenig and Hubbard, 562. 

Precious stones, Kunz, 567. 

Pseudomorphs from Taconic region, Hobbs,

450.

Ptilolite, Cross and Eakins, 198. 

Ptilolite and mordeuite, Clarke, F. W., 144. 

llowlandite, Hidden and Hillebrand, 431. 

Kubellite and lepidolito, Fairbanks, 311. 

Quartz and other minerals, Mayor, 665. 

Quartz from Emerald and Hiddenlto mine,

Miers, 668.

Mineralogy Continued.

Selenite, occurrence of, Talmage, 890.

Stannite and its alteration products, Headdeu, 

416.

Tin minerals, new, Ulke, 934.

Twin crystals of selenite, Hills, 446d. 

Minerals described.

Aguilarite, Genth, 346.

Allauite, Hobbs, 451.

Anglesite, Genth, 347.

Auiphiboiite, Goldsmith, 353.

Apatite, Blake, 72.

Asbeferrite, Goldsmith, 353.

Augite, Hobbs, 458.

Beaumontite, Powell, 746.

Bismutite, Genth, 344.

Bismutite, Penfield, 719.

Bol6ite, Geuth, 347.

Brookite, Kunz, 565,566.

Cacoxenite, Goldsmith, 353.

Calcite, Keyes, 531.

Calcite, Powell, 746.

Cerussite, Hobbs, 455.

Cookeite, Penfleld, 722. .

Crocoite, Ludcking, 603.

Cuprocassitorite, Ulko, 934.

Cyrtolite, Gcnth, 346.

Danalite, Genth, 346.

Datolite, Pirssou, 740.

Diamond, Kunz and Huntington, 568.

Epidote, Hobbs, 451.

Ettringite, Moses, 680.

Feldspar, Powell, 746.

Footeite, Koenig, 561.

Fuclisite, Genth, 346.

Garnet, Bayley, 45.

Grahamito, Bumble, 263.

Granulite, Goldsmith, 353.

Gypsum, Mosea, 679.

Herderite, Wells and Penfiold, 1018.

Hessito, Genth, 344. 

' Hornblende, Hobbs, 458.

Hiibnerite, Genth, 344.

 Hiibnerito, Penfleld, 719. 

Jarosite, Hidden, 430. 

Kehoeito, Headden, 415. 

Lepidolito, Fairbanks, 311. 

Lepidolite, Gcnth, 346. 

Lollingite, Gcnth, 346. 

Mackintoshite, Hidden, 429. 

Magnetite, Blake, 72. 

Melanite, Haworth, 402. 

Metacinnabarite, Genth, 346. 

Minorite, Keyes, 531,540. 

Mordeuite, Clarke, 144. 

Natrolite, Geuth, 344. 

Natrolite, Penfield, 719. 

Octahedrite, Kunz, 565, 566. 

Opal, Kunz, 567. 

Paramelaconite, Koenig, 561. 

Penficldite, Gonth, 345.

 Pentlandite, Penfleld, 723. 

Phanricochroitc, Ludcking, 603. 

Phnelite, Goldsmith, 353. 

Plattuerlto, Teates, 1121. 

Polybasite, Penfield and Pearce, 724.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 171

Mineralogy Continued. 

Minerals described Continued. 

Powellite, Koenig and Hubbard, 562. 

Ptilolite, Clarke, 144. 

Ptilolite, Cross and EaMns, 198. 

Pyrite, Keyes, 531. 

Pyrite, Moses, 680. 

Quartz, Genth, 346. 

Quartz, Kunz, 565, 506. 

Quartz, Miers, 668.

Kowlandite, Hidden and Hillebrand, 4111. 

Rubellito, Fairbanks, 311. 

lluby, Kunz, 565 and 567. 

llutilo, Genth, 346. 

Sapphire, Dwight, 277a. 

Sapphire, Kuuz, 567. 

Selenito, Hills, 446d. 

Selonite, Talmage, 890. 

Stannite. Headden, 416. 

Tennantito, Penfleld and Pearce, 724. 

Tourmaline, Kuuz, 567. 

Xenotirne, Hidden, 430. 

Xenotime, Penfleld, 722. 

Yttrium-calcium fluoride, Genth, 346. 

Zunyite, Penfield, 722. 

Minnesota.

Akeley Lake region, Bayley, 41. 

Anorthosytes of Lake Superior, Lawson, 575. 

Augite and plagioclaso, fibrous intergrowth

of, Bayley, 42. 

Basic massive rocks of Lake Superior region,

Bayley, 46. 

Biwabik Mine, "Wincholl, H. V., and Jones

1067. 

Brachiopoda from Trenton and Hudson River

groups, Winchell, N..H., and Schuchcrt,

1081.

Chronometer, approximate interglacial, "Winchell, N. H., 1077.

Coastal topography of Lake Superior, Lawson, 577. 

Cretaceous iu Minnesota, Winchell, H. V.,

1066.

Crystalline rocks, the, "Winchell, N. H., 1068. 

Diatomaceao of interglacial peat, Thomas,

904. 

Drift, inequality of distribution of cnglacial,"

TJpham, 951.

Field notes in 1890, "Winchell, N. H., 1069. 

Geognostic and geographic observations,

Kloos, 551.

Granite, note on augite soda, Grant, 360. 

Granitic areas, observations on certain, Grant,

362. 

Iron-bearing formations, Winchell, N. H.,

1071.

Iron-bearing rocks, Winchell, N. H., 1073. 

Iron ore region, Parker, 714. 

Iron ores of Minnesota, Winchell, N. H. and

H.V., 1080. 

Kawishiwin agglomerate of Ely, Winchell,

N. H., 1076.

Laccolitic sills, Lawson, 576. 

Lake Itasca, TJpham, 958. 

Lakes, Minnesota, Hall, C. W., 377. 

Lamellibranchiata, new, Ulrich, 937.

Minnesota C on ti n u ed.

Lamellibranchiata, new Lower Silurian, Ulrich, 940. 

"Lichas, now species of, TJlrich,.939.

Manganese, oxide of, Winchell, N. H., 1070.

Mesabi iron ore, problems of, Winchell, N". H.i 

1078.

Mesabi iron range, Winchell, H. V., 1065. 

' Minneota, deep well at, Hall, C. W., 380.

Norian of the Northwest, Winchell, N. H., 

1075.

Ogishke conglomerate, stratigraphic position 

of, Grant, 359.

Paleozoic formations, Hall and Sardeson. 382.

Paleozoic fossils, check list of, Bierbaner, 68.

Pigeon Point, rocks of, Bayley, 47.

Pro-Pleistocene gravels of Mississippi basin, 

Salisbury, 809.

Schists, actinolite magnetite, Bayley, 48.

Shakopie limestone, Chancy, 125.

Species, list of, Smith, H. L., 844.

Stillwater deep well, Meeds, 658.

Terrace, formation of, Nelson, 687. 

Zygospira recurvirostra, Schuchert, 815. 

Mississippi.

Middleton formation, Safford, 801. 

Missouri.

Apatite and magnetite beds, association of,

Blake, 72.

Cambrian and Ozark series, Broadhead, 92. 

Cambrian in Missouri, Winslow, 1083. 

Carboniferous, basal line of, Keyes, 539. 

Carboniferous Cephalopoda, Miller and Fa,ber,

671.

Carboniferous, flora of the, White, D., 1022. 

Choteau fossils, range of, Rowley, 788. 

Coal deposits of Missouri, Winslow, 1087. 

Coal Measures of Missouri, Wiuslow, 1086,

1089. 

Crinoids, blastoids, and brachiopods, Rowley,

790.

Crystalline rocks, Haworth, 400. 

Echinodermata, new species of, Miller and

Gurley,673. 

Fauna at base of Burlington limestone, Koyos,

548.

Hamilton beds, Kowley, 789. 

Higginsville sheet, Winslow, 1088. 

Iron ores of Missouri, Nason, 686. 

Iron ores, on the formation of, Robertson, 782. 

Keokuk group of Mississippi Valley, Beachler, 50. 

Lead and zinc deposits of Mississippi Valley,

Winslow, 1090.

Magncsian series, Nason, 683. 

Mapping of Missouri, Winslow, 1085. 

Mineral waters of Missouri, Schweitzer, 817. 

Mississippi section, principal, Keyes, 542. 

Missouri minerals, Haworth, 402. 

Osago Eiver and its meanders, Winslow, 1084. 

Osage River and Ozark uplift, Davis, 234. 

Ozark series, correct succession of, Broadhead,

93. 

"Ozark series,correct succession of," Nason,

685. .' 

Paleontology, Miller, 670. .
172 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

Missouri Continued.

Paleozoic, stratigraphy of Missouri, Broadhead, 94.

Prismatic sandstone, Haworth, 401. 

Quaternary geology, Todd, 922. 

Tamiopteroid fern, new, White, D., 1023. 

Trilobites, Sedalia, Vogdes, 072. 

Zinc-bearing spring waters, Hillebfand, 445. 

Zinc-blende mines, Heinrich, 418. 

Montana.

Acmite-trachyto, "Wolff and Tarr. 1093.

Bowlders, Barton, 34.

Cabinet anticlinal, "Wood, 1099.

Coal basin, Flathead, Wood, 1094.

Coal fields of Montana, Weed, 1010.

Coal fields, two Montana, Weed, 1009.

Copper resources of United States, Douglas,

255.

Crazy Mountains, geology of, Wolff, 1092. 

Cretaceous of northwestern Montana, Wood,

1097.

Eruptive rocks from Montana, Lindgren, 597. 

Fossil forests of the Yellowstone, Weed, 1011. 

Fossil plants from Fort Union beds, Knowlton,552. 

Fossil plants from Great Falls coal field, Fontaine, 327. 

Fossil plants of Bozeman coal fields, Kriowlton, 559.

Glaciation in Montana, Wood, 1098. 

Glaciation of Yellowstone Valley, Weed, 1013. 

Gold in placers, Wood, 1096. 

Hesperornis, bird allied to, Marsh, 638. 

Laramie and overlying Liviugston formation,

Weed, 1014.

Mammals of Deep Kiver beds, Scott, 820. 

Mineral zones in Montana, Wood, 1095. 

Montana, on a little known region in, Culver,

199.

Montana sapphires, Dwiglit, 277a. 

Ores in lodes, persistence of, Beadle, 51. 

Ores in lodes, persistence of, Blake, 75. 

Paleozoic section of Three Forks, Pealo, 716. 

Paleozoic section, petrography of, Merrill, 662. 

Precious stones, Kunz, 567. 

Sodalito-syenite, Lindgren, 598. 

Nebraska.

Fossils, new gigantic, Barbour, 29. 

Glacialmovements, two pre-morainic, Swezey,

885.

Loup and Platte rivers, Todd, 921. 

Loup rivers, evolution of the, Hicks, 426. 

Loup rivers, geologic structure 'of region

drained by, Hicks, 428. 

Loup rivers in Nebraska, Davis, 233. 

Loup rivers, readjustments of the, Hicks, 427. 

Paleozoic fishes, Cope, 170. 

Paleozoic fossils, check list of, Bierbauer, 68. 

Sandstone dikes, Hay, 406. 

Tertiary, notes upon Nebraska, Russell, F.

W., 792.

Volcanic dust from Omaha, Todd, 918. 

Nevada.

Eureka district, eruptive rocks of, Iddings,

485. 

Eureka district, geology of, Hague, 375.

Nevada Continued.

Eureka, fossils at, Walcott, 981.

Half-Moon mine, geology of, Wiltsco, 1064.

Manganese deposit, Pleistocene, Penroso, 727.

Natural sodium salts, Packard, 711. 

New Hampshire.

Elseolite-syonite and hornblende syenite, Bayley, 40.

Isle of Shoals, geology of, Band, 769. 

New Jersey.

Annual report, Smock, 848.

Apatite and magnetite beds, association of, 

Blake, 72.

Artesian wells, Woolman, 1105.

Basic dike near Hamburg, Kemp, 513.

Cretaceous ammonites from New Jersey, 

Woolman, 1104.

Cretaceous and Tertiary of Now Jersey, Clark, 

W.B., 140.

Diatomaceaj of littoral plain, Edwards, 285.

Diatomaceaj of the Triassic, Edwards, 286.

Drift, extra-morainic, Wright, A. A., 1110.

Drift, extra-morainic, Wright, G. F., 1117.

Drift phenomena,, extra-morainic, Salisbury, 

808.

Elseolite-syenite, Kemp, 517.

Fossil localities, now, Foerste, 323.

Gasteropoda and Cephalopoda, Whitlleld, 1036.

Geological work in Now Jersey, Comai^ 166.

Glacial epoch, unity of, Wright, G. F., 1116.

Glacial period, diversity'of, Chamberlin, 127.

Iron-bearingrocks of the Adirondacks, Nason, 

684.

Mesozoic fault, great, Lyman, 604.

Paleobotany of the yellow gravel, Hollick, 

467.

Plant distribution, Hollick, 466.

Pleistocene formations of New Jersey, Salisbury, 807.

Pyrite incrustations, Marshall, 644.

Surface geology, Salisbury, 810. 

New Mexico.

Artesian and other underground water, Hill,

443.

Copper crystallizations, Snow, 856. 

Minoralogical notes, Hidden, 431. 

Past eruptions in the Rocky Mountains, Hills,

446c. 

Pyroxenic rock from Now Mexico, Merrill and

Packard, 664.

Texas-New Mexican region, Hill, 440. 

Tucumcari, Hill, 444. 

Tuciimcari corro, Marcou, 628. 

Tucumcari, fauna of, Hyatt, 479. 

Tucumcari fossils, Marcou, 624. 

Tucumcari, geology of, Cummins, 207. 

Tucumcari Mountain, Cummins, 205. 

Twin crystals of selenite, Hills, 446d. 

Volcanic rocks from Tewau Mts., Iddings, 486. 

New York.

Adirondacks, geology of, Kemp, 518. 

Adirondacks, great shear zone in the, Korop,

512.

Alnoito, Smyth, U. H., 854. 

Apatite and magnetite beds, association of,

Blake, 72.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 173

New York Continued.

Canaudaigua Lake, eruptive rock from, Emerson, 293...

Catskill delta, Davis, 230.

Cheinung and Catskill of Appalachian basin, 

Stevenson, 866.

Clay, notes on, Hies, 780.

Clymenia of Intumescens zone, Clarko, J. M., 

148.

Cordania, on, Clarke, J. M., 149.

Cretaceous, of Staten Island, Hollick, 463.

Cretaceous on Long Island, Hollick, 464.

Devonian and Silurian, thickness of, in central New York, Prosser, 764.

Devonian and Silurian, thickness of, in western New York, Prosser, 763.

Devonian section of central New York, Pros, 

ser, 762.

Diatomaceous earth in Adirondacks, Cox, 184.

Dikes near Lyon Mountain, Eakle, 280.

Drift, inequality of distribution of englacial,

. Upham,951.

Drift mounds of Olympia and Long Island, 

Bryson, 102.

Eskers. near Rochester, TTpham, 947.

Geological reconnoissance, Smyth, C. H., 850.

Glacial geology of Long Island, Bryson, 101.

Glacial lakes, channels over divides not evidence of, Spencer, 859.

Glacial phenomena in.New York, Kellogg, 511.

Glaciation of Finger Lake-region, Lincoln, 591.

Gneisses of Gouverneur, Smyth, C. H., 851.

Granites at Mounts Adam and Eve, Kemp 

and Hollick, 520.

Guelph formation, Arey, 19.

Hamilton and Portage stages, Prosser, 766.

Holouema, carapace of the genus, Williams, H. 

S.,1052. .

Hudson River "fiord," Edwards,284.

Iron-bearing rocks of the Adirondacks, Nason, 

684.

Iron ore, on the Clinton, Smyth, C. H., 853.

Lake filling, Smyth, C. H., 849.

Marl and peat, on .a deposit of, Marshall, 645.

Mount Bob, Mount Ida or Snake Hill, Harris, 

T. W., 396.

Mount "Washington, geologic structure of, 

Hobbs, 456.

Oneonta and Chemung formations, Darton, 

221.

Oriskany fauna, new, Barrett, 33.

Oriskany fauna, new lower, Beecher, 56.

Orthoceras, protoconch of, Clarke, J. M., 147.

Overthrusts, two, Darton, 226.

Paleobotany of Cretaceous, Hollick, 465.

Palm, a new fossil, HoDick, 468.

Peconic Bay, Bryson,.103.

Peridotite in New York, Smyth, C. H., 852..

Post-Glacial anticlinal ridges, Gilbert, 352.

Rensselaer grit, Dale, 212.

Report of State Geologist, Hall, J., 386.

Rochester, strata at, Fairchild, 312.

Salt industry of New York, Bishop, 71.

Talc industry, Sahlin, 805.

Trap dikes of Lake Cbamplaiu region, Kemp 

and Marsters, 521.

New York Continued.

Triarthrus beckii, on, Matthew, W. D., 657. 

. Warwick, minerals occurring in, Ries, 781. 

Nicaragua.

Cosegiiina, peninsula of, Crawford, 189. 

Earthquakes in Nicaragua, Crawford, 191. 

Nicaragua, geology of, Crawford, 188. 

Nicaragua, recent discoveries in, Crawford,

190. 

North Carolina.

Fossil plants from North Carolina, Knowlton,

556.

Iron ore, magnetic, in Ashe County, Nitze, 689. 

Iron ore, magnetic, in Granvillo County,

Nitze, 690.

Iron ores of North Carolina, Nitze, 691. 

Magnetites of Virginia and North Carolina,

Nitze, 688.

Mica and mica mines, Henderson, 419. 

Mineralogical notes, Hidden, 431. 

Minerals of North Carolina, Genth, 348. 

Morasses of United States, Shaler, 833. 

Nickel deposits, Emmens, 296. 

Precious stones, Kunz, 567. 

Quartz from Emerald and Hiddenito mine,

Miers, 668. 

Road materials, character and distribution of,

Holmes, 469.

Tin ore, occurrence of, Ulke, 936. 

Ohio.

Catalogue of shell-bearing mollusca,, Dean,

2430.

Chaotetes, occurrence of, Rominger, 784. 

Cincinnati ice dam, James, 497. 

Cincinnati ice dam, Lev ere tt, 586. 

Clays, significance of white, Leverett, 585. 

Clays, Texas, Kennedy, 526. 

Coccostean-cocossteus Cuyahogto, Claypole,

153.

Devonian fishes, Upper, Claypolo, 160. 

Dinichthys, Claypole, 151, 156. 

Drumlin, osar, and kamo, Chamberlin, 126. 

First annual report, Orton, 692. 

Fossils, new species and structural parts,

Miller and Faber, 672. 

Fungus from Coal Measures, now, Horzer,

422, 424.

Glacial period, diversity of, Chamberlin, 127. 

Glacial succession in Ohio, Leverett, 584. 

Glyptodendron, Claypole, Foerste, 324. 

Limestones, Ohio, Grimsley, 367. 

Manual of paleontology of Cincinnati group,

James, 491. 

Moraines with raised beaches, correlation of,

Leverett, 587. 

Origin of rock pressure of natural gas, Ortou,

693.

Placoderms of Ohio, Claypole, 150,155. 

Pleistocene, deep boring in, Claypole, 159. 

Point Pleasant beds, age of, James, 498. 

Pre-Glacial river bed near Akrou, Claypole,

157. 

Relation of attenuated drift border to outer

moraine, Leverett, 589. 

Quartz bowlder in Sharon coal, Orton, 694. 

Tree from the Carboniferous, Herzer, 423.
174 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, IBULL.HO.

Ohio Continued.

 Tree from the Carboniferous, on a supposed,

Knowlton, 554. 

Oregon.

Avifauna of Silver Lake region, Shufeldt, 837. 

Cretaceous and early Tertiary, Dillor, 252. 

Nickel ore, genesis of, Packard, 710. 

Paleontology. 

Cambrian. 

Acadia, climate of, in the earliest times,

Matthew, G. F., 648. 

Agnostus, North American species of genus,

Vogdes, 970. . 

Cambrian faunas, diffusion and sequence of,

Matthew, G.F., 652. 

Cambrian faunas, notes on, Matthew, G. 3?.,

049. 

Cambrian fossils from Cohassot, Mass.,Walcott, 077. 

Cambrian fossils in and near St. John,

Matthew, G. F., 646. 

Cambrian, fossils, on occurrence of erratic,

"Wood worth, 1102.

Cambrian rocks of Pennsylvania and Maryland, Walcott, 979. 

Cambrian rocks of Virginia and southern

Appalachians, AValcott, 978. 

Cryptozoon minnesotense Chaney, 125. 

New fossil localities, Foerste, 323. 

Pliyllocarid Crustacea, "Whiteaves, 1028. 

"Primordial" the most ancient fauna, is the,

Matthew, G. F., 651. 

Protoleuus, Matthew, G. F., 647. 

St. John group, fauna of, Matthew, G. F.,

653, 654, 655.

Trematobolus, Matthew, G. F., 050. 

Silurian. 

Brachiopoda from Trenton and Hudson Eiver

groups, "Winchell, N.H., andSchuchort,1081. 

Cambro-Siluriau, fossils from the, Ami, 12. 

Chonophyllum, Sherzer, 836. 

Cincinnati group, paleontology of, James, 491. 

Criuoids from Niagara, camerate, AVaclismuth

and Springer, 974. 

Gasteropoda of Trenton limestone, Whiteaves,

1029.

Glyptodendrou Claypole, Foerste, 324. 

Graptolitcs, new species of,.Gurley,E.AV., 373. 

Hudson Eiver fossils of Jefferson Comity,

Hubbard, 473.

Lamellibranchiata, new, Ulrich, 937. 

Lamellibrancbiata, new Lower Silurian, Illrich, 940.

Liclias, two new species of, Ulrich, 939. 

Lower Silurian, upper limit of, in Indiana,

Hubbard, 474.

Magnesian, fossils from Lower, Calvin, 112. 

New fossil localities, Foerste, 323. 

New species and structural parts of fossils,

Miller and Faber, 672.

Northwest Territory, fossils from, Calvin, 114, 

Orthoceratidfe of the Trenton limestone,

Whiteaves, 1031.

Ostracoda, new Lower Silurian, "Ulrich, 938. 

Paleontological notes, Ami, 13. 

Paleontology, Miller, 670.

Paleontology Continued. 

Silurian Continued.

Pteraspidian, Palseaspis (Claypole), American, Claypole, 158.

Silurian strata of Maine, Upper, Dodge and 

Beccher, 253.

Sponges from the Quebec group, Dawson, J. 

W., 241.

Triarthrus beckii, antenna} of, Matthew, W. 

D., 657.

Trilobites, larval forms of, Bcocher, 59.

Utica torrane in Canada, Ami, 14.

Vertebrate fauna in Silurian strata, Walcott, 

980.

Virginia, fossil in "Archean" of Piedmont, 

Barton, 220.

Zygospira recurvirostra, Schuchert, 815. 

Devonian.

Acervularia. profunda Hall and Acervularia 

davidsoni Edwards and Haime, Calvin, 108.

Cluetctes, occurrence of, Eominger, 784.

Chonophyllum, monograph of, Sherzer, 836.'

Cladodont sharks, Claypole, 154.

Clymenia, discovery of, Clarke, J. M., 148.

Coccostean-coccosteus Cuyahogao, new, Claypole, 153.

Corals, notes on fossil, Calvin, 111.

Cordania, on, Clarko, J. M., 149.

Crinoids, blastoids, and brachiopods, Eowley, 

790.

Devonian fishes, Upper, Claypolo, 160.

Devonian fish fauna, Woodward, A. S., 1100, 

1101.

"Dinichthys, new species', Claypolo, 156.

Favositidaj, cell development in, Beecher, 57.

Fossils from the Devonian of Lakes Manitoba 

and Winnipegosis, Whiteaves, 1035.

Geological reconnoissance, Calvin, 116.

Hamilton beds, Eowley, 789.

Holonema, carapace'of the genus, Williams, 

H.S.,1052.

New York, Devonian section of central, Prosser, 762.

Oriskany fauna, new, Barrett, 33.

Oriskany fauna, new lower, Beecher, 56.

Orthoceras, protocouch of, Clarke, J. M., 147.

Paleontology, Miller, 670.

Pennsylvania, Devonian of, Prosser, 765.

Placoderm from Ohio, gigantic, Claypole, 150, 

155.

Eeport of State Geologist, Hall, J., 386.

Ehinocaris, structure of, Clarko, J. M., 146.

Spirifers from the Devonian, Calvin, 115.

Trilobites, Sedalia, Vogdes, 972.

Vertebrates, Paleozoic, Cope, 179. 

Carboniferous.

Basal lino of Carboniferous, Keyes, 538.

Burlington limestone, fauna at base of, Koyes, 

547.

Cephalopoda, Carboniferous, Hyatt, 478.

Cephalopoda, Carboniferous, Miller and Faber, 671.

Cephalopods, new species of, Hay, 404.

Choteau fossils, range of, Eowley, 788.

Crinoidea from the Hall collection, Whitfleld, 

1037.
WEE .] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 175

Paleontology Continued.

Carboniferous Continued. 

Crinoids, blastoids, and brachiopods, Rowley,

790. 

Development of brachial supports, Beecher

and Schuchert, 64. 

Echinodermata, new species of, Miller and

Gurley, 673.

Fishes, Upper Devonian, Claypole, 160. 

Flora of the Carboniferous, White, D., 1022. 

Fungus from Coal Measures, new, Horzer, 422,

424. 

Insect fauna of Rhode Island coal field,

Scudder, 826.

Palceopaloeomon newberryi, Whitfield, 1038. 

Paleontology, Miller, 670. 

Plants from Ouachita uplift, Lower Carboniferous, Prosser, 761. 

. Plants from the Permian of Texas, White, I.

C., 1026.

Tieniopteroid forn, new, White, D., 1023. 

Tree from'the Carboniferous, new, Herzer,

423. 

Tree from the Carboniferous, on a supposed

new, Knowlton, 554. 

TJnio-like shells in Coal Measures, Whiteaves,

1034.

Juratrias.

Cycad, a new, McBride, 606. 

Diatomacofo of the Triassic, Edwards, 286. 

Dinosauria, Triassic, Marsh, 634. 

Fossil plants of North Carolina and Prince

Edward Island, Knowlton, 556. 

Fossil tracks in Trias of Pennsylvania, Wanner, 989. 

Marine beds, closingthe Jurassic and opening

the Cretaceous, Pavlow, 715. 

Plant-bearing deposits of American Trias,

Ward, 991.

Taylorsville, Jura-Trias at, Hyatt, 477. 

Tucurncari fossils, Marcou, 624. 

Vertebrate paleontology, Cope, 182. 

Cretaceous. 

Ammonites from New Jersey, Cretaceous,

Woolman, 1104. 

Ammonites of Cretaceous rocks, Whiteaves,

1032.

Ammonites, species of, Whiteaves, 1030. 

Austinonsis roomer Cannon, 119a. 

Bear Biver formation, Stanton, 862. 

Chara, new species of, Knowltou, 558. 

Claosaurus, Marsh, 636,639. 

Colorado formafion, Stanton, 861. 

Cretaceous bird, a new, Marsh, 638. 

Cretaceous floras, Dawson, J. W., 238. 

Cretaceous in Minnesota, Wiiichell, N. H.,

10G6.

Cretaceous mammalia, Marsh, 632. 

Cretaceous plants, Dawson, J. W., 239. 

Cretaceous system of Canada, Whiteavos,

1033.

Cycad, a new, McBride, 606.

Flora of the Dakota group, Lesquereux, 582.

Fossil plants from Ellenburg, Wash., Knowlton, 560.

Fossil plants from Great Falls coal field, Fontaine, 327.

Paleontology Continued. 

Cretaceous Continued. 

Fossil plants of Bozeman coal field, Knowlton, 559. 

Fossil plants of Fort Union group, Knowlton,

552.

Gasteropoda and Cephalopoda, Whitfiold,1036. 

Invertebrate paleontology, Cragiii, 18C. 

Kent section, the, Dumble and Cummins, 273. 

Knochenfische aus dor Kreido, Crook, 192. 

Laramie and overlying Livingston formation,

Weed, 1014.

Long Island, Cretaceous of, Hollick, 464. 

Mammals of Upper Cretaceous, Osborn, 699. 

Marine beds closing the Jurassic and opening

the Cretaceous, Pavlow, 715. 

Marsupialia from the Laramio, Cope, 174. 

Mosasauridso, ou tlio skull of, Baur, 39. 

Ostracoda, Jones, 506. 

Paleontology of Cretaceous of Texas, Caprina

limestone, Hill, 436. 

Paleontology of Cretaceous of Texas, Trinity

division, Hill, 435. 

Paleozoic fishes, characteristics of sonio,

Cope, 170.

Palm, a new fossil, Hollick, 468. 

Post-Laramie beds of Middle Park, Cross,

197a.

Post-Laramio deposits of Colorado, Cross, 197. 

Shastaand Chico formations, Stanton, 863. 

Staten Island, Cretaceous of, Hollick, 463,465. 

Tortoises, American fossil, Baur, 38. 

Trinity division, fossil plants from, Fontaine,

328.

Tucumcari, Hill, 444. 

Tucumcari fossils, Marcou, 624. 

Tertiary, Miscellaneous. 

Aphida), American Tertiary, Scudder, 825. 

Coleoptera, llhynchophorous, Scudder, 823. 

Insects from Florissaiit, Scudder, 824. 

Khynchophora of North America, Tertiary,

Scudder, 822.

Tertiary mollusks of Florida, Dall, 215. 

Tertiary, Eocene.

A study in foot structure, Gary. 121. 

Lselaps iucrassatus Cope, Diuosaurian, Cope,

180.

Leaf impressions in Alabama, Langdou, 571. 

Palasonictis en Am6rique, Osborn, 706. 

Palteosyops Leidy, Earle, 282. 

Plants from Fort Union group, Knowltou, 552. 

Koptiles from the Laramie, Marsh, 633. 

Tertiary, Miocene.

Aceratherium tridactylum, Osborn, 700. 

Artionyx, Osborn and Wortman, 709. 

Breadfruit trees, Knowlton, 553. 

Coryphodon, revision of species of, Earle, 281. 

Fossils, new order of, Barbour, 29. 

Galveston deep well, Harris, 393. 

Mammalia, Miocene, Marsh, 642. 

Mammals of Deep River beds, Scott, 820. 

Mammals of Upper Cretaceous, fossil, Osborn,

699. 

Mammals of Wasatch and Wind River beds,

Osborn and Wortman, 707. 

Palijeonictis en Am6rique, Osborn, 706.
176 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

Paleontology Continued. 

Tertiary, Miocene Continued. 

Protoceras Marsh, characters of, Osboru and

"Wortman,708.

Tapir, ancestors of, Wortman and Earlo, 1108. 

Titanotherium beds, Hatcher, 398. 

Vertebrates from the Miocene, Ami, 18. 

Vertebrate paleontology, Cope, 182. 

White Eiver beds, division of, "Wortmaii, 1107. 

Tertiary, Pliocene. 

Blanco beds, fauna of, Cope, 175. 

Breadfruit trees, Knowlton, 503. 

GyprinidaQ, extinct species of, Cope, 176. 

Vertebrate paleontology of Texas, Copo, 182. 

Pleistocene.

Diatomaceto of interglacial peat, Thomas, 904. 

Diatomaceco of littoral plain, Edwards, 285. 

Geology of northwest Texas, Cummins, 204. 

Intcrglaciai earth from Iowa, Knowlton, 557. 

Larix, new species of, Penhallow, 726. 

Llama remains, observations on, Cragin, 185. 

Organic remains from Galveston deep well,

Harris, 393.

Ottawa and its environs, Ami, 15. 

Kecent fossils near Boston, Upham, 960. 

Miscellaneous.

Acidaspis and other fossils, Clarke, J. M., 145. 

Agnostus, Vogdes, 970. 

Amphyx, genus, Vogdes, 971. 

Anchisaurus, restoration of, Marsh, 640. 

Ancylopodia, Chalicotherium and Artiouyx,

Osborn, 702.

Arthrophycus Hall, James, 494. 

Aulisci, the fossil, Beby, 244. 

Avifauna of Silver Lake region, Shufeldt, 837. 

Bibliography of North American Mesozoic

invertebrata, Boyle, 83. 

Bibliography of North American vertebrate

paleontology, Eyerman, 301,302. 

Bibliography of Paleozoic Crustacea, Vogdes,

973.

Brachiopoda, classification of, Schuchert, 816. 

Brachiopoda, development of, Beecher, 55. 

Brachiopoda, evolution of Paleozoic, Crane,

187. 

Brachiopoda, introduction to study of, Hall,

J., 383, 384,385. 

Brachiopoda, revision of families of Loupbearing, Beecher, 62. 

Brachiopoden, ueber die Entwickelung der,

Beecher, 63.

Calamocriuus diomedae, Agassiz, 5. 

Carcharodon mortoni Gibbes, Lucas, 602. 

Castoroides, recently found in Indiana, Moore,

676. 

Catalogue of shell-bearing mollusca, Dean,

243a.

Cerionitcs dactylioides Owen, Calvin, 110. 

Chalicotherium, ancestry of, Osborn, 705. 

Claosaurus and Ceratosaurus, restorations of,

Marsh, 636.

Coral, development of Paleozoic, Beecher, 58. 

Coralliform types of Paleozoic strata, Chapman, 134.

Correlation by fossil plants, Ward, 990. 

Coryphodon, restoration of, Marsh, 641.

Paleontology Continued. 

Miscellaneous Continued.

Creodouta, North American, Scott, 819.

Crinoid Heterocrinus subcrassus, Dychc, 278.

Crinoids, American Paleozoic, Miller, 669.

Crinoids, reproduction of arms, Foerste, 326.

Dinichthys, the head of, Claypole, 151,156.

Double Mountain section, Dunible and Cummins, 272.

Echmodermata., Mesozoic, Clark,W. B., 139.

Echinoid faunas, American and European, 

Gregory, 363.

Equus excelsus, cranial characters of, Cope, 

171.

Eureka district, geology of, Hague, 375.

Eureka, fossils at, Walcott, 981.

Fishes,, new horizon of fossil, Cope, 172.

Fossils and their value, Thompson, W. H., 

912.

Fungi, fossil, James, 495.

Gasteropoda, Platyceras group of Paleozoic, 

keyes, 537. v

Lacertilia, osteology of the, Copo, 178.

Mammals, recent researches on teeth in, Osborn, 703.

Mammalia in North America, rise of, Osboru, 

701.

"Mammalia, Professor Marsh's note on Mesozoic," Osborn, 704.

Mastodon americanus Cuvior, Marsh, 637,643.

Mastodon and mammoth in Ontario, Panton, 

713.

Mastodons found in Tennessee, McCallie, 608.

Megalonyx, pelvis of a, Safford, 802.

Mesohippus and Leptomeryx, Scott, 818.

Oolite, on the formation of, Rothpletz, 786.

Orthoceras, specific characters in, Foersto, 

325.

Palseaster encharis Hall, Cole, 163.

Paleontology, the scope of, Williams, H. S., 

1053.

Paleozoic fossils, check list of, Bierbauor, 68.

Parka decipiens, Dawson J. W.. and Peuhallow, 242.

Pinnidse, remarks on the, Hyatt, 480.

Plants from Ellensburg, fossil, Knowlton, 560.

Pre-Cretaceous age of metamorphic rocks, 

Fairbanks, 309, 310.

Preservation of plants as fossils, James, 492. 

' Problematic organisms, the genus Fucoides, 

James, 493."

Problematic organisms, the genus Scolithus, 

James, 496. *

Similitudes dans la marche de 1'evolution sur 

1'ancienetlenouveau continent, Gaudry, 338.

Tiaporus, on, Cope, 177.

Touiiopsis, the genus, Cope, 181.

Torosaurus, skull of, Marsh, 631.

Triarthrus, larval form of, Beecher, 60.

Triarthrus, thoracic legs of, Beecher, 61.

Vertebrata, paleontology of, Cope, 182.

Vertebrate fossils, notes on Mesozoic, Marsh, 

635.

Virginia, stratigraphy of central Appalachian, Daiton, 225.

Winchellia, genus, Lesqueroux, 583.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY', 1892-93. 177

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described. (The classification of'genera, subgenera, and species, as 

well as the spelling of names, is that given 

by each author, and all specific names are 

in lowercase type.) 

Abietites linkii, Fontaino, 328. 

Abrotocrinus cymosus n. gen. et sp., Miller

and Gurley, 673.

Acalyptus obtusus, Scudder, 823. 

Acambona White, Hall, 384. 

Acanthoceras

justiutD n. sp., Hill, 435.

kanabense n. sp., Stanton, 861.

 woolgariMantell (sp.), Whiteaves, 1032. 

Acanthodes semistriatus n. sp., "Woodward,

1100.

Aceratherium tridactylum n. sp., Osborn, 700. 

Acerites multifonnis n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

Acorvularia

davidsoni Edwards and Haime, Calvin, 

108.

profunda Hall, Calvin, 108. 

Acidaspis, Beecher, 59. 

Acidaspis, Clarke, 145. 

Aclisina bellilincata n. sp., Miller, 670. 

Acrothele Linuarsson, Hall, 383. 

Acrotreta Kutorga, Hall, 383.

gemniula n. sp., Matthew, 654. 

Actajon

cretacea, Whitfield, 1036.

forbesiana n. sp., Whitfield, 1036.

gabbana n. sp., AVhitfield, 1036.

prisca, Whitfield, 1036.

propiuquus u. sp., Stanton, 861.

subovoides u. sp., Whitfield, 1036. 

Actinocouchus, see Atliyris (Actinoconchus)

McCoy, Hall, 384. 

Actinocrinus

clarus, Whitfield, 1037.

glans, Whitfield, 1037.

grandis n. sp., Miller and Gurley, 673.

liiuabrachiatus, Whitfield, 1037.

opusculus, Whitfield, 1037.

quaternarius, Whitfield, 1037.

rnsticus, AVhitfield, 1037.

thetis, AVhitfield, 1037.

Actiuocystis variabilis n. sp., Whiteaves, 1035. 

Aileorbis

holmesi Ball, Dall, 215.

leai n. sp., Dall, 215.

strigillatus n. sp., Dall, 215. 

Adiaiititos pnulougus, Dawson, 239. 

Adnietopsis

huruerosa n. sp., Stantou, 861.

rhomboides Meek, Stanton, 861.

subl'usilbrmis Meek, Stanton, 861. 

j3Esiocrinus n. gen., Miller and Gurley, 673.

basilicus n. sp., Miller and Gurley, 673.

harii n. sp., Miller and Gurley, 673.

magnificus n. sp., Miller and Gurley, 673. 

ganaster n. gen., Miller and Gurley, 673. 

Agaricocrinus

dissimilis n. sp., Miller, 670.

excaratus, Whitfield, 1037,

gorbyi n. sp., Miller, 670.

Bull 130 12

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species desciibed Continued. 

Agaricocrinus

indianensis n. sp., Miller, 670.

ornotrcma, Whitfield, 1037.

pentagonus, Whitfield, 1037.

pyramidatus, AVhitfield, 1037.

splendens, Miller, 670.

splendens n. sp., Miller and Gurley, 673. 

1 Agelacrinus pileus, Miller and Faber, 672. 

Agnostus

acadicus Hartt, Vogdes, 970.

acutilobus Matthew, Vogdes, 970.

americanus Billings, Vogdes, 970.

bidens Meek, Vogdes, 970.

canadensis Billings, Vogdes, 970.

coloradensis Shumard, Vogdes, 970.

conmiunis Hall and Whitfield, Vogdes, 970.

desideratus AValcott, Vogdes, 970.

disparilis Hall, Vogdes, 970.

fabius Billings, Vogdes, 970.

galba BilliDgs, Vogdes, 970.

interstrictus White, ATogdes, 970.

josepha Hall, Vogdes, 970.

maladensis Meek, ATogdes, 970.

obtusilobus Matthew, Vogdes, 970.

orion Billings, ATogdes, 970.

parilis Hall, Vogdes, 970.

prolongus Hall and Whitfield, Vogdes, 'J70.

regulus Matthew, Arogdes, 970.

richmondensis AValuott, Arogdes, 970.

seolusus Waloott, Vogdes, 970.

tessella Matthew, Vogdes, 970.

trisectus Salt., Matthew, 654.

tumidosus Hall and Whitfield, ATogdes,

970. 

' urabo Matthew, Vogdes, 970.

vir Matthew, Arogdes, 970. 

Aguileria cumminsi White, Cragin, 186. 

Aipoceras, Hyatt, 478. 

Alaba chipolana n. sp., Dall, 215. 

Alaria rostrata, AVhitfield, 1030. 

Alismacites dakoteusis n. sp., Lesquereux,

582. 

Allacodou

fortis n. sp., Marsh, 632.

rarus n. sp., Marsh, 632. 

Allocrinus benedicti n. sp., Miller, 670. 

Alloprosallocrinus gurleyi n. sp., Miller, 670. 

Alveolites, James, 491.

(?) granulosus, James, 491. 

Amalthea willcoxi n. sp., Dall, 215. 

Amauropsis

bulbiformis (Sowerby), Stanton, 861.

meekaua n. sp., AVhittield, 1036.

punctata, AVhitfield, 1036.

utahensis White, Stanton, 861. 

Ambloctonus sinosus Cope, Osborn and AVortman, 707.

Ambocoelia Hall, Hall, 384. 

Auimodon

leidyauiim n. gen., et sp., Marsh, 642.

poteus u. sp., Marsh, 642.

(Elotherium) bathrodon, Marsh, 642. 

Ammonites

complexus, Whitfield, 1036.

delawarensis, Whitfield, 1036.
178 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Ammonites

dentato-carinatus, Whitfield, 1036. 

; telifer, Whitfield, 1036. 

: vauuxemi, Whitfield, 1036. 

i (Placenticeras) placenta, Wbitfield, 103C. 

' (Sphenodiscus) lenticularis, AVhittield,

1036. 

Atnnicola omphalotropia Pilsbry n. sp., Dall,

215. 

Amphoracrinus

divergons, "Whitfield, 1037. 

infiatus, Whitfield, 1037. 

Amplextis

bicostatus n. sp., Miller, 670. 

blairi n. sp., Miller, 670. 

corniculum u. sp., Miller, 670. 

Ampullina

fischeri n. sp., Dall, 215. 

solidula 11. sp., Dall, 215. 

Ampyx

americanus Vogdos and Safford, Vogdes,

971.

halli Billings, Vogdes, 971. 

uormalis Billings, Vogdes, 971. 

rutilius Billings, Vogdes, 971. 

semicostatus Billings, Vogdes, 971. 

Anabaia Clarko, Hall, 384. 

Auacardites antiquus n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

Anacodon ursidens Cope,'Osboru aud Wortman, 707. 

Ananchytes

ovalis Clark, 139. 

texana n. sp., Cragin, 186. 

Anaptornorplms honiunculus Cope, Osboru

and Wortman, 707. 

Anatina

lineata n. sp., Stanton, 861. 

texana n. sp., Cragin, 186. 

tosta n. sp., Cragin, 186. 

Anchisaurus, Marsh, 640. 

colurus, Marsh, 634. 

solus n. sp., Marsh, 634. 

Anchura

abrupta?, Whitfield, 1036.

abrupta var. acutispira u. var. Whitiield,

1036.

arenaria, Whitfield, 1036. 

mod.esta n. sp., Cragin, 186. 

pagodaformis n. sp., Whitfield, 1036. 

pennata, "Whitfield, 1036. 

solitariau. sp., Whitfield, 1036. 

(Drepauochilus) compressa n. sp., Whitfield, 1036. 

(Drepanocheilus) ruida White, Stantou,

861.

Ancillariashepardi n. sp., Dall, 215. 

Ancylopodia, Osborn, 702. 

Andromeda

cretacean. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

linifolia n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

parlatorii Heer, var. longifolia n. var.,

Lesquereux, 582. 

pfaffiana Heer, Lesqueroux, 582.

Paleontology Continued.

Genera and species described Continued. 

Andromeda

snowii n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

tenuinervis n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

wardiana n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

Angiopteridiuni canmorense, Dawson, 238. 

Annularia

sphenophylloides (Zenk.) Gutb., White. 

1022.

stellata (Schloth.) Wood., White, 1022. 

Anodontppsis affinis n. sp., Wh'iteaves, 1035. 

Anomalocaris n. gen., Whiteaves, 1028. 

Anomia

concentrica Meek, Stanton, 861.

propatoris White?, Stanton, 861.

subquadrata n. sp., Stanton, 861.

texana n. sp., Hill, 435. 

Anoplotheca Saudberger, Hall, 384.

(Coelospira) Hall, Hall, 384. 

Anser condonin. sp., Shufeldt, 837. 

.Anthonomiis

arctus, Scudder, 823.

concussus, Scudder, 823.

corruptus, Scudder, 823.

dobilatus, Scudder, 823.

defossus, Scudder, 823.

ovigilatus, Scudder, 823.

primordius, Scudder, 823.

reventus, Scudder, 823.

revictus, Scudder, 823.

soporus, Scudder, 823. 

Anthraconiartus woodruffi, Scudder, 826. 

Authribus sordidus, Scudder, 823. 

Apeibopsiscyclophyllan. sp., Lesquereux,582. 

 Apheleceras, Hyatt, 478.

Aphlebia arborescens Lx. sp., White, 1022, 

Apion

confectum, Scudder, 823.

curiosum, Scudder, 823.

exaniniale, Scudder, 823.

evestigatum, Scudder, 823.

pumilum, Scudder, 823:

refrenatum, Scudder, 823.

smithii, Scudder, 823.

Apocynophylluni sordiduni n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

Aporrhais

(Goniocheila) castorensis Whitfield, Stanton, 861.

(Perissoptera?) prolabiata (White), Stauton,861. 

Aquila

pliogryps u. sp., Shufeldt, 837.

sodalis n. sp., Shufeldt, 837. 

Aralia

berberidifolia n. sp., Lesqucrcux, 582.

grcenlandica Heer, Lesquereux, 582.

masoni n sp., Lesquereux, 582.

saportanea Lesq., var. deformata u. var., 

Lesqureux, 582.

subemarginata Lesq., Lesquereux, 582.

towneri Lesq., Lesquereux, 582.

Wellington]ana n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

Araucarite's reichenbachi Gein, Lesquereux, 

582.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY. PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 179

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Area

galliennei, var. tramitensis, n. var., Cragin,186.

 (Trigonarca) siouxensis M. and H. Cragin,

180. 

Archfeocidaris legraudensis n. sp., Miller and

Gurley, 673.

Architectonica annosa, "Whitfleld, 1036. 

Arisccma cretacea n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

Arthropbycns Hall, James, 494. 

Artionyx, Osborn, 702.

gaudryi n. sp., Osborn and "VVortman, 709. 

Artocarpidium crotaceum Ett., Lesquereux,

582. 

Artocarpophyllum occidentale n. sp., Dawson,

239.

Asaphas diurus Green, Clarke, 145. 

Aspidichthys ? notabilis n. sp., Whiteaves,

1035. 

Aapidiopbyllum dentatum Lesq., Lesqueroux,

582.

Aspidiura fredoricksburgenso, Dawson, 238. 

Asplenium dicksonianum Eeer, Lesquereux,'

582. 

Astarte (? Stoarnsia) ac-uminatan. sp., Cragin,

186.

Asterias (?) dubium Whitfield, Clark, 139. 

Asthenodonta westoni u. sp., Whiteaves, 1034. 

Astralites n. gen., Whiteaves, 1035.

flmbriatus n. sp., "Wbiteaves, 1035. 

Astralium

precursor n. sp., Dall, 215.

(Lifcliopoma) cbipolanum u. sp., Dall, 215. 

Astrapis desiderata n. sp., Walcott, 980. 

Astylospougia, James, 491. 

Asyniptoceras, Hyatt, 478. 

Asymptoceras newtoni n..sp., Hay, 404. 

Athyris McCoy, Hall, 384.

(Actinoconcbus) McCoy, Hall, 384.

(Cliotbyris) King, Hall, 384.

(Sominula) McCoy, Hall, 384.

(Spirigerella) Waagen, Hall, 384. 

Atocus n. gon., Scudder, 824.

defessus, Scudder, 824. 

Atrypa Dalman, Hall, 384.

(Gruenewaldtia) Tscliemyscbew,Hall, 384. 

Atrypina n. gen., Hall, 384. 

Aturia vanuxemi, "Whitfleld, 103C. 

Aublysodoii Leidy, Marsh, 635. 

Auletes wymani, Scudder, 823.. 

Aulobaris

anicilla, Scudder, 823.

circuniscripta, Scudder, 823.

comniinnuta, Scudder, 823.

damnata, Scudder, 823. 

Aulonotreta Kutorga, Hall, 383. 

Aulosteges vou Helmerson, Hall, 383. 

Avellana bullata, "Whitfleld, 1036. 

Avicula

gastrodes Meek, Stanton, 861.

leverettin. sp., Cragin, 186.

singleyi n. sp., Cragin, 186. 

Aviculopecten

 germanus u. sp., Miller and Faber, 672. 

sculptilia n. sp., Miller, 670.

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Baculites

asper, "Whitfield, 1036. 

 asper Morton?, Stauton, 861.

compressus, Whitfield, 1036.

gracilis Shumard ?, Stanton, 861.

ovatus, Whitfleld, 1036. 

Balaninus

anicularis, Scudder, 823.

duttoni, Scudder, 823.

femoratus, Scudder, 823.

flexirostris, Scudder, 823.

minusculus, Scudder, 823.

restrictus, Scudder, 823. 

Barbarothean. gon., Scudder, 824.

florissanti, Scudder, 824. 

Barbatia micronema (Meek), Stanton, 861. 

Bar is

divisa, Scudder, 823.

harlani, Scudder, 823.

imperfecta, Scudder, 823.

matiira, Scuddor, 823. 

Barroisellan. gen., Hall, 383. 

Barycrinus

princeps u. sp., Miller and Gurloy, 673.

sculptilis, Whitfleld, 1037. 

Batocrinus

ajquibrachiatus var. alatus, Whitfleld, 

1037.

agnatus n. sp., Miller, 670.

bisbrachiatus u. sp., Whitfleld, 1037.

boonvillensis n. sp.. Miller, 670.

cantonensis n. sp., Miller and Gurley, 673.

crawfordsvillensis n. sp., Miller, 670.

decorus n. sp., Miller, 670.

discoideus, Whitfield, 1037.

facetus n. sp., Miller and Gurloy, 673.

genista n. sp., Miller and Gurloy, 673.

gorbyi n. sp., Miller, 670.

gurleyi u. sp., Miller, 670.

inoruatus, Whitfield, 1037.

jucundus u. sp., Miller and Gurloy, 673.

laura, Whitfleld, 1037.

legrandensis n. sp., Miller and Gurley, 673.

lepidus, Whitfleld, 1037.

marinus n. sp., Miller -and Gurloy, 073.

niodiocris n. sp., Miller, 670.

oblatus, Whitfield, 1037.

poculum n. sp., Miller and Gurley, 673.

pulchellus n. sp., Miller, 670.

scopte n. sp., Miller and Gurley, 673.

shepardiu. sp.,Eowley, 790.

spartarius n. sp., Miller and Gurloy, 673.

spergenensis n. sp., Miller, 670.

vonustus n. sp., Miller, 670. 

Batodou tenuis n. gen. et sp., Marsh, 632. 

Beatricoa, James, 491.

codiilosa James, 491.

undulata James, 491. 

Belemnitella americana, Whitfleld, 1036. 

Belemnites(?) ambiguus, Whitfield, 1036. 

Bellorophon

gorbyi n, sp., Miller, 670.

pelops(?) Hall, var.. Whiteaves, 1035. 

Belodon superciliosus Cope'n. sp., Cope, 183.
180 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

. BetulaperantiquaDn.,Dawson, 239. 

Betulites Heer, Lesquereux, 582.

populifolius n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

rugosus n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

snowii 11. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

westii n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

var. crassus, Lesquereux, 582. 

cuneatus, Lesquereux, 582. 

grewiopsideus, Lesquereux, 582. 

incequilateralis, Lesquereux, 582. 

lanceolatus, Lesquereux, 582. 

latifolius, Lesquereux, 582. 

raultinervis, Lesquereux, 582. 

oblongus, Lesqueroux, 582. 

obtusus, Lesquereux, 582. 

populoides, Lesquereux, 582. 

quadratifolius, Lesquereux, 582. 

reniformis, Lesquereux, 582. 

rhomboidalis, Lesquereux, 582. 

rotundatus, Lesquereux, 582. 

subintegrifolius, Lesquereux, 582. 

Boyrichona tinea Matt., Matthew, 654. 

Biflustra brownii n. sp., Cragin, 186. 

Billingsella n. gen., Hall, 383. 

Bilobites Linn6, Hall, 383. 

" Bittium

annettse n. sp., Ball, 215. 

cliipolanum n. sp., Dall, 215.

var. burusii Dall, Dall, 215. 

cossniannii n. sp., Dall, 215. 

permutabile n. sp., Dall, 215. 

podagrinum n. sp., Dall, 215. 

(Diastoma?) varium Pfeiffer, Dall, 215. 

(Styliferina?)

adarasi, Dall, 215. 

boiplex n. sp., Dall, 215. 

ceritbidioides Dall, Dall, 215. 

priscum Dall, Dall, 215. 

Blairocrinus trijugis n. gen. et sp., Miller,

670.

Blastonieryx gemmifer Cope, Cope, 183. 

Borophagus diversidens Cope, Cope, 183. 

Bothriolepis minor Newb., Cope, 179. 

Botriopygus alabamensis Clark, Clark, 139. 

Bourgueticrinus alabameusis de Loriol, Clark,

139.

Brachiopoda, Beecher, 55, 63. 

Brachiospongia, -Tames, 491.

digitata, James, 491. 

Brachymetopus armatus, "Vogdes, 972. 

Brachyphyllum

crassum n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

texenseii. sp., Fontaine, 328. 

Branta propinqua n. sp., Sbufeldt, 837. 

Bromelis ? tcnuifolia n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

Brouteus manitobensis n. sp., Whiteaves, 1035. 

Bryograptus patens 11. sp., Matthew, 653. 

Buccinatrix n. gen., Cragin, 186.

regina, Cragin, 186.

Buccinopsis(?) inedialis (Conrad), Hill, 435. 

Buchiceras

inasquiplicatus Shumard, Cragin, 186. 

swallovi Shumard, Cragin, 186. 

swallovi Shumard (sp.), Stanton, 861.

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Buliinulus Leach, Dall, 215. 

(?Anctus)

americanus Dall, Dall, 215. 

floridanus Conrad (sp.h Dall, 215. 

heilprinianus n. sp., Dall, 215. 

stearnsii Dall, Dall, 215. 

Bulla

conica n. sp., Whitfield, 1036. 

mortoni, Whitfleld, 1036. 

striataBrug. var. attenuata Dall, Dall, 215. 

Bumelis ? rhomboidea n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

Caecum

carolinianum n. sp., Dall, 215. 

coronellum u. sp., Dall, 215. 

floridanum Stimpson, Dall, 215.

var. eompactum Dall, Dall, 215. 

solitarium Meyer, Dall, 215. 

tortile n. sp., Dall, 215. 

(tortile var. ?) ibex n. sp., Dall, 215. 

Ccelenterates, Chapman, 134. 

Cadulus fioridanus n. sp., Dall, 215. 

Calamites (Eucalamites) ramosus Artis,

"White, 1022.

Calamocrinus dioraedse, Agassiz, 5. 

Calandrites n. gen., Scudder, 823. 

cinoratius, Scudder, 823. 

defossus, Scudder, 823. 

Calapoecia, James, 491.

cribriformis, James, 491. 

Calceocrinus iudianensis u. sp., Miller, 670. 

Callicrinus beachleri n. sp., Wachsmuth and

Springer, 974. 

Calliostoma

apheliuni n. sp., Dall, 215.

cyclus n. sp., Dall, 215.

eboreum Wagner, Dall, 215.

(eboreum "Wagner var.?) wagneri Dall,

Dall, 215.

(erosum) n. sp., Dall, 215. 

exile n. sp., Dall, 215. 

grammaticum n. sp., Dall, 215. 

harrisii n. sp., Dall, 215. 

labrosum Conrad, Dall, 215. 

metrium n. sp., Dall, 215. 

nitons Lea, Dall, 215. 

philanthropus Conrad, Dall, 215.

var. eliminatum Dall, Dall, 215. 

(philanthropus var. ?) conradianum Dall,

DaU, 215.

virginicum Conrad, Dall, 215. 

willcoxianum n. sp., Dall, 215. 

(Eutrochus)

ceramicuni n. sp., Dall, 215. 

limulum n. sp., Dall, 215. 

Callista

(Aphrodina?) tenuis H. and M., Stantou,

861.

(Dosiniopsis?) orbiculataH. and M., Stanton, 861. 

Callistemophyllum heerii Ett., Lesquereux,

582.

Calyptraphorus velatus, "Whitfleld, 1036. 

Camarospira n. gen., Hall, 384. 

Camarella parva (Bill.), Matthew, 653.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892^93. 181

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Camptonectes platessa White, Stanton, 861. 

Cancellaria.

. conradiana Call, Tar. rotunda, Ball, 215. 

malachitensis n. sp., Stanton, 861. 

reticulata Linn6, Dall, 215. 

rudis n. sp., Whitfield, 1036. 

(Merica) subalta, Whitfield, 1036. 

(Trigonostoma) sericea n. sp., Dall, 215. 

Cancloua

snbreniformis n. sp., Jones, 506. 

subovata n. sp., Jones, 506. 

Canirnartes cumminsii Cope, Cope, 183. 

Carabites exanimus, Scudder, 824. 

Carcharodon mortoni Gibbes, Lucas, 602. 

Cardiaster cinctus (Morton), Clark, 139. 

Cardinocrania "Waagen, Hall, 383. 

Cardiopsis tenuicostata n. sp., Whiteaves,

1035. 

Cardium

pauperculum Meek, Stanton, 861. 

trite White, Stanton, 861. 

Caricella

plicata n. sp., Whitfield, 1036. ' 

podagrina Dall, Dall, 215. 

ponderosa n. sp., Whitfield, 1036. 

pyruloides, Whitfield, 1036. 

Carpi tes

coniger n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

cordiformis n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

obovatus n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

Carpolites, Dawson, 238. 

Carpolithes (Zamites) raeridionalis n. sp.,

Dawson, 239. 

Cat-polithus

harveyi n. sp., Fontaine, 328. 

obovatus n. sp., Fontaine, 328. 

Caryocrinus indianensis n. sp., Miller, 670. 

Cassia

polita n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

problematica n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

Cassidaria carinata Lam. ?, Whitfield, 1036. 

Cassidulus

asquoreus Morton, Clark, 139. 

florealis (Morton), Clark, 139. 

micrococcus Gabb, Clark, 139. 

porrectus Clark, Clark, 139. 

stantoni Clark, Clark, 139. 

subconicus Clark, Clark, 139. 

subquadratus Conrad, Clark, 139. 

Cassis (Phalium) globosum Dall, Dall, 215. 

Castoroides ohioeusis, Moore, 676. 

Catobaris n. gen., Scudder, 823.

coeuosa, Scudder, 823. 

Catopygus

oviformis Conrad, Clark, 139. 

pusillus Clark, Clark, 139. 

Cavoscalan. gen, Whitfield, 1036. 

- annulata, Whitfield, 1036. 

Celastrophyllum

crassipes n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

cretaceum n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

decurrens n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

myrsinoides n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

obliquum n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Centrinus

diruptus, Scudder, 823.- 

obnuptus, Scudder, 823. 

Centron n. gen., Scudder, 823.

moricollis, Scudder, 823. 

Cerionites dactylioides Owen, Calvin, 110. 

Cerithiopsis

raetaxco Delia Chiaje var. tmniolata Dall,

Dall,215,

scariphus n. sp., Dall, 215. 

Cerithium

algicola C. B. Adams, Dall, 215. 

bosquense Shum., Cragin, 186. 

burnsii, n. sp. Dall, 215. 

callisoma n. p., Dall, 215. 

caloosaense, Dall, 215. 

chipolanum n. sp., Dall, 215. 

coccodeb n. sp., Dall, 215. 

floridanum Morch, Dall, 215. 

georgianum Lyell and Sowerby, Dall, 215. 

glaphyrea n. sp., Dall, 215.

var. litharium, Dall, 215. 

interlineatum n. sp., Cragiu, 186. 

muscarum Say, Dall,.215. 

ocalanum n. sp., Dall, 215. 

platynema n. sp., Dall, 215. 

precursor Heilprin, Dall, 215. 

proctori n. sp., Cragin, 186. 

tramitensis n. sp., Cragin, 186. 

vinctum, Whitfield, Dall, 215. 

sp. indet., Dall, 215. 

Ceuthorhynchus

clausus, Scudder, 823. 

coinpactus, Scudder, 823. 

degravatus, Scudder, 823. 

duratus, Scudder, 823. 

evinctus, Scudder, 823. 

Chalicetherium, Osborn, 702, 705. 

Chamops segnis n. gen. et sp., Marsh, 632. 

Chara stantoni n. sp., Knowlton, 558. 

Charionella Billings, Hall, 384. 

Chemnitzia coalvillensis Meek, Stanton, 861. 

Chione (?) deceptan.sp., Hill, 435. 

Chirospongia, James, 491.

faberi, James, 491. 

Chiton (Trachyodon)eocenensis Conrad, Dall,

215.

Chonetella Waagen, Hall, 383. 

Chonetes Fischer de Waldheim/Hall, 383.

manitobensis n. sp.,Whiteaves, 1035. 

Chonetina Krotow, Hall, 383. 

Cbonophyllum

belli Billings, Sherzer, 836. 

capax Hall, Sherzer, 836. 

ellipticumHall and Whitfield, Sherzer,836. 

elongatum Edwards and Haime, Sherzor,

836.

greenei u. sp., Sherzer, 836. 

magnificum Billings, Sherzer, 836. 

niagarense Hall, sp., Sherzer, 836. 

perfoliatum Goldfuss, sp., Sherzer, 836. 

ponderosum Eominger, Sherzer, 836. 

pseudohelianthoides n. sp., Sherzer, 836. 

sedaliense White, Sherzer, 836. 

vadum Hall, Sherzer, 836.
182 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

Paleontology Con tin ued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Chonopectus n. gen., Hall, 383. 

Chonostrophian. gen., Hall, 383.

helderbergia n. sp., Hall, 383. 

Christianian. gen., Hall, 383.

subquadrata n. sp., Hall, 383. 

Cicada grandiosa, Scudder, 824. 

Citlaris, sp., Cragin, 186.

califomicus' Clark, 139.

dixionsis n. sp., Cragin, 180.

splendens Morton, Clark, 139.

taylorcnsis Clark, Clark, 139.

texanus Clark, Clark, 139.

walcotti Clark, Clark, 139. 

Cimolodou

agilis n. sp., Marsh, 632.

parvus n. sp., Marsh, 632. 

Cimolopteryx Marsh, Marsh, C35. 

Cinnamomum

cllipsoidetun Sap. & Mar., Lcsquereux, 582.

ellipticum n. sp., Knowlton, 059.

heeri Lesq., Lesquoreux, 582.

marioni n. sp., Lesquoreux, 582.

schouchzori Heer, Lesquereux, 582.

sezannense Watelet, Dawson, 239.

sezannense Watelet, Lesquoreux, 582. 

Cinulia

ovoidea, Whitfiold, 103G.

tarranteiisis n. sp., Cragin, 186.'

(Oligoptycha) naticoidos, Whitfiold, 1036. 

Cissites

acorifolius n. sp., Lesqueroux, 582.

alatus n. sp., Losquoronx, 582.

brownii Losq., Lesquorcux, 582.

dentato-lobatus n. sp., Losquoroux, 582.

formosus Heer, Lesquereux, 582.

ingous n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

var. parvifolia n. var., Lesqueroux, 

582.

obtusilohus n. sp., Lesqueroux, 582.

populoides n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

Cithara

crosswickensis n. sp., "Whitiield, 1036.

mullicaJusis n. sp., Whitflold, 3036. 

Cladodus

clarki, Claypole, 154.

kepleri, Claypole, 154.

rivi-petrosi, Claypole, 154.

sinuatus, Claypole, 154. 

Cladophlebis

columbiana n. sp., Dawson, 239.

falcata, Dawson, 238. 

Claosaurus, Marsh, 635,639.

annectens n. sp., Marsh, 633. 

Clava

caloostensis n. sp., Dall, 215.

chipolana n. sp., Dall, 215. 

Clavella raphanoides ?, Whitfleld, 1036. 

Clcidophorus consuetus n. sp., "Ulricli, 940. 

Cleionycbia rhomboidea n. gen. et sp.,TJlrich,

937. 

Cleonus

degeneratus, Scudder, 823.

exterraneus, Scudder, 823.

foersteri, Scudder, 823.

primoris, Scudder, 823.

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera, and species described Continued. 

Climacograptus James, 491. 

bicornis James, 491. 

typicalis James, 491. 

Clintonella n. gen., Hall, 384. 

Cliothyris sec Athyris

(Cliothyris) King, Hall, 384. 

Clitambonites Pander, Hall, 383. 

Clonogmptus( ?) spinosus n. sp., Matthew, 653. 

Clymeuia, Clarice, 148. 

Coccostous

canadcnsis n. sp., Woodward, 1101. 

cuyahogco, Claypole, 153.

 macromus n. sp., Cope, 179. 

Coccotorus

principalis, Scudder, 823.

rcquiescens, Scudder, 823. 

Cooliocrinus dilattaus, Whitfield, 1037. 

Cooliodos primotinus, Scudder, 823. 

Cselonautilus Foord, pars., Hyatt, 478. 

Ccelospira,' see Anoplothcca

(Co3lospira) Hall, Hall, 384. 

Collonia

chipolana n. sp.,Dall, 215.

claibornonsis n. sp., Dall, 215.

elegantula n. sp., Dall, 215.

radiata n. sp., Dall, 215.- 

Colocoras n. gen., Hyatt, 478.

 globularo n. sp., Hyatt, 478. 

Colodon

luxatus Marsh, 642.

occidoiitalis Loicly, Wortinan and Earle,

1109. 

Columbella

(Anachis) Adams, Dall, 215. 

avara Say, Dall, 215. 

avara var. amydra Dall, Dall, 215. 

avara var. caloosaensia Dall, Dall, 215. 

camax n. sp., Dall, 215. 

ichitoma n sp., Dall, 215. 

styliola n. sp.,Dall, 215. 

(Astyris) Adams, Dall, 215. 

lunata Say, Dall, 215. 

profundi Dall, Dall, 215. 

Columnaria, James, 491. 

alveolata, James, 491. 

calicina, James, 491. 

(?) halli, James, 491. 

(Cyathophylloides) disjuncta n. sp.,

Whiteaves, 1035.

Colutea primordialis Heer, Losquereux, 582. 

Coniatus

evisccratus, Scudder, 823. 

refractus, Scudder, 823. 

Coniophis precedens n. gen. ct sp., Marsh, C33. 

Conocardium

elrodin. sp., Miller, 670. 

exiguum n. sp., Miller, 670. 

indianense n. sp., Miller, 670. 

parvulum n. sp., Miller, 670. 

Conomitra staminea Conrad, Dall, 21o. 

Conotreta Walcott, Hall, 383. 

Conularia sampsoni n. sp., Miller, 670. 

Conus

adversarius Conrad, Dall, 215.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETKOLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 183

Paleontology Contiuued. 

Genera and species descrifced Continued. 

Conus

cruzianus n. sp., Dall, 215. 

pealii Green, Dall, 215.

protons Hwass, Dall, 215.

pygmaeus Iteeve, Dall, 215.

subsaurideus, Whitfleld, 1036.

sp.indet., Dall, 215. 

Coptosoma

mortoni (doLoriol), Clark, 139.

spcciosum Clark, Clark, 139.. 

Coralliophila

abbroviata Lamarck, Dall, 215.

lepidotan. sp., :Dall, 215.

magnan. sp.,Dall, 215. 

Corbula

kanabensis n. sp., Stanton, 861.

nematophora Meek, Stanton,-861.

subtrigonalis M. and H., Stanton, 861. 

Cordaicarpns lineatiis Lx., "White, 1022. 

Cordaites commnnis Lx., White, 1022. 

Cordania, Clarke, 149. 

Cornus

obesus'n. sp.,Dawson, 239.

platyphylloides n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

prajcox n. sp., .Lesquereux, 582. 

Coronura aspectans Conrad sp., Clarko, 145. 

Corvus annectens n. gen., Shufeldt, 837. 

Coryphodon, Marsh, 641; Earle, 281; Osborn, 

and "Wortman, 707.

anax Cope, Earle, 281.

curvicristis Cope, Earle, 381.

cuspidatus Cope, Earle, 281.

olephantus Cope, Earlo, 281.

hamatua Marsh, Earle, 281. 

 . obliquus Cope, Earle, 281.

radians, Cope, Earle, 281.

testis'Cope, Earlo, 281. 

Cossonus

gabbii, Scudder,-823.

rutus, Scudder, 823. 

Crania

agaricina n. sp., Hall, 383.

favincola n. sp., Hall, 383.

granoaa n. sp., Hall, 383.'

pulchella n. sp., Hall, 383.

retzius, Hall, 383. 

Craniella (Ehlert, Hall, 383.

ulrichi n. sp., Hall, 383. 

Crassatella excavata n. sp., Stanton, 861. 

Cratnegus

 aceroidos n. sp.,.Lesqueroiix, 582.

lacoei n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

laurenciana n. sp., Lesqueroux, 582.

.tenuinervis n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

Cratoparis arcessitus, Scudder, 823. 

Creccoides

osbornii Shufeldt, n. gen. et. sp., Cope, 182.

osbornii Schuleldt, Cope, 183. 

Cremastorhynchus stabilis, Scudder, 823. 

Creseis

corrugata n. sp., Matthew, 653.

minuta n. sp., Matthew, 653. 

-Crioceras annulatus, Shum., Cragin, 186. 

Crucibnlum Schumacher, Dall, 215.

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Cryptonella ovalis n. sp., Miller, 670. 

Cryptorhynchus

annosus, Scuddor, 823.

durus, Scudder, 823.

kerri, Scudder, 823.

profusus, Scudder, 823. 

Cryptozoon minnesotense, Chancy, 125. 

Ctenacanthus amblyxiphias n. sp., Cope, 170. 

Ctenopygo acadica n. sp., Matthew, 654. 

Cucullica

comauchensis n. sp., Hill, 435.

gracilis n. sp., Cragin, 186.

gratioti Hill, Cragin, 18G.

tcrminalis Con., Cragin, 186.

tippana Con., Cragin, 186.

transpecosensis n. sp., Cragin, 186. 

Cuneamya sulcodorsata n. sp., Ulrich, 940. 

Cyathocriuus

bonedictin. sp., Miller, 670.

gurleyin. sp., Miller, 670.

labyrinthicus n. sp., Miller, 670.

opiums n. sp., Miller and Gurloy, 673.

vhuinalis, Whitfield, 1037. 

Cyathophycus siluriana n. sp., James, 491. 

Cyathophyllum

petraioides n. sp., "Whiteavos, 1035.

waskasense n. sp., "Whiteaves, 1035. 

Cycadeospermum .

columnaren.sp., Lcsquoroiix, 582.

lineatumn. sp., Lesquoronx, 582. 

 rotundatum Font., Fontaiuo, 328. 

Cycadites pungens n. sp., Lesquoreux, 582. 

Cyclocystoides cinciunationsis n. sp., Miller

and Faber, 672. 

Cyclognathus rotundifrons Matt., Matthew,

653.

Cyclospira n. gen., Hall, 384. 

Cyclospongia discus n. gon. et sp., Miller, 670. 

Cyclostrema chipolanum n.sp., Dall, 215. 

Cylichna recta, "Whitfleld, 1036. 

Cylindrella floridana n. sp., Dall, 215. 

Cylindrites formosus n. sp., Cragin, 186. 

Cylindrotscelia, James, 491.

covingtonensis James, 491. 

Cymba (Eucymba) Dall, Dall, 215. 

Cyperites, Dawson, 238. 

Cyphaspis bellula n. sp., "Whitoaves, 1035. 

Cyphosoma volanumn. sp., Cragin, 186. . 

Cypraca

heilprinii n. sp., Dall, 215.

pinguis Conrad, Dall, 215.

sabuloviridisn. sp., "Whitfleld, 1036.

willcoxi n. sp., Dall, 215.

(Aricia) mortoni, "Whitfiold, 1030.

(Siphocypraja) Heilprin, Dall, 215.

problematica Heilprin, Dall, 215. 

Cypricardella

gorbyi n/sp., Miller, 670.

producta n. sp., "Whiteaves, 1035. 

Cypricardites

ciugulata n. sp., Ulrich, 940.

germanus n. sp. or var., Dlrich, 940. 

glabellus n. sp., Ulrich, 940.

haynianus?, Safford, Ulricb, 940.
184 BIBLIOGRAPPIY AND INDEX OP N! A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Cypricardites

rnodestus n. sp., Ulrich, 937. 

nanus n. sp., Ulrich, 940. 

obtusifrons n. sp., TJlrich, 940. 

oviformis n. sp., Ulrich, 937. 

sardesonin. sp., Ulrica, 940. 

tenellus n. sp., Ulrich, 940. 

terminalis n. sp., Ulrich, 937. 

Cypridea

texaua n. sp., Hill, 435.

tuberculata var. wyomingeusis nov.,

Jones, 50C. 

Cyprimeria

crassaMk., Cragin, 186. 

cxcavata (Mort.), Cragiu, 186. 

gigantea n. sp., Cragin, 180. 

tcxana, Koern., Cragin, 180. 

Cyprina

mcdialo Con., Cragin, 180.

roemeri n. sp., Cragin, 186.

texana Con., Cragin, 186.

(?Roudairia) streeruwitzi n. sp., Cragin,

186.

Cyprinidaj, Cope, 176. 

Cypris purbecldnsis, Jones, 506. 

Cyrena

requilateralis Meek ?, Stanton, 861. 

inflexa Meek, Stanton, 861. 

(Veloritina) securis Meek, Stanton, 861. 

CyrtiaBalman, Hall, 384.

burlingtonensis n. sp., Rowley, 790. 

Cyrtoceras

indianense n. sp., Miller, 670. 

luthei n. sp., Calvin, 112. 

nasbvillense n. sp., Miller, 670. 

saffordi n. sp., Miller, 670. 

(Glyptodendron) eatonense, Poerste, 324. 

Cyrtolitbos atlantoides n. sp., Matthew, 654. 

Cystelasraa lanesvillense n. gen. et sp., Miller, 670.

Cythara terminula n. sp., Ball, 215. 

Cythere monticula n. sp., Jones, 506. 

Cythorea

larnarensis Shum., Cragin, 186. 

leveretti n. sp., Cragin, 186. 

taffi n. sp., Cragin, 186. 

Cytheridea

tenuis n. sp., Jones, 506. 

truncata n. sp., Jones, 506. 

Cytherideis

fequalis n. sp., Jones, 506. 

 'irapressa n. sp., Jones, 506. 

Bactyloporus archtcus, Herzer, 424. 

Daimonelix

anaxilis, Barbour, 29. 

bispiralis, Barbour, 29. 

carinati, Barbour, 29. 

circumaxilis, Barbour, 29. 

robusta, Barbour, 29. 

Dalmanella, Hall, 383. 

Dammarites

caudatus Lesq., Lesqneretix, 582. 

dubius n. sp., Bawson, 239. 

emarginatus Lesq., Lesquereux, 582.

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Daphnella

cingulata n. sp., Ball, 215. 

elata Ball, Ball, 215. 

modesta n. sp., Ball, 215. 

Baphnophyllum

angustifolium n. sp., Lesquoreux, 582. 

dakotensen.sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

Bavidsonia Bouchard, Hall, 383. 

Baviesiella Waagen, Hall, 383. 

Bawsonia, James, 491.

Siliquaria, James, 491. 

Bayia Bavidson, Hall, 384. 

Belocrinus n. gen., Miller and Gurley, 673. 

hemisphericus Shumard, Miller and Gurley, 673. 

missouriensis n. sp., Miller and Gurloy,

673.

Bendrograptus, James, 491. 

gracillimum, James, 491. 

tenuiramosus, James, 491. 

Bentalium

caduloido n. sp., Ball, 215. 

caloosaeuso n. sp., Ball, 215. 

prisman. sp., Ball, 215. 

ripleyanum, Whitfield, 1036. 

subarcuatum, Whitfield, 1036. 

(Falcula) falcatum, Whitfleld, 1036. 

Berbya Waagen, Hall, 383. 

affinisn. sp.,Hall, 383. 

bennotti n. sp., Hall, 383. 

biloba n. sp., Hall, 383. 

broadheadi n. sp., Hall, 383. 

costatula n. sp., Hall, 383. 

cymbula n. sp., Hall, 383. 

ruginosa n. sp., Hall, 383. . . 

Besmoceras

affine n. sp., Whiteaves, 1032.

var. glabrum, Whiteaves, 1032.

athabascenso n. sp., Whiteaves, 1032.

Bewalquea dakotensis n. sp., Lesqueroux,

582.

Biatoniaceae, Edwards, 286. 

Bibelodon

humboldtii Cuvier, Cope, 183. 

precursor Cope, Cope, 183. 

tropicus Cope, Cope, 183. 

Bichocrinus

blairi n. sp., Miller, 670. 

cinctus n. sp., Miller and Gurley, 673. 

huinbergi, Miller, 670. 

ulrichi n. sp., Miller and Gurley, 673. 

Bichograptus

logaui Hall, Matthew, 653. 

nitidus (Hall), var., Matthew, 653. 

Bicranograptus, James, 491.

ramosus, James, 491. 

Bicrauopora parva n. sp., Ami, 12. 

Bictyonema, James, 491.. 

arbusculum, James, 491. 

delicatulum Bawson, var., Matthew, 653. 

Bictyopteris squarrosa Ett. sp., White, 1022. 

Bictyorhabdus priscus n. gen. et sp.,Walcott,

980. 

Bidymictis Cope, Osborn and Wortman, 699.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 185

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Dielasma turgida, Beecher and Schuchert, 64. 

Dillwynella naticoides Lea, Ball, 215. 

Dinichthys, Claypole, 151.

canadensis n. sp., Whiteaves, 1035.

clarki, Claypole, 156.

gracilis, Claypolo, 156.

lincolni, Claypole, 156. 

Dinobolus Hall, Hall, 383. 

Dinorthis, Hall, 383. 

Dioonitos

buchianus Schimper, Fontaine, 328.

buchiauus var. angustii'olius Font., Fontaine, 328.

buchianus var. rarinervis, n. var., Fontaine, 328.

dunkerianus, Fontaine, 328. 

Diorugoceras n. gen., Hyatt, 478. 

Diospyros

apiculata n. sp., Lesqnereux, 582.

calyx Dawson, 239.

celastroides n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

. ominens n. sp., Dawson, 239.

prituasva Heer, Lesquereux, 582.

pseudoanceps Lesq., Lesquereux, 582.

rotundifolia Lesq., Lesquereux, 582.

steenstrupi Heer, Lesquereux, 582.

vaucouvcronsia Dn., Dawson, 239. 

Diplacanthus horridus n. sp.,Woodward, 1101. 

Diploconcha (Serpula?) crotacea?, Whitfield,

1036. 

Diplograptus, James, 491

spiuulosus, James, 491.

whitfieldi, James, 491. 

Diplopodia

lulli Clark, Clark, 139.

hilli Clark, Cragin, 186.

streeruwitzii n. sp., Cragin, 186.

taffi n. sp., Cragin, 186.

texana Room., Cragin, 186.

texanum (Roerner), Clark, 139. 

Diplothemeiua geniculatum (Germ, et Kaulf.)

Stur., White, 1022.

Diplotrypa quebecensis h. sp., Ami, 12. 

Discina Lamarck, Hall, 383.

sampsoni n. sp.,Miller, 670. 

Discinisca Call, Hall, 383. 

Discinolepis Waagen, Hall, 383. 

Discinopsis (Matthew) n. gen, Hall, 383. 

Discitoceras, Hyatt, 478. 

Discohelix retit'era n. sp., Dall, 215. 

Dissacus leptognathus n. sp., Osborn and

Wortman, 707. 

Docirhynchus n. gen., Scudder, 823.

culex, Scudder, 823.

terebrans, Scudder, 823. 

Dolabella aldricbi n. sp., Dall, 215.

Dolium (Doliopsis?) multiliratum n. sp., 

Whitfield, 1036. 

Domatoceras

militarium n. sp., Hyatt, 478.

simplex n. sp., Hyatt, 478.

nmbilicatum, n. sp., Hay, 404. 

Donax

cuneata n. sp., Stanton, 861.

oblonga n. sp., Stanton, 861.

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and, species described Continued. 

Dorycrinus, Whitfield, 1037.

tricornis, Whitfield, 1037. 

Dorytomus

coercitus, Scudder, 823.

Avilliamsi, Scudder, 823. 

Drillia

abundans Conrad, Dall, 215.

abundans var. perrugata, Dall, 215.

acucincta n. sp., Dall, 215.

acurugatan. sp.,Dall, 215.

sepynotaDall var. acila, Dall, 215.

alesidota var. perspirata Dall, Dall, 215.

aphanitoma n. sp., Dall, 215.

bigemma n. sp., Dall, 215.

ebenina Dall, Dall, 215.

eburnea Conrad, Dall, 215.

edilian. sp.,Dall, 215.

hoplophorus u. sp., Dall, 215.

(lissotropis var. ?)' porpolita Dall, Dall, 215. 

scissurata Dall, Dall, 215.

myrmecoon n. sp., Dall, 215.

newmani n. sp., Dall, 215.

ostrearum Stearns, Dall, 215.

piscator n. sp., Dall, 215.

podagrinan. sp.,-Dall, 215.

schismatican. sp., Dall, 215.

sedilia n. sp., Dall, 215.

sigela n. sp., Dall, 215.

tuberculata Emmons, Dall, 215. 

Dryophyllum

elongatum n. sp., Dawson, 239.

neillianum n. sp., Dawson, 239.

ocoidentalo u. sp., Dawson, 239. 

Dumblea n. gen., Cragin, 186.

symmetrica n. sp., Cragin, 186. 

Dystactospongia, James, 491.

insolens, James, 491.

minima, James, 49'1. 

Echinobrissus

expansus Clark, Clark, 139.

texanus Clark, Clark, 139.

texanus Clark, Cragin, 186. 

Echinoderras, Agassiz, 10. 

Echinodiscus sampsoni n. sp., Miller, 670. 

Ecphora Conrad, Dall, 215. 

Ectacodon cinctus Cope, Earle, 281. 

Elseodendron speciosum n. sp., Lesquereux,

582.

Elepbas primigenius Blum, Cope, 183. 

Elkania Ford, Hall, 383. 

Ellipsocephalus

articephalus Matt., Matthew, G49,654.

galeatus n. sp., Matthew, 649, 654.

grandis n. sp., Matthew, 654. 

Elotherium

clavum n. sp., Marsh, 642.

crassum, Marsh, 642.

mortoni Leidy, Ami, 18. 

Emarginula

pilsbfyi n. sp., Dall, 215.

(Rimula) caroliniana n. sp.,215. 

Enallaster

inflatus n. sp., Cragin, 186.

obliquatus Clark, Clark, 130.
186 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N, A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130,

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

En alias tor

texanus (Koomer), Clark, 139.

texanus Room., Cragin, 186. 

"Encephalartos cretaceus n. sp., Lesqnereux,

582.

Eiidoptygma umbilicata, Whitfield. 1036. 

Engina turbijiella Kiener, Ball, 215. 

Euteletes Fischer do Waldheim, Hall, 383. 

Eocidaris blairi n. sp., Miller, 670. 

Eocleonus n. gen., Scudder, 823.

subjectus, Scudder, 823. 

Epiaster

electus n. sp., Cragin, 126.

elogans Shum., Cragin, 186.

 var. nov. prfonuntius, Crngin, 186.

ologans (Shumard), Clark, 139.

hemiasterinus n. sp., Cragin, 186.

whitei Clark, Clark, 139.

white! Clark, Cragin, 186. 

Epicasrus

effossus, Scudder, 823.

exanimis, Scudder, 823.

saxatilis, Scudder, 823. 

Episcoposaurus haplocerus n. sp., Cope, 182. 

Equisetum lyelli Mantel, Dawson, 238.

texense n. sp., Fontaino, 328. 

Equus

cumminsii Cope, Cope, 183.

eurystylus Cope, Copo, 183.

oxcelsus, Copo, 171.

excelsus Leidy, Cope, 183.

major Dekay, Cope, 183.

minutus Cope, Cope, 183.

semiplicatus Copo, Cope, 183.

simplicidens n. sp., Copo, 182,183.

tau Owen, Cope, 183. 

Erato maugeriao Gray, Ball, 215. 

Erefanocrinus

attenuates, "Whitfield, 1037.

lyonanus n. sp., Miller, 670. 

Eripachya? paludinaformia n. sp.,Whitfield,

1036.

Eriptychius americanus n. sn., Walcott, 980. 

Erirhinus dormitus, Scudder, 823. 

Eryous brovicollis, Scudder, 823. 

Etheridgina Oelilert, Hall, 383. 

Etoblattina

clarkii, Scuddor, 826.

exilis, Scudder, 826.

gorhami, Scudder, 826.

illustris, Scudder, 826.

reliqua, Scudder, 826.

scbolfloldi, Scudder, 826. 

Eucalyptocrinus

ellipticus n. sp., Miller, 670.

elrodi n. sp., Miller, 670.

gorbyi n. sp., Miller, 670.

lindahli n. sp., Wachsmuth and Springer, 

974.

subglobosus n. sp., Miller, 670. 

Eucalyptus

dakotensis n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

geinitzi Heer, Lesquereux, 582. 

Eucryptus n. gen., Scudder, 823.

sectus, Scudder, 823.

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Eucymba ocalana Dall, Dall, 215. 

Eucymba,.see Cymba (Eucyniba) Dall, Dall,

215. 

Eudomus n. gen., Scudder, 823.

pinguis, Scuddor, 823.

robustus, Scudder, 823. 

Eugenia primocva n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

Eugnamptus grandtevus, Scudder, 823. 

Eulinia

conoidea Kurtz & Stimpson, Dall, 215.

(Leiostraca) rectiuscula Dall, Dall, 215. 

Eulimclla? funiculaMeek, Stantoii, 861. 

Eumetria Hall, Hall, 384. 

Eunema

brevispera n. sp., Whiteaves, 1035.

clathratulum n. sp., Whiteavos, 1035.

epociosum n. sp., Whitoaves, 1035.

subspinosum n. sp., Whiteaves, 1035. 

Euomphalus (circularis? Phillips, var.) subtrigonalis, Whiteaves, 1036. 

Eupachycrinus

harii n. sp., Miller, 670.

raagister, Miller and Gurloy, 673.

orbicularis, Whitfleld, 1037.

sphseralis, n. sp., Miller and Cnrley, 673.

tumulosus n. sp,, Miller, 670. 

Eupleura

caudata Say, Dall, 215.

var. sulcidontata Dall, Dall, 215..

miocenica n. sp., Dall, 215.

muriciniforniis Brodorip, Dall, 215. 

Enthria? fragilis n. sp., Whitfiold, 1036. 

E\ropes n. gon., Scudder, 823.

occubatus, Scudder, 823.

voneratus, Scudder, 82.3. 

Exogyra

americana Marcou, Cragin, 186.

columbella Meek, Cragin, 186.

columbella Meek, Stanton, 861.

drakei n. sp., Cragin, 186.

ferox n. sp., Cragin, 186.

hilli n. sp., Cragin, 186.

lasviuscula Eoemer, Cragin, 186.

Iteviuscula Koemor, Stanton, 861.

paupercula u. sp., Cragin, 186.

plexa n. sp., Cragin, 186.

ponderosa Eoemer, Stanton,'86l.

suborbiculata Lamark (sp.), Stanton, 861.

wcatberfordensis n. sp., Cragin, 186. 

Exomias obdurefactus, Scudder, 823. 

FagophylluiM

nervosum n. sp., Dawson, 239.

retosuni n. sp., Dawson, 239. 

Fagus orbiculatum n. sp,, Lesqureux, 582. j 

Fasciolaria i

distans Lamarck, Dall, 215.

olegans Emmons, Dall, 215.

herculos, Whitfield, 1036.

propinqua n. sp., Whitfield, 1036.

sanipsoni n. sp., Whitfield, 1036.

(sparrowi var. ?) acuta Emmons, Dall, 215.

tulipa Linn6, Dall, 215.

walcotti n. sp., Stantoni 861.

(Cryptorhy tis) utaliensis Meek (sp.), Stanton, 861.
, WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 187

Paleontology Cen tin uod. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Fasciolaria

(distans subsp?)

apicina Ball, Ball, 215. 

monocingulata Ball, Dall, 215. 

rliomboidea Rogers, Dall, 215. 

Favia taxana n. sp., Cragin, 1.80. 

Favositidro, Bocchor, 57. 

Foils

hillautts Copo, Cope, 183. 

probiscidia, Cope, 183. 

Ficus

aligera n. sp., Lesqu.oreux,'582. 

berlhondi n. sp., Lesquorcux, 582. 

contorta n. sp., Dawson, 239. 

crassipes Jlcer, Lesquerenx, 582. 

doflexa 11. sp., Losquoronx, 582. 

glasco^na Lesq., Lesquercnx, 582. 

inrcqualis n. sp., Lesqucreux, 582. 

kransiana lleer, Losquereux, 582. 

laurophyllidia ji. sp., Dawson, 239. 

lanceolato-acuminata JEtt., Lcsqueroux,

582.

macrophylla n. sp., Lesquerenx, 582. 

magnolifolia Lesq., Dawson, 239. 

magnoliaifolia Lesq., Lcsquereux, 582. 

melanophylla n. sp., Lesqueroux, 582. 

inudgei n. sp., Lcsquereux, 582. 

ponitus?, Whitfield, 103G. 

precursor u. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

procedens n. sp., "Whitfield, 103G. 

protcoidea n. sp., Lesqucroux, 582. 

rotundata u. sp., Dawson, 239. 

sternbergii n. sp., Lesquroux, 582. 

imdulata n. sp., Lesqnerenx, 582. 

Wellington® 11. sp., Dawson, 239. 

Fissuridea

caloosmnsis n. sp., Dall, 215. 

carditella n. sp., Dall, 215. 

carolinensia, Conrad, Dall, 215. 

chipolana n. sp., Dall, 215. 

nucnla n. sp., Dall, 215. 

Foordiccras n. gen., Hyatt, 478. 

Forbesocrinns speciosus n. sp., Miller and

Gurley, 673. 

Fossarus (Isapis) anomala C. B. Adams, Dall, 215.' 

Frenelopsis

liolicnoggeri, Fontaine, 328. 

varians n. sp., Fontaine, 328. 

Fulgnr

ecliinatum n. sp., Dall, 215. 

maximum Conrad, Dall, 215. 

porversurn Linn6,Dall, 215. 

pyrum var. aypynotum, Dall, 215. 

(pyrum var. ?) plannlatuin n. sp., Dall, 215. 

scalarispira Conrad, Dall, 215. 

spiniger Conrad, Dall, 215. 

stollatnrn n. sp., Dall, 215. 

Fulica minor n. sp., Shufeldt, 837. 

Fusus

angularis n. sp., "Whitfield, 1036. 

ballista n. sp., Dall, 215. 

burnsii Dall, Dall, 215. 

caloosajusis Heilprin, Dall, 215.

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described-^Continued. 

Fusus

eocenicus n. sp., "Whitfield, 1036.

oqualis Emmons, Dall, 215.

gabbi Meek, Stanton, 861.

graysonensis n. sp., Cragin, 186.

hector n. sp., Whitfield, 1030.

hector var. multilincatus n. var., Wliitfield, 1036.

holmdclonsis n. sp., Whitfield, 1036.

paucicostatns n. sp., Whitfield, 1030.

perobesus n. sp., Whitfield, 1036.

pluricostatus n. sp., Whitfield, 1036.

quinquespinus n. sp., Dall, 215.

shumardi H. and M., Stanton, 861.

sp. undot., Dall, 215.

(Chrysodomns?) nexilis n. sp.. Drill, 215.

(Noptunea?)

staminea, Whitfield, 1836. 

venenatus n. sp., Stanton, 8G1.

(Urosalpinx?) multicostatus n. sp., Stanton, 861.

Galla qucrcina n. sp., Lcsqnercux, 582. 

Ganorhynchus oblongus n. sp., Cope, 179. 

Gastrioceras entogonum ?, Hyatt, 478. 

Gcrablattina

fraterna, Scudder, 826.

scapulnris, Scndder, 820. 

Gcralophns n. gen., Scudder, 823.

antiqiiarius, Scudder, 823.

discessns, Scudder, 823.

fossicius, Scudder, 823.

lassatus, Scudder, 823.

occnltus, Scudder, 823. 

. pumicons, Scudder, 823.

repositus, Scudder, 823.

rctritus, Scndder, 823.

saxuosus, Scudder, 823. 

Gervillia proploura (Meek), Stanton, 861. 

Gcrvilliopsis iuvaginata (White), Cragin, 186. 

Gibbulaamcricanan. sp.,Dall, 215. 

Girvanolla ricbmondonsis, James, 491.

labyrinthica, James, 491. 

Gla?.ocapsa, Kothpletz, 786. 

Glandina truncata var. macer,-Dall, 215. 

Glassia Davidson, Hall, 384. 

Glauconia coalvillensis (Meek), Stanton*8G1. 

Globiconcba (Tylostoma) curta, Whitfiold,

1036. 

Glossites manitobensis (nom. prov.), Wliitoaves, 1035. 

Glyphioceras

cumminsi n. sp., Hyatt, 478.

incisum n. sp., Hyatt, 478. 

Glyphostoma

johnsoni n. sp.,Dall, 215.

watsoni n. sp., Dall, 215. 

Glyptostyla panameusis n. sp.,Dall, 215. 

Gomphoceras clarki n. sp., Miller, 070. 

Goniaster marnmillata Gabb, Clark, 139. 

Goniasteroidocrinus tuberosus. Miller, 670. 

Goniatites

brownensis n. sp., Miller, 670.

gorbyi n. sp., Miller, 670.

indianensis n. sp., Miller, 670.
188 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [DULL.ISO.

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Guniatites

leviculus 11. sp., Miller and Faber, 671. 

limatus n. sp., Miller and Faber, 671.

missouriensis n. sp., Miller and Faber, 671.

occidentalis n. sp., Miller and Tabor, 671.

sciotoensis n. sp., Miller and Faber, 071. 

Coniocrinus sculptilis n. gen. ot sp., Miller

and Gurloy, 673. 

Goniopygus

'/.itteli Clark, Clark, 139.

zitteli Clark, Cragin, 186. 

Grammysia blairi n. sp., Miller, 670. 

Granatocrinua mutabilis n. sp., llowley, 790. 

Graphiocrinus tortuosus, Whitfield, 1037, 

Grap toll thus, James, 491. 

Grewiopsis

ajquidentata n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

mudgei n. sp., Lesqncreux, 582. 

Gruenowaldtia, see Atrypa (Grnenewaldtia)

Tschernyscbew, Hall, 384. 

Gryphasa

gibberpsan. sp., Cragin, 186.

newberryi n. sp., Stanton, 861. 

Grypidius corcirostris, Scudder, 823. 

Gyninetron antecurreus, Scudder, 823. 

Gyrodes

abbotti, Whitfiold, 1036.

altispira, Whitfield, 1036.

conradi Meek, Stanton, 861.

crenata, Whitfield, 1036.

depressa Meek, Stanton, 861.

infracarininata, "Wbitfleld, 1036.

obtusivolva, Wbitfleld, 1036.

petrosus, Whitfield, 1036. 

Halliua n. gen., Winchell and Scbucbert, 1081.

nicolleti, Wincbell and Scbucliert, 1081.

safforcli, "Winchell and Scbucbert, 1081. 

Haminea truncata n. sp., Stauton, 861. 

Hebertella, Hall, 383. 

Hcdera

cretacea n. sp., Lesquoreux, 582.

decurrens n.sp., Lesquereux, 582.

micropbyllan.sp., Lesquereux, 582.

orbiculata (Heer) Lesq., Lesqiiereux,. 

582.

ovalis Lesq., Lesquereux, 582.

plantanoidea Lesq., Lesquerenx, 582. 

Helcion? tentorium, Whitfield, 1036. 

Heliciua

ballista n. sp., Ball, 215.

var. tampic Ball, Ball, 215. 

Heliococeras

corrugatum u. sp., Stanton, 861.

parienso Wbite, Stauton, 861. 

Heliolites, James, 491.

sbepardi, James, 491. 

Helix

adamnis n. sp., Dall, 215.

crustan. sp., Dall, 215.

crusta var. cnnctator Dall, Dall, 215.

diespiter n. sp., Dall, 215.

direpta n. sp., Dall, 215.

haruspica n. sp., Dall, 215.

instrumosa n. sp., Dall, 215.

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Helix

latcbrosa n. sp., Dall, 215.

Linn6 (Hygroraia Risso), Dall, 215. 

Helmersenia Pander, Hall, 383. 

Hemiaster

californicus Clark, Clark, 139.

calvini Clark, Clark, 139.

dalli Clark, Clark, 139.

humphreysanns Meek and Hayden, Clark, 

139.

parastatus (Morton), Clark, 139.

Stella (Morton), Clark, 139.

texanus Roomer, Clark, 139.

texanus llocmer, Cragin, 186.

ungula (Mortou), Clark, 139. 

Homicidaris intumesccns Clark, Clark, 139. 

Heptodou calciculus Cope, Osborn and Wortman, 707.

Hercoglossa paucifex, Whitfield, 1036. 

Heteroccras conradi, Wbitfield, 1036. 

Heterocrinus subcrassua, Dycbo, 278. 

Heterorthis, Hall, 383. 

Heterospongia, James, 491.

aspera, James, 491.

subramosa, James, 491. 

Hindella Davidson, Hall, 384. 

Hindia, James, 491. 

Hipparionyx Vanuxen, Hall, 383. 

Hippidium

interpolatum Cope n. sp., Cope, 183.

? spectans Cope, Cope, 183. 

Hipponicharion

cavatum ii. sp., Matthew, 654.

minus n. sp., Matthew, 654. 

Hippurites flabellifer u. sp.,'Cragin, 186. 

Holaster

complotus n. sp., Cragin, 186.

nanus n. sp., Cragiii, 186.

simplex Shumard, Clark, 139.

simplex Sbumard, Cragin, 186.

supernus n. sp., Cragiu, 186. 

Holectypus

cbarltonin. sp., Cragin, 186.

planatus Roomer, Clark, 139.

planatus lloemer, Cragin, 186.

transpecosensis n. sp., Cragin, 186. 

Holocraspedum n. gen., Cragin, 186. 

Holocystites

adipatns n. sp., Miller, 670.

afflnis n. sp., Miller and Faber, 672.

benedict! u. sp., Miller, 670.

colletti n. sp., Miller, 670.

commodns n. sp., Miller, 670.

gorbyi n. sp., Miller, 670.

indiauensis n. sp., Miller, 670.

madisonensis u. sp., Miller, 670.

oruatissinius n. sp., Miller, 670.

papulosus u. sp., Miller, 670.

parvulus n. sp., Miller, 670.

parvus u. sp., Miller, 670.

scitulus n. sp., Miller, 670.

spangleri n, sp., Miller, 670.

subovatus n. sp., Miller, 670.

\vykoffi n. sp., Miller, 670.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 189

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Holomeniscus

macrocephalus Cope, Cope, 183.

sulcatua Cope, Cope, 183. 

Holonema, Williams, 1052.

horrida n. sp., Cope, 179.

rugosa Clayp., Cope, 179. 

Holoptychius filosus n. sp., Cope, 179. 

Homomya

jurafacies n. sp., Cragin, 186.

solida n. sp., Cragin, 186. 

Hoplites

canadensis n. sp., Whiteaves, 1032.

haidaquensia n. sp., Whiteaves, 1030.

mcconnelli n. sp., Whiteaves, 1032.

roemeri n. sp., Cragiu, 180.

texanus n. sp., Cragin, 186. 

Hormorus saxorum, Scudder, 823. 

Hustedia n. gen., Hall, 384. 

Hyattella n. gen., Hall, 384. 

Hybodus regularis n. sp., Cope, 170. 

Hydreionocriuus pentagonua u. sp., Miller

and Giuiey, 673. 

Hydrobia

amnicoloides Pilsbry n. sp., Ball, 215.

mobiliana Dall n. sp., Dall, 215.

umbilicata Pilsbry n. sp., Dall, 215. 

Hylobius

lacoei, Scudder, 823.

packardii, Scudder, 823. 

Hymenaja dakotana n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

Hyolithellus micans Billings, Matthew, 051. 

Hyolithes

alatus u. sp., Whiteaves, 1035.

decipiens n. sp., Matthew, 654.

cf. obesus Holm, Matthew, 654. 

Hyptiocrinus typus W. and Sp. n. gen. ot sp.,

Wachsnmth and Springer, 974. 

Ichthyocrinus burlingtononsis, Whitliold,

1037. 

Ichthyodectes

auaides Cope, Crook, 192.

polymicrodus Cope, Crook, 192. 

Idiocrinus

elongatus W. and Sp.n. gen. et sp., Wachsmutli and Springer, 974.

veutricosus W. aud Sp. n. sp., Wachsmuth

and Springer, 974.

Iguanavus teres n. sp., Marsh, 633. ; 

Ilex

armata n. sp., Lesquoreux, 582.

borealis Heer, Leaquereux, 582.

dakotensis n. sp., Lesquerenx, 582.

niasoni n. sp., Lesfjuereux, 582.

papillosa u. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

scudderi n. sp.; Lesquereux, 582. 

llyanassa

granifera Conrad, Dall, 215.

irrorata Conrad, Dall, 215.

(porcina var. ?) schizopyga, Dall, 215.

(Paranassa)

arata Say, Dall, 215. 

isograinma n. sp., Dall, 2]5. 

porciua Say, Dall, 215.

Incolaria securiformis n. gen. et sp., Herzer, 

422.

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Ingacretacea n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

Inocaulis, James, 491. 

Inocerarnus

cuinminsin. sp., Cragin, 186. 

doforniis Meek, Stanton, 861. 

dimidius White, Stanton, 861. 

exogyroides M. and H., Stauton, 861. 

flaccidus White, Stanton, 861. 

i'ragilis H. and M., Stantou, 861. 

gilberti White, Stanton, 861. 

labiatua Sehlotheim, Stanton, 861. 

aiultistriatus n. sp., Cragin, 186. 

sirasoni Meek, Stanton, 861.

tenuirostratus M. andH., Stanton, 861. 

umb.onatus M. and H., Stanton, 861.

uudabundus M. and H., Stanton, 861. 

Iphidea Billings, Hall, 383. 

lachnochiton tampainsis n. sp., Dall, 215. 

Ischyrodonta ovalis n. sp., Ulrich, 9-10. 

Isocardia humilis n. sp., Crjigin, 186. 

Isothea n. gen., Scudder 823.

alien i, Scudder, 823. 

Juglaudites

ellsworthiauus n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

fallax n. sp., Dawson, 239.

lacoei n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

prirnordialis n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

sinuatus n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

Juglaus

arctica Heer, Lesquereux, 582.

crassipea Heer, Lesquereux, 582. 

Karpinskia Tschernyschew, Hall, 384. 

Kayserella u. gen., Hall, 383. 

Kayseria Davidson, Hall, 384. * 

Keyserlingia Pander, Hall, 383. 

Koniuckioccras, Hyatt, 478. 

Kutorgina Billings, Hall, 383. 

Laccopygus n. gen., Scudder, 823.

nilesii, Scudder, 823. 

Lacertilia, Cope, 178. 

Lachnopus

humatus, Scndder, 823.

recuperatus, Scudder, 823. 

Liclapa incrassatua Cope, Cope, 180. 

Laphmina O5hlert, Hall, 383. 

Lapparia Conrad, Dall, 215. 

Laricopsis longifolia Font., Fontaino, 328. 

Larix churchbridgensis, Peuhallow, 720. 

Larus

californicus?, Shufeldt, 887.

oregonus n. sp., Shufeldt, 837.

Philadelphia, Shufeldt, 837.

robustus n. sp., Shufeldt, 837. 

Latirua

callimorphus n. sp., Dall, 215.

floridanus Heilprin, Dall, 215.

(floridanus var. ?) multilineatus, Da,ll, 215.

hysipettus u. sp., Dall, 215.

rugatus n. sp., Dall, 215.

tessellatus n. ap., Dall, 215. 

Laureliaprimreva n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

Laurophyllum

ellsworthianum Leaq., Leaquereux, 582.

insigne n. up., Dawson, 239.
190 BIBLIOGKAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Laurus

angusta Heer, Lesquereux, 582.

antecedens n. sp., Lesquereiix, 582.

hollfo Heer, Lesquereux, 582.

knowltoni n. sp., Lesqueroux, 582.

(Carpites)

microcarpa n. sp., Lesqucreux, 582. 

plutonia Heer, Lesquereux, 582. 

teliformis n. sp., Le&quereux, 582. 

Laxispira lumbricalis, Whitfield, 103C. 

Lecanocriuus tennesseensis n. sp., Miller,

670.

Leda (?) Larveyi n. sp., Hill, 435. 

Leguminpsites

constrictus n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

convolutus n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

coronilloides ? Heer, Lesquercnx, 582.

dakoteusis n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

liyinenopliyllus n. sp., Lesqueroux, 582.

insularis Hoer, Lesquereux, 582.

omplialobioides n. sp., Lesqueroux, 582.

phsosoolites ? Heer, Lesqueroux, 582.

podogonialis n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

truucatus n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

Lciocidaris

liomigrauosa Shumard, Cragin, 180.

hemigranosus Shumard, Clark, 139. 

Loiostraca cretacea, Whitficld, 1036. 

Leporditia

osquilatera n. sp., TJlrich, 938.

flmbriata n. sp., Ulrich, 938.

gonuana u. sp., Ulrich, 938.

grauilabiata n. sp., TJlrich, 938.

iuflata n. sp., Ulrich, 938.

millepuuotata n. sp., Ulrich, 938.

n i uudula n. sp., Ulrich, 938.

(? primitia) dorsicornis n. sp., Ulrich, 938.

sulcata n. sp. and ventricornis 11. var., 

Ulrich, 938.

tumida n. sp., Ulrich, 938. 

Lopiditta

auriculata n. sp., Matthew, 654.

sigillata n. sp., Matthew, 654. 

Lepttena Dalruan, Hall, 383.

charlottse, Winclioll and Schuchert, 1081. 

Loptjouisca Beechor, Hall; 383.

adnascensii. sp.,Hall, 383.

tangens n. sp., Hall, 383. 

Leptellan. gen., Hall, 383. 

Leptobolus Hall, Hall, 383.

grandis n. sp., Matthew, 054. 

Loptoccolia Hall, Hall, 384. 

Lcptomaria

gigantean. sp., Whitficld, 1036.

pergrauulosa n. sp., Whitfield, 1030.

perlata, Whitfielii, 1030. 

Leptomeryx, Scott, 818.

niammil'er Cope, Ami, 18. 

Leptoplastus spinosus n. sp., Matthew, 654. 

Leptopora gorbyi n. sp., Miller, 670. 

Leptopotcrion, James, 491. 

Lcptostrobus longil'olius, Dawson, 238. 

Louroceras, Hyatt, 478.

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Lichas

bicornis n. sp., Ulrich, 939. 

(Hoplolichas) robbinsi n. sp., Ulrich,

939.

(Torataspis)-n. sp., "Whitcavos, 1035. 

Lima

generosa n. sp., Cragin, 180. 

semiliovis n. sp., Cragin, 186. j 

utaheusis 11. sp , Stauton, 861. 

Limalophus n. gen., Scudder, 823. 

compositus, Scudder, 823. 

contractus, Scudder, 823. 

Limnohyops

fontinalis, Earle, 282. 

laticeps, Earle, 282. 

Lindera

masoni n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

venustan. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

Liudstroiinclla n. subgon., Hall, 383. 

aspidium n. gen. et sp., Hall, 383. 

LiugulaBruguiere, Hall. 383.

cf. billingsiana Whiteaves, Matthew, 654.

coinptan. 8p.,Hall, 383.

flabellula n. sp., Hall, 383.

lingulata n. sp., Hall, 383.

paracletus n. sp., Hall, 383.

riciniformis var. galencusis, Wincliellaml

Schuchert, 1081. 

scutellan. sp., Hall, 383. 

shumardi 11. sp., Cragin, 180. 

(Glossini) deflecta, Wincholl and Schuchert, 1081. 

Liugulasma Ulrich, Hall, 383.

galenensis, Winchell and Schtichert, 1081. 

Lingulella Sal tor, Hall, 383.

cunoata n. sp., Matthew, 051. 

Lingulepis Hall, Hall, 383. 

Lingulops Hall, Hall, 383. 

granti n. sp., Hall, 383. 

Linuarssonia Walcott, Hall, 383. 

Linthia tumidula Clark, Clark, 139. 

Liochlamys bulbosa Hoilprin, Ball, 215. 

Liopoplum Ball, Ball, 215. 

spillmaui Ball, Ball, 215. 

subjugosum Ball, Ball, 215. 

Liopistha

(Psilomya)

concentrica n. sp., Stauton, 861. 

olongatau. sp., Stauton, 801. 

ineeki White, Stauton, 861. 

Lioplax floridana n. sp., Ball, 215. 

Liotia

(Arerie)

agenea u. sp., Ball, 215. 

coronata u. sp., Ball, 215. 

molium n. sp., Ball, 215. 

paramata n. sp., Ball, 215. 

solariella Heilpriu, Ball, 215. 

Liquidambar integrifolium Lesq., Lesquereux, 582. 

Liriodendron

acuminatum Losq., Lesqucreux, 582. 

acuminatum Arar. bilobatum u. var., Lesqueroux, 582.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 191

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Liriodendron

giganteum Lesq., Lesqiiereux, 582.

var. cruciformo Lesq., Lesqucroux, 

582. '

intermedium Lesq., Losquereux, 582.

meekiiHeer, Lesquereux, 582.

obcordatum Lesq., Lesqiicreux, 582.

pinnatifiduni Lesq , Lesquereux. 582.

prjBtulipil'erum n. 3i>., Dawson, 239.

prinuBvuin N"ewb., Lesquereux, 532.

semialatum Lesq., Lesquereux, 582.

suowii n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

succedens n. sp., Dawson, 239..

wellingtouii n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

Lispoceras, Hyatt, 478.

rotundum n. sp., 'Hyatt, 478.

trivolvo u. sp., Hyatt, 478. 

Lispodosthes nuptialis "White, Stautou, 801. 

LithopMhorus n.gen., Scudder, 823.

rugosicollis, Scuddor, 823. 

Litsea

cretacoa n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

falcifolia n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

Litzea weediana u. sp., Knowlton, 559. 

Lomatia saportanea Lesq., Losqueroux, 582. 

Loxonema

altivolvis n.sp.,Whiteaves, 1035.

cingulatum n. sp., Whiteaves, 1035.

gracillimum n. sp.,Whiteaves, 1035. 

Lucapina sufl'usa Keeve, Dall, 215. 

Lucina

juvenis n. sp., Stanton, 8G1.

subundata H. arid M., Stanton, 861. 

 Lunatia

concinnaHall and Meek (sp.), Stantou,861,

b.alli,Whitfield,1036.

halli Gabb,Whitfield,1036. 

Luxonema winnipogeuse li. sp., Whiteaves,

1029. 

Lyria

costata Sowe.rby, Dall, 215.

musicina Hoilprin, Dall, 215.

pulcholla Soworby, Dall, 215. 

Macclintockia

cretacea Heer, Lesqueroux, 582.

-trinervis Heor, Dawson, 239. 

Maclurea mauitobousis, WLiteaves, 1029. 

Macrochilina

blairi n. sp., Miller, 670.

pulcliella n. sp., Whitoaves, 1035. 

Macrodon pygmteus n. sp., Whitoavos, 1035. 

Macrotteniopteris vancouverensis n. sp., Dawson, 239.'

Macrorhoptus intutus, Scuddor, 823. 

Mactra

emmonsi Meek, Stanton, 861.

huerfanensis n. sp., Stanton, 861.

(Cymbopbora?) utahensis Meek, Stauton,

861.

Magdalis sedimentorum, Scudder, 823. 

Magnolia

alternans Heer, Lesquereux, 582.

amplifolia Heer, Lesquereux, 582.

boulayana n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Magnolia

capellini Heer, Dawson, 239.

lacoeaiia n. sp., Lesqueroux, 582.

obtusata Heer, Losquereux, 582.

occidentals n. sp., Dawson, 239.

pseudoacuminatan. sp., Losquereux, 582.

tenuifolia Lesq., Lesquereux, 582. 

Manteodou subquadratus Cope, Earle, 281. 

Margarita

abyssina, Whitfield, 1036.

tampaensis n. sp., Dall, 215. 

Margaritella abbotti, Whitfield, 1030. 

Marginella

(apiciua Henke var. ?) pardallis Dall, Dall, 

215.

aurora n. sp., Dall, 215.

ballista n. sp., Dall, 215.

(ballista var. ?) terapio Dall, Dall, 215.

bella Conrad, Dall, 215.

denticulata Conrad, Dall, 215.

elogantula n. sp., Dall, 215.

eulima n. sp., Dall, 215.

faunula n. sp., Dall, 215.

floridana u. sp., Dall, 215.

gravida n. sp., Dall, 215.

limatula Conrad, Dall, 215.

nowmani n. sp., Dall, 215.

oncliidella u. sp., Dall, 215.

precursor n. sp., Dall, 215.

semen Lea, Dall, 215.

styria Dall, Dall, 215.

virginiana Conrad, Dall, 215.

willcoxiana n. sp., Dall, 215.

(Volutella) amiantula n. sp., Dall, 215.

dacria u. sp., Dall, 215. 

Mariacrinua

aureatus n. sp!, Miller, 670.

granulosus n. sp., Miller, 670. 

Mariopteris

mazouiana Lx. sp., White, 1022.

(Pseiulopecopteris) decipiens Lx. sp.,

White, 1022. 

Masteutes n. gen., Scudder, 823.

rupis, Scuddor, 823.

saxifer, Scudder, 823. 

Mastodon successor n. sp., Cope, 175. 

Matheria rugosa u. sp., Ulrich, 940. 

Mazzaliua

costata n. sp., Dall, 215.

oweni Dall, Dall, 215. 

Meekella White and St. John, Hall, 383. 

Meioceras ciiigulatum n. sp., Dall, 215. 

Megalichthys macropomus u. sp., Cope, 179. 

Megalograptus, James, 491.

welchi, James, 491. 

Megalonyx, Safford, 802.

leptostomus Cope, Cope, 183. 

Melongena

corona Gmelin, Dall, 215.

sculpturata var. turricula, Dall, 215.

subcoronafa var. aspinosa, Dall, 215. 

Melocrinus

gregari n. sp., Rowley, 790.

oblongus n. sp., Wachsinuth and Springer, 

974.
192 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, .[BULL. 130.

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Melocrinus

parvus n. sp. Wacbsmuth and Springer, 

974.

roemeri n. sp., Wachsmuth and Springer,

974.

Menisccessus Cope, Osborn, 701. 

Menispermites rugosus n. sp., Lesquereux,

582.

Meuodus augustigenis, Ami, 18. 

Merista Suess, Hall, 384. 

Meristella Hall, Hall, 384. 

Meristina Hall, Hall, 384. 

Mesalia elongata n. sp., Whitfield, 1036. 

Mesohippus, Scott, 818. 

Mesostoma occidentalis n. sp., Stantou, 861. 

Mesothyra, Clarke, 146. 

Mesotreta Kutbrga, Hall, 383. 

Metacocoras

cavatiformis, Hyatt, 478.

dubium n. sp., Hay 404.

hayi n. sp., Hay, 404.

incouspicum n. sp., Hay, 404.

walcotti, Hyatt, 478. 

Metacypris

consobrina n. sp., Jones, 506.

cuncifbrmis n. sp., Jonos, 506.

simplex n. sp., Jones, 506.

snbcordata n. sp., Jones, 506. 

Metaplasia n. gen., Hall, 384. 

Miacis cauavus Cope, Osborn and "Wortinan,

699,

Hicheliiiia convoxa D'Orbigny, Beeclior, 57. 

Hickwit.sda Sclimidt, Hall, 383. 

Microdus dumbellii n. sp., Cope, 182. 

Microspongia, James, 491.

gregaria, James, 491.

(?) subrotundus, James, 491. 

Mimulus Barraiule, Hall, 383. 

Mitra

holmesii n. sp., Ball, 215.

lineolata Heilprin, Ball. 215.

(mississippiensis var. ?) silicata Dall, Ball, 

215.

sp. uudet., Ball, 215.

wandoensis Holmes, Ball, 215.

wilcoxii n. sp., Ball, 215. 

Mitromorpha

cincta n. sp., Ball, 215.

pygimea Ball, Ball, 215. 

Modiola"

branneri n. sp., Hill, 435.

fllisculpta n. sp., Cragin, 186.

jurafacies n. sp., Cragin, 186.

stonewallensis n. sp., Cragin, 186.

(Bracbydoiites) multilinigeraMeek, Stanton, 861. 

Modiolopsis

concava n. sp., Ulrich, 940.

corrugata n. sp., Miller and 1'aber, 672.

longus n. sp., Miller and Faber, 672.

plana Hall, TJlricb, 940.

similis u. sp., Ulricb, 940.

subelliptica n. sp., Ulrich, 940.

sulcata n. sp., Miller and Faber, 672.

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera, and species described Continued. 

Modiomorpha

attenuata,Whiteaves, 1035.

compressa n. sp., AVhiteaves, 1035.

parvula n. sp., Whiteaves, 1035.

tnmida n. sp., Whiteayes, 1035. 

Modulus

compactus n. sp., Ball, 215.

tloridanus Conrad, Ball, 215.

lapidosa n. sp., Whitfleld, 1036.

turbinatus Heilprin, Ball, 215.

willcoxii n. sp., Ball, 215. 

Molleria duplineusis n. sp., Ball, 215. 

Monobolina Salter, Hall, 383. 

Monoclaclodus

clarki, Claypolo, 154.

piunatus, Claypole, 154. 

Monomerella Billings, Hall, 383.

egani n. sp., Hall, 383.

greenii n. sp., Hall, 383.

kingin.sp., Hall, 383.

ortonin. sp., Flail, 383. 

Monotrypa' iucerta 11. sp., Ami, 12. 

Monticulipora

liliasa, James, 491.

irregularis, James, 491.

turbinata, James, 491.

undulata, James, 491.

uudulatavar. homispherican. var., James

491.

Morea naticella, Whitficld, 1036. 

Mortouiceras

shoshonenso Meek, Stanton, 861.

veruiillionouse M. and H.,Stanton, 861. 

Mosasauridio, Baur, 39. 

Mur'chisonia sp., Calvin, 112.

archiacana (nom. nov.),Whiteaves, 1035.

dowlingii n. sp., Whiteaves, 1035. 

Murex

chrysostoma Gray var. chipolana Ball 

Ball, 215.

missisaippiensis Conrad, Ball, 215.

(Chicoreus?)

burnsii Whitiiolil, Ball, 215. 

micromeris n. sp., Ball, 215.'

(Pteronotus) laivavaricosus 11. sp., Whit 

field, 1036. 

textilis Gabb, Ball, 215.

(Pterorhytis)

conradi, Ball, 215. 

umbrifer Conrad, Ball, 215. 

Muricidea

floridana Conrad, Ball, 215.

multangula Philippi, Ball, 215.

spinulosa Heilprin, Ball, 215. 

Myalina trigonalis n. sp., Whiteaves, 1035. 

Mycetophietus n. gen., Scudder, 824.

intermedius, Scudder, 824. 

Myelodactylus gorbyi n. sp., Miller, 670. 

Mylacris pacardii, Scudder, 826. 

Mylodou? sodalis Cope, Cope, 183. 

Myrica

' aspera n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

emarginata Heer, Lesquereux, 582.

louga Heer, Lesquereux, 582.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 193

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Myrica

obliqua n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

schimperi n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

Myrsine crassa n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

Myrsinites ? gaudina Lesq:, Lesquereux, 582. 

Myrtophyllum warderin. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

Mytilarca inflata n. sp., Whiteaves, 1035. 

Nassa

bidentata Emmons, Ball, 215.

caloosaensis n. sp., Ball, 215.

harpuloides Conrad, Ball, 215.

johnsoni n. sp., Dall, 215.

lapenotierei n. sp., Dall, 215.

scalaspira Conrad, Dall, 215. 

Nassarina glypta Bush., Dall, 215. 

Natica

abyssina., Whitfield, 1036.

abyssina Morton, Whitfleld, 1036.

alticallosa n. sp., Dall, 215.

globulellan. sp.,Whitfleld, 1036.

humilis n. sp., Cragin, 186.

etriaticostata n. sp., Cragin, 186.

(Cryptonatica) floridana n. sp., Dall, 215. 

Naticopsis

inornata n. sp.,"Whiteaves, 1035.

manitobensis n. sp., "Whiteaves, 1035. 

Nautilus

bryani, "Whitfield, 1036.

cookana n. sp., Whitfield, 1036.

dekayi, "Whitfleld, 1036.

elegans Sowerby, Stanton, 861.

texanus Shum., Cragin, 186. 

Nemodon sulcatinus Evans and Shumard

(sp.) ?, Stanton, 861. 

Neobolus Waagen, Hall, 383. 

Neptunella mullicaensis n. sp.,"Whitfield, 1036. 

.Nerinea

hicoriensis n. sp., Cragin, 186.

pellucida n. sp., Cragin, 186.

volana n. sp., Cragin, 186. 

Nerita tampaensis n. sp., Dall, 215. 

Neritina

apparata n. sp., Cragin, 186.

chipolana n. sp., Dall, 215;

incompta White, Stanton, 861.

pisum Meek, Stanton, 861.

(Theodoxus?) edentulan. sp., Dall, 215.

(Velatella) patelliformis Meek, Stanton,

861. 

Neritopsis

biangulatus Sliura., Cragin, 186.

trainitensis n. sp., Cragin, 186. 

Neumayria walcotti Hill, Hill, 435. 

Neuropteris

angustifoliaBrongu., White, 1022.

caudata n. sp., White, 1022.

cordata, White, 1022.

dilatata (L. and H.) Lx., White, 1022.

fasciculata Lx., White, 1022.

fimbriataLx., White, 1022.

flexuosa Sternb., White, 1022.

hirsutaLx., White, 1022.

jeuneyi n. sp., White, 1022.

rarinervis Bunb., White, 1022.

Bull. 130 13

Paleontolo gy Continued.

Genera and species described Continued: 

Neuropteris

scheuchzeri Hoffm.,White, 1022.

tenuifolia (Schloth.) Sternb., White, 1022.

cf. trichomanoides (Brongn.) Lx., White,

1022. 

Niso

lineata Conrad, Dall, 215.

\villcoxiana Dall, Dall, 215. 

Nceggerathiopsis Tobinsi n. sp., Dawson, 239. 

Nosotetocus n. gen., Scudder, 824.

marcovi, Scudder, 824. 

Inicleospira Hall, Hall, 384.

indianensis n. sp., Miller, 670. 

Nucula

coloradoensis n. sp., Stanton, 861.

manitobensis n. sp., Whiteaves, 1035. 

Numitorn. gen., Scudder, 823.

claviger, Scuddor, F23. 

Obeliscus conollus n. sp., Whitfleld, 1036. 

Obolella Billings, Hall, 383.

Obolus Eiclmrald, Hall, 383.

(Botsfordia) pulchra Matthew, 654. 

Odontofusus n. gen., Whitfleld, 1036.

medians 11. sp., Whitfield, 1036.

rostellaroides n. sp., Whitfield, 1036.

slacld, Whitfleld, 1036.

typicns n. sp., AVhitfield, 1036. 

Odontostoruia

(Syrnola)

attenuata n. sp., Dall, 215. 

caloosaensis n. sp., Dall, 215. 

Oehlertella n. subgen., Hall, 383. 

01costephanus(Astieria)deansiin. sp., White- 

 aves, 1030. 

Olivella

lata n. sp., Dall, 215.

mutica Say, Dall, 215. 

Ollacrinus papillatus, Whitfield, 1037. 

Omileus evanidus, Scudder, 823. 

Omphalocrlnus manitobensis, Whiteaves,

1035.

Oncodoceras n. gen., Hyatt, 478. 

Onychaster

asper n. sp., Miller, 670.

confragosns n. sp., Miller, 670.

demissus n. sp., Miller, 670. 

Onychocrinus

cantonensis n. sp., Miller and Gnrley, 673.

ulrichi n. sp., Miller and Griirley, 673. 

Opali, see Scala (Opalia) H. and A. Adams,

Dall, 215.

Opis texaua n. sp., Cragin, 186. 

Ophioglypha

bridgeronsis (Morton), Clark, 139.

texana Clark, Clark, 139. 

Ophryastcs

grandis, Scudder, 823.

petrarum, Scudder, 823. 

Ophryastites n. gen., Scudder, 823.

absconsus, Scudder, 823.

cinereus, Scudder, 823.

digressus, Scudder, 823.

dispertitus, Scudder, 823. 

Oracodon conulus n. sp., Marsh, 632.
194 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.;

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Orbicnla Sowerby, Hall, 383. 

Orbiculoidea Davidson, Hall, 383.

D'Orbigny, Hall, 383. 

 herzerin.sp., Hall, 383.

mimulus 11. sp., Hall, 383.

(Scbizotreta) ovalis n. sp., 383. 

Orchestes languidulus, Scudder, 823. 

Orophocrinus whitei, Whitfield, 1037. 

Ornithomimus sedens n. sp., Marsb, C33. 

Ortbaulax, see Kostellaria (Orthaulax) Gabb,

Ball, 215.

Orthidiura n. gen., Hall, 383. 

Ortbis Dalman, Hall, 383.

benedicti n. sp., Miller, 670.

carausii, Matthew, 653.

electra Bill., var. major, n. var., Matthew,

653. 

Ifovis n. var., Matthew, 653.

euryone Bill, var., Matthew, 653.

holstoni Safford, Hall, 383.

meedsi, Winebell and Schuchert, 1081.

meedsi var. germana, Winchell and 

Schuchert, 1081.

menaplto (Hicks?) var.,Matthew, 653.

orthambonites (Pander), Matthew, 653.

proavita, Winebell and Schuchert, 1081.

saffordi n. sp., Hall, 383.

(Daliuanella)

arcuaria n. sp., Hall, 383. 

superstes n. sp., Hall, 383.

(Plresiomys) loricula n. sp., Hall, 383.

(Hhipidomella) oweui n. sp.,Hall, 383.

(Schizophoria)

manitobensis (nom. prov.), Whiteaves,

1035.

senecta n. sp., Hall, 383. 

Orthoceras, Clark, 147. 

Orthoceras, Foerste, 325. 

Orthoceras cf.

priamus Bill., Matthew, 653.

catulus Bill., Matthew, 053.

hariin. sp., Miller, 670.

primigenium vanuxem, Calvin, 112. 

Ortbodesma

ininnesotense n.'8p.,tririch, 940.

munduin n. sp., Miller and Faber, 672.

saffordi n. sp., Ulrich, 940. 

Orthopsis occidentalis n. sp., Cragin, 186. 

Orthostrophia Hall, Hall, 383. 

Orthotheca.

de geeri Holm, Matthew, 654.

emnionsi Ford, Matthew, 654. 

Orthotbetis Fischer de Waldheim, Hall, 383.

desideratus n. sp., Hall, 383. 

Orthotichia, Hall, 383. 

Oryctorhinus n. gen., Scudder, 823.

teuuirostris, Scudder, 823. 

Ostrea

alifera n. sp., Cragin, 186.

var. nov. pecliformis, Cragin, 186.

alternans n. sp., Cragin, 186.

anomoides Meek, Stanton, 861.

bella Con., Cragin, 186.

bellaplicata Shum., Cragin, 186.

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera, and species described Continued. 

Ostrea

camelina n. sp., Cragin, 186.

carica n, sp., Cragin, 186.

congesta Conrad, Stanton, 861.

.crenulimargo Koem., Cragin, 186.

var. nov. stonewallensis, Cragin, 186.

diluviana Linn, Cragin, 186.

franklini Coq., Cragin, 186.

franklini ragsdalei n. var., Hill, 435.

lugubris Conrad, Stanton, 861.

lugubris Con., Cragin, 186.

lyoni Shum., Cragin, 186.

malacbitensis n. sp., Stanton, 861.

munsoni n. sp., Hill, 436.

perversan. sp., Cragin, 186.

plumosa Mort., Cragin, 186.

prudentia White, Stanton, 861.

soleniscus, Stanton, 861. ,

soleniscus Mk., Cragin, 186.

subovata Shum., Cragin, 186.

subspatulata Forbes, Cragin, 186.

uniformis Meek, Stanton, 861. 

Otiorhynchites

absentivus, Scbudder, 823.

commntatus, Scudder, 823.

fossilis, Scudder, 823.

tysoni, Scudder, 823. 

Otiorhyncbus

flaccus, Scudder, 823.

subterastus, Scudder, 823. 

Ovula (Transovula) multicarinatan. sp.,Dall,

215. 

Oxysena

forcipata Cope, Osborn and Wortman, 707.

lupina Cope, Osborn and Wortman, 707. 

Pachyfena

gigantea n. sp., Osborn and Wortman, 

707.

ossifraga Cope, Osborn and Wortman, 

' 707. 

Pachydiscus

brazoensis Shum., Cragin, 186.

coinplexus H. and M., Cragin, 186. 

Pachylobius

compressus, Scudder, 823.

deleticius, Scudder, 823.

depraedatus, Scudder, 823. 

Pagiophyllum dubium n. sp., Fontaine, 328. 

Pagophyllnm, Dawson, 238. . 

Palreacnuoa? ciugulata n. sp., Whiteaves,

1035.

Paheaspis (Claypole), Claypole, 158. 

Palseaster eucharis Hall, Cole, 163. 

Palfecis cavernosa n. sp., Miller, 670. 

Palseocassia laurinea n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

Paheoctonus

dumblianus Cope n. sp., Cope, 183.

ortbodon Cope n. sp.. Cope, 183. 

Palteonictis occidentalis n. sp., Osborn and

Wortman, 707.

Palrcopalaeomon newberryi, Whitfleld, 1038. 

Palseophyllum, James, 491.

divaricans, James, 491. 

Palseoscincus Leidy, Marsh, 635.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 195

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Paltoosyops

boroalis, Earle, 282.

borealis Cope, Osborn and "Wortman, 707.

Isevideus, Earle, 282.

longirostris n. sp., Earlo, 282.

megarhinus, Earle, 282.

minor, Earle, 282.

paludosus, Earle, 282.

Palseoletrix gilli n. gen. et sp., Shufeldt, 837. 

Paliurus

anceps n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

cretaceus n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

membranaceus Lesq., Lesquoreux, 582.

neilii n. sp., Dawson, 239.

obovatus n. sp., Leaquereux, 582.

o'valis Dawson, Lesquereux, 582. 

Palosetrus n. gen., Scudder, 824.

oligocenus, Scudder, 824. 

Paltorhynchus n. gen., Scudder, 823.

(?) bisulcatus, £>cudder, 823.

narwhal, Scudder, 823.

rectirostris, Scudder, 823: 

Parabolinella postbuma n. sp., Matthew, 653. 

Paralegoceras iowense, Hyatt, 478. 

Paralogus n. gen., Scudder, 826.

rcschnoides, Scudder, 826. 

Parapholas sphenoideus "White, Stanton, 861. 

Parazyga n. gen., Hall, 384. 

Parka decipiens, Dawson and Penhallow, 242. 

Parrotia

canfieldi n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

graudidentata n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

winchelli n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

Pasceolus globosus, Jaines, 491.

darwinii, Jaines, 491.

(?) turnidus, James, 491. 

Patellina texana (Eoemer), Hill, 435. 

Paterula Barraude, Hall, 383. 

'/Patriofolis leidyanus n. sp., Osborn and

"Wortman, 707. 

Pattersonia, James, 491.

dimcilis, James, 491.

ttiberosa, James, 491. 

Pecopteris

browniana, Dawson, 238.

dentata Brongn. (non "Will.), "White, 1022.

(Asterotheca) lesquereuxii n. sp., "White, 

1022.

(Ptychocarpus) unita JBrongn.? "White,

1022.

Pecten stantoni n. sp., Hill, 435. 

Pedinopsis pondi Clark, Clark, 139. 

Pediocretes

lucasi n. sp., Shufeldt, 837.

nanus n. sp., Shufeldt, 837. 

Pentacrinua

asteriscus Meek and Hayden, Clark, 139.

bryani Gabb, Clark, 139.

whitei Clark, Clark, 139. 

Pentagonia Cozzens, Hall, 384. 

Pentainerus colletti n. sp., Miller, 670.

ducussatus Whiteaves, Calvin, 114. 

Perchcerus (Dicotyles) antiquus, Marsh, 642. 

Periechocrinus whitei, Whitfield, 1037.

Paleontology Continued.

Genera and species described Continued. 

Perissolax

dubia, Whitfield, 1036.

trivola, Whitfield, 1036. 

Perplicaria Ball, Dall, 215.

perplexa n. sp., Dall, 215. 

Persea

hayana n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

lecouteana Lesq., Lesquereux, 582.

schimperi n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

Persoonia lesquereuxii n. sp., Lesquereux,

582. 

Phacoceras, Hyatt, 478.

dumbli n. sp., Hay, 404. 

PhiBthonides, Beecher, 59. 

Phalacrocorax macropus, Shufeldt, 837. 

Phalium

aldrichi n. sp., Dall, 215.

globosum n. sp., Dall, 215. 

Pharella? pealei Meek, Stanton, 861. 

Phaseolites formus n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

Phillisastrea gigas, Calvin, 111. 

PhcBnicopterus copei n. sp., Scufeldt, 837. 

Pholadomya

coloradoonsis n. sp., Stanton, 861.

irigens n. sp., Cragin, 186.

knowltoni n. sp., Hill, 435.

lerchi n. sp., Hill, 435.

papyracea M. and H., Stanton, 861.

postextenta n. sp., Cragin, 186. 

Pholidops Hall, Hall, 383.

calceola n. sp., Hall, 383.

patina n. sp., Hall, 383. 

Phos sp.undet., Dall, 215. 

Phragmites cretaceus Lesq., Lesquereux,

582. 

Phragmoceras missouriense n. sp., Miller,

670. 

Phyllites, Dawson, 239.

amissus n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

aristolochlaeformisn. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

celatus n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

durescens n. sp., Lesquereiix, 582.

erosus n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

ilicifolius n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

lacoie n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

laurencianus n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

perplexus n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

snowii n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

stipuloeformis n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

vanonae Heer, Lesquereux, 582.

zaml£eformis n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

Phyllobius

antecessor, Scudder, 823.

avus, Scudder, 823.

carcerarius, Scudder, 823. 

Phyllocarida, Clarke, 146. 

Phyllocladus subintegrifolius Lesq., Lesquereux, 582.

Physa meigsii n. sp., DaD, 215. 

Phyxelis

dilapsus, Scudder, 823.

eradicatus, Scudder, 823.

evigoratus, Scudder, 823.

escissus, Scudder, 823.
196 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

Paleontology Continued, 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Placenticeras

placenta (Bekay), Stanton, 861.

syrtalis Mort., var. nov. cumminsi, Cragin,

186.

Placoderm, Claypole, 150 and 155. 

Placunopsis? hilliardensis White, Stanton,

861.

Plajsiomys, Hall, 383. 

Planetoceras n. gen., Hyatt, 478. 

Planorbis

conanti n. sp., Ball, 215.

disstoni n. sp., Ball, 215.

willcoxii n. sp., Ball, 215. 

Platanus

cissoides n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

newberriana Heer, Lesquereux, 582.

obtusilobaLesq., Lesquereux, 582.

primasva? Lesq., Bawson, 239.

primseva Lesq., Lesquereux, 582.

grandidentata var., Lesquereux, 582. 

integrifolia, Lesquereux, 582. 

subintegrifolia, Lesquereux, 582. 

Platecarpus coryphaeus Cope, Baur, 39. . 

Platyceras

boonvillonse n. sp., Miller, 670.

missouriense n. sp., Miller, 670.

nasutum n. sp., Miller, 670.

pettisense n. sp., Miller, 670.

(Orthonychia) parvulumn. sp., Whiteavee,

1035. 

Platycrinus

alabamensis n. sp., Miller, 670.

clytis, Whitfield, 1037.

elegans, Whitfield, 1037.

excavatus, Whitfield, 1037.

striobrachiatus, Whitfield, 1037. 

Platygonus bicalcaratus Cope, Cope, 183. 

Platyostoma

broadheadi n. sp., Miller, 670.

tumidum n. sp., Whiteaves, 1035. 

Platysomus

lacovianus n. sp., Cope, 170.

paJmaris n. sp., Cope, 170. 

Platystrophia King, Hall, 383. 

Plectambonites Pander, Hall, 383.

gibbosa, Winchell and Schuchert, 1081. 

Plectorthis, Hall, 383. 

Plethocardia n. gen., Ulrich, 940.

suberecta n. sp., Ulrich, 940.

umbonata n. sp., "Dlrich, 940. 

Pleurodictyum lenticulare, Beecher, 58. 

Pleuromya (?) henselli n. sp., Hill, 435. 

Pleurotoma

albida Perry, Ball, 215.

farmingdalensis n. sp., Whitfield, 1036.

hitzi Meek, Stanton, 861.

regularicostata n. sp., Whitfield, 1036.

servata Conrad, Ball, 215.

surculitiformis n. sp., Wliitfield, 1036.

(Surcula?) altispira n. sp., Whitfield, 1036. 

Pleurotomaria

brittoni n. sp., Whitfield, 1036.

harii n. sp., Miller, 670. 

\ infranodosa n. ep., Whiteaves, 1035.

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Pleurotomaria

macilenta n. sp., Cragin, 186.

robusta n. sp., Cragin, 186.

sedaliensis, n. sp., Miller, 670.

spenceri n. sp., Whiteaves, 1035. 

" tintonensis n. sp., Whitfield, 1036. 

Pleurotrema n. gen., Whitfield, 1036.

solariformisn.sp., Whitfield, 1036. 

Plianchenia, Cope, 175. 

Pliauchenia spatula Cope, Cope, 183. 

Plicatula arenaria Meek, Stanton, 861.

dentonensis n. sp., Cragin, 186.

hydrotheca White, Stanton, 861.

incongrua Con., Cragin, 186. 

Pinacotrypamarginatan. sp., Whitoaves, 1035. 

Pinna petrina White, Stanton, 861. 

Pinus

anthraciticu8 n. sp., Bawson, 238.

(Cyclopitus) nordenskioldii, Bawson, 238. 

Pisocrinus =

benedicti n. sp., Miller, 670.

campana n. sp., Miller, 670.

gemmiformis, Miller, 670.

gorbyi n. sp., Miller, 670. 

Pisania (Celatocouus) nux n. sp., Ball, 215. 

Podazamites

acutifolius Font. ?, Fontaine, 328.

angustifolius (Eichw.) Schimp., Lesquereux, 582.

lanceolatus (L. and H.) Brongn., Lesquereux, 582.

stenopus n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

Polygraphus wortheni, Scudder, 823. 

Polynices

(Amauropsis) burnsii n. sp., Ball, 215.

(Lunatia)

heros Say, Ball, 215. 

internus Say, Ball, 215. 

Polypora (porosa? var.) manitobensis, Whiteaves, 1035. 

Populus

berggreni Heer, Lesquereux, 582.

harkeriana n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

hyperborea Heer, Lesquereux, 582.

kansaseana n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

meedsii n. sp.,Knowlton, 552.

problematica n. sp., Knowlton, 559.

stygia Heer, Lesquereux, 582. 

Populites

elegans Lesq., Lesqnereux, 582.

litigiosus Heer, Lesq., Lesquereux, 582.

probalsamifera n. sp., Bawson, 239.

stembergii n. sp., Lesqnereux', 582. 

Porcellia manitobensis (noui. prov.), White-.

aves, 1035. 

Porocystisn. gen., Cragin, 186.

pruniformis n. sp., Cragin, 186. 

Portheus Cope, Crook, 192. 

Potamides

hillsboroensis Heilprin, Ball, 215.

(Lampanella) transecta Ball, Ball, 215.

(Pyrazisinus)

acutus u. sp., Ball, 215. 

scalatus Heilprin, Ball, 215.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 197

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Potamocypris

afflnis n. 8p., Jones, 506.

unisulcata, Jones, 506. 

Poteriocrinus "

agnatus n. sp., Miller, 670.

arnrenus n. sp., Miller, 670.

arcanus n. sp., Miller and Gurley, 673.

boonvillensis n. sp., Miller, 670.

caiitonensis n. sp., Miller and Gurley, 673.

coryphaeus 11. sp., Miller, 670.

crawfordsvilleusis n. sp., Miller and Gurley, 673.

disparilis n. sp., Miller and Gurley, 673.

granuliferus n. sp., Miller and Gurley, 673.

granilineus n. sp., Miller and Gurley, 673.

graphiciis n. sp., Miller and Gurley, 673. 

. subramosus n. sp., Miller and Gurley, 673.

verus n. sp., Miller and Gurley, 673.

(Scaphiocriirus) carinatns, "Whitfield, 1037. 

Prasoporalycoperdon, vanuxemvar., selwyni,

n. var., Ami, 12.

Primitia aurora n. sp., Matthew, 654. 

Prionocyclus

macombi Meek, Stanton, 861.

wyomingensis Micek, Stanton, 861. 

Prionomerus irvingii, Scudder, 823. 

Prionotropis 

. hyatti n. sp., Stanton, 861.

loevianus (White), Stanton, 861s

woolgari (Mantell), Stanton, 861. 

Procanielus leptoguathus Cope n. sp., Cope,

183. 

Procas

'verberatus, Scudder, 823.

vinculatus, Scudder, 823. 

Proboscidella Oehlert, Hall, 383. 

Procluctella Hall, Hall, 383. 

Productus Sowerby, Hall, 383,

blairi n. sp., Miller, 670. 

Proetus mundulus'n. sp., "Whiteaves, 1035. 

Protapirus

obliquidens n. sp., Wortmau and Earle, 

1108.

simplex n. sp., "Wortman and Earle, 1108. 

Protarrea, James, 491.

vetusta, James, 491." 

Proteoides

lancifolius Heer, Lesquereux, 582.

major n. sp., Dawson, 239.

neillii n. sp., Dawson, 239. 

Protocardia sp. undet., Hill, 435. 

Protocardium

pendens n. sp., Cragin, 186.

stonei n. sp., Cragin, 186.

subspingerum n. sp., Cragin, 186. 

Protoceras Marsh, Osborn and "Wortman, 708.

celer, Marsh, 642. 

Protodus n. gen., Woodward, 1100.

jexi n. sp., Woodward, 1100. 

Protohippus

castilli Ccpe, Cope, 183.

fossulatus Cope n. sp., Cope, 183.

insignis Leidy, Cope, 183.

lahrosus Cope, Cope, 183.

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Protohippus

lenticularis Cope sp. nov., Cope, 183.

mirabilis Leidy, Cope, 183. .

pachyops Cope n. sp., Cope, 183.

pavulus Marsh, Cope, 183.

perditus Leidy, Cope, 183. 

placidus Leidy, Cope, 183.

sejunctus Cope, Cope, 183. 

Protolenus Matt., Matthew, 649.

elegans u. gen. ot sp., Matthews, 647,654.

paradoxoides, Matthews, 647, 654. 

Protophyllum, Dawson, 239.

crassum n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

crenatum, Lesquereux, 582.

denticulatum n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

dimorphum n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

haydenii Lesq., Lesquereux, 582.

integerrimum Lesq., Lesquereux, 582.

leconteanurn Lesq., Lesquereux, 582.

multinerve Lesq., Lesquereux, 582.

prajstans n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

pseudospermoides n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

pterospermifolium n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

sternbergiiLesq., Lesquereux, 582.

undulatum n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

Protorthis n. gen., Hall, 383. 

Protoscolex magnus n. sp., Miller and Faber,

672.

Protosphyra3nidaj S. Woodward, Crook, 192. 

Prunus (amygdalus) ? antecedens n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

Psammechinus cingulatus Clark, Clark, 139. 

Pseudodiadema

emersoni Clark, Clark, 139.

diatretum (Mortou), Clark, 139.

texanum (Koemer), Clark, 139.

texanum Eoemer, Cragin, 186. 

Pseudoliva vetusta?, Whitfield, 1086. 

Pseudophorus tectiformis n. sp., Whiteaves,

1035.

Pteria? salinensis White, Cragin, 186. 

Pterinea lohata n. sp., Whiteaves, 1035. 

Pterinopecten sedaliensis n. sp., Miller, 670. 

Pteris dakotensis n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

Pterospermites

cupanioides Sewby, Knowlton, 552.

longeacuminats n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

modestus n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

Ptilodus Cope, Osborn, 701. 

Ptychoceras (Solenoceras) annulifer, AVhitfield, 1036.

Ptychospiran.gon., Hall, 384. 

Pugnelhis fusitbrmis (Meek), Stanton, 861. 

Pulchellia bentouianum n. sp., Cragin, 186. 

Pycnodont, Cope, 182. 

Pyramidella

arenosa Conrad, Dall, 215.

crenulata Holmes, Dall, 215. 

Pyrifusus

cuneus n. sp., Whitfield, 1036.

erraticus n. sp., Whitfield, 1036.

macfarlandi n. sp., Whitfield, 1036.

meeki n. sp., Whitfield, 1036..

mullicaensis?, Whitfield, 1036.
198 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [ucLL.130.

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Pyrifusus

pyruloides, Whitfleld, 1036.

territus n. sp., Whitfield, 1036. 

Pyrina

bulloides n. sp., Cragin, 186.

parryi Hall, Clark, 139.

parryi Hall, Cragiu, 186. 

Pyropsis

elevata, Whitfleld, 1036.

coloradoensis n. sp., Stanton, 861.

naticoides n. sp., Whitfleld, 1036.

(?) obesa n. sp., Wliitfield, 1036.

octolirata, Whitfleld, 1036.

perlata?, Whitfleld, 1036.

rectifer, Whitfleld, 1036.

reileyi n. sp., Whitfield, 1036.

richardsonii?, Whitfield, 1036.

trochiformis?, Whitfield, 1036.

(Eapa?) corrinan. sp., Whitfield, 1036.

(Eapa?) septemlirata, Whitfield, 1036. 

Quercus

alnoides n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

glascoena n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

hexagona Lesq., Lesquereux, 582.

holmesii Lesq, Bawson, 239.

spurio-ilex n. sp., Losquereux, 582.

suspectan. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

wardiana n. sp., Lesqureux, 582.

(Dryophyllum)

hieracifolia, Lesquereux, 582. 

hosiana n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

rhainuoicles n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

Eadiolites davidsoni n. sp., Hill, 436. 

Eafinesquina n. gen., Hall, 383. 

Eapana

tampaensis Ball var.?, Ball, 215.

tarupaensis n. sp., Ball, 215. 

Eaphistoma

multivolvatum n. sp., Calvin, 112.

paucivolvatum, n. sp., Calvin, 112.

pepinense Meek, Calvin, 112.

tyrrellii n. sp., Whiteaves, 1035. 

Eeceptaculites, James, 491.

circularis, James, 491.

dickhauti, Jamps, 491.

reticulatus, James, 491. 

Requiemia texana (?) (Eoemer), Hill,435. 

Eetzia King, Hall, 384. 

Ehamnites apiculatus n. sp., Lesquereux,

582. , 

Ehamnus

insequilateralis n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

mudgei n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

prunifolitis Lesq., Lesquereux, 582.

revolutan. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

similis n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

Ehaphidiopsis n. gen., Sciidder, 826.

diversipenna, Scudder, 826. 

Ehinobolus Hall, Hall, 383.

davidsoni'n. sp., Hall, 383. 

Ehinocantha? conradi n. sp., Whitfield, 1036. 

Ehinocaris, Clarke, 146. 

Ehinoceros matutinus, Marsh, 642. 

Ehipidoinella Oehlert, Hall, 383.

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Ehipidopterygia Cope, 170. 

Ehodocrinus

cailatus n. sp., Miller and Gurley, 673.

sculptus n. sp., Miller and Gurley, 673. 

Ehombodictyon globosus n. sp., James, 491. 

Ehus

powelliana n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

uddeni n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

westii n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

Ehynchites subterraneus, Scudder, 823. 

Ehynochospira Hall, Hall, 384. 

Ehynochotrema inoequivalvis var. laticostata,

Winchell and Schuchert, 1081. 

Ehysosternum n. gen., Scudder, 823.

seternabile, Scudder, 823.

longirostre, Scudder, 8231 

Ehyssomatus tabescens, Scudder, 823. 

Eineceras n. gen., Hyatt, 478. 

Eingicula (floridana var. ?) guppiyi Ball, Ball,

215. 

Eissoa

athymorhyssa n. sp., Ball, 215.

lipeus n. sp., Ball, 215.

(Onoba)

callistrophia n. sp., Ball, 215. 

gerffia n. sp., Ball, 215.

var. minor, Ball, 215. 

microharia n. sp., Ball, 215. 

Eissoina

chipolana n. sp., Ball, 215.

johnsoni n. sp., Ball, 215.

laevigata Adams, Ball, 215. 

Eoeraerella n. subgen., Hall, 383. 

Eostellaria

compacta n. sp., Whitfield, 1036.

curta n. sp., Whitfield, 103C.

f usiformis n. sp., Whitfield, 1036.

hebe n. sp., Whitfield, 1036.

nobilis n. sp., Whitfleld, 1036.

spiratan. sp., Whitfleld, 1036.

(OrtLaulax) Gabb, Dall, 215.

gabbi n. sp., Ball, 215. 

pugnax Heilprin, Ball, 215.

(Eimella) smithii n. sp., Ball, 215. 

Eostellites

ambigua n. sp., Stanton, 861.

angulatus n. sp., Whitfleld, 1036.

biconicus n. sp., Whitfleld, 1036.

dalli n. sp., Stanton, 801.

gracilis n. sp., Stanton, 861.

nasutus, Whitfleld, 1036.

pupoides n. sp., Cragin, 186.

texturatus n. sp., Whitfleld, 1036. 

Sabal imperialis Bn., Bawson, 239. 

Saccocrinus gorbyi n. sp., Miller, 670. 

Salenia

bellula Clark, Clark, 139.

texana Credner, Clark, 139.

texana Credn., Cragin, 186.

tumidula Clark, Clark, 139. 

Salisburia pusilla n. sp., Bawson, 239. 

Salix, Bawson, 239.

delata n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

hayei n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.
WEEKS.f PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 199

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Salix

protetefolia

var. flexuosa Lesq., Lesquereux, 582. 

lanceolataLesq., Lesqueroux, 582. 

linearfoliaLesq., Lesquereux, 582. 

longifolia Lesq., Lesquereux, 582. 

Saperdirhynchus n. gen., Scudder, 823.

priscotitillator, Scudder, 823. 

Sapindus

diversifolius n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. . 

morrisoni Lesq., Lesquereux, 582. 

Sassafras

prinordiale n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

subintegrifolium Lesq., Lesquereux, 582. 

(Araliopsis)

cretaceum Newb., var. Grossedentatum Lesq., n. var. Lesquereux, 582. 

dissectum Lesq., Lesquereux, 582. 

papillosum n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

Scala (Opalia) H. and A. Adams, Dall, 215.

(Opalia) de-bouryi Ball, Dall, 215. 

. (Sthemorytis) stearnsii, Dall, 215. 

Scalaria

hercules n. sp., Whitfleld, 103G. 

pauperata n. sp., "VVhitfield, 1036. 

sillimani, Whitfleld, 1036. 

tenuilirata n. sp., "Whitfleld, 1036. 

(Opalia) thomasi?, Whitfleld, 1036. 

Scaphander Montfort, Dall, 215. 

floridana Heilprin, Ball, 215. 

primus Aldrich, Dall, 215: 

Scaphella

trenholmii Tuomey and Holmes, Dall, 215.' 

(Aurinia)

mutabilis Conrad, Dall, 215. 

virginiana Conrad, Dall, 215. 

(Aurinia?) striata Gabb, Dall, 215. 

(Caricella) 

leana Dall, Dall, 215. 

podagrina, Dall, 215. 

subangulata Conrad, Dall, 215. 

Scaphiocrinus

bellus n. sp., Miller and Grurley, 673. 

bonoensis n. sp., Miller and Gurley, 673. 

borbyi n. sp., Miller, 670. 

lacunoses n. sp., Miller and Gurley, 673. 

manus n. sp., Miller and Gurley, 673. 

prsomorsus n. sp., Miller and Gurley, 673. 

repertus n. sp., Miller and Gurley, 673. 

robustus (?) Hall, Miller, 670. 

samsoni n. sp., Miller, 670. 

Scaphites

hippocrepis, "Whitfleld, 1036.

iris, "Whitfleld, 1036.

larvseformis Meek and Hayden, Stanton,

861.

mullananus M. and H., Stantou, 861. 

nodosus, "Whitfield, 1036. 

reniformis, Whitfleld, 1036. 

septem-seriatus n. sp., Cragin, 186. 

similis n. sp., Whitfleld, 1036. 

ventricosus M. and H., Stanton, 861. 

vermiformis M. and H., Stanton, 861. 

warreni M. and H., Stanton, 8fil.

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera, and species described Continued. 

Scenidium Hall, Hall, 383. 

Schizambon Walcott, Hall, 383; 

Schizobolus Ulrich, Hall, 383. 

ScbizocraniaHall and Whitfield, Hall, 383.

helderbergia n. sp., Hall, 383.

schucherti n. sp., Hall, 383. 

Schizodus harii n. sp., Miller, 670. 

Schizopholis Waagen, Hall, 383. 

Schizophoria King, Hall, 383. ; 

Schizotreta Kutorga, Hall, 383. 

Schloeubachia

leonensis Con., Cragin, 186.

peruviana Von B., Cragin, 186.

woolgari Mantell, Cragiu, 186. 

Schmidtella crassimarginata n. gen. et sp.,

TJlrich, 938.

Schruidtia Volborth, Hall, 383. 

Schojuaster legrandeusis n. sp., Miller and

Gurley, 673. 

Sciabregma n. gen., Scudder, 823.

rugosa, Scudder, 823.

Scolecophagus affinis n. sp., Slrafeldt, 837. 

Scyphophorus

fossionis, Scudder, 823.

lasvis, Scudder, 823. 

Scythropus

somniculosus, Scudder, 823.

subterraneus, Scudder, 823. 

Seminula, see Athyris (Seminula) McCoy,

Hall, 384. 

Sequoia

langsdorffii Heer, Dawson, 239.

pagiopbylloides n. sp., Pontaiue, 328. 

Serpula

intrica White, Stanton, 861.

paluxiensis n. sp., Hill, 435.

ten uicarinata Meek and Hayden, Hall, 215. 

Serpulorbus

granifera tenera Dall, Dall, 215.

(granifera var. ?) ballistic Dall, Dall, 215. 

Serrifusus

crosswickensis n. sp., Whitfleld, 1036.

(Lirofusus) nodocarinatus n. sp., Whitfield, 1036.

Sibynes whitneyi, Scudder, 823. 

Sigaretus

chipolanua n. sp., Dall, 215.

multiplicatus n. sp., Dall, 215.

(Eunaticina?) textilis n. sp., Stanton, 861. 

Sigillaria Brongn., White, 1022. 

Siliqua huerfanensis n. sp., Stanton, 861. 

Siliquatia pauperata n. sp., Whitfleld, 1036. 

Siphonotreta de Verneuil, Hall, 383.

minnesotensis n. sp., Hall, 383. 

Sitona

exitiorum, Scudder, 823.

fodinarum, Scudder, 823.

paginarum, Scudder, 823. 

Smicrorhynchus n. gen., Scuddor, 823.

macgeei, Scudder, 823. 

Smilax

grandifolia-cretacea n. sp., Lesquerenx, 

582.

uudulata n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.
200 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, P3ULL.130.

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Solariella

louisiana n. sp., Ball, 215. 

. turritella n. sp., Ball, 215. 

Solarium amphitermum n. sp., Ball, 215. 

Solemya? obscura n. sp., Stanton, 861. 

Solenocheilus

collectus, Hyatt, 478.

kentuckiensis n. sp., Hyatt, 478.

rockfordense n. sp., Miller, 070. 

Solenopora couipacta Billings, Ami, 12. 

: Solenostcira

inornata n. sp., Ball, 215.

inengeana n. sp., Ball, 215. 

Spatliella subelliptica n. sp., Whiteaves, 1035. 

Sphajria problematica n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

Sphcerophthalmus alatus Boeck, var. canadensis, n. var., Matthew, 654. 

Sphenodiscus

dumblii n. sp., Cragin, 186.

emarginatus n. sp., Cragin, 186.

lenticularia Owen, Cragin, 186.

roemeri n. sp., Cragin, 186. 

Spbenolepidium

pacbyphyllum ?, Bawson, 238.

sternbergianuui var. densifoliuin, Pont.,

Fontaine, 328. 

Sphenophyllum Brongiart, "White, 1022.

cuneifoliura (Sternb.) Zeill., White, 1022.

majus Brongn., White, 1022. 

Sphcnopteris

hildreti Lx., White, 1022.

lacoei n. sp., White, 10"22.

laliloba?, Bawson, 238.

macilenta L. and H., White, 1022.

valdensis Heer, Fontaine, 328.

(Pseudopecopteris) obtusiloba Brougn.,

White, 1022. 

Spirifera

aciculifora n. sp., Rowley, 790.

macbridei, Calvin, 115.

mundula n. sp., Eowley, 790.

urbana, Calvin, 115. 

Spiriferina B'Orbigny, Hall, 384. 

Spirigerella, see Athyris (Spirigorella) Waagen, Hall, 384. 

Spodotribus n. gen., Scudder, 823.

terrnlentua, Scudder, 823. 

Spondylobolus McCoy, Hall, 383.

hilli n. sp., Cragin, 186. 

Stagodon validus n. sp., Marsh, 632. 

Stearoceras n. gen., Hyatt, 478.

gibbosum, Hyatt, 478. 

Steganus n. gen., Scudder, 823.

barrandei, Scudder. 823. 

Stenogomphus n. gen., Scudder, 824.

carletoni, Scudder, 824. 

Stenopoceras n. gen., Hyatt, 478. 

Stephanocrinus

elongatus n. sp., Miller, 670. 

hamelli n. sp., Miller, 670.

obpyramidalis n. sp., Miller, 670.

osgoodensis, Miller, 670. 

Sterculia

apertaLesq., Lesquereux, 582.

mucronata n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Sterculia

reticulata n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

snowii n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

enowii var. disjuncta n. var., Lesquereux,

582. 

Stiraderes n. gen., Scudder, 823.

conradi, Scudder, 823. 

Stomechinus liyatti Clark, Clark, 139. 

Straparollina obtusa u. sp., AVhiteaves, 1035. 

Straporollus

blairi n. sp., Miller, 670.

claytouensis n. sp., Calvin, 112.

pristiniformis n. sp., Calvin, 112. 

Streptelasma, James, 491.

coruiculum, James, 491. 

Streptis Bavidson, Hall, 383. 

Streptorhynchus King, Hall, 383.

ulrichi n. sp., Hall, 383. 

Stribalocystites tumidus n. gen. et sp., Miller,

670.

Stroboceras, Hyatt, 478. 

Stromatoceriuni, James, 491.

canadense, James, 491. 

Stromatopora, James, 491.

hindei, James, 491.

indianiensis, n. sp., James, 491.

(?) lichenoides, James, 491.

ludlowensis, James, 491. 

 papillata, James, 491.

scabra, James, 491.

subcylindrica, James, 491.

tubularis, James, 491. 

Strombus

albirupianus n. sp., Ball, 215.

aldrichi n. sp., Ball, 215.

chipolana n. sp., Ball, 215.

leidyi Heilprin, Ball, 215.

pugilis Linn6, 'Ball, 215. 

Strophalosia King, Hall, 383.

beecheri u. sp.., Eowley, 790.

rockfordensis n. sp., Hall, 383. 

Stropheodonta Hall, Hall, 383.

Strophia

albers, Ball, 215.

(anodouta var. ?) floridana Ball, Ball, 215.

(Eostrophia) anodonta n. sp., Ball, 215. 

Strophomena

avata n. sp., Matthew, 653.

conradi n. sp., Hall, 383.

emaciata, Winchell and Schuchert, 1081.

planodorsata, Winchell and Schuchert, 

1081.

scofieldi, Winchell and Schuchert, 1081.

septata, Winchell and Schuchert, 1081.

winchelli n. sp., Hall, 383. 

Strophonolla Hall, Hall, 383. 

Styliola priinacva n. sp., Matthew, 653. 

Styplobasis kuightiana Cope u. gen. et sp.,

Cope, 170.

Subclymenia B'Orbigny, Hyatt, 478. 

Subulitesbenedicti n. sp., Miller, 670. 

Surcula

perobesa n. sp.,' Whitfleld, 1036.

strigosa, Whitfleld, 1036.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 201

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Surculites

annosus, Whitfield, 1036.

cadavarosus n. sp., "Whitfield, 1036.

curtus n. sp., "Whitfleld, 1036. 

Syntomostyles n. nom., Scudder, 823.

rudis, Scudder, 823. 

Syringotheris Winchell, Hall, 384. 

Systemodon

semihians Cope,0sborn and Wortman,707.

tapirinua Cope, Osborn and Wortman, 707. 

Tzeniopteris missouriensis n. sp., White, 1023. 

Tainoceraa

cavatum, Hyatt, 478.

duttoni n. sp., Hyatt, 478.

quadrangulum, Hyatt, 478. 

Tapes

cyrimeriformis n. sp., Stanton, 861.

dentonensis n. sp., Cragin, 186. 

Taxocrinus

concavus n. sp., Kowley, 790.

juvenifl, Whitfield, 1037.

subovatus n. sp., Miller and Gurley, 673. 

Taxodium, Dawson, 239. 

Technophorus

divaricatus n. sp.,Ulrich, 937.

?extenuatus n. sp.,Ulricli, 940.

fllistriatus n. sp., TJlrich, 937.

subacutus n. sp., TJlrich, 937. 

Teinostoma

caloosaense n. sp., Dall, 215.

chipolanum n. sp., Dall, 215.

collinus n. sp., Dall, 215.

funiculus n. sp.,Dall, 215.

microforatis n. sp.,Dall, 215.

milium n. sp., Dall, 215.

opsitelotus n. sp., Dall, 215.

pseudadeorbis n. sp.,Dall, 215.

steiratum n. sp., Dall, 215.

vortex n. sp., Dall, 215. 

Telacodon Isevis n. gen. et sp., Marsh, 632. 

Teleocrinus tegilops, Whitfleld, 1037. 

Tellina

isonema Meek, Stanton, 861.

modesta Meek, Stanton, 861.

subalata Meek, Stanton, 861.

(Palaeomoera?) whitei n. sp., Stanton, 

861. 

Tellinomya

compressa n. sp., TTlrich, 940.

intermedia n. sp., TJlrich, 940.

longa n. sp., TJlrich, 937.

nitida n. sp., TJlrich, 940.

planodorsata n. sp., TJlrich, 940.

recurva n. sp., TJlrich, 940.

similia n. sp., TJlrich, 940.

'subrotunda n. sp., TJlrich, 940. 

Telmatotherium hyognathus, Earle, 282. 

TeinnocheiluB McCoy, Hyatt, 478.

conchiferus, Hyatt, 478.

coxanus, Hyatt, 478.

crassus n. sp., Hay, 404. 

Tenillus n. gen., Scudder, 823.

flrmus, Scudder, 823. 

Terataspis grandis Hall, Clarke, 145.

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Terebra

(Acus)

concava Say, Dall, 215. 

dislocata Say, Dall, 215. 

protexta Conrad, Dall, 215. 

Terebratalia obsoleta Dall, Beecher, 62. 

Terebratula gorbyi n. sp., Miller, 670. 

Teretrnm n. gen., Scudder, 823.

primulum, Scudder, 823.

quiescitum, Scudder, 823. 

Testudo

liexagonata Cope, Cope, 183.

laticaudala Cope, Cope, 183.

pertonuis n. sp., Cope, 175.

pertenuis Cope, Cope, 183.

turgida n. sp., Cope, Cope, 182.

turgida Cope, Cope, 175.

turgida Cope, Cope, 183. 

Tetrabelodon serridens ? Cope, Cope, 183.

shepardii Leidy, Cope, 183. 

Totradium, James, 491.

columnare, Janies, 491.

flbratum, Janies, 491.

minus, James, 491. 

Thinnfeldia

lanceolata n. sp., Knowlton, 559.'

polymorpha (Lx.), Knowlton, 559. 

Thrincoceras

depressum n. sp., Hyatt, 478.

kentuckiense n. sp., Hyatt, 478. 

Tiaporus n. gen., Cope, 177. 

Tomasina n. gen., Hall, 383. 

Tomiopsis, Cope, 18.1. 

Tornatellsea lata, Whitfleld, 1036. 

Tornatiua

canaliculata Say, Dall, 215.

wetherelli Lea, Dall, 215.

wetherelli, Whitfleld, 1036. 

Torosaurus, Marsh, 631. 

Toxorhynchus n. gen., Scudder, 823.

minusculus, Scudder, 823.

oculatus, Scudder, 823. 

Trachytriton

atlanticum n. sp., Whitfleld, 1036.

holmdelense n. sp., Whitfleld, 1036.

multivaricosum n. sp., Whitfield, 1036. 

Trernatis Sharpe, Hall, 383. 

Trematobolus n. gen., Matthew, 650.

insignia Matt., Matthew, 654. 

Trematoceras Hyatt, Hyatt, 478.

ohioense n. sp., Miller and Paber, 671. 

Trematofusus venustus n. sp., Whitfield, 1036. 

Trematopygus crucifer (Mortou), Clark, 139.- 

Trematospira, Hall, 384. 

Triarthrus, Beecher, 60.

hecki Green, Beecher, 61.

becki, Matthew, 657. 

Triboloceras, Hyatt, 478. 

Trichocnemis aliena, Scndder, 824. 

Trichotropis shumardi n. sp., Cragin, 186. 

Triforis

perversa Linn6, var. nigrocincta Adams, 

Dall, 215.

modeataC. B. Adams, Dall, 215.
202 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Triforis

distincta 0. Meyer, Dall, 215. 

mitella n. sp., Dall, 215. 

terrebrata Heilprin, Dall, 215. 

Trigonarca

depreasa (White), Stanton, 861. 

obliqua Meek, Stanton, 861. 

Trigonia

clavigera n. sp., Cfagin, 186. 

concentrica n. sp., Cragin, 186. 

securiformis n. sp., Cragin, 186. 

stolleyi n. sp., Hill, 435. 

taffi n. sp., Cragin, 186. : 

vyschetzkii n. sp., Cragin, 186. 

Trigonoscuta inventa, Scudder, 823. 

Trigonostoma subthomasioj n. sp., Dall, 215. 

Trimerella Billings, Hall, 383. 

Triplecia Hall, Hall, 383. 

Triton

eocenense n. sp., "VVhitfield, 1036. 

(Epidromus) prtccedens n. sp., Whitfleld,

1036. 

Tritonidea

huerfanensis n. sp., Stanton, 861. 

obesa n. sp., Whitfleld, 1036. 

pauper n. sp., Dall, 215. 

Tritonium kanabense n. sp., Stanton, 861. 

Troostocrinus nitidulus n. sp., Miller and

Gurley, 673.

Trophon (Aspella) engonatus n. sp., Dall, 215. 

Tropideres

remotus, Scudder, 823. 

vastatus, Scudder, 823. 

Tryblidium indianeuse n. sp., Miller, 670. 

Trypanorhynchus n. gen, Scudder, 823. 

corruptivus, Scudder, 823. 

depratus, Scudder, 823. 

sedatus, Scudder, 823. 

Tuba acutissima u. sp., Dall, 215. 

Tudiclaplanimarginata n. sp., Whitfleld, 103G. 

Turbinella

chipolana n. sp., Dall, 215. 

par va, Whitfleld, 1036. 

polygonata Heilprin, Dall, 215. 

regina Heilprin, Dall, 215. 

scolymoides u. sp., Dall, 215. 

subconica, Wbitfield, 1036. 

verticalis n. sp., Whitfleld, 1036. 

wilsoni Conrad, Dall, 215. 

(Vasum)

haitense Sowerby var. engonatum,

Dall, 215.

subcapitellum Heilprin, Dall, 215. 

Turbinopsis

angulata n. sp., Whitfleld, 1036. 

curta n. sp., Whitfleld, 1036. 

elevata n. sp., Whitfleld, 1036. 

hilgardi?,Whitfield, 1036. 

major n. sp., Whitfield, 1036. 

plicata n. sp., Whitfleld, 1036. 

septariana n. sp., Cragin, 186. 

Turbo rhectogrammicus n. sp., Dall, 215. 

Turbonilla

chipolaua u. sp., Dall, 215. 

interrupta Totten, Dall, 215.

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Turbonilla

multicostata C. B. Adams, Dall, 215.

nivea Stimpson, Dall, 215.

protracta n. sp., Dall, 215.

puncta C. B. Adams, var. obsoleta Dall, 

Dall, 215.

punicea Dall, Dall, 215.

pupoides D'Orbigny, Dall, 215.

pusilla C. B. Adams, Dall, 215.

recticulata C. B. Adams, Dall, 215.

speira Ravenel?, Dall, 215.

stricta Verrill, Dall, 215.

textilis Kurtz, Dall, 215.

virga Dall, Dall, 215.

virgata Dall, Dall, 215. 

 (Ondina) fragilis n. sp., Dall, 215. 

Turricula

leda n. sp., Whitfleld, 1036.

reileyi n. sp., Whitfleld, 1036.

scalariformis n. sp., Whitfield, 1036. 

Turrilites pauper n. sp., Whitfleld, 1036. 

Turritella

. apicalis Heilprin, Dall, 215. 

. chipolana n. sp., Dall, 215. 

° coalvillensis Mk., Cragin, 186.

compacta n. sp., Whittield, 1036.

encrinoides, Whitfleld, 1036.

granulicostata, Whitfleld, 1036.

hardimanensis, Whitfleld, 1036.

lippincotti n. sp., Whitfield, 103C.

megalobasis n. sp., Dall, 215.

micronema Meek, Stanton, 861.

parattenuata Heilprin, Dall, 215.

pumila?, Whitfield, 1036.

renauxiana D'Orb., Cragin, 186.

seriatim-granulata Room., Cragin, 186.

subannulata Heilprin, Dall, 215.

subgrundifera n. sp., Dall, 215.

tampse Heilprin, Dall, 215.

var. pagodseformia Heilprin, Dall, 215. 

tripartita, Dall, 215.

terebrilbrmis n. sp., Dall, 215.

verterbroides, Whitfleld, 1030.

whitei n. sp., Stanton, 861. 

Tychius

evolatus, Scudder, 823.

secretus, Scudder, 823. 

Typhis

floridanus Dall, Dall, 215.

linguiferus u. sp., Dall, 215. 

Tylostoma

mutabilis Gabb, Cragin, 186.

pedernalis (Eoemer), Hill, 435. 

Uintacrinus socialis Grinnell, Clark, 139. 

TJlmophyllumpriscumn.sp., Dawson, 239. 

Ulocrinus n. gen., Miller and Gurley, 673.

buttsi n. sp., Miller and Gurley, 673. 

kansasensis n. sp., Miller and Gurley,

673.

TJncinelli Waagen, Hall, 384. 

Undies Deferance, Hall, 384. 

TJrosalpinx troasulus Conrad, Dall, 2i5. 

Utriculus vaginatus n. sp., Dall, 215. 

Vaginella chipolana n. sp., Dall, 215. 

Vasum conoides n. sp., Whitfleld, 1036.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 203

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Veniella

goniophora Meek, Stanton, 861. 

mortoni M. and H., Stanton, 861. 

Venus malonensis n. sp., Cragin, 186. 

Viburnites

crassus n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

masoni n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

Viburnum

ellsworthianum n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

grewiopsideum n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

inaequilaterale n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

robustum n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

lesquereuxii n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

var. cardifolium n. var. ^ Lesquereux,

582.

communen.var., Lesquereux, 582. 

lanceolatum 11. var., Lesquereux,

582.

latius n. var., Lesquereux, 582. 

longifolium n. var., Lesquereux,

582.

rotundifolium n. var., Lesquereux, 582. 

tenuifolium n. var., Lesquereux,

582.

sphenophyllumn. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

Vicarya branneri n. sp., Hill, 435. 

Vituliua Hall, Hall, 384. 

Vola

bellula n. sp., Cragin, 186. 

catlieriua n, sp., Cragiri, 186. 

duplicicosta Eoem., Cragin, 186. 

wrightii Shum., Cragin, 186. 

Volborthia von Holier, Hall, 383. 

Voluta

delawarensis, Whitfleld, 1036. 

lelia n. sp., Whitfleld, 1036. 

parvula n. sp., "Whitfleld, 1036. 

perelevata n. sp., Whitfleld, 1036. 

scaphoides n. sp., Whitfleld, 1036. 

sp. indet., Ball, 215. 

(Amoria) vesta n. sp., Whitfleld, 1036. 

(Scaphella) newcomniana,Whitfield, 1036. 

Volutilithes

cancellatus n. sp., Whitfleld, 1036. 

precursor Ball, Ball, 215. 

sayana, Whitfield, 1036. 

Subgen. Athleta Conrad, Ball, 215. 

Caricella Conrad, Ball, 215. 

Volutilithes, s.s., Ball, 215. 

Volutocorbis Ball, Ball, 215. 

Volutoderma

abbotti, Whitfleld, 1036. 

biplicata, Whitfleld, 1036. 

intermedia n. sp., Whitfleld, 1036. 

ovata n. sp., Whitfleld, 1036. 

Volutomorpha

conradi, Whitfleld, 1036. ^ 

gabbi n. sp., Whitfleld, 1036. 

mucronata, Whitfleld, 1036. 

ponderosa n. sp., Whitfleld, 1036. 

(Piestochilus) bella, Whitfleld, 1036.

kanei, Whitfleld, 1036. 

Whitfieldella n. nom., Hall, 384.

Paleontology Continued. 

Genera and species described Continued. 

Whitella

concentrica n. sp., TJlrich, 940.

praecipta, Ulrich, 940. 

Williamsonia

elocata n. sp., Lesquereux, 582.

texana n. sp., Fontaine, 328. 

Winchellia, Lesquereux, 583. 

Winchellina fascinan. gen. et sp., Herzer, 423.

fascina, Knowlton, 554. . 

Xenophora

conchyliophora Born, Ball, 215.

lapiferens n. sp., Whitfleld, 1036.

leprosa, Whitfleld, 1036.

simpsoni n. sp., Stanton, 861. 

Toldia

septariana n. sp., Cragin, 180.

subelliptica n. sp., Stanton, 861. 

Zamites sp., Lesquereux, 582.

montana, Bawson, 238.

tenuinervis Pont., Fontaine, 328. 

Zaphrentis

calyculus n. sp., Miller, 670.

choteauensis n. sp., Miller, 670.

declinis n. sp., Miller, 670.

exigua n. sp., Miller, 670.

(?) ohioensis, James, 491.

tantilla n. sp., Miller, 670.

tenella, n. sp., Miller, 670. 

.Zeacrinus

commaticus, Miller, 070.

dubius n. sp., Miller and Gurley, 673.

scoparius, Whitfleld, 1037. 

Zizphus dakotensis n. sp., Lesquereux, 582. 

Zophocrinushowardi n. gen. etsp., Miller, 670. 

Zygospira Hall, Hall, 384.

recurvirostra, Beecher and Schuchert, 64.

recurvirostra, Schuchert, 815.

uphami, Winchell and Schuchert, 1081.

(Catazyga) n. subgen., Hall, 384. 

Pennsylvania.

Another river pirate, Ward, 11. BeC., 992. 

Anthracite, Pennsylvania, Stevenson, 869. 

Appalachians, drainage of the Pennsylvania,

Bavis, 231.

Cambrian rocks of Pennsylvania and Maryland, Walcott, 979. 

Coal Measures of Clearfleld County, Kemr

516. 

Conglomerate above mammoth anthracite bed

Lyman, 604. 

Bevonian system of eastern Pennsylvania,

Prosser, 765.

Brift, extra-morainic, Wright, G. F.,1117. 

Fossil tracks in the Trias, Wanner, 989. 

Gabbro, occurrence of, Kemp, 519. 

Geology of Pennsylvania, Lesley, 580, 581. 

Glacial epoch, unity of, Wright, G. F., 1116. 

Glacialgebiet Nordamerikas, Wahnschaife,

976. 

Glaciation in Pennsylvania, Williams, E. H.,

1042.

Iron ores of Banville, Stoek, 871. 

Mineral localities of Philadelphia, Hand, 

Jeffris and Uardeza, 771.
204 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

Pennsylvania Continued.

Minerals and rocks, notes on some, Goldsmith,

353. 

Natural gas fields, geology pf, Cummins, A.,

201.

New fossil localities, Poerste, 323. 

North American geological notes, Gresley,

366.

Paleozoic invertebrates, Cope, 179. 

Piedniontite and scheelite, "Williams, G-. H.,

1044.

Pteraspidian, Palooaspis (Claypole), American, Claypole, 158. 

Pyrophyllite slates, Meyer, 666. 

Quartz and other minerals, Meyer, 665. 

South Chester Valley Hill fault, Eand, 770. 

Volcanic rocks of South Mountain, Williams,

G.H., 1043. 

Volcanic rocks of South Mountain, acid, Bascom, 37. 

Petrology (condensed titles of papers describing

rock types from the following geographic

subdivisions). 

Alaska. 

Notes on some eruptive rocks, "Williams, G-.

H., 1047. 

Arkansas.

"Whetstones and novaculites, Griswold, 370. 

California.

Mount Ingalls, lavas of, Turner, 926. 

Canada.

Anorthosites of Lake Superior, Lawson, 575. 

Clear Lake, rocks of, Coleman, 165. 

Eliiolith-syenit von Montreal, Osann, 696. 

Laurentian and Huronian rocks, Barlow,31,32. 

Laiirentian rocks of the Thousand Islands,

Coleman, 164. 

Norian oder ober-Laurentian, TJeber das,

Adains, 3.

Norian rocks of Canada, Lawson, 574. 

Quebec and Montmorency counties, micro.

scopical character of rocks of, Ferrier, 319. 

Rockland quarries (limestone), Ami, 16. 

Sudbury, microscopical character of rocks

from, Williams, G. H., 1046. 

Colorado.

Series of peculiar schists, Cross, 1976. 

Connecticut. 

Basic dike in Connecticut Triassic, Griswold,

369. 

Kentucky.

Mica-peridotite from Kentucky, Diller, 247. 

Maine.

Basic eruptive rocks, Merrill, 660. 

Eleolite-syenite and hornblende-syenite, Bayley, 40.

Fulgurite, Bayley, 44. 

Maryland. 

Allanite and epidote, parallel intergrowths of,

Hobbs, 451. 

Epidote as a component of eruptive rocks,

Keyes, 543. 

Gabbro in Maryland, quartz-bearing, Grant,

361.

Granites, American eruptive, Keyes, 533. 

Granites, Maryland, Keyes, 542.

Petrology Continued. 

Maryland Continued. 

Metamorphosed eruptiyes, Hobbs, 454. 

Volcanic rocks, Williams, G. H., 1043. 

Massachusetts. 

Augite-syenite and nepheline-syenite, Sears,

828.

Eruptive dike near Manchester, Pearce, 7166. 

Geological and mineralogical notes. Sears, 827. 

Geology of Boston Basin, Crosby, 193. 

Newer eruptive rocks, Merrill, 663. 

Schists, inetamorphisni of, Hobbs, 452. 

Mexico. 

Igneous rocks from Coahuila and Nueva Leon,

Cross, 196. 

Michigan. 

Basic massive rocks of Lake Superior region,

Bayley, 46.

Iron-bearing series, Irving and Van Hise, 489. 

Minnesota.

Actinolite magnetite schists, Bayley, 48. 

Akeley Lake region, Bayley, 41. 

Anorthosites of Lake Superior, Lawson, 575. 

Augite and plagioclase, fibrous intergrowth

of, Bayley, 42. 

Basic massive rocks of Lake Superior region,

Bayley, 46.

Laccolitic sills, Lawson, 576. 

Pigeon Point, rocks of, Bayley, 47. 

Soda-granite, augite, Grant, 360. 

Stillwater deep well, Meeds, 658. 

Montana.

Acniite-trachyte, Wolff and Tarr, 1093. 

Eruptive rocks from Montana, Lindgren, 597. 

Notes on a little-known region, Culver, 199. 

Petrography of Paleozoic section, Merrill, 662. 

Sodalite-syenite, Liudgren, 598. 

Nevada. 

Eureka district, eruptive rocks of, Iddings,

485.

Eureka district, geology of, Hague, 375. 

New Hampshire.

Eleolite-syenite and hornblende-syenite, Bayley, 40. 

New Jersey.

Basic dike near Hamburg, N. J., Kemp, 513. 

Eleolite-syeuite, Kemp, 517. 

New Mexico. 

Pyroxenic rock from New Mexico, Merrill and

Packard, 664.

Volcanic rocks from Tewan Mountains, Iddings, 486. 

New York. 

Adirondacks, great shear-zone in the, Kemp,

512.

Alnoite, Smyth, C. H., 854. 

Basic eruptive rock from Canandaigua Lake,

Emerson, 293.

Dikes near Lyon Mountain, Eakle, 280. 

Gneisses of Gouverneur, Smyth, C. H., 851. 

Granite at Mounts Adam and Eve, Kemp and

Hollick, 520.

Peridotite in New York, Smyth, C. H., 852. 

Eensselaer grit plateau, Dale, 212. 

Trap dikes of Lake Champlain region, Kemp 

and Marsters, 521.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 205

Petrology Continued. 

Ohio. 

Limestones, microscopical study of, Grimsley,

367.

Pennsylvania.

Gabbro, occurrence of, Kemp, 519. 

Piedmontite and scheelite rocks, Williams,

G. H., 1044. 

Volcanic rocks of South Mountain, Williams,

G. H., 1043. 

Volcanic rocks of South Mountain, acid, Bascom, 37. 

Rhode Island.

Conanicut Island, geology of, Pirsson, 741. 

South Dakota. 

Diabase, new occurrence of olivine, Culver

and Hobbs, 200. 

Texas. 

Melilite-nephelinebasalt and nepheline basanite, Osann, 697.

Texaa meteorites, Cummins, 206. 

Trans-Pecos Texas, rocks of, Osann, 698. 

Vermont.

Ottrelite-bearing phase of metamorphic conglomerate, Whittle, 1039. 

Wisconsin. 

Basic massive rocks of Lake Superior region,

Bayley, 46.

Iron-bearing series, Irving and Van Hise, 489. 

Notes on a geological excursion, Hall, C. W.,

381.

Wyoming.

Electric Peak and Sepulchre Mountain, Iddings, 484.

Volcano, a dissected, Iddings, 481. 

Miscellaneous discussions. 

Accessories of rocks, separation of heavy,

Derby, 244a.

Consanguinity of eruptive rocks, Derby, 244&. 

Genetic relationships among igneous rocks,

Iddings, 482. 

Granitic rocks and crystalline schists, origin

of, Hall, C. W., 378. 

Hornblende with augite, intergrowth of,

Hobbs, 458.

Igneous rocks, classification of, Bayley, 43. 

Igneous rocks, origin of, Iddings, 483. 

Magmatic differentiation, Backstrb'in, 21. 

Poikilitic and micro-poikilitic structure, Williams, G. H., 1045. 

Mocks described.

Acmite-trachyte, Wolff and Tarr, 1093. 

Actinolite magnetite schists, Bayley, 48. 

Alnoite, Adams, 2. 

Aluoite, Smyth, 854. 

Andesite, Iddings, 484,485. 

Anorthosite, Adams, 3. 

Anorthosite, Ells, 289. 

Anorthosite, Terrier, 319. 

Anorthosite, Lawson, 574,575. 

Augite-diorite, Cross, 196. 

Augite-porphyrite, Williams, 1047. 

Augite-syenite, Lindgren, 597. 

Angite-syenite, Sears, 828. 

Basalt, Cross, 196. 

Basalt, Iddings, 485.

Petrology Continued. 

Rocks described Continued. 

Basalt, Lindgren, 597. 

Basalt, Williams, 1043. 

Biotite-epidote gneiss, Williams, 1046. 

Bostonite, Kemp and Marsters, 521. 

Camptonite, Kemp and Marsters^ 521. 

Dacite, Iddings, 484,485. 

Dacite, Lindgren, 597. 

Diabase, Bayley, 47. 

Diabase, Kemp and Marsters, 521. 

Diabase, Lawson, 576. 

Diabase, Merrill, 660,663. 

Diabase, Williams, 1047. 

Diorite, Cross, 396. 

Diorite, Iddings, 484. 

Diorite, Lindgren, 597. 

Diorite, Williams, 1046,1047. 

Eleolite-syenite, Bayley, 40. 

Eleolite-syenite, Kemp, 517. 

Eleolite-syenite, Osann, 696. 

Epidote-bearing rocks, Keyes, 543.

Felsite, Williams, 1046.

Fourchite', Griswold, 370.

Fourchite, Kemp and Marsters, 521.

Fulgurite, Bayley, 44.

Gabbro, Bayley, 42,46,47.

Gfibbro, Coleman, 165.

Gabbro, Kemp, 519.

Gabbro, Kloos, 551.

Gabbro, Williams, 1047.

Gabbro-diorite, Williams, 1046.

Gabbro-gneiss, Terrier, 319.

Gabbro, quartz-bearing, Grant, 360.

Gneiss, Adams, 1.

Gneiss, Coleman, 164.

Gneiss, Ells, 289.

Gneiss, Hobbs, 453.

Gneiss, Merrill, 662.

Gneiss, Hand, 770.

Gneiss, Huronian and Laureutian, Barlow, 31.

Granite, Coleman, 164.

Granite, Crosby, 193.

Granite, Grant, 360.

Granite, Iddings, 485.

Granite, Kemp aud Hollick, 520.

Granite, Keyes, 530, 532, 533, 542.

Granite, Osann, 698.

Granite, Pirsson, 741.

Granite, Williams, 1046.

Granite-diorite, Cross, 1976.

Granite, soda, Grant, 360.

Graptolite shales, Gurley, 372.

Greywacke, Williams, 1046.

Hornblende-andesite, Lindgron, 597.

Hornblende-biotite gneiss,Williams, 1046.

Hornblende-granite gneiss, Ferrier, 319.

Horublende-porphyrito, Cross, 196.

Hornblencle-porphyrite, Williams, 1047.

Hornblende-syenite, Bayley, 40.

Lanrprophyr, Merrill, 660.

Leucite rocks, Kemp and Marsters, 521.

Malacolite rock, Merrill and Packard, 664.

Melaphyr, Kloos, 551.

Melaphyr, Merrill, 663.

Melilite-bearing rock, Srnyth, 854.
206 BIBLIOGEAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

Petrology Continued. 

Rocks described Continued. 

Melilite-nepheline basalt, Osann, 697 

Metadiorite Cross, 1976. 

Meteorite, Eakins, 279. 

Meteorite, Foote, 829,330. 

Mica-diorito gneiss, Ferrier, 319. 

Mica-peridotite, Diller, 247. 

Micropegmatite rock, Coleman, 165. 

Micropegmatite rock,"W"illiams, 1047. 

Minetto, Pirsson, 741. 

Monchiquite, Kemp and Marsters, 521. 

Nepheline-basanite, Osann, 697. 

Nepheline-syenite, Soars, 828. 

Norite, Ferrier, 319. 

Novaculite, Griswold, 370. 

Novaculito, Prosser, 760. 

Olivine-diabase, Culver and Hobbs, 200. 

Olivine-diabase, Keyes, 531. 

Olivine-diabase, Osann, 698. 

Ottrolite scbist, Whittle, 1039. 

Peridotito, Smyth, 852. 

Piedmontite in rhyolite, Williams, 1044. 

Phonolite, Goldsmith, 353. 

Phyllite, Pirsson, 741. 

Porphyrite, Iddings, 484. 

Porphyrite, Merrill, 663. 

Pyroxene-bearing rock, Smyth, 851. 

Pyroxenito-granite-gneiss, Ferrier, 319. 

Quartz-dioritc, Cross, 1976. 

Quartzite, Barlow, 31. 

Quartzite, Bnell, 104. 

Quartzite, Coleman, 164. 

Quartzite, Smyth, 851. 

Quartz-porphyry, Lawson, 576. 

Quartz-porphyry, Williams, 1047. 

Rhyolite, Iddings, 485. 

Ehyolite, Williams, 1043. 

Scapolite rock, Smyth, 851. 

Schist, Barlow, 31. 

Schist, Cross, 1976.

Scheelite-bearing rock, Williams, 1044. 

Sericitio chlorite schist, Williams, 1046. 

Sodalite-syenite, Lindgren, 597.

Syenite, Selwyn, 831. 

Trachyte, Lindgren, 597. 

Tuff, Iddings, 484. 

Vi trophy re tuff, Williams, 1046.' 

Whetstone, Griswold, 370. 

Physiographic geology.

Appalachian history, Willis, 1056. 

Appalachians, drainage of, Davis, 231. 

Coastal topography of Lake Superior, Lawson,

577.

Connecticut, some rivers of, Kummel, 564. 

Decay of rocks to formation of sediments,

relation of, Tarr, 898.

Geology of northwest Texas, Cummins, 204. 

Harbors, geologic history of, Shaler, 834. 

Lake filling, Smyth, C. H.,849. 

Land sculpture, Hicks, 425. 

Loup rivers, evolution of, Hicks, 426. 

Loup rivers, readjustments of, Hicks, 427. 

Mississippi drainage system, Westgate, 1019. 

North American deserts, Walther, 987. 

Osage River and its meanders, Win^low, 1084.

Physiographic geology Continued.

Osago River and Ozark uplift, Davis, 234. 

Physical geography, new, Tarr, 866. 

Physical geography of Texas, Tarr, 900. 

River adjustment, example of, Mitchell and

Baskerville, 675.

River pirate, recapture from a, Cobb, 162. 

Sedimentary deposition, conditions of, Willis,

1057:

Soils of Colorado coal field, report on, Thompson, R. A., 911.

Soils, origin and nature of, Shaler, 832.- 

Surface geology, Salisbury, 810. 

Topographic forms, classification of, Perry,

734. 

Topography, evolution of nonmountainous,

Hill, 441.

Trans-Pecos Texas, Streeruwitz, 880, 881. 

Yellowstone region, Cadell, 105. 

Pleistocene (not relating to glacial deposits, with

' subheadings as follows). 

Canada.

Ottawa, geology of, Ami, 15. 

Atlantic Coastal Plain. 

Ann. Rept., State Geologist, N. J., 1892, Smock,

848.

Catskill delta, Davis, 230. 

Geology of southern New Jersey, Coman, 166. 

Nowtonville sand plain, Gulliver, 371. 

Mississippi Valley. 

Deep boring in Pleistocene in Ohio, Claypole,

159.

Geological formations, Keyes, 534. 

Kansas, geology of.-Hay, 403. 

Missouri Paleozoic, geology of, Broadhead, 94. 

Pleistocene history, McGee, 614. 

Pleistocene rock gorges, Hershey, 421. 

Quaternary geology, Gordon, 357. 

Quaternary geology, Todd, 922. 

Quaternary section near Des Moines, Keyes

and Call, 548.

Wabash County, Elrod and Benedict, 291. 

Gulf 'States.

Geology of northwest Texas, Cummins, 204. 

Houston County, Kennedy, 523. 

Llano Estacado, Cummins, 203. 

Report for 1891, Kennedy, 522. 

Section from Terrellto SabinePass, Kennedy,

524.

Sierra Nevada and Pacific Coast region. 

Pleistocene manganese deposit, Penrose, 727. 

Sacramento sheet, Lindgren, 595. 

Alaska.

Middleton Island, Dawson, G. M., 236. 

Miscellaneous.

Pleistocene changes of level, De Geer, 339. 

Rhode Island.

Conanicut Island, geology of, Pirsson, 741. 

Erosion beneath deep glaciers, Shaler, 835. 

Insect fauna of Rhode Island coal fields,

Scudder, 826. 

Silurian. 

Canada.

Fauna of St. John group, Matthew, 653,654. 

Fossils from Northwest Territory, report on, 

Calvin, 114.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 207

Silurian Continued. 

Canada Continued.

Geological notes, Dawson, J. W., 240.

Manitoba and adjacent districts of Assiniboia and Saskatchewan, Tyrrell, 929.

Ottawa, geology of, Ami, 15.

Quebec and adjoining areas in New Brunswick and Maine, Bailey and Mclnnes, 23.

Quebec, geology and minerals of, Low, 600.

Quebec group, sequence of strata of, Ami, 17.

llockland quarries, Ami, 16.

"Utica terrane in Canada, Ami, 14. 

New England.

G-reen Mountain region, Emerson, 295.

Hawley sheet, Emerson, 294.

Hoosatonic Valley, geologic structure of, 

Hobbs, 457.

Maine, Upper Silurian strata of, Dodge and 

Beecher, 253.

Mount AVashington, geologic structure of, 

Hobbs, 456.

Konsselaer grit plateau, Dale, 212.

Sto&kbriilgo limestone, Dale, 211. 

Appalachian region.

Alabama, geology of, Hayes, 410.

Alabama, geology of, Smitb, E. A., 842.

Appalachian history, "Willis, 1056.

Bauxite, Hayes, 414.

Chattanooga sheet, Hayes, 411.

Devonian and Silurian, thickness of, in central New York, Prosser, 764.

Devonian and Silurian, thickness of, in western New York, Prosser, 763.

First Annual Report, Orton, 692.

Guelpb formation, Arey, 19.

Iron ore, on the Clinton, Srnytb, C. H., 853.

Kingston sheet, Hayes, 412.

Mount Bob, Mount Ida or Snake Hill, Harris, 

T. W., 396.

New fossil localities, Foerste, 323.

Ohio limestones, Grimsloy, 367.

Overthrusts, two, in New York, Darton, 226.

Paleozoic group, Spencer, 857.

Pennsylvania, geology of, Lesley, 580,581.

Peridotite in New York, Smytb, C. H., 852.

Rensselaer grit, Dale, 212.

Ringgold sheet, Hayes, 413.

Rochester, strata at, Fairchild, 312. 

i Statigraphy of central Appalachian Virginia, 

Darton, 225.

Utica shale, Hershey, 420.

Virginia, fossils in, "Archean of Piedmont,"

Darton, 220. 

Mississippi Valley.

Alien County, geology of, Dryer, 260.

Carroll County, Thompson, M., 910.

Cause of variety in rock deposits, Moore, 677.

Coal Measures, Missouri, Winslow, 1086,1089.

Dearborn County, geology of, Biguey, 69.

Dolomites from the Niagara, Houser, 471.

Eureka shale of Arkansas, Hopkins, 470.

Fossils from Iowa, notes on, Calvin, 112.

Geognostio and geographic observations in 

Minnesota, Kloos, 551.

Geological formations, Keyes, 534.

Graptolite shales, geologic age of, Gurley, 372.

Silurian Continued. 

Mississippi Valley Continued.

Indiana building stones, Thompson, M., 909.

Magnesian series, Nason, 683.

Miami County, geology of, Gorby, 355.

Novaculite area, age of rocks of, Prosser, 760.

Ouachita uplift, structure of, Griswold, 368.

Ozark series, correct succession of, Broad- 

 head, 93.

"Ozark series, correct succession of," Nason, 

685.

Paleozoic formations, Hall and Sardeson, 382.

Paleozoic, stratigraphy of Missouri, Broadhead, 94.

Point Pleasant beds, ago of, James, 498.

Upper limit of the Lower Silurian, Hubbard, 

474.

AVabash arch, the, Thompson, M., 906.

"Wabash County, Ind., Elrod and Benedict, 291.

Western division, geology of, Thompson, "W". 

H.,914.

llocky Mountain region.

Vertebrate fauna in, Silurian, AValcott, 980. 

Sierra Nevada and Pacific Coast region.

Taylorsville, geology of, Diller, 251. 

South Carolina.

Gold fields, Spartanburg, Ladsbrtw, 569.

Phosphate nodules, Reese, 775.

Phosphate of lime, occurrence of, Davidson,

229. 

Road materials, character and distribution of,'

Holmes, 469. 

South Dakota.

Aceratherium tridactylura, Osborn, 700.

Artesian basin, SouthDakota, Hall, W. S., 387.

Artionyx, Osborn and "Wortman, 709.

Black Hills, Hall, C. W., 379.

Cycad, a new, McBride, 606.

Diabase, new occurrence of olivine, Culver

and Hobbs, 200.

Fishes, new horizon of fossil, Cope, 172. 

Glacial lake?, shore lines of ancient, Todd,

919.

Kehoeite, Headden, 415. 

Meteoric stone, Foote, 330. 

North American deserts, AYalther, 987,988. 

Paleozoic fossils, check list of, Bierbauer, 68. 

Stannite and its alteration products, Headden,

416.

Tapir, ancestors of, AVortman and Earl, 1108. 

Tin islands of the Northwest, Claypole, 152. 

Tin minerals in the Black Hills, Ulke, 934. 

Tin mines, geology of Dakota. Ulke, 935. 

AVhite River beds, division of, AVortman, 1107. 

Tennessee.

Alabama, geology of, Hayes, 410.

Cambrian rocks of Virginia and southern

Appalachians, AValcott, 978. 

Chattanooga sheet, Hayes, 411. 

Chilhowee Mountain, Keith, 510. 

Coal Measures, Tennessee, Safford, 804. 

Kingston sheet, Hayes, 412. 

Mastodons, remains of, McCallie, 608. 

Megalonyx, pelvis of, Safford, 802. 

Meteorite from Hamblen County, Eakins, 279. 

Middleton formation, Safford, 801.
208 BIBLIOGKAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY, [BULL. 130.

Tennessee Continued.

Phosphate deposits of Tennessee, Memminger, 659.

Einggold sheet, Hayes, 413. 

Tertiary.

Atlantic Coastal Plain. 

Alabama, geology of, Smith, E. A., 842. 

Artesian wells, "Woolman, 1105. 

Calvert Cliffs, geology of, Harris, 392. 

Correlation papers, Eocene, Clark, W. B., 142. 

Correlation papers, Neocene, Ball and Harris,

216. 

Cretaceous and Tertiary of New Jersey, Clark,

"W. B.,140. 

Eocene of the United States, Clark, "W. B.,

141.

Lafayette formation, fossils in, Barton, 223. 

Lafayette formation, the, McGee, 615. 

Magothy formation, Dartoi), 222. 

New Jersey, annual report of State geologist,

1892, Smock, 848. 

Mississippi Valley region. 

Arkansas, silicified woods of, Call, 107. 

Geology of the Great Plains, Hay, 407. 

Iron ores, Tertiary, Penrose, 729. 

Loup rivers, region drained hy, Hicks, 428. 

Mississippi drainage system, "Westgate, 1019. 

Gulf States.

Alabama, Miocene group of, Johnson, 502. 

Artesian boring at Galveston, Hill, 439. 

Chattahoochee embayment, the, Johnson, 504. 

Chipola Miocene, Foerste, 322. 

Coal and lignite, brown, Dumble, 271. 

Correlation papers, Eocene, Clark, W. B., 142. 

Correlation papers, Neocene, Ball and Harris,

216. 

Eocene and Miocene, time break between,

Pumpelly, 767. 

Eocene of the United States, Clark, "W. B.,

141.

Florida, geology of, Johnson, 503. 

Grahamite, Bumble, 263. 

Grand Gulf formation, Ball, 214.

Grand Gulf formation, Johnson, 501.

Grimes, Brazos, and Robetrson counties, Kennedy, 525.

Houston County, Kennedy, 523.

Llano Estacado, report on, Cummins, 203.

Middle Rio Grande, geology of, Bumble, 266.

Middleton formation, Safford, 801.

Report for 1891, Kennedy, 522.

Second Report of Progress, Bumble, 207.

Section from Terrell to Sabine Pass, Kennedy, 

524.

Tejon deposits, correlation of, Harris, 394.

Tertiary mollusks of Florida, Ball, 215.

Texas clays, Kennedy, 526.

Texas, geology of northwest, Cummins, 204.

Texas-New Mexican region, Hill, 440.

Texas, physical geography of, Tarr, 900. 

Great Plains.

Correlation papers, Neocene, Ball and Harris, 

216.

Eocene of the United States, Clark, W. B., 141.

Great Plains, geology of, Hay, 407.

Kansas, geology of, Hay, 403.

Tertiary Continued. 

Great Plains Continued. 

Nebraska Tertiary, notes upon, Russell, F.W.,

792.

"White River beds, division of, Wortman, 1107. 

Rocky Mountain region. 

Classification of Huerfano Eocene, Hills, 446&. 

Geology of Benver, Cannon, 119c. 

Post-Laramie beds of Middle Park, Cross, 197a. 

[Post-Laramie beds of Middle Park], Hills,

446e.

Post-Laramie deposits of Colorado, Cross, 197. 

Texas-New Mexican region, Hill, 440. 

Titanotherium beds, Hatcher, 398. 

Tucumcari, cerro, Marcou, 628. 

Tucumcari, geology of, Cummins, 207. 

Great Basin region.

Eoceneof the United States, Clark, W. B., 141. 

Sierra Nevada and Pacific Ooast region. 

Coal deposits of California, Turner, 927. 

Correlation papers, Eocene, Clark, W. B., 142. 

Cretaceous and early Tertiary, Biller, 252. 

Eocene of the United States, Clark, W. B., 141. 

Sacramento sheet, Lindgren, 595. 

San Biego County, geology of, Fairbanks, 306. 

Two Neocene rivers, Liudgren, 599. 

Miscellaneous.

Eocene, correlation papers, Clark,"W. B., 142. 

Florida, Tertiary mollusks of, Ball, 215. 

Lafayette formation, Hilgard, 432. 

Neocene and Pleistocene movements, McGee,

620. 

Neocene, correlation papers, Ball and Harris,

216. 

Rhynchophora of North America, Tertiary,

Scudder, 822. 

Texas.

Artesian and other underground waters, Hill,

443. 

Artesian wells of Gulf Coastal slope, Singley,

838.

Blanco beds, fauna of, Cope, 175. 

Cephalopoda, Carboniferous, Hyatt, 478.

Classification of Dyas, Trias, and Jura, Marcou, 625.

Clays, Texas, Kennedy, 526.

Coal and. lignite, brown, Bumble, 271.

Coal field, Colorado, of Texas, Brake, 257.

Counties,geology of Menard,etc.,Comstock,167.

Cretaceotis area north of Colorado River, Taff, 

887, 888.

Cretaceous covering of Texas Paleozoic, Tarr, 

897.

Brift, sources of Texas, Bumble, 264.

Bouble mountain section, Bumble and Cummins, 272.

Galveston, deep boring at, Hill, 439.

Galvestou deep well, Bumble and Harris, 274.

Galveston deep well, organic remains from, 

Harris, 393.

Grahamite, Bumble, 263.

Grimes, Brazos and Robertson counties, Kennedy, 525.

Guadalupe Mountains, Tarr, 901.

Houston county, Kennedy, 523.

Invertebrate paleontology, Cragin, 186.
WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY, 1892-93. 209

Texas Continued.

Iron ores, Tertiary, Penrose, 729. 

Kent section, the, Durable and Cummins, 273. 

Llano Estacado, report on the, Cummins, 203. 

Llano Estacado, vertebrate paleontology of,

Cope, 183.

Mackintosliite, Hidden, 429. 

Melilite-nephelinebasalt and nepheline besunite, Osann, 697.

Meteorite, Texas, Cummins, 206. 

Middle Rio Grande, geology of, Durable, 266. 

Nonmetallic minerals, Streeruwitz, 883. 

Northwest Texas, geology of, Cummins, 204. 

Organic remains from Galveston deep well,

Harris, 393. 

Paleontology of Cretaceous of Texas. Capriua

limestone, Hill, 436. 

Paleontology of Cretaceous of Texas, Trinity

division, Hill, 435. 

Paleozoic fishes, Cope, 170. 

Permian, fossil plants of, White,!. C., 1026. 

Permian of Texas, Tarr, 891.

Physical geo'graphy of Texas, Tarr, 900.

Precious and other valuable metals, Streeruwitz, 882.

Progiess of geological surveys, D amble, 269.

Report for 1891, Cummins, 202.

Report for 1891, Kennedy, 522.

Report for 1891, Singley, 837«.

Report for 1891, Streeruwitz, 879.

Report for 1891, Tatf, 886.

Report of State Geologist, Dumble, 268.

Rowlaudite, Hidden and Hillebrand, 430.

Second report of progress, Dumble, 267.

Section from Terrell to Sabine Pass, Kennedy, 

524.

Soils of Colorado coal field, report on, Thompson, R. A., 911.

Staked Plains, Cenozoic beds of. Cope, 173.- 

' Tejon deposits, correlation of, Harris, 394.

Terraces in glaciated regions, origin of, Tarr, 

893.

Texas-New Mexican region, Hill, 440.

Tomiopsis, Cope, 181.

Topography, geologic evolution of nonmountainous, Hill, 441.

Trans-Pecos Texas, Streeruwitz, 880, 881.

Trans-Pecos Texas, rocks of, Osann, 698.

Triassic formation of Texas, Drake, 256.

Trinity division, fossil plants from, Fontaine, 

328.

Vertebrate paleontology of Texas, Cope, 1S2.

Volcanic dust, Dumble, 265. 

Utah.

Apatite and magnetite beds, association of, 

Blake, 72.

Coal fields of Utah, Forrester. 331.

Gold, age of limestone strata and occurrence 

of, Blake, 77.

Gypsum crystal from Utah, Moses, 679.

Insects from Colorado and Utah, Scudder, 824.

Natural sodium salts, Packard, 711.

North American deserts, Walther, 987,988.

Old Telegraph mine, Fenner, 318.

Oolite, on the formation of, Rothpletz, 786.

Ostracoda, Jones, 506.

Bull. 130 14

Utah Continued.

Past eruptions in the Kooky Mountains, Hills, 

446c.

Selenite, occurrence of, Talmage, 890. 

Vermont.

Dynamic and metasomatic phenomena, Whittle, 1040.

Green Mountains anticlinal, Hitchcock, 449.

New fossil localities, Foerste, 323.

Ottrelitc-bearing phase of metamorphic conglomerate, "Whittle, 1039.

Plicated cleavage foliation, Dale, 213.

Stockbridge limestone, Dale, 211. 

Virginia.

Bertha zinc mine, Case, 123.

Bine Eidge, geologic structure of, Keith, 509.

Cambrian rocks of Virginia and southern 

Appalachians, Waleott, 978.

Coal field, Big Stone Gap, Campbell, 119.

Coal field, Big Stone Gap, Hodge, 461.

Coal fields, Clinch Valley, McCreath and 

D'lnvilliers, 611.

Fossils in "Archean " of Piedmont Virginia,

Darton, 220.

" Great Gossa-n lead," Moxham, 681. 

Iron ores, Virginia Oriskany, Peehin, 717. 

Lead and zinc mines, Wythe, Boyd, 82. 

Lafayette formation, fossels in, Darton, 223. 

[Magnetite ore samples], Pechin, 718. 

Magnetites of Virginia and North Carolina,

Nitze, 688.

Manganese, Weeks, 1015. 

Manganese ore deposit of Crimora, Hall, C. E.,

376. 

Mines of Longdale Iron Company, Johnson,

G.K.,500.

Morasses of United States, Shaler, 833. 

Natural Bridge, Walcott, 984. 

Kiver adjustment, example of, Mitchell and

Baskerville, 675.

Kiver pirate, recapture from a, Cobb, 162. 

Koad materials, character and distribution of,

Holmes, 469.

Stratigraphy of control Appalachian Virginia, Darton, 225. 

Tin ore, occurrence of, Hike, 936. 

Washington.

Diagonal moraine, Pluminer, 742. 

Drift mounds, Bryson, 102. 

Drift mounds, Rogers, 783. 

Fossil plants from Ellenburg, Kuowltou, 560. 

Geological reconnoissance, Russell, I. C., 797. 

Glacial ancient moraine, Smith, W. H., 845. 

Monte Cristo mining district, Stretch, 884. 

Recent mineral discoveries, Ruffner, 791. 

West Virginia.

Coal Measures of West Virginia, Lower,

Brown, 96.

Mannington oil field, White, I. C., 1025. 

Permian, fossil plants of, White, I. C., 1026. 

Wheeling, deep well at, Hallock, 388. 

Wisconsin.

Archean and Algonkian in the Northwest,

Van Hise, 963.

Baraboo quartzite ranges, Van Hise, 967. 

Basic massive rocks, Bayley, 46.
210 BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX OF N. A. GEOLOGY. [BULL. 130.

Wisconsin Continued.

Cerussite, notes on, Hobbs, 455. 

Drumlin, osar, and kame, Chamberlin, 126. 

Geological surveys of Wisconsin, Blake, 76. 

Glacial gebiet JTordamerikas, Wahnschaffe,

976.

Guelph formation, Arey, 19. 

Huronian and Basement Complex, relations

of, Pumpelly and Van Hise, 768. 

Iron-bearing series, Irving and Van Hise, 489. 

Iron ores of Lake Superior region, Van Hise,

961.

Lead and zinc deposits, Winslow, 1090. 

Mineral deposits of "Wisconsin, Blake, 74. 

Notes on a geological excursion, Hall, C. W.,

381.

Paleozoic fossils, check list of, Biorbauer, 68. 

Pre-Pleistocene gravels of Mississippi basin,

Salisbury, 809. 

Waterloo quartzite, Buell, 104.

Wyoming.

Bear River formation, Stanton, 862. ' 

Bear Eiver formation, White, C. A., 1020.

Ceratops beds, Hatcher, 399.

Chara, new species of, Knowlton, 558.

Claosaurus, Marsh, 636,639.

Coryphodon, revision of species of, Earle, 281.

Eruptive rocks of Electric Peak, Iddings,

484.

Fossil forests, Weed, 1011. 

Mammals of Wasatch and Wind Eiver beds.

Osborn and Wortman, 707. 

Ostracoda, Jones, T. E., 506. 

Past eruptions in the Eocky Mountains, Hills,

446c.

Tapir, ancestors of, Wortman and Earle, 1108. 

Titanotherium beds, Hatcher, 398. 

Tortoises, American fossil, Baur, 38. 

. Volcano, a dissected, Iddings, 481.' 

Tellowstone region, the, Cadell, 105.